Eeablet

ar fe

— Benecerrae

ee eR

nat bt canbe
Stee

4 iy
th es
Wea |
a}
het

ce le: od
ee

Sy

ANSHCTONS AND PROCRDINGS ©
4 | REPORT

OF THE

AOYAL SOGIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(INCORPORATED).

ere

Vi Gee Se So eT.

[Wirs Twenty-NINE PLATES AND FouRTEEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT. |

EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.GS.

PRICE, TEN. SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE.

; Adelaide :
RIGBY, LIMITED, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.

DECEMBER, 1909.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-

tralia from Europe and America should be address } i
Rigby, Ltd., care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co aan NStity», Ps
Street, Cheapside, London.’’ i)
i EB 161910
ANOLTO.
RT pt a Ba NS

Royal Society of South Australia

(INCORPORATED).

Patron:

HIS EXCELLENCY SIR DAY HORT BOSANQUET,
G.C.V.O., K.C.B.

_ — = p— —
OFFICERS ‘FOR 1904-10.

President :
JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S.

'Wice=Presidents:
PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S.
WALTER RUTT, C.E.

#bon. Greasurer:
“W. B.YPOOLE.

“bon-Sceretary :
R. H. PULLEINE, M.B.

Members of Council:
W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Hditor and Representative Governor)
R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D.
SAMUEL DIXON.
HK. ASHBY.
G. G. MAYO, C.E.
REV.’ CANON BLACKBURN, B.A.

Auditors :
J. S, LLOYD, F.1.A.8,A, HOWARD WHITBREAD,

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEBDINGS
REPORT

OF THE

ROVAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(INCORPORATED).

22

VO. = iis

[Wire TWENTY-NINE PLATES AND FouRTEEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT. ]

EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, E.G.S.

| 210679

PRICE, TEN SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE.

Adelaide :
RIGBY, LIMITED, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
DECEMBER, 1909.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-

tralia from Europe and America should be addressed “per

Rigby, Ltd., care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co,, 34, Milk
Street, Cheapside, London,”

CONTENTS.

=a

Page.
Mansen, J. P. V.: The Scattering of the 8 Rays of Radium” 1

Rogers, Dr: R. S.: Notes on the Orchids of ‘<angaroo
Island, together with a Seen anh of: Two Bhi i aes

Plate i.

Buackspurn, Rev. T.: Terdshar Notes on Austen
Coleoptera, with Pesceep evens? of New Genera and
Species. No. xxxix.. ... 18

Stantgy,. E.R. Cl eee bye W. Hoamehin)i: CaaS
Analysis; of). the. Mount. Gambier Basalt, with .Petro-
graphical Descriptions. Plate ii. ... 82

Benson, W, N.: Petrographical Notes on Camintin PresCam
brian Rocks ofthe Mount Lofty Ranges, with’! Special
Reference to the Geoleey of the Houghton District.

Plates ili. tov. ... 101
Mawson, D.: Notes on the Gem-Bearing Gravele at Barossa:

Plate vi. ... 141
Lea, A. M.: Descriptions of fosimalion Cureulionide, fi

Notes on Previously Described Species. Part vii. see LAD

Rogers, Dr. R. S.: A Critical Review of South Australian
Prasophylla, together with Descriptions of New Sere, '
Plates vil. to xilil. ... 197

Brack, J. M.: Descriptions of Tommi vance diesen. aud
of New Species of Solanum, Pultenwa, and Grevillea.
Plate xiv. 223

Benson, W. N°: The acid “Rbeke of ‘Binnie: South ee
tralia, with Notes on Associated or Allied Rocks.
Plate xv. 226

Howcuin, W.: Notes: on tite Discovery ne a ares “Mass ai '
Living Coraliin Gulf. St. Vincent, with
Bibliographical, References. to the
Recent., Corals. of South Australia.
Plate xvi. ... 242

oe Descerpuon of an Old Take howe in, Pokies
Creek and its Relation to Recent Geo-
logical Changes. Plates xvii. and xvill. 263

Rogers, Dr. R. S.: Thelymitra epipactoides, an Orchid

New to South Australia. Plate xix. ... 262
Zintz, A.: A Synopsis of the Fishes of South ecrraliel
Barberi.) ..: 263

Verco, Dr. J. C.: Notes on Stan Wectealcnn: Nia nine Mol-
lusea, with Descriptions of New
Species. Partx. Platesxx.andxxi. 270
i — Notes on South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New
- Species. Part xi. Plates xxli.,
XXlll., and part xxvi. ... 277
Notes on South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New
Species. Part xii. Plates xxvi. to

XXix. ts oe By ae soo ASB

CONTENTS (continued).

Page
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ... ae te a ae ... O40
ANNUAL REPORT ae ee wile aes ee Bs ... 849
BaALANCE-SHEET mes a a an bs ie Ren ols!
ENDOWMENT FUND ... ant ae A i Bee oDe,
Donations TO THE LIBRARY ae Coe ag ey .. ods
List or FetLows, Ero. _... of Kt < ae ... 3866

APPENDIOES.

Annual Report, etc., of Field Naturalists’ Section ... ... 369

Twenty-first Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora
Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section 371

Annual Report, etc., of the Malacological Section ... .... 374

Annual Report, etc., of the Microscopical Section ... vee OUD

Index! H)1areiCh 01 aA: ye whe she ade .. 879
ERRATA.

Page 1038, seventeenth line from the bottom, for Chamber-
lain, read Chamberlin.

Page 105, eleventh line from the top, for uplight, read
uplift.

Page 111, nineteenth line from the top, for refracture, read
refractive.

Page 117, seventh line from the bottom, for falspar, read
felspar. pr.

Page 119, ninth line from the bottom, for No, O, read Na, O.

Page 130, second line from the bottom, for fig. 8, read fig. 9.

Page 131, second line from the bottom, for fig. 9, read fig. 10.

Page 134, second line from the top, for fig. 9, read fig. 8.

THE SCATTERING OF THE B RAYS OF RADIUM.

By J. P. V. Mansen, D.Sc. (Adel.), B.E. (Syd.), Lecturer
in Electrical Engineering, University of Adelaide.

Preliminary Account read before the Australasian Associa-
tion for Advancement of Science, Brisbane, January
et GOG:

[Read April 6, 1909.]

if:
' INTRODUCTORY.

In a paper by the author upon the secondary y rays ‘))
it was shown that in passing through matter the y rays were
scattered and softened. The scattered radiation showed a
distinct lack of symmetry about a plane perpendicular to the
direction of the original stream, more scattered radiation
moving on in the direction of the original stream than was
turned back. The distribution of the scattered radiation was
found to depend upon the quality of the incident radiation
and also upon the nature of the medium in which the scat-
tering occurred.

As the results arrived at in that investigation were used
as an argument in support of the material theory of y rays
proposed by Professor Bragg, and as J. A. Crowther has
recently shown that the 8 rays are subject to scattering by
even very thin layers of material, it became of special in-
terest to see whether any parallel could be drawn between
the effects of scattering in the case of the material 8 par-
ticles and the y rays.

It will be seen from the present paper that the parallel
is very close in many respects, the differences being such as
might reasonably be expected on the theory that the y ray
is a neutral pair.

At the same time it is hoped that some of the. results
to be described may help to clear up some of the difficulties
which have arisen in the study of the absorption of 6 rays.

(l) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxxii. (1908).

(2) Proc. Roy. Soc., See. A., vol. Ixxx. (1908).
A

2

Sanh,

APPARATUS.

_ The apparatus used in these experiments is shown in fig.
i. The radium contained in a small conical hole cut in a
piece of Al was covered by a sheet of Cu foil ‘002 em. thick.
The 8 rays passed up through a conical hole cut in a block
of wood, portions of the block being removed as shown to
allow of the introduction of the screens in different positions
as at 4, B, VC. The ionization chamber was hemispherical
and made of wood, with the inner surface covered with very
thin Al foil. The electrode connecting to the electrometer

_To Earth.
ce 7oFleckrometer.

/

SS
Aluminium staring.

SS SSS
S SQ / BE SS v
SSSVESSS Fig. ip

E=aea

was in the form of a circular ring of wire, suitably protected
by the usual methods. The hemispherical chamber rested
upon a circular plate of Pb, above which was laid a sheet
of Al. A circular hole cut centrally in the Pb and Al plates
enabled the screen to be placed in the position A. In this
position practically all the emergent scattered radiation was
able to produce its effect to the same extent as the rays in
the main stream, all rays having the same length of path
in which to produce ionization, and the complications of sec-
ondary effects being reduced by having the walls of the cham-
ber wood.

If we may for the present neglect any alteration in speed
of the scattered radiation and consider the original stream
of rays more or less homogeneous, the current may be taken
approximately as a measure of the number of £8 particles

3

which enter the chamber, no matter what their direction,
proper correction being made for the effect produced by y
rays.

By subtracting the readings taken with a screen at A
and at © a measure is obtained of the amount of radiation
which has been turned out of its original path or scattered
by that screen. Another reading with the screen at B en-
abled the distribution of the emergent scattered radiation
to be followed out.

To obtain a measure of the returned, or incident, scat-
tered radiation the apparatus shown in fig. il. was used.

A s ? To Earthy.
ee Se To Flectromefer-
—- I 7o Battery.

HI

eee Tabarly
a ToElectromefer

Fig IT

The top chamber, 4, was the one already described, and
a similar hemispherical chamber, 6, was placed as shown with
the Ra outside, contained in a Pb block provided with an
opening through which the 8 rays could pass, impinging on
screens placed in the position C’. A stronger sample of Ra,
_ kindly lent by Dr. Hermann Laurence, was used in these
experiments, but care was taken to cover it with Cu foil, as
in the first set of experiments. Either of the electrodes A
or B could be connected to the electrometer, and as the
chambers were made as nearly as possible alike no appreci-
able change in capacity was introduced, using either chamber
separately. It was necessary to use a balance chamber, as

a2

4

the initial effect was so large compared with that which was
to be measured. By placing a thin Al foil at C and then a
thick Pb plate, a measure was obtained of the incident and of
the maximum return radiation for that substance, from the
effects measured separately in the chambers A and 6. This
enabled the readings for the incident scattered radiation to
be reduced to their correct values relatively to those of the
emergent rays, using the maximum return radiation from
Pb as a standard of reference.

§ III.
RESULTS or HXPERIMENTS.

Fig. iii. shows the results of experiments performed with
the apparatus of fig. 1., using Al screens.

Curves D and / give the currents for different thicknesses
of screen, with the screens in the positions A and C respect-
ively. The abscisse represent grammes per square cm. from
which the thickness of screen may be immediately deduced,
knowing its density.

Curve C' is obtained by subtracting the values of D and
E£ corresponding to any screen, and is a measure of the total
amount of emergent scattered radiation.

It will be seen from fig. 1. that the whole of the scat-
tered radiation is not quite included, as the effects are some-
what interfered with by geometrical conditions. When, for
example, the screen was brought nearer the Ra than C a
slight rise was observed in the reading. The intensity of
the radiation falling on the screen was slightly increased
owing to some of the more oblique rays from the Ra being
now able to fall upon the screen.

Curves A and 8B represent the results of subtracting
readings with the screen at B and C and A and B respect-
ively (fig. 1.), and are measures of the amount of radiation
slightly deflected, and of that which has suffered much larger
deflection.

Curve / represents the returned radiation from alumin-
ium screens of different thicknesses. Similar curves to the
above are shown in fig. iv., for Au screens.

§ Iv.

Discussion or RESULTS.

In fig. iii., from curve CU, it is seen that the total emer-
gent scattered radiation increases rapidly to a maximum,
and then steadily decreases as the thickness of screen is in-
creased. The maximum occurs at about ‘013 cm.

‘#5.

¢

up bs 49 SauiUutes9

[==
J
|

pee
es Ea
ee

i fi

AL ti

an

a, Tei

|

Peal

eu

ro
}
—
i
|

-

|

Aseyigipy of fuessi77

8

“2/22S

unhs Jf Saluues9)
ve Tl el th 4 3 zr pee ABO: 90: #0- 20. 90. tO BO #0
a == SSS Bee a en ee 7 fe

xa _ =e = 5 = imme ae ae SS == aa ail A

EI a ae | : :!
| = - =r aS 7 7 SIS Baa he ar Lait
ies ee =|_ 2, 7 : i = ; SS
| aR bata Pr | a 2 | ale g i =a ! q
| L le L. I |L. = =! = N ‘ é

~ !
aes
| - se : ie
| AZ x
| J —_ * she a =
| = | [} ° eS
se 7 ie 5 ta
| | | &

i feeeaa A] i

a
et ne IL | an ~ : Er
JOE rea rl | |
imal

7

Comparing the curves C and F, it is seen that for thin
screens the emergent is much greater than the incident
scattered radiation. The greatest value of the ratio is about
so) ale

Comparing the similar curves for Au, fig. iv., 1t is again
seen that a considerable lack of symmetry exists between
emergence and incidence radiation, though not so marked.
In this case the greatest value of the ratio is about 45:1.
The maximum for the emergence radiation is reached at
about “0008 cm.

The effects of scattering in the case of 8 rays are thus
very similar to those observed for y rays, a material of high
atomic weight being able to turn back in the process of scat-
tering more of the original radiation than a material of
smaller atomic weight.

Comparing curves A and B, it is observed that A reaches
a maximum sooner than 6. A more careful examination of
A and B for smaller thicknesses of screen has shown that
the ratio of A to B is practically constant until about one-
third of the maximum reading is reached, after which the
ratio gradually decreases. It would appear that while the
ratio remains constant we are concerned with only a single
collision of any B particle, that as the screen is further thick-
ened it becomes possible for a 8 particle to suffer more than
one collision before emerging, thus making the emergent
beam appear to gradually swing round from its original di-
rection, a greater thickness of screen being required to pro-
duce the maximum intensity for very oblique rays than for
those corresponding more nearly with the direction of the
original stream.

A fuller consideration of the effects of scattering and
absorption for very thin films will be reserved for a future
paper.

A theory of scattering similar to that proposed by Sir
J. J. Thomson in “Conduction of Electricity through Gases”
seems capable of explaining the observed results. The near-
ness of approach of a B ray to a constituent of an atom will
determine the amount and nature of the deflection experi-
enced, the speed of the 8 ray and the constitution of any par-
ticular atom being also necessary factors.

Until a B ray is subject to more than one collision the
distribution is approximately constant for a given material,
the intensity of the radiation deflected by an angle @ from
the original direction being a function of that angle for any
one material and with rays of a given quality.

We are to consider this function of 6 as being different
for the different atoms.

8

The lack of symmetry in the distribution of scattered X-
rays has been shown by Professor Bragg,‘) and assuming, as
seems reasonable on many grounds, that X- and y rays
are of the same nature, it appears from that investigation
that the softer radiation shows less want of symmetry when
falling on a given material than does the harder.

Now although the lack of symmetry shown by the scat-
tered 8 rays is much greater than that found for y and X-
rays, even though the former are less penetrating, the gene-
ral nature of the effect has been shown to be much the same
in the case of all three, and the difference in magnitude may
possibly be explained by the difference in distribution of the
fields of the rays concerned.

Curves similar to (, figs. 11. and iv., have been obtained
for Ag and paper; they show the same general characteris-
tics. It is remarkable, however, that the* maximum value
of the curve C' is very nearly the same for all the substances
tested.

In a recent paper by McClelland “) an account is given
of the distribution of the returned 8 radiation from plates
of different substances when the incident beam of radiation
is inclined to the plate. The results seem capable of ex-
planation, in view of the effects which have just been de-
scribed, upon a theory of scattering without the need of in-
troducing the idea of a true secondary radiation proceeding
from the atoms affected by the incident § rays.

The general effect observed by McClelland is that the
distribution of the returned radiation is more uniform for
Pb than for Al. This is to be expected in view of the nature
of distribution of the scattered rays from thin films of such
substances as Au and Al, which has been described in the
present paper.

From the results shown in figs. 111. and iv. it is at once
seen that the effects of scattering may considerably modify
the results obtained in the usual form of absorption experi-
ment with B rays. The shape of the ionization chamber and
the positions of the screen and active material relatively to
the chamber and to each other may produce considerable
modifications in the results.

Again, in studying the absorption of 6 rays it would
seem necessary to deal with very thin screens as is necessary
in observing the effects of scattering; for thicker screens the
results are likely to become considerably complicated.

(3) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxxii. (1908).
(4 Proc. Rov. Soc., Series A, vol. Ixxx.

9

It would seem almost better to replace the name of ‘‘ab-
sorption coefficient,” as it is usually employed, by that of
“transmission coefficient,’ reserving the former as a measure
of effects which, as has been explained, can probably be
obtained only from a study of very thin screens.

If the interpretation of the foregoing experiments be
correct it seems that the B8 particle in traversing a thick
screen may suffer many collisions and deflections.

Now it has been shown by Allen (‘‘ Phys. Review,” Aug.,
1906) that the secondary or reflected 8 radiation consists of
electrons moving on the whole with a somewhat slower speed
than the original radiation.

As the experiments described in the present paper in-
dicate that in some cases these reflected electrons have suf-
fered many collisions before emerging, it would appear that
the loss of energy due to a single collision is as a rule not
very great, even though the effect of the collision may have
preduced a considerable change in the direction of motion
of the electron. It is not surprising, then, that some of
the returned rays have been found to have practically the
same speed as some of the original rays; they would appear
to be electrons which have suffered only one collision of sufh-
cient violence to cause them to reverse their original direction
of motion, or several minor collisions leading to the same
result.

From the curves shown in figs. i. and iv. it is seen
that for small thicknesses of screen, before much actual ab-
sorption has occurred, the number of 8 rays turned back
may be large, so that many of the original rays would appear
to lose their energy gradually, rather than by a very sud-
den stoppage and complete absorption. Since the cathode
rays behave in many respects like the B rays, it seems diffi-
cult to understand how the whole of the energy of the X-rays
can be derived from the stoppage of the cathode particles,
for, as pointed out by Professor Bragg, the stoppage must
be very sudden for this to be the case.

SUMMARY.

Experiments with the 8 rays of radium support the re-
sults previously obtained by Crowther, using uranium, upon
the scattering of the rays by thin films of materials.

The distribution of the scattered 8 rays is unsymmet-
rical, about a plane at right angles to the direction of the
original stream.

(5) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxxi. (1907).

10

A close parallel thus exists between the scattering of
B rays and that of y and X-rays.

The shape of the so-called absorption curve may be modi-
fied by the shape of the ionization chamber and the position
of the screen and active material relatively to the chamber
and to each other.

Absorption of a beam of B rays, combined with the
effects of scattering and softening, seem sufficient to account
for observed effects without the introduction of the idea of
a true secondary radiation proceeding from the atoms
affected by the primary stream of rays.

An electron appears to be able to suffer collisions, pro-
ducing considerable change in its direction of motion, with-
out any great loss of energy.

In conclusion, I wish to express my best thanks to Pro-
fessor Bragg for the suggestions he has kindly given me from
time to time during this investigation.

University of Adelaide, January 5, 1909.

11

NOTES ON THE ORCHIDS OF KANGAROO ISLAND, TOGETHER
WITH A DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES.

By R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D.

[Read November 3, 1908.]

Puate I.

In view of the great public attention which has recently
been directed to this Island, it becomes of paramount import-
ance that an exhaustive study should be made of its flora
before settlement renders this impossible.

Amongst the first plants to disappear before the advance
of the pastoralist will be the orchids, which, on account of
their succulence, will be eagerly sought as dainty morsels by
sheep and other stock.

The number of species recorded from Kangaroo Island
has hitherto been exceptionally small. In 1881 I paid a
botanical visit to this interesting place, and on that occasion
added two to the few representatives of the order which were
then known to bloom there. These were included by the late
Professor Tate in those 1raportant contributions of his (the
outcome of a personal visit) on “The Botany of Kangaroo
Island,” read before this Society in 1883. The following year,
1884, he further recorded six more species which had been
forwarded to him by local residents. The total number of re-
corded species on that date stood at fourteen.

From that time until the present year our records have
been silent with regard to Kangaroo Island plants of this or-
der. At our last meeting, however, Mr. J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S. (Government Botanist of New South Wales), in his
valuable paper, “Contributions to the Flora of South Aus-
tralia,’ mentioned a fifteenth which I sent him in a parcel of
plants from Cape Borda last year. During the last quarter
of a century I have paid very many visits to the Island, and
have privately greatly augmented the known species.

The most fruitful of these visits was made in September
of this year, when, accompanied by my wife, we collected in
the single trip 35 species, two of which are new to science.
We travelled by land from Kingscote along the north coast
by way of Stokes Bay, Middle River, Western River, and
Snug Cove to Cape Borda. With that point as our centre
we explored the surrounding country, including Harvey’s Re-
turn, Ravine Reserve, Parrot Creek, and the Ravine de Ca-

12

soars. Our route was afterwards south and south-east, within

easy distance of the West Coast, through the “‘Lighthouse

Reserve” (67 square miles) across Ravine Creek, West Bay

Creek, Breakneck River, and Rocky River to May’s station.

From thence we made an unforgettable journey to Cape de

Couedic and back again. Thence by way of the South Coast

across the Sou’-West River, the Stun’sail Boom, the Harriet,

and the Eleanor to Mount Pleasant station. Skirting Lake

Ada, we travelled north-east across Timber Creek and re-

turned to Kingscote by way of Birchmore’s and Retta’s la-

goons. The other plants collected on this trip are now in the
hands of Mr. J. H. Maiden; the census of orchids, together
with a few collected on other occasions, follows these introduc-
tory remarks. It includes 42 species, two of which are new.

Species found also in Tasmania are indicated by the letter

T; and those already recorded by the letter R: —

R,T. 1. Thelymitra longifolia (Forster) — Uncommon.
Dudley Peninsula. Blooms October, November.

. T. pauciflora (R. Br.)—Kingscote, Ravine de Cas-
oars Creek. Blooms September.

T. 3. 7. amstata (Lindl.) —Hog Bay River (South
Coast). Blooms September, October.

. T. grandiflora (Fitz)—Ironstone Hill, near West-
ern River. Numerous in this locality with ex-
ceptionally large leaves. In bud at end Septem-
ber. Bloomed early in October when transplanted
to Adelaide.

5. T. leuteocilixm (Fitz)—Kingscote, Birchmore
Lagoon. A swamp form. Blooms September.
T. 6. 7. flerwosa (KEndl.)—Widely distributed on the
tableland between Ravine Creek and Tin-hut
(Mr. Hubert Griffiths). Blooms October.

7S

i

R,T. 7. 7. antennifera (Hooker)—Widely distributed.
Stokes Bay, Stun’sail Boom River, Western
River, Sou’-West River, Harriet River, Timber
Creek, Dudley Peninsula. Blooms September,
October.
8. T. fusco-lutea (R. Br.)—Ironstone Hill, near
Western River; Cape Borda. Blooms November.
9. Calochilus Robertsoni (Bent)—Middle and West-

ern Rivers, Cape Borda. Blooms November.

R,T. 10. Diuris longifolia (R. Br.)—The only representa-
tive of the genus which I have so far found on
the Island. It is extraordinarily prolific, and
is to be found in vast quantities from one end
of the Island to the other. Blooms September,
October.

AS ale
ieee
Mea l3:
ed.

Bete 15.
Hey 16.

ees 17.
ie 18.

Re eae

es 20:

Dl
{hy Doe

13

Prasophyllum elatum (R. Br.)—Snug Cove, Har-
veys Return, Cape Borda, Dudley Peninsula.
Almost black in colour. Locally known as the
“Blackboy.” I have not so far met the lighter-
coloured forms which are found on the mainland.
Blooms October, November.

P. fuscum (R. Br.)—Kingscote. In bud in Sep-
tember. Blooms early in October.

P. patens (R. Br.)—Kingscote, Dudley Peninsula.
Blooms October.

P. nigricans (R. Br.)—I had long surmised that
the smaller species of prasophyllum would pro-
bably be represented on the Island, especially
as this genus has a small representative on Yorke
Peninsula. I was fortunate enough to find a
single late bloom in May when on a visit to Har-
cus Camp, on the tableland south-west of the
Kohinoor Mine. It was not the Peninsula spe-
cies, however. This year we found it in seed at

- Kingscote in September.

Microtis porrifolia (R. Br.)—Dudley Peninsula,
Kingscote, Cygnet, Salt Creek, Stokes Bay,
Western River. Blooms October, November.

Corysanthes pruinosa (Cunng.)—Swamp near
Harvey's Return (Mrs. R. 8. Rogers). Late
bloom in September. Blooms July, August.

Pterostyls nana (R. Br.)—Widely distributed
throughout the Island. Blooms August, Sep-
tember.

P. nutans (R. Br.)—Ravine de Casoars Reserve,
Cape Borda. A few good blooms last week in
September.

P. barbata (Lindl.)—Hog Bay River, Sou’-West
River, Harriet River, Eleanor River. Blooms
September, October.

P. precox (Uindl.)—Dudley Peninsula, Ante-
chamber Bay, Hog Bay. Late blooms with very
small flowers in September at Ravine Creek.
Blooms June, July.

P. reflera (R. Br.)—Harvey’s Return (Mrs. R.
S. Rogers). Blooms June, July, August.

P. obtusa (R. Br.)—Ravine Creek in moist, shady
ground. Half a dozen withered specimens
found end of September, 1908 (Mrs. R. S.
Rogers). Blooms probably July and August.
This species has been recorded only once in
South Australia (Port Victor district), and it is

14

not represented among our orchids in the
“Tate” collection. These are the first specimens
I have ever seen collected in this State. The
plants are very- small and slender when com-
pared with specimens from the eastern States.

23. P. furcata (Lindl.)—Late blooms found in Janu-

2

ise

30.

Oo
bo

ary near Karatta (on (Stun’sail Boom River). I
described this orchid as a species new to the
State in Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A. (1907)) vol:
xxxl., page 125, plate xxii.

P. longifolia (R. Br.)—This plant bears rather a
striking contrast to our mainland form, the flow-
ers being smaller (galea 5 lines or even less) and
the habit exceedingly slender. The height varies
from 4 to 13 in. Late blooms found at Kings-
cote in September.

. P. vittata (Lindl.)—Widely distributed through-

out the Island. Blooms June, August.

. Acianthus caudatus (R. Br.) — DeMole River.

Blooms September.
A. exsertus (R. Br.)—Hog Bay River, Kingscote,
Harvey’s Return. Blooms May, June, July.

. Cyrtostylis reniformis (R. Br.)—Dudley Penin-

sula, Harvey’s Return, Ravine de Casoars Creek.
Blooms July to September.

. Lyperanthus nigricans (R. Br.)—Hog Bay River,

Stoke Bay, Harriet River, Eleanor River,
Mount Pleasant, Retta Lagoon, and Cygnet
River. Blooms September, October.

Eriochilus autumnalis (R. Br.)—I have found
this species at Harcus Camp in seed in May.
Probably it has a much wider distribution, but
has not been recorded owing to its early time
of blooming.

. Leptoceras fimbriata (Lindl.)—Leaves fairly

numerous at Stoke Bay and Rocky River.
Should be looked for in May and June.

. Caladenia Cawrnsiana (F. v. M.)—Kingscote,

33.

. 3A.

Ravine de Casoars, Rocky River, near Cape de
Couedic, Stun’sail Boom River, Harriet River.
Blooms September.

C. reticulata (Fitz.)\—Cygnet River, Mount Plea-
sant, Eleanor River. Blooms September.

CO. Menziesu (R. Br.)—Stoke Bay, Cape Borda,
Ravine de Casoars, Harvey’s Return. Blooms
September, October.

15

R, 1) 35. C. filamentosa (R. Br.)—This beautiful dark-

crimson form is widely distributed throughout
the Island. I know only of one locality on the
mainland where it is to be found, viz., Monarto,
near Murray Bridge. It has struck me as an
interesting fact that “C’. tentaculata,” a closely-
allied light-coloured species, so common around
the northern and western sides of the Gulf, does
not occur on the Island. I have found both
forms at Monarto. Blooms September, October.

R,T. 36. C. dilatata (R. Br.)—Dudley Peninsula, Kings-

cote, Ravine de Casoars. Blooms September, Oc-
tober.

R, T. 37. C. Patersoni (R. Br.)—This species has so long

been considered a legitimate dumping-ground
for divergent forms that perhaps no apology is
required for placing still another under this
heading. The Kangaroo Island form may con-
veniently be placed here for the present,
although it seems to me a very distinct type.
So far I have been unable to discover the pre-
sence on the Island of the forms which are so
prevalent on the contiguous mainland, e.g.,
Yorke Peninsula. As in the case of C. filamen-
tosa, the only place in the State in which I have
known the Kangaroo Island form of C. Patersoni
to occur is Monarto, where I have collected it
at about the same time of the year. It has a
narrow leaf, varying from linear-lanceolate to
oblong-lanceolate. The flower is usually soli-
tary, the general colouring being yellow with red
markings. The latter are shown by a red line
running down the middle of each perianth seg-
ment, by the strongly-marked red clavate points
of each sepal, and by the red tip of the labellum.
There are four rows of calli, and the margins
of the labellum are denticulated, though not
deeply so. The caude are comparatively short
and not hairy, as in the typical forms of C. Pat-
ersom. Next to C. filamentosa, this is the most
prevalent “spider” west of Kingscote.

R, T. 38. C. latifolia (R. Br.)—Kingscote, Harvey’s Return,

Ravine de Casoars Creek, and very common on
Dudley Peninsula. Blooms September.

R, T. 39. C. carnea (R. Br.)—Not common, but widely dis-

tributed. I have found it on Dudley Peninsula,

16

Kingscote, Rocky River, vicinity of Cape de
Couedic, Sou’-West River, Harriet River.
Blooms September.

R, T. 40. C. deformis (R. Br.)—This probably shares the
place of honour with Diuris longifolia in being
the most common orchid on the Island, some
parts being literally converted into blue carpets
in September, when it is at its best. It became
scarcer as we skirted the Western Coast, but is
represented everywhere.

41. C. ovata (sp. nov.). Pl. i., figs. 1 to 5—I first
collected this orchid two years ago, but hesitated
to name it on account of a superficial resemblance
which it bears to (. leptochila (Fitz.). The
labellum, however, is so entirely distinct and
characteristic in the two forms that it seems to
me the time has come for separating them. C.
leptochila does not seem to occur on the Island.
I have not seen the new species on the North
Coast, but have found it in considerable num-
bers on the South Coast about Wilson River
and the Eleanor. I have never met it on the
mainland. It blooms in September and October.
Description.—A slender species from 4 to 9 in.
in height. Leaf from 1-24 in., hairy, narrow-
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate. Stem shghtly
hairy with narrow lanceolate bract about the
middle, and another subtending the flower.
Flowers usually solitary, rarely two, very rarely
three, reddish-yellow. Lateral sepals about 1
in., clavate, proximal half dilated, caude short
and fine. Dorsal sepal about } in., erect or
slightly incurved over column, clavate, narrow-
lanceolate. Lateral petals lanceolate, not

' clubbed, rather shorter and wider than dorsal
sepal. Labellum ovate on a short claw, reddish-
yellow, with dark-red tip, moderately recurved,
with dark, divergent lines; margin entire. Calli
very inconstant, as frequently in two as in four
rows, sometimes represented by a few minute
irregularly-placed bossings, occasionally entirely
absent; generally small mammillary, except for
a few short clavate ones near hinge, rarely ex-
tending much beyond the middle of labellum.
Column less than 4 in., rather incurved, more
winged in its upper than lower half; two promi-
nent yellow basal glands. Anther point distinct

Wa

but short. Stigmatic surface oval just below
anther.
42. C'. bicalliata (sp. nov.)—A single specimen of this
dainty little orchid was found by Mrs. R. S.
Rogers near Kingscote on September 20, 1908. It
was growing in rather sandy soil near the road-
side on the margin of the scrub. Deseription.—
Plant not quite 4 in. high. Leaf linear-lanceo-
late, 25 in., hairy. Stem slender, hairy, a small
lanceolate bract about the middle and an ovate-
lanceolate subtending the flower. Flower soli-
tary, cream-coloured, with red veinings. Seg-
ments of the perianth are very similar to each
other, being expanded in the proximal part and
then suddenly contracted into rather coarse,
cylindrical hairy caudze; each has a dark-red
line running down the middle on outer side.
The sepals are of equal length (9 lines), and the
lateral petals slightly shorter. In the case of
' the dorsal sepal one-third is dilated; in the case
of the other segments, one-half. The dorsal sepal
is slightly incurved over the column, the lateral
sepals spreading, the lateral petals divergent.
Labellum 34 lines, marked divergent red veins,
recurved, clawed, point rather blunt, margins
(except of the erect part) serrated; calli golf-
stick-shaped, in two well-defined rows, extend-
ing to within about a line of the tip. Column
incurved, widely winged in upper third, narrowly
below. Anther point absent in my specimen;
basal glands also appear to be absent. Stigmatic
surface just below the anther.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Caladenia ovata (sp. nov.), general view of plant and leaf
(natural size).

AOR x +3 proximal part of labellum and claw,
showing divergent veinings and
ealh. :

2a. mi ae basal clavate calli (magnified x 2).

diya: ” 6 side view of labellum (magnified x 2).

4 uA * front view column, showing basal
glands, anther, and wings (magni-
fied x 2).
i Oe as i side view of column (magnified x 2).

18

FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.
NO. XXXIX.

By the Rev. T. Biacxsurn, B.A.
[Read May 4, 1909.]

LAMELLICORNES.

SERICIDES.
DIPHUCEPHALA.

In the tabulated statement of the distinctive characters
of species of this genus in Tr. R.S., 8.A., 1906, the follow-
ing correction 1s required: —On page 268, line 48, and
269, line 1, for “elytra” read “‘prothorax.” Also transfer
the name “‘ignota, Jfac/.,” from line 3 on page 269 to line
49 on page 268.
D. iynota, Macl.
D. nitens, Macl.
D. rufipes, Macl.

| These three species are affected by the cor-
| rection notified above.

SERICOIDES.
HETERONYX (continued).
Group ITI.

The hitherto published names that can confidently be
assigned to species of this group are 17 in number, and there
are also 4 species the descriptions of which indicate their
place as being in either this or the following group—that is
to say, they have the labrum below the level of the clypeus,
and antennz of 9 joints, while there is no record of their claw
structure. Two of them are Tasmanian species, described by
Erickson (precox and tempestivus), which I think I know
as members of Group IV., although I have not seen the types.
It is worthy of note here that scarcely any Tasmanian Heter-
onyces known to me have bifid claws. One of the remaining
two (laticeps) was described by Burmeister and attributed to
“Australia.” I am afraid that /aticeps could be identified
only by examination of the type, not only through want of
information regarding its claws but on account of there being
some flaw in the description, the species being said to be some-
what larger than “die vorigen arten,” while the size is given
as smaller than of one of the preceding species, and the word-
ing of the comparison seems quite inconsistent with its re-
ferring to the immediately preceding H. granum (e.g., the
size is given as more than three times that of granum). The

\a

19

general character of the description indicates resemblance
to some of the species in Group IV., and not much resem-
blance to any species known to me of the present group.
The last of these four doubtful species (pzlosellus, Blanch.)
is almost certainly, I think, a member of the first subgroup
of Group IV.; its large size and the nature of its sculpture
and pubescence point strongly in that direction. It should be
borne in mind, however, that in the absence of definite
information of claw structure, there is a bare possibility of
any or all of the four appertaining to this group. Outside
the 21 names referred to above, I believe it may be asserted
confidently that no name as yet applied to a Heteronyx
represents a species of this group, unless it be among those
few names to which there is no description attached
mentioning any character thzt identifies its subject with
any group at all, of which I propose to furnish a lst at the
end of this Revision.

Of the 17 identifiable names referred to above,
two are synonyms, namely, breviceps, Blackb.,
and fissiceps, Blackb., the former of which is
identical with the type of H. rufopiceus, Macl., in the
Macleay Museum, and the latter with the specimen (almost
certainly a type or co-type) of /. (Melolontha) chlorotica,
Gyll., in the same Museum. Neither of these two could
have been identified by the description. Thus I recognize
15 already described species of Heteronyx as members of this
group, and to them I have now to add 19 more species, mak-
ing a total of 34.

The only group with which any members of the present
group could possibly be confused is Group IV., but it must
be admitted that there is a small number of species con-
cerning which doubt is possible as to whether their claws
should be called appendiculate or bifid. Separate notes on
those species seem necessary since I have treated them as
having appendiculate claws of which the inner apex of the
basal piece is somewhat abnormally prolonged, and it is pos-
sible that their names might be looked for in the tabulation
of this present group where of course they would not be
found. They are as follows: —

H. holosericeus, Macl. The inner apex of the
basal piece of the claws is scarcely less than half
the size of the apical prolongation, and I_ should
perhaps place the species in Group III. were it not
for its close alliance with species of the first subgroup of
Group IV., which consists of the most naturally associated
species tee to me in the genus. Among the insects which
I have placed in Group III. there is none resembling holo-

29

sericeus in the conspicuous characters of being of large size
and also having elytra very finely and closely punctulate. A
careful examination of the claws of /olosericews indicates

that they are really appendiculate, and that the hinder pro-—

cess, although longer than usual, is nothing but a slender
prolongation of the apex of the basal piece of the claw, not-
ably more slender than the apical piece; whereas the corre-
sponding process in a claw which I account bifid is (I think
in every species whose claws could possibly be confused with
those of holosericeus and a few others with lke claws) a
compressed more or less triangular tooth which from the
right point of view (/.c., with its compressed face opposite
the observer) is seen to be at least as wide and stout as the
apical process.

H. Coatesi, Blackb. The above comments on //. holo-
sericeus apply also to this species.

H. severus, Blackb. The claws of this species are of the
same kind as those of H. holosericeus, although the hinder
process is perhaps scarcely long enough to be likely to cause
any doubt of the claws being appendiculate.

H. relictus, Blackb. The claws of this species are not
quite simply appendiculate, the apical piece being smaller
than usual and the long basal piece being distinctly produced
at its inner apex, so that from a point of view making the
apical piece appear foreshortened the claw has a bifid appear-
ance; but looked at so that the outline of the compressed
face of the claw is wholly opposite the observer, the apical
piece is seen to be much longer than the projection at the
inner apex of the basal piece.

Among the species that I have placed in this group I
do not think there is any whose claws could be regarded as
other than bifid. In a few of them the hinder process of
the claw is situated exceptionally far back on the claw, but
in these species this hinder process is so evidently of well-
defined compressed triangular form that it does not seem
capable of suggesting any difficulty.

In dealing with this the first large group of Heter-
onyces 1t seems desirable to remark on the fact that I am
somewhat at a disadvantage (in having written an earlier
series of papers, founded on a much smaller number of spe-
cies, before the enormous extent of the genus had become
apparent), insomuch as species that came near to each other
in my former paper are now in many instances separated by
a considerable number of subsequently discovered interme-
diate species requiring a more scrupulously exact description
of sculpture, etc., and also involving a readjustment of
classification, an investigation and use of characters that did

21

not seem essential for mention among a much smaller num-
ber of species, and the discovery in the case of some charac-
ters that they are less useful for purposes of tabulation than
they appeared in dealing with less numerous forms. I do
not think that my former papers contained more than a very
small number of actual errors; these, however, will be cor-
rected under the heading of the species affected by them (e.7.,
H. insignis, Blackb.). But it is possible that here and there
slight discrepancies of terms may be found between some of
the descriptions in my former paper and those used now (such
as “fine” or “not very fine” in respect of sculpture), arising
from species now being grouped among many that were for-
merly not known to me, and to obviate confusion from that
inevitable difficulty I have in this present Revision indicated
by an approximate counting of punctures exactly what is
meant in each case by such terms as “close,” “‘sparse,” “‘fine,”’
vel cet.

Tabulation of the distinctive characters of Heteronyces

of Group IIT. :—

A. Front of clypeus not having a deep
eXcision.
6B. Labrum not visible (head viewed
obliquely from behind).
C. Hind femora not having a tooth
before the apex.

D. Hind femora wide with 2 con-
spicuous rows of punctures be-
tween which is a wide, almost
unpunctured space.

H. Hind row otf punctures on
hind femora widely spaced

and not more than about 10.

F. Front of clypeus truncate
or lightly sinuate.

G. Sides of prothorax
straight behind middle,
hind corners genuinely
(though not sueeply) rec-
tangular ... .. piceo-niger, Macl.

GG. Sides of prothorax more
or less arched behind
middle, hind corners not
rectangular.

H. Elytra (outside sub-
sutural stria) non-

striate.
I. Elytral puncturation
squamose ... .. corpulentus, Macl.

II. Elytral puncturation
non-squamose.
J. Basal edging of pro-
notum strong and
conspicuous ... .... protervus, Blackb.

22

JJ. Basal edging of
pronotum extre-
mely fine, except
at its ends :

HH. Each elytron with
about 6 strize clearly
indicated.

I. Prothorax (viewed
from above) with
strongly defined hind
angles.

J. Pronotum at hind
angles extremely
strongly flattened
out Resa Staats
Hind angles of
pronotum much
less strongly flat-
tened out.

Kk. Puncturation of
elytra strongly
serlate (size at
least 44 1.) .

KK. Punecturation of
elytra not seri-
ate (size about 3

JJ.

II. Hind angles of pro-
thorax quite round-

ealirotla sett pre a gee
FF. Front of clypeus evenly
rounded.

G. Front face of labrum
(viewed from in front)
arched.

H. About 15 punctures

across an elytron. Cly-
peal suture very little
anche daa srameees Sheer ete
. About 20 punctures
across an elytron. Cly-
peal suture strongly
anchedsseceay aimee) es
GG. Front face of labrum
(viewed from in front)
not arched Eis cup
EEK. Hind row of punctures on
hind femora closely packed
(about 15-20 in number).

F. Basal joint of hind tarsi
considerably longer than
3rd joint.

G. Punctures of pronotum

acervate and sparse (10
or 12 in length of the

segment).
H. Punctures of frons very
large and not very
close

rufopiceus, Macl

Oodnadatte, Blackh,

merus, Blackb.

declaratus, Blackh.

Beltane, Blackb.

tarsalis, Blackb.

Griffthi, Blackb.

suavis, Blackb.

tropicus, Blackb.

23

HH. Punctures of frons
much finer and closer solidus, Blackb.
GG. Punctures of pronotum
not acervate (about 16
in length of the seg-
ment).
H. Elytra with the actual
derm strongly rugulose rugosipennis, Jacl.
HH. Elytra not exception-
ally rugulose a . tenebrosus, Blackb.
FF. Basal joint of hind tansi
not or scarcely longer than

3rd joint.
G. Elytra non-granulate,
their punctures not squa-
mose.

H. The punctures of the
elytra much larger
than those of the pro-
notum ... . incomptus, Blackb.
HH. Punctures of prono-
tum and of elytra
scarcely different in
size foo dee. oes che Weer. Pinellas
GG. Elytra conspicuously
granulate, their punctu-
ration strongly squamose arcanus, Blackb.
DD. Hind femora (less wide) with
numerous punctures in the
space between the two rows.
EK. Basal edging of pronotum
strongly defined and preced-
ed by a conspicuous smooth
gutter -.. dux, Blackb.
EE. Base of pronotum ‘not as E.
F. Puncturation of pronotum
not both very close and
strongly rugulose.
G. The front of the frons
not. perpendicular.
H. Elytra closely and fine-
ly punetured (consid-
erably more than 20
punctures across an
elytron).
I. The sculpture of the
clypeus is subconflu-
ent rugulosity . .. eequaliceps, Blackb.
II. The sculpture of the
clypeus is coarse,
well spaced punctu-
ration . firmus, Blackb.
HH. Elytra punctured not
closely (20 punctures or
less across an elytron).
I. Hind coxz much
longer than 2nd ven-
tral segment ... .... Frenchi, Blackb.

24

Il. Hind coxe scarcely
longer than 2nd ven-
tral segment ... darlingensis, Blackb.

GG. The front of the frons ;
perpendicular
He oe veer strongly | ‘trun-
Leai, Blackb.

wi see) ete cee! ots Callabonneeteilaaion
FF. Puncturation of pronotum
both very close and strong-
ly rugulose.
G. Puncturation of elytra
coarse and not close (less ;
than 20 punctures across

HHL "Clypens evenly round-

an elytron) ... ... ... variegatus, Blackb.
GG. Puncturation of elytra
much finer and closer ... imitator, Blackhb.
CC. Hind femora with a strong tooth
near apex .. femoralis, Blackb.

BB. Labrum visible ‘(the head “being
viewed obliquely from behind).
C. The ends of the labrum PEosect as

small, sharp processes ... granum, Burm.
CC. The ends of the labrum not. pro-
minent luteolus, Blackb.

AA. Front of clypeus with an “extremely
deep excision.
B. Head strongly punctulate.

C. Labrum on middle line not ex-
serted from perpendicular front
of clypeus ; asperifrons. Blackb.

CC. Labrum on middle line consider-
ably exserted from perpendicular
front of clypeus.

D. Elytra closely and finely punc-
tulate (10 punctures from su-
ture not pee reaching

middle) . chlorotica (Melolon-
DD. Elytra with lar ge, sparse. punc- [tha), Gyll.
tures (10 punctures from su-
ture reach middle) ... . queenslandicus,
B. Head (even clypeus) seancely visibly [Blackb.
PUL ull sewn nner is .. «+ leviceps, Blackb.

1. Oodnadatta, sp. nov. Be ener sat nitidus ; cast-
aneo-brunneus, antennarum flabello dilutiori; supra pilis
sparsis brevibus suberectis vestitus; subtus sparsim
pilosus; clypeo crebre sat grosse ruguloso, antice late
leviter sinuato; labro summo clypei planum haud attin-
genti; fronte grosse nec crebre punctulata; fronte cly-
peoque planum fere continuum efficientibus ; antennis 9-
articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori,
antice minus fortiter angustato, supra sparsim acervatim
puncturis inequalibus (sat grossis et magis subtilibus)
impresso (puncturis circiter 14 in segmenti longitudine),

25

lateribus sat arcuatis, angulis anticis vix acutis sat pro-
ductis posticis (superne visis) sat rectis sat for-
titer deplanatis, basi modice _ bisinuata, mar-

gine basali ad =4Ilatera paullo magis_ elevato;

elytris fortiter seriatim (minus equaliter) minus
crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 15),
striatis, interstitiis leviter convexis ; pygidio sparsim for-
titer punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat

_ brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ sat longiori-

bus; tibiis anticis extus dentibus 2 inferioribus permag-
nis et dente superiori parvo; femoribus posticis dilatatis,
biseriatim punctulatis, seriei postice puncturis circiter
8, inter series area levi; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali quam 2"S sat (quam 3"8 paullo) breviori; ungui-
culis bifidis. Long., 64-7 1.; lat., 34-32 1.

Somewhat close to H. piceonrger, Macl., but differing in

colour, in its smaller head, in the sides of its prothorax con-
siderably more arched, and in the less close and more seriate
puncturation of its elytra. Also near merus, Blackb., but
differing from that species by, inter alia, the better defined
and considerably more expanded hind angles of its pronotum.

Lf

the
Its

Central Australia; Ocdnadatta.

declaratus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus; minus nitidus ;
obscure brunneus ; supra pilis brevibus adpressis sparsim
vestitus ; subtus sparsim pilosus; clypeo crebre ruguloso,
antice late leviter sinuato; labro summo clypei planum
haud attingenti; fronte sat grosse ruguloso-punctulata ;
fronte clypeoque ut plana disparia visis (sutura clypeali
cariniformi); antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam
longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra
sparsius subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in
segmenti longitudine), lateribus sat arcuatis, angulis
anticis minus acutis minus productis posticis (superne
visis) sat rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali
subtilissimo; elytris crebre subtilius punctulatis (trans
elytron puncturis circiter 30), striatis, interstitiis vix
convexis ; pygidio coriaceo sparsim subtilius punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus,
quam segmentum, ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; tibius
anticis extus tridentatis ; femoribus posticis sat dilatatis,
biseriatim punctulatis, serlei postice puncturis circiter
10, inter series area fere levi; tarsorum posticorum arti-
culo basali quam 2" vix breviori, quam 3" paullo long-
ior, unguiculis bifidis., Long., 3 1.; lat., 12 1.

A very isolated species, which seems out of place among
species with which its structural characters associate it.
hind femora considerably dilated, with their front out-

26

line quite strongly arched and the space between their series of
punctures bearing only one or two fovea-like impressions, ap-
pear to me a strong mark of alliance with corpulentus, Macl.,
and its allies; and its short, wide clypeus with front margin

widely sinuate points in the same direction. Corpulentus,

etc., are, however, large species with coarse, sparse sculpture

and different vestiture.

North Queensland (Mr. Perkins).

H. tarsalis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ;
sat nitidus; castaneus vel brunneus; supra fere glaber ;
subtus sparsim pilosus; clypeo sat crebre minus rugu-
lose sat grosse punctulato, antice late rotundato; labro
summo clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte vix crebre
sat grosse nec rugulose punctulata; fronte clypeoque
planum sat continuum efficientibus; antennis 9-articu-
latis; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice sat
angustato, supra minus fortiter minus crebre punctulato
(puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis subacutis modice produc-
tis posticis (superne visis) sat rectis, basi leviter bisinu-
ata, margine basali subtili sat equali; elytris leviter
sparsim subseriatim punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 15), manifeste striatis, interstitiis nonnihil con-
vexis; pygidio sparsim minus fortiter punctulato; coxis
posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus quam
segmentum ventrale 2" sat longioribus; tibiis anticis
extus tridentatis ; femoribus posticis sat dilatatis, biseri-
atim punctulatis, serie1 postice puncturis circiter 6, inter
series area fere levi; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali
quam 2"8 multo (quam 3"8 manifeste) breviorl; ungui-
culis bifidis. Long., 3-5 1.; lat., 12-22 1.

The most conspicuous superficial characters of this spe-
cies seem to be the sparse, subseriate, lightly impressed punc-
turation of its elytra and the shortness of the basal joint of
its hind tarsi. Its head is small and narrow as compared
with that of some of its allies (e.g., 7. corpulentus, Macl.).
It is easily identified by the characters assigned to it in the
tabulation. It varies greatly in size, the small specimens
being, I think, males. The hinder tooth of the hind claws
is situated far back—not much in front of the middle of
the claw.

North-West Australia.

H. Griffithi, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice parum dilata-
tus; sat nitidus; obscure brunneus, antennarum flabello
testaceo; supra fere glaber; subtus sparsim pilosus ;
clypeo sat crebre sat grosse nec rugulose punctulato ;
labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte spar-

{

27

sim vix grosse punctulata; fronte clypeoque ut plana

manifeste disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; protho-

race quam longiori ut ‘12 ad 7 latiori, antice modice
angustato, supra subtilius minus crebre punctulato

(puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus

parum arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis

posticis (superne visis) acute rectis, basi subfortiter bisin-
uata, margine basali modico ad latera paullo magis ele-
vato; elytris concinne sat fortiter subcrebre nonnihil
subseriatim punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter
20), manifeste striatis, interstitiis leviter convexis,
pygidio sparsius minus fortiter punctulato; coxis pos-
ticls quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum
ventrale 2"™ multo longioribus; tibiis anticis extus den-
tibus 2 inferioribus permagnis et dente superiore parvo ;
femoribus posticis dilatatis, biseriatim punctulatis, seriei
posticee puncturis circiter 10, inter series area levi; tar-
sorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2"° multo (quam

ous manifeste) breviori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 54

eats. 22 ll:

The sides of the prothorax are less arched than in most
of the allied species, and the point where they begin to be
roundly convergent is nearer to the front margin, making
the segment appear less transverse than it really is. The
front of the clypeus is much more strongly reflexed than in
H. tarsalis, Blackb. (which the species resembles in respect
of its small head and tarsal structure), the clypeal suture is
very much more strongly arched, the pronotum is notably
more finely punctulate, the punctures of the elytra are
smaller, deeper, and closer, and the hinder process of the
hind claws is nearer to the apical process.

Northern Territory of South Australia (Mr. Griffith).

H. swavis, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; castaneus vel brunneus; supra fere
glaber; subtus sparsim pilosus; clypeo sat crebre sat
grosse nec rugulose punctulato; labro clypei planum
haud attingenti, in parte summa antica haud transver-
sim convexo: fronte vix crebre subgrosse nec rugulose
punctulata; fronte clypeoque ut plana leviter disparia
visis; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori
ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra sub-
fortiter vix crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in
segmenti longitudine), lateribus parum arcuatis, angulis
anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis)
rectis (vix acute), basi minus fortiter bisinuata, margine
basali modico ad latera vix magis elevato; elytris con-
cinne sat fortiter subcrebre nonnihil subseriatim punc-

28

tulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20), mamnifeste

striatis, interstitiis parum convexis; pygidio sparsius

minus fortiter punctulato ; coxis pede ut H. Grif-

fithi, Blackb. Long., 43-52 1.; lat., 24-3 1.

This species is closely allied to H. Grifithi, Blackb., dif-
fering by its pronotum less finely punctulate, with hind
angles (viewed from above) blunter, and especially by the
structure of its labrum. In Giffithi (and most other //eter-
onyces of the first four groups) that organ is longitudinally
concave, so that if it be looked at from in front its front
face is seen as an arch having its convex outline
curved upward towards the clypeus, while in the present spe-
cies the labrum is quite flat, so that when looked at from
in front its outline appears perfectly straight transversely.
As I have examined four specimens of //. swavis (evidently
—from their ticketing—taken in company) I am able to say
that this is a reliable character.

North Queensland; Gulf of Carpentaria (Mr. Koebele).
H. tropicus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice parum dila-

tatus; sat nitidus; piceo-ferrugineus, antennis dilutiori-

bus ; supra fere glaber, capillis nonnullis erectis exceptis ;
clypeo confertim sat fortiter ruguioso, antice late leviter
sinuato; labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti;
fronte crebrius grosse punctulata; fronte clypeoque ut

plana sat disparia visis (illa sat convexa); antennis 9-

articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 15 ad 8 latiori,

antice sat fortiter angustato, longitudinaliter subtiliter
subcanaliculato, supra sparsim acervatim puncturis
inzequalibus (sat grossis et magis subtilibus) impresso

(puncturis circiter 10 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus

minus arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis sat productis posticis

(superne visis) rectis, basi modice bisinuata, margine

basali ad latera perspicue magis elevato : elytris fortiter

minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter

20); pygidio sparsius sat fortiter punctulato, exempli

typici basin versus carinato apicem versus longitudinali-

ter concavo; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat bre-
vioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus ;
femoribus posticis dilatatis, biseriatim punctulatis, seriei
postice puncturis circiter 15, inter series area levi;
tiblis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum (his

sat brevibus) articulo basali 2° sat equali, quam 35

elite longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 7 1.; lat.,

32 1.

The hind series of punctures on the hind femora of this
and a number of following species not only consists of many
more punctures than in the preceding species, but also dif-

29

fers in that the punctures, from a certain point of

view, appear to be situated behind and against a

continuous serrate finely raised line, an appearance which

seems to be caused by the punctures being more deeply im-

pressed at their front than at their hind end. I suspect that

the slight canaliculation of the pronotum in the type may
not be a constant character.
North Queensland (Mr. Perkins) ; also Thursday Island.

H. tenebrosus, sp. nov. Latus, sat brevis, postice dilatatus ;
sat nitidus ; nigro-piceus, palpis antennisque rufis ; supra
capillis erectis vestitus; clypeo fortiter sat crebre nec
rugulose punctulato antice late leviter sinuato-truncato ;
labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte
erosse suberebre nec rugulose punctulata; fronte cly-
peoque ut plana valde disparia visis (illa convexa) ;
antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 15
ad 8 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra subfortiter vix
crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti
longitudine) lateribus minus arcuatis, angulis anticis
sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) rectis,
basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera vix
magis elevato; elytris granulatis subsquamose fortiter
crebrius punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter
22); pygidio crebrius fortius punctulato; coxis posticis
quam metasternum paullo brevioribus quam segmentum
ventrale 2u™ multo longioribus ; femoribus posticis dila-
tatis, biseriatim punctulatis, seriei posticee puncturis cir-
citer 20, inter series area levi; tibiis anticis extus tri-
dentatis (dentibus inferioribus 2 permagnis) ; tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali quam 25 vix breviori quam
3us sat longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 6-7 1.; lat.,
34-34 1.

A very robust, solid-looking species, of very dark colour.

It is readily distinguishable among its allies by the charac-

ters indicated in the tabulation.
North-West Australia; Roebuck Bay.

H. incomptus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice dilatatus; sat
nitidus; ferrugineus; supra capillis erectis elongatis
minus sparsim vestitus; clypeo crebre vix grosse rugu-
loso, antice rotundato ; labro summo clypei planum haud
attingenti; fronte fortiter rugulose sat crebre punctu-
lata ; fronte clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis (illa
convexa) ; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam long-
iorl ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato, supra
fortiter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 15
in segmenti longitudine), lateribus modice arcuatis,
angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis

30

(superne visis) sat rectis, basi parum sinuata, margine
basali ad latera paullo magis elevato; elytris subgrosse
subrugulose sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron punc-
turis circiter 20); pygidio puncturis setiferis sparsius
impresso ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat breviori-
bus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus ;
femoribus posticis dilatatis, biseriatim punctulatis, serie1
postice puncturis circiter 17, inter series area fere levi;
tibus anticis extus tridentatis: tarsorum posticorum ar-
ticulo basali quam 2"5 multo (quam 3"8 nonnihil) bre-
viorl; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 7 1.; lat., 32 1.

The very long pilosity—which is not very sparse—of
this species renders it easily recognizable among its near
allies, even disregarding the dhanagtens indicated in the tabu-
lation. The area on the hind femora between the two series
of punctures bears four or five large punctures near to the
base of the femora.

New South Wales; Inverell (Mr. Musson).

H. umbrinus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ;
minus nitidus; obscure brunneus, antennis palpisque
dilutioribus; supra pilis adpressis brevibus (nonnullis
longioribus erectis intermixtis) sat sparsim vestitus;
clypeo confertim minus grosse ruguloso, antice late ro-
tundato; labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti;
fronte fortiter minus crebre punctulata; fronte
clypeoque ut plana nonnihil disparia visis; antennis 9-
articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori,
antice leviter angustato, supra sat fortiter sat sparsim
nonnihil acervatim punctulato (puncturis circiter 12 in
segmenti longitudine), lateribus sat arcuatis, angulis
anticis sat acutis minus productis posticis (superne Visis)
obtusis bene determinatis, basi parum sinuata, margine
basali sat eequali; elytris concinne sat fortiter sat crebre
punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20); pygidio
fortius minus crebre punctulato; coxis posticis quam
metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ven-
trale 2um sat longioribus: femoribus posticis dilatatis,
biseriatim punctulatis, seriei postice puncturis circiter
15, inter series area levi; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis ;
tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2"s sat bre-
viori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 6 1. ; lat.,

+ 1,

Easily recognizable by the characters cited in the tabu-
lation.

North Queensland (Mr. Perkins).

H. dux, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice parum dilatatus ;
sat nitidus; brunneus, antennis palpisque dilutioribus ;

ol

supra pilis adpressis brevibus (nonnullis longioribus
erectis intermixtis) sat sparsim vestitus; clypeo’ crebre
fortiter parum rugulose punctulato, antice rotundato ;
labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte for-
titer minus crebre nec rugulose punctulata; fronte
clypeoque planum fere continuum efficientibus ; antennis
9-articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 15 ad 8 lati-
ori, antice sat angustato, supra minus fortiter minus
crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 15 in segmenti
longitudine), lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis
sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) sat
acute rectis, basi parum sinuata, margine basali sat
equali pone sulcum manifestum sito; elytris granulatis
subsquamose sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron punctu-
ris circiter 20) ; pygidio granulis setiferis minus crebre in-
structo ; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo breviori-
bus, quam segmentum ventrale 2" paullo longioribus ;
femoribus posticis sat dilatatis, biseriatim punctulatis,
seriel postice puncturis circiter 20, inter series area con-
fuse sparsim punctulata; tibiis anticis extus fortiter tri-
dentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2s
multo vel paullo (quam 3" vix vel Bane) breviorl; un-

guiculis bifidis. Long., 62-7 1.; lat., 34-32 1.

This species is distinctly intermediate neers those pre-
ceding it and those following it in the tabulation, being (like
the former) of large size and having dilated hind femora,
but having (like the latter) the space on the hind femora
between the seriate punctures impressed with confused punc-
turation. It is remarkable for a more than usually well-
marked sexual character in the hind tarsi, the basal joint
being in one sex (I take it to be the male) quite distinctly
longer than in the other sex. It may be noted that the
pronotum in this species is punctured considerably more
finely than the head and the elytra. There is a remarkable
agreement in the present insect with the description of //.
rugosipennis, Macl., but the type in the Australian Museum
differs in numerous characters passed over in the description,
being smaller, differently coloured, with elytra more rugu-
lose and less closely punctulate, the hind femora non-punc-
tulate between the series, etc., etc.

Queensland (Mr. F. M. Bailey).

HT. firmus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; sat nitidus: obscure brunneus, corpore subtus
antennis palpis pedibusque plus minusve dilutioribus ;
supra pilis brevibus adpressis sat sparsim vestitus ; clypeo
(hoe antice sinuato-truncato) fronteque grosse minus
crebre sat equaliter punctulatis; his planum fere con-

32

tinuum efficientibus; labro clypei planum haud attin-
genti; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori -
ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice leviter angustato, supra sat
fortiter sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 23 in
segmenti longitudine), lateribus sat fortiter arcuatis,
angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis
(superne visis) obtusis bene determinatis, basi parum
sinuata, margine basali subtilissimo sat equali sed in
media parte summa fere obsoleto; elytris substriatis,
crebre sat fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 30); pygidio sat crebre minus fortiter punctu-
lato; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo breviori-
bus, quam segmentum ventrale 2u™ vix longioribus ;
femoribus posticis minus dilatatis, sparsim confuse punc-
tulatis, seriebus parum conspicuis; tibiis anticis extus
tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam
2us sat breviori, 3° sat equali: unguiculis bifidis. Long.,

32 1.5 late, 1 1:

This species is easily distinguishable from all others
known to me of this group by the characters cited in the
tabulation. It is a species of decidedly robust facies.

New South Wales; Mount Kosciusko (from Mr. Lea).
H. Frenchi, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-

tatus; minus nitidus; brunneus antennis palpisque dilu-

tioribus; supra pilis brevibus suberectis minus sparsim
vestitus; clypeo confertim ruguloso, antice in media
parte leviter emarginato; labro summo clypei planum
haud attingenti; fronte grosse sat crebre punctulata ;
fronte clypeoque ut plana disparia visis, illa convexa ;
antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 3 ad
2 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, supra subgrosse sat
crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 15 in segmenti
longitudine), lateribus pone medium dilatato-rotundatis,
angulis anticis leviter obtusis haud productis posticis
valde obtusis (fere rotundatis), basi sat fortiter bisin-
uata, margine basali subtilissimo (in media parte obso-
leto); elytris fere ut pronotum sed nonnihil rugulose
punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 16); pygidio
sat grosse sat crebre punctulato: coxis posticis quam
metasternum paullo brevioribus quam segmentum ven-
trale 2u™ sat longioribus; femoribus posticis minus dila-
tatis, inter series confuse sparsius punctulatis; tibiis
anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali, 2° sat equali, quam 3" paullo longiori; unguicu-

lis bifidis. Long., 34 1.; lat., 12 1.

This species can be distinguished quite easily by the
characters indicated in the tabulation, as well as by other

33

characters cited in the above description, especially the form
of its prothorax and the coarse, somewhat uniform punctur-
ation of its dorsal surface.

North-West Australia (Mr. French).

j H. Leai, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice sat dilatatus; sat

nitidus ; ferrugineus; supra pilis perbrevibus erectis
sparsim vestitus; clypeo fortiter sparsius nec rugulose
punctulato, antice truncato fortiter reflexo; labro
summo clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte fortiter
minus sparsim nec rugulose punctulata ; fronte clypeoque
ut plana valde disparia visis, illa antice abrupte declivi ;
-antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 7
ad 4 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra subtilius
minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in seg-
menti longitudine, lateribus modice rotundatis, angulis
anticis sat obtusis modice productis posticis obtusis
minus rotundatis, basi modice bisinuata, margine basali
subtili sat zquali; elytris fortiter (fere subgrosse) punc-
tulatis (trans elytron puncturis, circiter 20), nonnihil
substriatis; pygidio crebre minus profunde punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus
quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ sat (nec multo) longiori-
bus; femoribus posticis haud dilatatis, inter series con-
fuse nec crebre punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus triden-
tatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2us

vix breviori, 3° sat equali: unguiculis bifidis. Long.,

de 1.; lat., 12 1.

A little intermediate in the form of its frons in respect
of the front declivity, which is not so abruptly perpendicu-
lar as in the following species (Hf. Callabonnuy). From a
certain point of view (obliquely from the side) it appears
to be perpendicular, but viewed slightly obliquely from in
front is seen not to be so in reality. It could not, however,
be placed in respect of this character among the preceding
species that are its nearer allies in other respects, for they

have no indication whatever of such structure in the frons.

Among them, however, it would fall beside H. darlingensis
in the tabulation, from which it differs by, inter alia multa,

the finer and closer puncturation of its pronotum. In this
species the pronotum is punctured very much more finely than

the elytra.
New South Wales; Galston (Mr. Lea).

H. Callabonne, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice parum

dilatatus; modice nitidus: ferrugineus, antennarum
flabello pallido: supra pilis perbrevibus adpressis
sparsim vestitus: clypeo crebre ruguloso antice rotun-
dato; labro summo clypei planum haud _ attingenti;

34

fronte fere ut clypeus sculpturata; fronte clypeoque ut —
plana valde disparia visis, illa antice perpendicular ;
antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 9
ad 5 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, supra minus for-
titer sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in seg-
menti longitudine), lateribus pone medium sat dilatato-
rotundatis, angulis anticis acutis sat productis posticis
(superne visis) obtusis (subrotundatis), basi vix sinuata,
margine basali subtili sat equali; elytris subfortiter sat
crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 25) ;
pygidio puncturis setiferis sparsius impresso; COxis pos-
ticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum
ventrale 2" sat longioribus; femoribus posticis parum
dilatatis, inter series confuse nec crebre punctulatis ;
tiblis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum ar-
ticulo basali quam 2"* sat breviori1, 3° sat equali; un-
guiculis bifidis. Long., 4£1.; lat., 2 1-101.
Easily identified among its near allies by the perpen-
dicularly declivous front margin of its frons. From JZ.
Lea, Blackb., which approaches it in this respect, it differs
‘by, inter alia m ulta, the evenly-rounded front margin of its
clypeus.
Central aataaliee Lake Callabonna (Mr. Zietz).
H. imitator, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ;
modice nitidus; ferrugineus, capite prothoraceque
- obscurioribus; his capillis elongatis (elytris “pilis brevi-
bus suberectis) sat dense vestitis ; clypeo sat: crebre rugu-
loso, antice rotundato ; labro summo clypei planum haud
attingenti; fronte fere ut clypeus sculpturata; fronte
clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis; antennis 9-
articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori,
antice parum angustato, supra crebre sat fortiter punc-
tulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine),
lateribus sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat obtusis minus
productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis ; basi modice bi-
sinuata, margine basali minus subtili sat zequali; elytris
crebre sat fortiter sat rugulose punctulatis (trans elytron
puncturis circiter 20), substriatis; pygidio crebre minus
fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum
parum brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ multo
longioribus ; femoribus posticis parum dilatatis inter
series sparsim punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus trident-
atis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2™S non-
nihil breviori, quam 3% paullo longiori; unguiculis bi-
fidis. Long., 2 1.; lat., 1 1.
This very small species ’ iTustrates remarkably the diffi-
culty of grouping the Heteronyces in natural aggregates. On

-_—

35

a casual inspection one would have no hesitation in placing

it near H. jubatus, Blackb., and its allies (which fall into

Group VIII., having the front outline of the head trilobed

and the claws appendiculate), but it has the head and claws

of Group III.

Western Australia; Mount Barker (Mr. Lea).

H. femoralis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus, antennarum flabello dilu-
tiori; supra pilis brevissimis adpressis sparsim vestitus ;
clypeo brevi sat crebre ruguloso, antice late sinuato-
emarginato; labro summo clypei planum haud attin-
genti; fronte fere ut clypeus rugulosa; fronte clypeoque
ut plana valde disparia visis (illa antice subito. perpen-
diculari); antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam
longiori ut 8 ad 5 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato,
supra subfortiter minus crebre nec grosse punctulato
(puncturis circiter 15 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
pone medium sat dilatato-rotundatis, angulis anticis sub-
acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis sat
bene determinatis, basi nonnihil bisinuata, margine
basali sat zquali; elytris crebre minus fortiter punctu-
latis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 22), vix perspicue
substriatis ; pygidio sat crebre minus fortiter punctulato ;
coxis posticis. quam metasternum multo brevioribus,
quam segmentum ventrale 24 paullo longioribus;
femoribus posticis haud dilatatis, inter series sparsius
sat fortiter punctulatis, postice ante apicem dente acuto
sat magno armatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tar-
sorum posticorum articulo basali 2° sat equali, quam 3%
manifeste longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 32 1.; lat.
12 1.

The hind femora bear a strong acute tooth of consider-
able size placed at about # of their length from the base.
I know no other Heteronyx presenting such a character.

Western Australia; Coolgardie.

H. granum, Burm. The small South Australian Heter-
onyx which I believe to be this species is one of the most
difficult of the genus to place satisfactorily in association
with other species, on account of the very peculiar structure

of its labrum. The summit of that organ rises quite fully
to the level of the clypeus, and is visible when the head is
viewed obliquely from behind: but the sides (as viewed from
above) are not parallel, but converge hindward, so that the
labrum from that point of view narrows hindward and its
front angles are prominent. Hence from the point of view
from which most Heteronyces with a visible labrum present
a trilobed outline in this species, there is seen to be a tooth-
B2

ae
Beikly

36

like process projecting between each of the lateral lobes and

the middle lobe. Consequently this species does not fit sat-

isfactorily into either of the primary sections into which I

have divided the genus, having the labrum well in view when

the head is viewed obliquely from behind; nevertheless
the term “trilobed” is not applicable to the outline. On
the whole the insect appears to me least out of place if re-
garded as an aberrant member of the section in which the
labrum is not ordinarily visible from above, and if that view
of it be accepted there can be no hesitation about referring
it to Group III.; otherwise it would have to be placed in

Group VII.

1. luteolus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; modice nitidus; luteus, antennarum flabello tes-
taceo; supra pilis brevibus adpressis sparsim vestitus ,
clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice haud marginato, late nec
fortiter emarginato ; labro clypei planum fere attingenti,
antice (capite a tergo oblique viso) leviter concavo ;
fronte grosse rugulose punctulata; clypeo fronteque ut
plana valde disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; pro-
thorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice leviter
angustato, supra fortiter vix crebre punctulato (punc-
turis circiter 15 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
(superne visis) sat fortiter rotundatis, angulis anticis
vix acutis parum productis posticis (superne visis) ro-
tundatis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali subtili
sat equali; elytris minus fortiter minus crebre punctu-
latis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20); pygidio spar-
sim sat grosse punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metaster-
num multo brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2um
paullo longioribus ; femoribus posticis inter series sparsim
minus fortiter punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus trident-
atis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 21s
paullo breviori quam 3% paullo longiori; unguiculis
bifidis. Long., 3 1.; lat., 14 1.

This little species is easy to identify by the characters
cited in the tabulation. The comparatively coarse punctur-
ation of its head and pronotum is very distinctive; the
punctures of the latter, though not very numerous when
counted, are somewhat crowded together by reason of their
being individually large.

North-West Australia (exact locality not known).

H. asperifrons, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dila-
tatus; minus nitidus; brunneo-testaceus, pedibus cor-
poreque subtus magis rufis; supra pilis minus brevibus
adpressis sat sparsim vestitus; clypeo crebre sat grosse
ruguloso-punctulato, antice profunde exciso; labro

37

-summo clypei planum haud attingenti, in media parte

a capite haud exstanti; fronte confertim subtilius rugu-
losa; fronte clypeoque fere planum continuum efficienti-
bus; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut
12 ad 7 latiori; antice sat angustato, supra sat crebre
minus fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in seg-
menti longitudine), lateribus pone medium sat dilatato-
rotundatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis pos-
ticls (superne visis) rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, mar-
gine basali sat subtili sat equali; elytris crebre sub-
fortiter subrugulose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 25); pygidio subtilius sat crebre punctulato;
coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam
segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; femoribus pos-
ticis subcrebre fortius punctulatis, seriebus parum per-
spicuis, tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posti-
corum articulo basali 2° sat zquali, quam 3" sat long-
lori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 14 1.

The labrum of this species is very peculiar, being ex-

tremely deeply emarginate and projecting from the perpen-
dicular front face of the clypeus considerably at its ends,
while its middle part is in contact with the front face of
the clypeus and distinguishable only by a suture. The ciliz
fringing the prothorax and elytra are longer and closer than
in most species of Heteronyz.

ich.

Western Australia; Swan River (Mr. Lea).

queenslandicus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice vix
dilatatus; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis
brevibus suberectis sat sparsim vestitus; clypeo (hoc
antice profunde emarginato) fronteque zqualiter sat
grosse rugulosis, ut plana sat disparia visis; labro clypei
planum haud attingenti, in media parte a capite ex-
stanti; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori
ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, supra sat
fortiter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 16
in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) pone
medium sat fortiter rotundato-dilatatis, angulis anticis
sat acutis parum productis posticis (superne visis) rotun-
dato-obtusis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali subtili
equali; elytris fortiter sat sparsim punctulatis (trans -
elytron puncturis circiter 16); pygidio longitudinaliter
fortiter carinato, sat crebre sat fortiter punctulato : coxis
posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus, quam seg-
mentum ventrale 2" haud longioribus; femoribus pos-
ticis inter series sparsim subfortiter punctulatis; tibiis
anticis extus tridentatis: tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali quam 2°S (maris vix, feminze manifeste) breviori,

38

quam 34%, paullo longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 34

Ee lat, 120

There are four specimens of this species before me among
which I do not find any sexual differences, except the basal
joint of the hind tarsi a little shorter in one example (pro-
bably a female) than in the others. This insect is readily
distinguishable among its near allies by the strong and com-
paratively sparse puncturation of the whole of its dorsal sur-
face.

Queensland; Cunnamulla (Mr. Lea).

Group IV.
This group consists of a larger number of species than
any of the preceding groups. A small number of its mem-

bers can be satisfactorily separated from the rest into a dis-
tinct aggregate of species evidently allied among themselves,
and presenting characters that are not found in combination
elsewhere in the group; thus—
A. Clypeus evenly rounded in front. Joint

3 of antenne at least as long as joint

2 and considerably longer than joint

4. Basal joint of hind tarsi not

shorter than joint 3. Hind coxe not

or scarcely shorter than metasternum Subgroup I.
AA. Not presenting the above characters

in combination Boe oon pcos “Sop eson wisleloyedroyetya) JLT.

Subgroup I.
(Of Group IV.)

The species which I refer to this subgroup form per-
haps in /eteronyr the subgroup that best merits the name
“natural” as an aggregate. They are all of large (or at
least moderate) size, and also resemble each other in haying
their dorsal surface very closely punctulate and their clypeal
outline regularly rounded. They are somewhat closely allied
ter se, and in order to form them into small groups for
tabulation it has seemed necessary to rely upon apparently
shght characters, but slight though they are, those charac-
ters seem to be constant. The form of the labrum presents
a valuable character, the upper and lower planes of that
organ being, in the four species that I have placed at the be-
ginning of the subgroup, particularly distinct from each
other, and meeting (their planes more or less at right angles)
in a suture-like stria or fine line; while in the three other
species the upper and lower planes of the labrum are not
sharply limited, but meet in a more or less rounded manner.
The defined line of meeting between the upper and lower
planes of the labrum in the former species is, of course, quite

oe

39

distinct from the suture in which the upper plane of the
labrum meets the more or less perpendicular front face of
the clypeus.

In all the species of this subgroup the hind femora are
confusedly punctulate between the two series of punctures.

_ The vestiture of the body beneath consists of the some-
what thinly-scattered pilosity that is found on the majority
of Heteronyces, and it would appear needless repetition when
it is of ordinary character to record its presence in the sep-
arate descriptions of species.

The basal piece of the claws of the hind tarsi in all the
members of this subgroup shows a decided tendency at the
inner apex to spiniform prolongation which in two species
(holosericeus, Macl., and Coatesz, Blackb.) is sufficiently pro-
nounced to suggest a possible doubt whether the claws ought
not to be considered bifid.

Tt is not improbable that //. pilosellus, Blanch., apper-
tains to this group, but in the absence of information re-
garding the claw structure of that insect its place can only
be conjectured. If its claws are appendiculate it is quite
possibly identical with one of those described in the follow-
ing pages, but the description is too vague, in any case, for
confident identification.

Tabulation of the distinctive characters of Heteronyces
of Group IV. (Subgroup I.) : — :
A. Upper plane of labrum separated

from lower plane by a defined ridge

or sulcus.

B. Form very short and wide; width

of elytra notably more than 2 of
their length.
C. Elytra punctured very conspicu-
ously less closely than pronotum ponderosus, Blackb.
CC. Elytra punctured not less closely
than pronotum spissus, Blackb.
BB. Form normal ; width of ‘elytra not
more than 2 of their aca
C. Apex of elytra normal . piceus, Blanch.
CC. Apex of elytra bearing | a line of
conspicuous granules which emit
strong bristles ... horridus, Blackb.
AA. Upper and lower planes of labrum

meet roundly.

B. Apex of elytra with a row of gran-

_ ules bearing stiff bristles... .... ... sexualis, Blackb.
BB. Apex of elytra normal ...
C. Puncturation of elytra confluent ... holosericeus, Macl.
CC. Puncturation of cline notably ‘
less close ... . .. Coatesi, Blackb.

H. ponderosus, sp. nov. ‘Robustus, sat late subovatus; sat
-nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis perbrevibus
sat sparsim vestitus; clypeo fronteque crebre nec grosse

40

rugulosis, planum fere continuum efficientibus, illo
antice rotundato; labro summo clypei planum haud at-
tingenti, illius plano superiori ab inferior1 per striam
vel costam subtilem distincto; antennis 9-articulatis,
articulo 3° quam 2° manifeste (quam 4" multo) long-
iorl; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antes
modice angustato, supra crebre subtilius punctulato
(puncturis circiter 30 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
sat rotundatis, angulis anticis minus acutis minus pro-
ductis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi leviter bisin-
uata, margine basali ad latera paullo magis elevato;
elytris quam latioribus ut 11 ad 84 longioribus, concinne
subtilius sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 35), pygidio subtilius sat crebre punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus quam
segmentum ventrale 2" valde longioribus ; tibiarum pos-
ticarum parte apicali ad apicem quam ad basin sat lat-
lori; tibiis anticis fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum posti-
corum articulo basali 2° sat equali, quam 3" sat long-
lori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 62 1.; lat., 32 1.
This species differs from all its near alles by the punc-
turation of its elytra notably less close than of its pronotum,
and consisting of isolated, even punctures entirely non-
squamose and non-rugulose. It also differs from them all
except //. spissus by its short, broad form and the more
strongly-rounded sides of its prothorax
New South Wales; Goulburn (Mr. Froggatt: his nums.

35).

H. spissus, sp. nov. Robustus, sat late ovatus; sat nitidus ;
ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis perbrevibus sat spar-
sim vestitus: clypeo fronteque creberrime minus fortiter
rugulosis, planum fere continuum efficientibus, illo an-
tice rotundato : labro summo clypei planum haud attin-
genti, illius plano superiori ab inferiori per striam vel
costam subtilem distincto ; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo
30 quam 2's et quam 48 sat longiori ; prothorace quam
longiori ut 16 ad 9 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra
subtilius sat confertim punctulato (puncturis circiter 35
in segmenti longitudine), lateribus sat rotundatis, angu-
lis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis)
obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera
vix magis elevato; elytris quam latioribus ut 124 ad 10
longioribus, subtilius sat confertim punctulatis (trans
elytron puncturis circiter 50); pygidio sat crebre subfor-
titer punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud
brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2™™ valde long-
ioribus; tibiarum posticarum parte apicali ad apicem’

——

4]

quam ad basin sat iatiori: tibiis anticis extus fortiter
* tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2° sat
zquali, quam 3S sat longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis.

ones, (1:5 late, 4.1.

A somewhat close ally of the preceding species (H. pon-

derosus), but easily distinguished from it by the very much
closer puncturation of its elytra as well as by various other
characters that will be noticed by comparing the descriptions.

New South Wales: Queanbeyan (Messrs. Griffith and
Lea).

‘e piceus, Blanch. I have before me a considerable
number of specimens (from various localities in New South
Wales and South Australia) which present the combination
of characters that in the preceding tabulation refer them to
this species. I am of opinion that they include several closely
allied species differing, znter se, in respect of puncturation,
of the form of the hind tibiz, and in several other respects.
There is little doubt that H. prceus, Blanch., is among them,
but the description of that insect might well have been
founded on any one of them. Under these circumstances I
am not prepared to risk error—the type of 7. jiceus not be-
ing available for inspection—by assigning the name to one
rather than another, and [ adopt this course the more will-
ingly because they are really very closely allied species which
it would be extremely difficult to differentiate intelligibly in
words. When I redescribed H. mceus (P.L.S., N.S.W.,
1888, p. 1341) I had before me two of these forms—which I
then ‘regarded as identical—and although my description was
drawn up from inspection of one specimen in particular, it
does not happen (fortunately I think) to mention any of
the slight details of structure which an examination of nume-
rous specimens has since led me to think differentiate the
form described from the other form then regarded by me as
identical. In a subsequent memoir (P.L.S., N.S.W., 1889,
p- 1228) I mentioned another specimen which I thought could
hardly be separated from H. picews, but which I am now
disposed to regard as distinct but for the reasons stated
above I do not propose to describe it under a new name, it
being quite possibly the true picews. It is worthy of note
that in the Macleay Museum /7. piceus, Blanch., is repre-
_ sented by two species, one of which is certainly not piceus
while the other is identical with one of the forme before
me when I redescribed the species.

Hf, sexualis, sp. nov. Sat robustus, modice elongatus: minus
nitidus; ferrugineus: supra pilis adpressis perbrevibus
sat sparsim vestitus; clypeo confertim ruguloso, antice
rotundato; labro (hoe transversim rotundato) summo
clypei planum haud attingenti: fronte confertim sub-

42

rugulose punctulato; clypeo fronteque planum fere con-
tinuum efilicientibus; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3°
quam 2" parum (quam 4"8 paullo magis) longiori; pro-
thorace quam longiori ut 16 ad 9 latiori, antice sat
angustato, supra subtilius confertim punctulato (punc-
turis circiter 38 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus levi-
ter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis sat productis posticis
(superne visis) obtusis, basi manifeste bisinuata, mar-
gine basali sat equali; elytris subtiliter confertim non-
nihil squamose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 50), ad apicem granulis setiferis fimbriatis ;
pygidio minus crebre minus fortiter punctulato; coxis
posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus quam seg-
mentum ventrale 2"™ valde longioribus; tibiis anticis
extus fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali 2° sat equali, quam 345 sat longiori; unguiculis

appendiculatis. Long., 64-8 1.; lat., 34-4 1.

Maris segmento ventrali 4° postice aream opacam ferenti, hac
confertim subtiliter strigata.

Easily distinguished from all the preceding species of
the subgroup by the labrum having its upper and lower
planes meeting roundly instead of in a defined line or stria.
From all the following species it is easily distinguished by
the fringe of setiferous granules at the apex of its elytra.
It seems to be widely distributed in all the interior regions
of Australia. I have seen specimens from the eastern parts
of Western Australia, the northern (but not tropical) parts
of South Australia, and from Western Queensland. A form
from tropical Queensland closely resembling it presents some
differences of sculpture—especially on the head—and is
likely to be specifically distinct ; but as I have only a single
specimen it is better to regard it provisionally as a possibly
abnormal example of this insect. It should be noted that
the sculpture of the dorsal surface is a trifle closer in the
female of this species than in the male.

Central Australia; very widely distributed.

H. Coatesi, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; testaceo-brunneus; supra pilis brevi-
bus sparsius vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
rotundato; labro (hoc transversim rotundato) summo
clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte crebre (parum vel
modice rugulose) punctulata; clypeo fronteque planum
fere continuum eflicientibus; antennis 9-articulatis, ar-
ticulo 3° quam 2"S vix (quam 4us sat) longiori; pro-
thorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 7 latiori, antice sat
angustato, supra crebre subtilius punctulato (puncturis
circiter 35 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus leviter

43

arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis

(superne visis) obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine

basali sat zequali; elytris crebre subtilius vix (femina

quam mas paullo magis) squamose punctulatis (trans
elytron puncturis circiter 35); pygidio maris sparsius
subtilius (femine magis crebre magis fortiter) punctu-
lato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus,
quam segmentum ventrali 2" valde longioribus; tibiis
anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali 2° sat equal, quam 3"8 sat longiori; unguiculis
appendiculatis (formam bifidam nonnihil simulantibus).

Long., 43-6 1.; lat., 22-3 1.

This species resembles /7. holosericeus, Macl., in general
appearance and in most of its structural characters, but is
easily distinguished from it by the much less close punctura-
tion of its elytra, that of holosericeus being quite as close as
of serualis, Blackb. The punctures of the dorsal surface of
the sex that I believe to be the male are slightly larger and
stronger than of the other sex, and consequently are a trifle
more crowded together.

Queensland ; Brisbane (Coates); sent by Mr. Lea.

Subgroup LL.
(Of Group IV.)

This subgroup contains a large number of species, 30
hitherto described being confidently, and 3 doubtfully, re-
ferable to it (these last not included in the tabulation), and
35 more being described in the following pages, making a
total of 68. I have not been able to convict any of the names
employed for the above species of being mere synonyms.
There can be no hesitation in attributing to this subgroup
any of the species which I have tabulated as composing it ex-
cept two or three of the last six or seven, which are some-
what intermediate between Groups IV. and VIII. #H. semuius,
Blackb., is a species which also seems to be* on the
border line between Groups IV. and VIII., its labrum being
visible, and concave in outline, when the head is viewed
obliquely from behind, but as its labrum rises above the
level of the clypeus I have regarded it as an aberrant mem-
ber of Group VIII.

In the following pages will be found—/a) a tabular
statement of the distinctive characters of the species known
to me of this subgroup; () notes on the species not known
to me, but more or less probably belonging to the subgroup ;
(c) notes on some of the already described species; (d) de-
scriptions of new species.

Tabulation of the distinctive characters of Heteronyces
of Group IV. (Subgroup II.) :—

44

Ajqysrs ATuO st suo1z ey} Jo

‘ff PUL o}VGoIFSe sIyy UIeA4oq OUT] Jop10g vif WO SI siv9208 “Ff @)

*pedojeaep
AYAlposp Iepoipuedsed 94} (,,.qq,, Jepun poovyd sr yor) syonba “FT uy (1)

‘qyaDyg “SnoTun

“QyoDIg “Se|pepes
QM Uepurry

‘qyomig ‘sugisenb
1 l
“qyon)g “Sholuewse,

“Qyonlg ‘SIPUvIG

‘poyoie Apyydiy Atea xearoyjoud jo SeplIg “WW
aes pepunor Ajsuom4s xe10yyz01d Jo sepig “WW
: ‘g0eTd
jeseq se Suoy se gnoqe savp pury jo eoe1d jeordy “7
‘sie, Ajtepnoaed you xe1oyjoid fo eqoy, [eseg “yy
"YQsue] $3r ur sernjound gf
UBY} BOUL JOU ‘SnOdoMINM sseT Wuyouord jo sernjound ‘f (Z)
‘SUOT SB OPIA SV 9dIM} UBY} SSol XB1OY}ZOIg “]
‘xode jo quoiy ut ApQyoI[S Snoatpop A[repnotpuedsed Jou eaZATT “HH
‘esOTusns-uou “perngound A[yZoous wnqgouold “4)
"qT SB jou exoo puly, “Wt
eee wae see ene ane sae sae eae nae ae o4eV[NURid 10U ery ATH e9y9)
sae wae one ee eee nee eae pexeIIp 10U pure sel sue pury qe
yo popunor ozinb (eps woaz Ajonbipqo poMe#lA) xesoyjolg “HH
S59 800 pap uae ep ay ORTH RGANEL AUTISM SoM GKS) TePHLMAONUKONT a, OTLTL
rer see ees see es ogeyngound Apesoja AeA Jou wWny,OUdI_ “[
‘UOTZe}R[IP puv Se[oue PUTY
esnjqo pouyop JIM (epIs Wor Ajenbipqo pemMo»la) xX¥Loy,Old “H
‘SoTMUBIS [[VUIS JOUTISIP YAIA poppnys waqzATH “4
‘posodxe AjepIM Juelises [e17
-U9A JST Suravay, ‘JUSS [VIjZUSA pUZ UeYyy Josuo] You wBxo0d PUlHY “Wf
"WT fo SAlejovaieyo oy sutjuesatd JON “HOT
pa6 Bro ony an APA one poe esha) GMS) “GLI! ESO] USWA Amie wieup.
(Ajjuenpuos) Aesop pur Ajeuy otow Youur paingound wnqjouolg “ff
‘snoalpop Aj1epnotpuediod you suoaz Jo yuorg “q (1)
“ooueosequd
qoataqus joys BULavy qsour YR ‘sey qooto suo, YIM Jos Jou BAZATA “O
‘OPRULSIVULA ATOPBUUTS APyst 10 FUT, UL pepunor snodAyTy) “gq
‘(puryoq utory ATendipqo poMolA Suroq peo of) e[qISTA Jou wWuAqey “Vy

¢

‘SHATISOd uO}
“psiog aoe Ima 8 fe)

‘snueqiodo.i08ul

‘199839017

‘poyoie A[UeAS
ATJYSIT (@AOG’ Wolf PeAolA) xesoyyord jo sopig ‘GQ
‘spue S84 4e
pesiet atom Apjourjsip Wngouord jo sulspe [vseg “N
‘oJVNUISI( xvioy}OId jo eseg “[
“eTpprut Suiyovet AjIeweu 4oU
o1ngus worf Sainjgound QT ‘ezejnjound Ajesojo eaqdpop 7]
‘YI se jou wnjzouoid jo uomeinjoung ‘yy
eso[o pue oul sso, Aiqeqou Bag ho Jo WOLVIngoung [TT
se (sngpbwoja “Ff ut
sv) esojo pues ouy Ajealssooxe vaqydye Jo WOr}eInjoung “T{
‘(Yjsuey Ul Sommjound Og uvyy e10UL)
esojo pur ou AjeAIssooxo wngouoid jo uoljeimgoung “yy
‘(jsuey] $431 Ul sorngound
o10UL 10 (QZ) Sno1ewWNuU o1ouUL Wnjouo1d jo soangoung ‘ff
see eee sae see see 40 jo }UOAT Ul Sv SUO] sv jyey
o4ib sejduv pury oy} sururof cull B purygoq xvaoy,O.g “YM
C1 &) [ews zis fF ogenuls jou wingouoid jo oseg “WIN
: SSA SRNeaE | HEE)
o}PVPUN{OL-079VVBIIP Youw xesz0y{oid JO soplg ‘dd
poyote AjueAD Jsowye xevaoyjord Jo sepig “q
“SUuO0]
SV OpIM SB 9dIM} URYZ Ssey A[Qeujou xPLOTIOIg “OO
“* -* SUOT SB OpIM Seve 901M4 AjIveu xBIOTOTg ~O
‘quory Ul JeMOTeU YORU XBIOyIOIG “NN
eee quo01f UL Spl xXvIOyJZOIg “N
‘(O10UL 10
'p) OFVlepOW ozIS SoqvnuIsiq wnqgouo1d jo oseg “JW
‘ed01d [eseq
UBY} IaZLOYS A[Qv.episuoo SMeBlD pury fo ooerd [wordy “YT
qurol pig WeyZ To,L0YSs Is1e4 puly jo quiof jeseg “NN
“quiol pig ueyy IesuoT] ISiv1 pury fo 4urol [esveg “N

46

‘qQynig “snytq nu
“qQyonig ‘stugge

“qyonjg ‘stjjootorpdturs

“qyomjig ‘sne0e4so4
“‘QyoDIg “SuedSe.1cTU
“Qyonlg “eq1ULe.1e
“qyomrg ‘sutnyesuoye
‘qyonig ‘sedmound
‘QyDIg ‘“STSmeTue?}

“Qyonj)g “StPOoTTgqap

‘quonjg ‘epoordyy

0 Yay fa f
qyonjig ‘sisuetiey yoy

‘qyonjg ‘snyeisut

: asojnsna Ajosojy wniqe, Jo ouetd JeMOT “PT
piu A1oA pure ssopammpound wnaqey jo owed 1aMoT “TA
‘O[pPplu Suiypovot einjns
worl satngound gt ‘ozepngound Ayasopo ssop warzATOE “TT
ayeount, ysowye (eAoqe Worf PoMETA) WinAIGeTyT “NN
savouod ATdvop AtoA (OAOGV WoOIf PoMOTA) WHNIGeTy *N
‘uorjyenuis Aue gnoyyM xesoyjgoi1d jo ese “IWIN
Ret eine Pac tn BOB Sarre oo Serie ros nah habe ay
qe posted o10ul you winzouord jo sulspo iueta “NN
a[pplu pUTYyeq o7RqR[TIp-ezepuNjor ATJOUTZ
-s1p (eAoqe Woy peMortA) Xxetoyord fo soplg “OO
pay epg 0G son aoe aa, WH [OOM O TATE yRaTaNEA
xeioyjzord ‘Motreu pue suo, A[qejIouU WAOT “dd
sa ayetnjound Ajesoja pue Ajou0.14s
oj1nb Sertes 9043 Useajoq wiowes pulpy OO
se me os e1jdjo fo ueyy losreyT
AQoustp wnhgouord jo seanjgoung “§§
ScB./2Obee Mobo" Beg eoOe ‘appr ur
uvy} JUOIJ UT poste atom ATZOUT4STp
you wngouo1d jo SUIspo [RiIeyey °{L,
eqeiaysqns Apourystp eyAT “00
nro es es ogeTaqs-wou BIgATo “(1
‘O[pplul UT UY Ssepsue
quOIf 04% 9SO[D poesTea oaoUL ATQero
-pistoo wnjouo1d jo sutspo [e1ezerTy ° I,
“eIghkja Jo
uvyy Jes1ey_ you wnqouoid jo sommjoundg “g
“poyeOst ]joM Sorngound [eiqzAT “UY
ee ges quonyuoogns seingound [e.jA[o “yy
‘ayepnjgound Ajesop> pue Aysu0.14s
40u Sollos oy} UsemMjoq eiowezs pul, “O
‘quod UT MOIIVU
Ajeyetopom Ayuo xesoyjo1d “Teuttom WIOT “q

"qyIvIG ‘Suyzel1es
‘QyavD)g “Suso.qeyles

“snqerd4s

CUTTS

‘Qyonjig “SuOapOpUS
“Qyon g “Stottequt
“QY9D/G “SU.teAVs

“qQyopjg ‘sipeubes

47

“QyovDIg “sugqao

‘Qyovjg “Ssnj1ucoout
“QyonD]g “SnuUe11e}

- “qyonig “snso1doo
‘qQyonjg ‘sedijloeis

“qyovig “sninazAjo
(2) “wa ‘xoovrd

pedojeasp Ajsu014s Jou SI Jozoedeyo sTyy “‘qyorlTg ‘sypnba “PF Uy (¢)

peyoir Ajsuo14s AteA (FUOTJ UT WOT, peMorlA) WhaAqeTy “qq
peyors Apgysi, AtoA (GUOd] UL WOI poMoIA) WnIgey “Wf
‘(pepiesaisip soltes Sno1es1zes
uD) ozepnzound-uwou ynq [je syuewBes [eayuUeA “OL
“ egepnjound AljVULI0oU Ss}USUIses [eIQUEeA “W
eee ioral WOU SELIEs OY} USOMyod pu peqe[Ip BIOWey PULA, “|
SIley qoote “SUOT YAIA Jos BIQATH “OO
Sho]NS esdeasuviy doesp & YJIM suo “AO
; ouy AjeWie1jxe Wnjgou01d fo Sulspe [eseq “9%
Su01{S pue pouyep [eM UNjOUOId Jo SuUIcpe [eseg “45
“qurol pug wey} teq1oys Ajqeqou ise, pury jo yutol [eseg “Ww
* ""* U9cdue] UL [enbe qnoqe is1eq purly jo squrof omg [eseg “WT
‘O}BO]US JOU SUOAJ FO ooVJANG “YW
“SOATOOp Ajre[norpuedied suoIg JO JuOIA “Gd (¢
peo 000%. “odi: Baba Er aauetenE rein 48 UL
-d08 [VI}jUeA pug ueyy sane; A]Qyss AdoeA ATWO &BxO0o puly “ELH
JY4S1V148 (OPIS WOT, poAolA) xev10yjoId JO oUI[yNO [e10,eT “TT
“(sngngne
ur ueyy Jtouy) euy AloA odvJINS [esiop fo UoMmvanjgoung “Ff
“* UMOIG SHOoUeIsEd IO UMOIG INO[OD “WY
SOIL CHMOD) SH
‘(snpoqgnl wi wey ou
sso]) ouy Ayazepnoysed you oovyzans [essop Jo uoMerngoung ‘“¢
‘SHONUIS (Opis WOIJ poaMortA) xvaoyyord fo Ome? EMIT Ml
‘QUeUdeS [BIjUeA
pug Uvy} Joduo] (S}NOqveieyy 10 Ulese f[vy) Youu exoo pulpy “Ay
‘Soy.oue puUrly
vou Ajjewodse ‘1vjuueis 10 svsoynsna wnjouoid jo singdynog “95
Sorel e170 AY STs Snoatpep Ajteynorpuedsed vayapy “HH
“" SUOT SB OplA SB oor} AT[N} XBLOyZOLg “TT

snono1dsuoo &13A

sae see eae

48 .

‘pestoxo ATdoep snedAjo oy} oavy

Soul, ‘qyoeTg ‘sno19nL0Y) “FF pue “qyortg ‘snipawwazu. “PT ur poyreu A[suo1s jou st IdJVIVYO SIU, ()

‘qyaD)g ‘1ajT}os

‘qyong “stperprssd
“qyonig *toyepnutts
“QyoDIg “Snjdexe
“QyoDIg “SI[ByUep1d00

‘qyoDjig ‘sueuoo

“qQyoDig ‘1le41e9
‘qyoDig °104de0ep

‘Lig “smeoseqnd

‘qyonjg ‘stusisut

‘(sisoqo Ul UkYZ OS ssoj you) pesioxe ATdeep SnodaTy “9
“1oy.LOYs YOUU Is4eq puly fo qurol jeseg “qe
wees gurof pug Jo Y}sue] oo1Mg Ajtvou Ise} pury jo julol peseg ‘g
‘(puryeq
wor ATenbi[qo peels Suroq peoy) oulpyno fo yaed se arqrsta UNIqey “WV (b)
Gna - “abo * book) oog ! <8 bdo | todd Sarey 400.10 ‘SUO] YIM poyqoro (ROUTE | OD
eos {ESOT PUB Lo][VWS YonuUt AIBA BAJZATO JO somnjound “Gq
“ss gsngqo (sAoge Worf peMeoIA) xeoyjoid Jo soysue pulpy “4PoT
“ repnsurqoot ATd.reys (oAoqe Uto.y poMoraA) XeLoyzoad Jo soysue pulpy “oT
‘(Tpprul 04
qsvo[ 4 Yovet atngus wo1 ZT) esaeds pue oS1ey, eazAkyo Jo semngound “CT
“SHIVY Jools “BSUOT YT peqQop you eBZA[H, “CO
‘posioxe ATdeep sneddjo Jo otppiyy “qq
eae soe eae wae oe wae wee wae nee see see snonordsiu0o pue
pozepost (esopo Ysnoyy) sotngound sy1 ‘osopnena Ajoo1eos wanjouorg “yy
see ses ee es ogopnsni Ajoorgos ‘oyvpngound Ajoug eaydqp “EAL
PI CSS ae au Bree Se esopnenat ATasavoo ojinb erjApy “A
‘xede ye peonpord you sMejo puly jo aoo1d jeseg "99
SMB[O puly Jo oderd [eseq jo xode ye womoefoad davys yourstp y “9
“AYISOTNSnI OY} Ul 4SoyT WOrZVIngound syzr ‘oso~nsna Ajesopo wingouorg °F
; “uoryerngound snonordsuod Y}IM “pryTU BLOWe; pUT_T ‘op OT
ter see see ee ses" Katzodse ouyg ‘asopo yj ‘onbedo eaowey pulpy “op
*IOMOLIVAL
Ajjensn pue sotsas oy} UooMyoq oyeynjgound Ajsnonordsuoo viowey pulf, “Gq

——

Gy ong “SHLAOTpOa eee tae sae eee Hoo eae eae eae nae sae sae nae

af (o]pprar
yowot ATIwou Jou olnyns wodf QT) osteds you soanjound TBIGATH “Wo
“q4M_ “1oyrpord * * (ofppru yoros oangns tuo1f Q]) eSteds sorngound [Vial * yy
: ‘Sojsue PUIY PouUyep [JoM YAIM XesoyyOg “OfOT
‘qyypjg ‘tedsoad "EA BUST St UL somnqound 0G }hoqe Yup wnjouorg “Wy
“Evid “Supuejq ~~ ~~ Yysuoy 41 ur soangound gp qnoqe “‘pizlu AYQYysiiq wWnyzouolg “4

‘PO pepunos ozinb xeroyyoud jo sasna10d pulpy “|
‘(pesodxe Ajepia Juowdses [eaquoea
[eseq) JUotuses [eiqueA AUG WeYyy aesU0T AjoOoUBOS 10 JOU wxXOD pulpy ‘ad
“OP GTAVOETE TVONICS) ON OVNI) SSRIS se SCE BO TS GSAS tice oyenUIs Jou Xvaroyjord fo oseq “yyy
“Q4on g “styjootgeapent + te ee eee OFEUUISTIG XVLOoyZoId Jo oseg * Wy
a ‘(o[ppru Buiyores Ayreou
jou olngns WOrF GT) Aosojo pue Joy[eurs Youu eviyAye Jo soangoung “WOT
qYDiI_ ‘SUZIppe (e[pplu Yowor oanjns tory ZL) esopo you pue HAR] BAT JO Somngoung “Hy

49

f ‘GUelISES [BIQUeA PUzZ
Ef uvyy Jeduo, YON “queUides [eZUeA 4ST SUI.eA0d A[.Leou 8x00 pUlFT ‘q
‘oJeULSIvMe APYSIT AtoA TO a7vouNI snedATQ “99
cy “QyonDIg ‘snotoeroyy "tt Yysuey] e014 Ayn oqinb xeasoyzord zo USPlAA “HOP
‘qy9Djg ‘Suipeurequr ~~ “* "+ + «+ gsned£]o Jo [oAe] MOfeq ATqeioprsuoo wHagey “yay
“qyolg “epoormour "tt tt xQAuOD AT SUIS so4S.1eJUT TeIMgnsqnyg “945

BUCH CT meso Oper mein "te SS SF eeoes ee er Jey 9d14S1oFUL TBIngnsqug “9
‘snedAjo fo Jose] soyoved ynq [pe wnaqery af
‘YAsue] oot wey sse_ ApQOUrSTp xe1oyqord JO WAPI “Wy
“* -* (Y4SU9T UT Sseq 10 Qe) esopo sso_ A[qeqou wnqouosd Jo soingoung ‘qq
“GPDi_ ‘“Sustoxo ~~ (fysUo, UI GE yunoqge) osopo pue ouy AToATSSooxXe WINQOUOId jo Sornjoung “qq

}

a

50

H. planatus, Burm., is probably a member of this sub-
group or of Group III., according as its claws are bifid or
appendiculate. I cannot identify it with any insect known
to me.

H. (Silopa) precox, Er. Blanchard, in his Cat. Col.
Ent., p. 112, separated this species from Heteronyx alto-
gether, under the name /osti/ina, on account of the struc-
ture of its labrum, and also stated that its antenne consist
of only 8 joints. M. Lacordaire’s remark on the insufficiency
of the distinctive characters of //ostilina seems to be well
founded; and it would appear, moreover, that if Silopa
precoxr, Er., is generically distinct from Heteronyx, Erick-
son’s generic name ought to be retained for it. I have not
seen any insect that I can identify with Blanchard’s Hostr-
lina, and I may add that S. precov, Er., was not among the
type specimens of //eteronyx from Erickson’s collection sent
from Berlin for my inspection (vide Tr. R.S., 8.A., 1901,
p. 15) some years ago, which perhaps points to the proba-
bility that the type is not in existence. JI am, however, of
opinion that Blanchard was mistaken in his identification of
precox, as there is a common Tasmanian Heteronyx (found
also in South Australia and New South Wales, and no doubt
in Victoria) which agrees so well with Erickson’s description,
though it is certainly not Blanchard’s Hostilina, that I call
it “H. precoz, Er. ?’ I think: the “?” ‘scaxcely Success
sary. It is easily recognizable in Group IV. by its prothorax
fully twice as wide as long in combination with labrum
(viewed from above) very strongly emarginate and very short
basal joint of hind tarsi.

fH. australis, Guér, from the description and figure to-
gether seems to be certainly a member of this subgroup, the
entire absence of description of the nature of the punctura-
tion rendering it, however, quite incapable of further iden-
tification without an examination of the type. M. Blanchard
is certainly wrong in identifying it with H. hepaticus, Er.
The description of the two are quite irreconcilable, and the
great difference in size and habitat renders identity most im-
probable.

H. laticeps, Burm., is possibly a member of this sub-
group, and has already been discussed under Group III.

Hf. Froggattt, Macl. This species is not represented in
my collection. The characters attributed to it in my tabu-
lation have been ascertained by examination of the type in
the Macleay Museum.

H. (Melolontha) ciliatus, Boisd. My identification of
this species is founded entirely on the existence in the Mac-
leay Museum at Sydney of a specimen ticketed in the hand-

a

51

writing of Mr. W. 8. Macleay “Sericesthis ciliata, McLeay,
N.S.W.” It is a fair assumption that this is the type of
the insect which Boisduval described as Melolontha ciliata,
McLeay, or at any rate the specimen which Macleay—if he
sent the type to Boisduval—retained as in his opinion iden-
tical. Boisduval gives merely “New Holland” as the habitat
and does not mention the size or any character indicative
of genus. It must be admitted that the Sydney specimen
does not agree well with Boisduval’s description such as it
is, for Boisduval calls the head and prothorax “‘rugose-punc-
tate’ and the elytra “punctate striate,’ while in the Sydney
specimen there is no ‘“rugulosity” except on the head, and
the elytra have only feeble indications of the pseudo-striation
that occurs much more conspicuously on many /Heteronyces.
Boisduval’s phrase “interstitiis (elytrorum) punctatissimis”
fits the Sydney specimen very well and expresses a character
that is not extremely common in the Australian Serzcordes.
Blanchard (as previously noted by me, Tr. R.8., $.A., 1906,
p- 295) catalogues Melolontha ciliata, Boisd., as Haplonycha
(section with 8-jointed antennz) without indicating his reason
for doing so. The probability, however, of the Sydney speci-
men being at least a co-type justifies me, I think, in claiming
for it the name ciliata, Boisd., until some more definite con-
trary evidence shall be forthcoming. I may add that I have
in my own collection a badly-damaged specimen taken in
South Australia which seems to be identical with that in
the Macleay Museum.

H. tempestivus, Er. It is well to notify that I have not
seen the type of this species, and that my identification of
it is founded on the description. I do not think, however,
that there is much doubt about the Tasmanian species to
which I apply the name being correctly identified.

H. Alpicola, Blackb. It will be well to mention here
that this species (the only previously described one of the
group of closely associated species discussed under the head-
ing of 7. teniensis) differs from all the others of that group
by the very evidently larger punctures of its elytra, of which
there are only about 22 in the width of an elytron. The
punctures of its pronotum are very much smaller.

H. testaceus, Blackb., resembles the species that I have
called “H. precox, Er. ?’ in the form of its labrum and hind
tarsi and in general appearance, but differs by its less trans-
verse prothorax as well as by the evidently less fine punctura-
tion of its dorsal surface, especially its pronotum.

H. gracilipes, Blackb. This species and H. copiosus,
Blackb., are closely allied, but are certainly distinct. I do
not like the use of colour distinctions for tabulation, but in

D2

this case 1t is probably reliable. I have seen a good many
specimens of both species and do not find the colour variable.
Other differences, unfortunately, do not lend themselves to
tabulation. J//. gracilipes is evidently of narrower form than
coposus and of more convex build, and its elytra have little
or no trace of granulation, their punctures, moreover, very
manifestly larger and less closely placed. The _ speci-
men trom Kangaroo Island mentioned (in my notes on the
original description) as being of a somewhat ferruginous tone
of colour is in bad condition and evidently immature, and I
think there is no doubt that its dorsal surface not being black
is altogether due to its immaturity.

H. incognitus, Blackb. This species is of narrow elon-
gate form like H. terrenus, Blackb., and differs from that
species, inter alia, by its larger size and the notably larger
and less closely placed punctures of its dorsal surface. The
character mentioned in the tabulation, v7z., the straightness
of the lateral margin of its prothorax when viewed from the
side no doubt results from that segment being notably less nar-
rowed in front than is the same segment in the allied species
with the lateral margin sinuate when similarly viewed.

fl. severus, Blackb. The type of this species is a female.
Since I described it I have received from the same locality
in Central Australia a male /eteronyx, which I regard, not
without hesitation, as specifically identical. It is larger than
the type (long., 5 1.) and differs from the type by characters
that certainly are not usually sexual in //eteronywz, especially
the considerably finer punctures of its pronotum, the sides of
which are distinctly less strongly arched, and the lighter
colour of its dorsal surface (the males are usually the darker
in colour where there is a sexual colour difference). The
frons of this example is perpendicular in front as in the type,
but is not carinate above the declivity. The middle of each
of its basal three ventral segments bears two quite distinct
(but not sharply-defined) tubercles, and I find in the type
similar, though much feebler, unevenness on the corresponding
segments. It is the presence in both of this last-named very
peculiar character which hinders me from regarding them as
two species. It is so frequent a circumstance to find peculiar
characters in the insects of Central Australia that it seems
to me probable that this is a species in which sex has defined
itself in an unusual way.

H. equalis, Blackb. The presence of exceptional charac-
ters on the frons is too useful a character (in distinguishing
species) to be passed by, but unfortunately the species pre-
senting that character unmistakably are so linked on by at
least one intermediate form to those in which it is absent that

53

its value for purposes of tabulation is diminished. Of the
four species which I have grouped together on this character
in the present group, three of them have the front of the
frons not only decidedly perpendicular but strongly so (?.e.,
the height of the perpendicular face considerable, about
equal to the thickness of a palpus), but in equalis the face
of the frons though undoubtedly perpendicular is of very
little height and not very conspicuous. If the frontal char-
acter were disregarded equwalis would stand in the tabulation
beside debilicollis, Blackb., which has a perfectly normal frons
and also differs from «qualis by, inter alia, its prothorax
more narrowed in front and its elytra evidently more strongly
punctulate. I do not think any species which I have tabu-
lated as not presenting the frontal peculiarity of severus,
etc., could possibly be regarded as presenting it unless pos-
sibly terrenus, Blackb. (in which there is a suspicion of the
frontal character), but it is easily distinguishable from nearly
all others of this subgroup by belonging to the small aggre-
gate, having the pronotum conspicuously asperate or granu-
late.
H. setofer, Blackb. ‘The extraordinary length of the
basal joint of the hind tarsi in both sexes of this species is,
so far as I know, unique in Heteronyxr. The male is smaller
than the female, and has longer tarsi (especially the inter-
mediate pair). The basal piece of the hind claws is distinctly
produced at its inner apex, but the projection is very much
smaller than the apical piece. This species occurs in Western
Australia as well as near Adelaide, but seems to be a rare
insect. The apical part of the elytra is abruptly and some-
what widely depressed, almost as in H. occidentalis, Blackb.

71. insignis, Blackb. Attention should be given to a
note on this species in Tr. R.S., 8.A., 1908, pp. 383, 384.

H. deceptor, Blackb. In my former revision of Heter-
ony 1 drew attention to the curious superficial resemblance
between this species and H. torvus, Blackb., to which it is
not at all closely aliied structurally. -In respect of structure
its closest ally is pubescens, Er., from which it differs in
numerous superficial characters not lending themselves to
tabulation, ¢.v., its nearly black elytra and dark piceous an-
tennz, its ‘less nitid appearance, the notably finer and closer
rugulosity of its pronotum. Its claws furnish, however, a
definite character by which it can be at once distinguished,
those of its hind tarsi having their basal piece not in the
least produced at the apex, while the corresponding piece in
pubescens terminates in a perfectly distinct small spine-lke
projection on the inner side.

54

H. pubescens, Ey. I have before me numerous examples
that I feel no doubt are this species, which seems to be com-
mon and widely distributed in Tasmania. It varies consider-
ably in size (long., 44-6 1.) and also in colouring. The elytra
seem to be constantly brown (more or less dark brown), but
the pronotum and head of some specimens are nearly black.
The long erect hairs are fairly close in fresh examples but
seem to be somewhat easily rubbed off, so that it is not un-
usual to find very few of them left. The small dark speci-
mens are evidently maies, and they also differ from the fe-
males in having less rugulose puncturation (very noticeable
on the pygidium) and conspicuously longer and more slender
tarsi.

H. tasmanicus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dila-
tatus ; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis brev-
ibus sparsius vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late
rotundato ; labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti;
fronte fortiter crebre rugulose punctulata; clypeo fron-
teque ut plana manifeste disparia visis; antennis 9-
articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2° multo breviori; pro-
thorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice leviter
angustato, supra sat crebre subfortiter punctulato (punce-
turis circiter 23 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus sat
arcuatis pone medium leviter dilatato-rotundatis, angulis
anticis vix acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis)
obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera
vix magis elevato ; elytris subtiliter granulatis sat crebre
subfortiter subsquamose punctulatis (trans elytron punc-
turis circiter 26); pygidio subtiliter sparsius punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus, seg-
mento ventrali 2“ longitudine sat zqualibus; tibiis an-
ticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali quam 2's nonnihil (quam 3%S etiam magis) long-
lori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 5 1. ; lat., 23 1.
This species is easily distinguishable from almost all its

near allies by its extremely short hind coxe. In the female

the puncturation is a little more decidedly squamose than in
the male and a trifle closer and less defined.

Tasmania; from Mr. Simson.

H. queesitus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dilata
tus; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis ad-
pressis brevibus minus sparsim vestitus ; clypeo confertim
ruguloso antice rotundato; labro summo clypei planum
haud attingenti; fronte fortiter crebre rugulose punctu-
lata ; clypeo fronteque ut plana manifeste disparia visis;
antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2U muito brev-
lori ; prothorace quam longiori ut 18 ad 11 latiori, antice

—

55:

sat. angustato, supra confertim squamose punctulato

(puncturis circiter 28 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus

sat arcuatis, angulis anticis parum acutis posticis

(superne visis) obtusis, basi bisinuata, margine basali

sat zquali; elytris sat crebre granulatis crebre squamose

subtiliter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter

32); pygidio subtilius minus sparsim punctulato; coxis

posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus, segmento

ventrali 2° longitudine sat equalibus; tibiis anticis extus
tridentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2s
nonnihil (quam ous ee magis) longiori; unguiculis

appendiculatis. Long., 5 1.; 1., 23 1.

Not much different an H. tasmanicus structurally, but
very differently sculptured. The puncturation of the prono-
tum is exaggeratedly squamose, so that the punctures appear
confluent (or almost so) and thickly studded with small gran-
ules (especially in’ the front part). The puncturation of the
elytra is much finer and closer than in tasmanicus.

Victoria; Dividing Range.

H. Perkinsi, sp. nov., Mas. Minus elongatus, postice leviter
dilatatus; sat nitidus; dilute ferrugineus; supra fere
glaber (corpore subtus sparsissime piloso); clypeo crebre
subrugulose punctulato, antice late rotundato et
(presertim in medio) late reflexo; labro summo clypei
planum haud attingenti, fronte sat crebre sat fortiter
vix rugulose punctulata; fronte clypeoque ut plana dis-
paria visis (illa convexa) ; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo
3° quam 2US vix breviorl; prothorace quam longiori
duplo latiori, antice sat angustato, supra minus crebre
sat fortiter punctulato, exempli typici parte mediana
anguste sublevi, (puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti longi-
tudine), lateribus minus arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis sat
fortiter productis posticis (superne visis) sat rectis; basi
parum sinuata, margine basali sat zquali; elytris for-
titer minus crebre subseriatim punctulatis (trans elytron
puncturis circiter 18), costulis obtusis circiter 3 obscure
instructis ; pygidio opaco, minus crebre leviter ruguloso ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam
segmentum ventrale 2"™ sat longioribus; tibiis anticis
extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum (his elongatis et
nonnihil incrassatis) articulo basali quam 24s multo
(quam 3"S manifeste) breviori; unguiculis appendiculatis,
parte basali quam apicalis vix longiori. Long., 42; lat.,
22 (vix).

Structurally a very isolated species except that it is
closely allied to H. wnicus, Blackb., and Froggatti, Macl.

ity ae

56

My unique specimen is a male, and my two examples of
unicus ave females. Specifically they are certainly distinct ;
inter alia multa, the prothorax of Perkins: having well-de-
fined hind angles, and sides only feebly arched—so that the
lateral outline viewed from the side appears quite straight ;
while the prothorax of wnicus has hind angles rounded off,
and sides quite strongly rounded—so that. the lateral outline
viewed from the side appears strongly arched downward. It
is probable, however, that the following differences are sexual
and distinguish the sexes of all these three species—?72.,
pygidium much less nitid, tarsi stouter and much longer,
basal joint of hind tarsi notably longer, in the male than in
the female. I have not a specimen of Froggatt: before me,
but have notes made when I inspected the type, which, how-
ever, do not mention the sex. The prothorax of Froggatti
resembles that of Perkinsi in outline, but the dorsal surface is
considerably less closely punctulate in all parts and the basal
joint of the hind tarsi 1s not shorter than the 3rd joint, which
is extremely unlikely to be the case in the female of Perkinsi,
the male (in all instances known to me of sexual difference in
the hind tarsi of Heteronyx) having the longer basal joint.

The elongate hind claws appendiculate almost exactly in the

middle of their length are common to these three species, and

are unusual in Heteronyx.
North Queensland (Mr. Perkins).

TZ. mundus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ;
sat nitidus; ferrugineus, supra pilis perbrevibus sub-
erectis minus crebre vestitus; clypeo confertim ruguloso
antice rotundato; labro summo clypei planum haud at-
tingenti; fronte fortiter crebre rugulose punctulata ;
clypeo fronteque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-
articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2" sat brevior1; prothorace
quam longiori ut 15 ad 8 latiori, antice fortiter angus-
tato, supra sat fortiter minus crebre punctulato (punc-
turis circiter 16 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
modice arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice pro-
ductis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi nonnihil bi-
sinuata, margine basali sat forti sat equali; elytris sat
fortiter minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 22), costulis 2 obtusis vix manifestis instructis ;
pygidio subopaco granulis setiferis sparsius instructo ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus quam
segmentum ventrale 2¥™ paullo longioribus ; tibiis anticis
extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2°
sat zquali quam 38 sat longiori; femoribus posticis inter
puncturarum series haud punctulatis: unguiculis appen-
diculatis. JLong., 44 1.; lat., 22 1.

57

A species of neat, sharply-punctured general appearance
with a somewhat unusually narrow and elongate head. It is
closely allied with //. viator, Blackb., Victoris, Blackb., and
socius, Blackb., differing, inter alia, from viator by its head
distinctly longer and narrower and by its prothorax consid-
erably more narrowed in front and having better-defined hind
angles: from l?ctor?s by its broader form, its much more
transverse prothorax, and the puncturation of its elytra
coarser and more sparse: and from socius by its evidently
more transverse prothorax and the distinctly sparser punc-
turation of its elytra. The unique type is, I think, certainly
a female. It should be noted that in this species and the
other three just mentioned the hind coxe, though much
shorter than the metasternum and not very much longer than
the 2nd ventral segment, yet cover the Ist ventral segment.

Western Australia.

H. socius, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice leviter dilatatus ;
sat nitidus: obscure brunneus, antennis palpis pedi-
busque dilutioribus; supra pilis brevibus suberectis sub-
crebre vestitus; clypeo confertim ruguloso antice rotun-
dato; labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti;
fronte fortiter crebre rugulose punctulata; clypeo fron-
teque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis,
articulo 3° quam 2"S sat breviori; prothorace quam long-
iorl ut 15 ad 9+ latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato,
supra fortius subcrebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 18
in segmenti longitudine), lateribus pone medium sat
dilatato-rotundatis, angulis anticis minus acutis minus
productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi leviter bi-
sinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris sat fortiter
sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter
25): pygidio granulis setiferis instructo; coxis posticis
quam metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum
ventrale 2"™ paullo longioribus; tibiis anticis extus tri-
dentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2s
vix (quam 38 sat) longiori: unguiculis appendiculatis.
Long., 42-4? 1.; lat., 2-24 1.

As noted above (under //. mundus), this species is closely
allied with three others. Its nearest ally is H. Victoris,
Blackb., from which it differs (disregarding colour; the dor-
sal surface of the unique type of H. Victoris is nearly black),
inter alia, by its prothorax notably more transverse and less
narrowed in front, with sides considerably rotundate-dilatate
behind the middle. The prothorax of H. Victoris is among
the least transverse and most strongly narrowed forward of
any in the genus. //. socius is difficult to place in my tabu-
lation of this subgroup, because the puncturation of its pro-

58

notum makes it somewhat intermediate between the aggre-

gates with the pronotum sparsely and closely punctulate. I

count 18 punctures in the length of the majority of the speci-

mens I have seen, but in one I make 19 punctures and in
another 20. Of course the number of punctures may vary
shghtly in two examples of a species, but I may say that in
the other species which I have placed under “Il.” normal
specimens have less than 18 punctures in the length of the
prothorax, and J have not counted more than 18 in any of
them. In the females of this insect the puncturation of
the dorsal surface is a trifle coarser than in the males.

Western Australia; Swan River (Mr. Lea).

H. metropolitanus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat
dilatatus; sat nitidus; brunneo-testaceus; supra pilis
brevibus suberectis sat crebre vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice
rotundato) fronteque fortiter sat crebre minus rugulose
punctulatis, ut plana sat disparia visis; labro summo
clypei planum haud attingenti; antennis 9-articulatis,
articulo 3° quam 2 multo breviori; prothorace quam
longiori ut 11 ad 6 latiori, antice leviter angustato, supra
subtilius subcrebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 17 in seg-
menti longitudine), lateribus sat arcuatis, angulis anticis
sat acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) rotun-
dato-obtusis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali equali
sat subtili; elytris subtilius sat crebre concinne punctu-
latis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 24); pygidio (maris
sparsim, femine crebre) punctulato; coxis posticis quam
metasternum parum brevioribus, quam segmentum ven-
trale 2"™ multo longioribus ; tibiis anticis extus dentibus
2 inferioribus magnis et altero subobsoleto armatis; tar-
sorum posticorum articulo basali maris 2° sat squali
(feminz nonnihil breviorl), quam 3" maris sat (feminz
paullo) longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 3
lei glatignalteaale
This species, like //. socius, Blackb., has the closeness of

puncturation of the pronotum somewhat on the dividing line

between the preceding and the immediately following aggre-
gates. The puncturation of its head is of a type not very
usual, and the extreme feebleness of the uppermost tooth of
its front tibiz is notable. The slightly more pronounced
puncturation of the dorsal surface noticeable in the females
of many /eteronyces is in this species very conspicuous on
the pygidium. All the specimens that I have seen are of a
very pale-brown colour. .
New South Wales: Sydney (Mr. Lea, etc.).

H. ingratus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter vel
vix dilatatus ; minus nitidus; obscure brunneus, antennis

59

palpis pedibusque rufis; supra pilis brevibus suberectis
erebrius vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso antice late ro-
tundato; labro summo clypei planum haud_ attingenti ;
fronte crebre nonnihil rugulose punctulata; clypeo fron-
teque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis,
articulo 3° quam 2"S manifeste breviori ; prothorace quam
longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice leviter angustato, supra
erebre sat fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 26 in
segmenti longitudine), lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis

‘anticis vix acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis)

obtuse-rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali_ sat

forti ad latera magis elevato; elytris sat manifeste sub-
striatis, crebre minus fortiter subaspere punctulatis

(trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio minus for-

titer sat crebre punctulato: coxis posticis quam meta-

sternum sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2un
multo longioribus ; femoribus posticis inter series sparsius
subtilius punctulatis ; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis ; tar-
sorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2"5 vix breviori,
quam 3S puallo longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis.

Long., 34-4 1.; lat., 12-2 1.

A dull-brown, obscure-looking species, its most charac-
teristic features being the comparatively great width of its
prothorax in front (which gives the segment a subquadrate
appearance) and the close asperate and by no means fine
puncturation of its elytra. I think I have both sexes before
me, scarcely distinguishable except by the male being a little
smaller than the female and of narrower build.

New South Wales; Blue Mountains.

H. hothamensis, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter
dilatatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus, antennarum flabello
testaceo; supra pilis brevibus suberectis crebrius vesti-
tus: clypeo confertim rugulose punctulato, antice late
rotundato ; labro summo clypei planum haud attingenti;
fronte crebre sat rugulose punctulata: clypeo fronteque
ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; arti-
culo 3° quam 2S breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut
7 ad 4 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra crebre sat
fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 24 in segmenti
longitudine), lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis vix
acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) obtuse-
rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera
paullo magis elevato; elytris sat crebre minus fortiter
sat concinne punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circi-
ter 26); pygidio crebre subtilius punctulato; coxis pos-
ticis quam metasternum paullo brevioribus, quam seg-

mentum ventrale 2% multo longioribus; femoribus pos-

60

ticis inter series sparsim sat subtiliter punctulatis ; tibiis

anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo

basali quam 2S sat breviori, quam 3"* vix longiori ; un-

guiculis appendiculatis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 2 1.

I believe my two examples of this insect to be females.
The species is somewhat close to the preceding (H. ingratus),
but certainly distinct. Its most noticeable distinctive char-
acters are in its elytral puncturation (the punctures well de-
fined and isolated one from another, without rugulosity) and
in the very evidently greater length of the 2nd joint of the
hind tarsi, as compared with the basal joint, in the same
sex. It is likely that the tarsal distinction is less pronounced
in the male.

Victorian Alps; Mount Hotham.

IT. debilicollis, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; nitidus ; testaceo-ferrugineus ; supra pilis brevibus
adpressis crebrius vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice rotundato)
fronteque crebre ruguloso, ut plana sat disparia visis ;
labro clypei planum haud attingenti, antennis 9-articu-
latis, articulo 3° quam 24S breviori; prothorace quam
longiori ut 13 ad 6 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra
erebre minus fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 24
‘in segmenti longitudine), lateribus modice arcuatis, mar-
gine laterali antice quam in media parte haud plane
magis elevato, angulis anticis sat rectis parum productis
posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi bisinuata,
margine basali subtili ad latera paullo magis elevato ;
elytris sat crebre minus fortiter paullo inequaliter pune-
tulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 26), latera versus
vix manifeste substriatis; pygidio minus crebre minus
fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum
paullo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ multo
longioribus ; femoribus posticis inter series sparsim minus
fortiter punctulatis ; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tar-
sorum posticorum articulo basali 2° sat equali quam 3s
parum longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 32
La tlatzcelamgelOwl:

Among its near allies this species is best characterized
by the lateral edging of its pronotum, which is scarcely per-
ceptibly more elevated at the front angles than at its middle.
This character separates it strongly from H. ingratus,
hothamensis, alprcola, and punctipes, and less strongly from
elongatulus, eremita, and nigrescens. Compared with e/ong-
atulus it is of less elongate build, more nitid, with the punc-
tures of the pronotum distinctly less fine and those of the
elytra verv evidently less close and larger. Compared with

|

61

eremita it 1s notably more nitid, with the lateral outline of
its prothorax different and the puncturation of its elytra very
evidently less close. Compared- with nigrescens it differs
strongly (disregarding colour) by the basal edging of its pro-
notum and by the roundly obtuse hind angles of its pro-
thorax (viewed from above), the last-mentioned character
separating it also, more or less strongly, from all the other
species named above.

Tasmania; Launceston (Mr. Lea).

H. teniensis, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilata-
tus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus ad-
pressis crebrius vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
late rotundato; labro clypei planum haud attingenti;
fronte fortiter subrugulose (vel vix rugulose, ? maris)
punctulata ; clypeo fronteque ut plana sat disparia visis ;
antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2% paullo brev-
lori; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice
parum angustato, supra sat crebre minus fortiter punc-
tulato (puncturis circiter 22 in segmenti longitudine),
lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis
subacutis parum productis posticis (superne visis) obtu-
sis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera
paullo magis elevato; elytris vix manifeste substriatis,
crebre minus fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 26); pygidio subtilius sat crebre punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum paullo_ brevioribus,
quam segmentum ventrale 24% multo longioribus ; femor-
ibus posticis inter series fere leevibus; tibiis anticis extus
tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2° sat
equali, quam 3" paullo longiori; unguiculis appendicu-
latis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 2 1.

This species is another near ally of the group of closely
associated species referred to in the notes of the preceding (//.
debilicollis). It differs from them all in having the punctures
of its pronotum distinctly larger than of its elytra. The in-
creased elevation of the lateral margins near the front angles
of its pronotum also distinguishes it from debzlicollis, and
the feeble hind angles of its prothorax from ingratus, Alpi-
cola, punctipes, elongatulus, eremita, and nigrescens. It is
nearest to hothamensis, compared with which species its pro-
thorax is less narrowed in front, its elytra have traces of
substriation, the hind angles of its prothorax are decidedly
more rounded off, and its hind femora are all but puncture-
less between the two series of punctures. In one of the speci-
mens before me (which I believe to be a male) the punctura-
tion of the frons and pygidium is a little less strong and

62

rugulose than in the others which are probably females, their

ventral segments being more convex.

New South Wales; Forest Reefs (Mr. Lea).

H. punctipes, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus, antennarum flabello tes-
taceo; supra pilis brevibus suberectis crebrius vestitus ;
clypeo sat crebre ruguloso, antice subtruncato vix mani-
feste sinuato; labro summo clypei planum haud attin-
genti; fronte sat crebre sat grosse rugulose punctulata ;
clypeo fronteque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-
articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2's sat brevior1; prothorace
quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice modice angus-
tato, supra crebre minus fortiter punctulatis (puncturis
circiter 24 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus parum
arcuatis, angulis anticis vix acutis parum productis pos-
ticis (superne visis) rectis, basi parum bisinuata, mar-
gine basali ad latera summa paullo magis elevato ; elytris
crebre minus fortiter nec rugulose punctulatis (trans
elytron puncturis circiter 32);. pygidio sat crebre minus
fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasterum
paullo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ multo
longioribus femoribus posticis inter series sat crebre for-
tius sat zqualiter punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tri-
dentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2° sat
equal, quam 3"8 sat longiori: unguiculis appendiculatis. —
Nong., 4°1.; lat., 2 1:

The affinity of this species to those placed near it in the
tabulation is fairly close. Its most distinctive features among
them seem to be the form of its prothorax and the sculp-
ture of its hind femora. The sides of its prothorax are only
very lightly arched; the segment (viewed from above) is not
or scarcely wider in front of than at the hind angles, and the
hind angles themselves (viewed from above) are well-defined
right angles. The close, even, and somewhat coarse sculpture of
the hind femora is very different from the corresponding sculp-
ture in allied species. The puncturation of the elytra is
about as close as in //. ingratus, but is not asperate. I be-
lieve the unique type to be a male, the female if distinguisha-
ble having probably elytral sculpture not quite as smooth
and the basal joint of the hind tarsi a trifle shorter.

New South Wales; Galston.

HT. elongatus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ;
vix nitidus; ferrugineus, antennarum flabello testaceo ;
supra pilis brevibus suberectis crebrius vestitus; clypeo
crebre ruguloso, antice rotundato; labro summo clypei
planum haud attingenti; fronte sat crebre rugulose punc-
tulata; clypeo fronteque ut plana minus disparia visis ;

63

antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"* breviori;
prothorace quam longiori ut 3 ad 2 latiori, antice sat
fortiter angustato, supra sat crebre minus fortiter punc-
tulato (puncturis circiter 22 in segmenti longitudine),
lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat obtusis
parum productis posticis (superne visis) rectis, basi levi-
ter bisinuata, margine basali sul tili ad latera paullo
magis elevato; elytris sat manifeste substriatis, crebre
minus fortiter subaspere punctulatis (trans elytron punc-
-turis circiter 30); pygidio crebrius subtiliter punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum paullo breviori-
bus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ multo longioribus ;
femoribus posticis inter series sparsius minus subtiliter
punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum
posticorum: articulo basali quam 2"8 nonnihil breviori,

‘quam 3" paullo longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis.

Long., 32 1.; lat., 12 1.

Another species somewhat close to 1. punctipes and its
allies. It is distinguishable among them by its narrow elon-
gate form and its prothorax strongly narrowed in front. The
hind angles of its prothorax are well-defined right angles
(viewed from above) as in punctipes. The sculpture of the
elytra is near that of H. ingratus, but is finer and less
strongly asperate. The unique type is almost certainly a male.

Victoria; near Harrietville.

‘

H. eremita, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila-
: tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus, antennarum flabello tes-
taceo; supra pilis brevibus suberectis crebrius vestitus ;
clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice rotundato; labro summo
clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte rugulose sat
crebre punctulata, clypeo fronteque ut plana parum dis-
paria visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2s
breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori,
antice modice angustato, supra sat crebre minus fortiter
punctulato (puncturis circiter 22 in segmenti longitu-
dine), lateribus (superne visis) pone medium sat dilatato-

_ rotundatis, angulis anticis vix acutis minus productis
“"_posticis (superne visis) obtuse rectis, basi leviter bisinu-
ata, margine basali sat subtili ad latera paullo magis
“glevaiios elytris manifeste substriatis, crebre minus for-
titer subaspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis cir-
citer 30) ; pygidio subtilius minus crebre punctulato ; coxis
posticis quam metasternum paullo brevioribus quam seg-
mentum ventrale 2"™ sat longioribus; femoribus posticis
inter series sparsius subtilius punctulatis; tibiis anticis
extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum | articulo basali

64

quam 248 parum breviori, quam 3" sat longiori; ungu-

iculis appendiculatis. Long., 32 1.; lat., 12-1} 1.

This is another species with close affinity to MH. punctipes and
its allies. Among them it is of smaller size than those placed
before it in the tabulation, differs from them all in the sides
of its prothorax (viewed from above), very distinctly rotun-
date-dilatate between the middle and the base. The sculp-
ture of its dorsal surface differs very little from that of H.
elongatulus, but is a trifle more decidedly asperate. I think
that I have both sexes before me, but if so there is scarcely
any difference between them except in the female being of
wider build and more dilated in the hinder part of the elytra.

Victoria; Dividing Range.

H. nigrescens, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; niger, capite prothoraceque nonnihil
picescentibus, antennis palpis pedibusque obscure ferru-
gineis ; supra pilis brevibus suberectis crebrius vestitus ;
clypeo (hoc antice rotundato) fronteque crebre rugulose
punctulatis, ut planum fere continuum visis; labro
clypei planum haud attingenti; antennis 9-articulatis,
articulo 3° quam 2". breviori:; prothorace quam longiori
ut 9 ad 5 latior1, antice modice angustato, supra sat
crebre minus subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 22
in segmenti longitudine), lateribus modice arcuatis, an-

gulis anticis vix acutis minus productis posticis (superne.

visis) rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat
subtili absolute quali: elytris obsolete substriatis,
crebre minus fortiter vix subaspere punctulatis (trans
elytron puncturis circiter 27); pygidio sat crebre sat
subtiliter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum
sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2u™ sat long-
ioribus; femoribus posticis inter series sparsius minus
subtilter punctulatis: tibiis anticis extus tridentatis ;
tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 245 paullo
breviori quam 3"* sat longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis.
Bons; i3alwlats eae
The unique type (which I believe to be a female) of this
species differs from H. punctipes and its allies chiefly in its
black colouring (perhaps a variable character), and in the
basal edging of its pronotum fine and even in its whole
length—without any dilatation or increase of elevation even
at the hind angles of the segment. In respect of the latter
character it is nearest to MH. eremita in which the lateral
accentuation of the basal edging, though quite distinct, is
not very strong. The lateral outline of the prothorax, how-
ever, of this species is very different from the corresponding
outline in H. eremita.
Victoria; Nelson.

65

i: semplicicollis, Blackb. Modice elongatus, postice sat dila-
| tatus; sat nitidus; brunneo-testaceus, capite prothor-
aceque rufescentibus ; ; supra pilis brevibus suberectis sat
erebre vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice rotundato, in media
parte nonnihil subtruncato) fronteque subgrosse sat
erebre ruguloso-punctulatis, ut plana multo disparia
visis; labro clypei planum haud attingenti; antennis 9-
articulatis, articulo 3° perbrevi quam 2"S multo brev-
iorl; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice
minus angustato, supra sat subtiliter vix crebre punctu-
lato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lat-
eribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis vix acutis minus
productis posticis rotundato-obtusis, basi squaliter ro-
tundata, margine basali subtili ad latera vix magis ele-
vato; elytris lineis 2 subcostuliformibus vix perspicue
-instructis, subfortiter vix crebre nec aspere punctulatis
(trans elytron puncturis circiter 23); pygidio (maris
sparsim, feminz magis crebre) subtilius punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum perspicue brevioribus,
quam segmentum ventrale 2" multo longioribus ; femor-
ibus posticis inter series sparsim subtiliter punctulatis ;
tibiis anticis extus tridentatis (dente supremo parvo) ;
tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2" sat brev-
1k eo sat equali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long.,
= ea margin of the prothorax evenly rounded with-
out any sinuation distinguishes this species from nearly all
its near allies. WH. testacews, Blackb., resembles it in this
respect and in general appearance, but is easily separated
from it by having, inter alia, an exceptionally wide protho-
rax and a labrum of unusual shape. H. metropolitanus,
Blackb., also considerably resembles it, but differs not only
in the larger and less numerous punctures of its pronotum
but also, znter alia, in the basal joint of its hind tarsi very
evidently longer in both sexes as compared with the 2nd
joint.
Victoria; Australian Alps (about 6,000 ft. elevation).
1. affinis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ;
modice nitidus; obscure brunneus, antennis palpis pedi-
busque dilutioribus; supra pilis adpressis sparsim ves-
titus ; clypeo (hoc antice late rotundato) fronteque sat
erebre fortiter rugulosis, ut plana sat disparia visis ;
labro nitido vix perspicue punctulato, clypei planum
haud attingenti: antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3°
quam 24s breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 15 ad
8 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra sat fortiter vix
crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti

66

longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat rotundatis,

angulis anticis sat acutis leviter productis posticis

(superne visis) subrectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine

basali ad latera vix magis elevato; elytris vix perspicue

substriatis, subcrebre sat grosse punctulatis (trans ely-
tron puncturis circiter 20); pygidio subtilius vix crebre
punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum paullo
brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"" multo long-
ioribus ; femoribus posticis inter series sparsim subtilius
punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali quam 2S perspicue breviori,
quam 3" parum longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis.

Long., 5 1.; lat., 25 1.

This species differs from H. nubilus in respect chiefly ot
characters that do not lend themselves very readily to a tabu-
lar statement. It is notably larger and not nearly so dark in
colour, and its dorsal surface is distinctly more coarsely punc-
tulate. It can be readily separated, however, by the very
different sculpture of its labrum (mentioned in the tabulated
statement above).

Victoria; Dividing Range.

H. nubilus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dilata-
tus; sat nitidus; niger, antennis palpis pedibus et non-
nullorum exemplorum corpore subtus plus minusve rufis ;
supra pilis brevibus adpressis et 1n capite prothoracisque
marginibus nonnullis longioribus sparsim vestitus ;
clypeo (hoc antice late rotundato) fronteque sat crebre
rugulosis, ut plana sat disparia visis ; labro postice crebre
ruguloso clypei planum haud attingenti; antennis 9-
articulatis, articulo 3° quam 24S breviori; prothorace
quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat angustato,
supra crebre subfortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter
22 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis)
leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis subacutis modice produc-
tis posticis (superne visis) rectis, basi leviter bisinuata,
margine basali ad latera magis elevato ; elytris manifeste
substriatis, fortiter vix crebre punctulatis (trans elytron
puncturis circiter 20); pygidio subfortiter minus crebre
punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brev-
loribus quam segmentum ventrale 24™ sat longioribus ;
femoribus posticis inter series sparsim subtilius punctu-
latis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posti-
corum articulo basali quam 2s subbreviori quam 3¥s
sublongiori ; unguiculis eppendiculaas Long., 34-4 1.;
lat., 14-2 1.

I have’ seen numerous specimens of this insect, and find
the colour of the dorsal surface black in all of them. Those

,

with the body reddish beneath I believe to be more or less im-

mature. I do not observe any good sexual characters, beyond

that the males seem to be a trifle smaller and of more parallel
form than the females. The species is somewhat unusually
nitid among the //eteronyces. It bears much resemblance to

H. satelles, Blackb., which, however, inter alia, has very

much shorter hind coxe.

South Australia; common at times in the neighbourhood
of Adelaide.

H. elytrurus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; piceo-niger, antennis palpis tibiis
tarsis et (nonnullorum exemplorum) elytris rufis; supra
pilis brevibus suberectis crebrius vestitus; clypeo (hoc
antice rotundato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, ut plana
sat disparia visis; labro clypei planum haud attingenti ;
antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2" multo brev-
lori; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice
sat angustato, supra fortius minus crebre punctulato
(puncturis circiter 19 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
(superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis subacutis
minus productis posticis (superne visis) rectis, basi bi-
sinuata, margine basali ad latera nonnihil magis ele-
vato; elytris manifeste substriatis, fortius minus crebre
subrugulose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter
20), paullo ante apicem subito depressis; pygidio spar-
sius minus fortiter punctulato ; coxis posticis quam meta-
sternum paullo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale
2um sat longioribus; femoribus posticis inter series spar-
sim minus subtiliter punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tri-
dentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2s
sat breviori, 3° sat zquali; unguiculis appendiculatis.
longs, 6221.5 clatioles 1
In general appearance and sculpture this insect looks.

like a dwarf of H. Alpicola, Blackb., but differs inter alia

in its prothorax evidently less transverse, its colouring, and
especially in the peculiar structure of its elytra, which be-
come suddenly depressed a short distance before the apex,
looking when viewed from above as if the extreme apical
part became abruptly less thick than the rest of the elytra.

I believe my two examples of this species to be male and

female, the elytra of the female reddish-brown, those of the

male nearly black. I do not find any notable sexual difference

(unless that of colour be sexual) except in the evidently flat-

ter abdomen of the male.

Victoria ; Mount Hotham (elevation 6,000 ft.).

Hf. copiosus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ;
sat nitidus; brunneus, antennis paipis pedibusque rufis ;

c2

67

68

supra pilis brevibus suberectis sat dense vestitus; clypeo

(hoc antice rotundato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, fere

ut planum continuum visis; labro clypei planum haud

attingenti; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 21s
breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori,
antice sat angustato, supra crebre rugulose nec grosse
punctulato (puncturis circiter 32 in segmenti longitu-
dine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis
anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne
visis) obtuse rectis, basi bisimuata, margine basali ad
latera nonnihil magis elevato; elytris minus perspicue
substriatis, subtiliter granulatis, crebre squamose minus
fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 40) ;
pygidio subtilius nec crebre punctulato; coxis posticis
quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam segmentum
ventrale 2" sat longioribus; femoribus posticis inter
series fortius minus sparsim punctulatis; tiblis anticis
extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali
2° sat equali, quam 34 paullo longiori; unguiculis ap-

pendiculatis. Long., 54-6 1.; lat., 24-34 1.

In general appearance suggestive of some of the members
of the preceding subgroup, this species is at once distinguish-
able from them by the short 3rd joint of its antenne and by
the outline of its clypeus forming an even curve to the point
of actual contact with the eye (a frequent character in this
2nd subgroup). It is rather close to //. gracilipes, Blackb.,
from which it differs (disregarding colour), iter alia, by the
squamose and closer puncturation of its elytra. The female
differs from the male in being more robust and wider, with
hind tarsi shorter and stouter. I have a single example of
small size (long., 44 1.) and pale castaneous colour, from the
Blue Mountains, and one from Victoria of normal size and
colour, but with elytra a little less closely punctulate than
the form described, which may represent two closely allied
species, but in the absence of more numerous specimens of
these latter it seems best to regard them provisionally as local
varieties.

New South Wales; Forest Reefs (Mr. Lea).

H. orbus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ,
sat nitidus; brunneus, antennis palpisque rufis: supra
pilis brevibus suberectis vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso,
antice rotundato; labro clypei planum haud attingenti ;
fronte rugulose subgrosse crebre punctulata, clypeo fron-
teque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis,
articulo 3° quam 2" breviori; prothorace quam longiori

ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice sat angustato: supra fortiter —

sat crebre sat rugulose punctulato (puncturis cireiter 22

—

69

in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) pone
medium dilatato-rotundatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat
productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi
nonnihil bisinuata, margine basali ad latera vix magis
elevato ; elytris crebre fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron
puncturis circiter 22); pygidio subtilius minus crebre
punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brev-
loribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2" paullo longiori-
bus ; femoribus posticis inter series fortius minus sparsim
punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali quam 2"8 paullo breviori, quam

Sus paullo longior1; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long.,

42 ].; lat., 24 1.

The shortness of the hind cox of this species is sugges-
tive (in the tabulation) of association with @. tasmanicus
and its allies, but although the coxz themselves are not much
longer than in some of those species they almost cover the
ist ventral segment. The punctures of the dorsal surface are
not very numerous when counted, but nevertheless being large
they are decidedly closely packed. The insect is not very
close to any other known to me. [I believe the unique type
to be a male.

New South Wales; probably Mulwala (Mr. Sloane).
H. interioris, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice minus dila-

tatus; sat nitidus; castaneus; supra pilis brevibus ad-

pressis sat sparsim vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
rotundato ; labro clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte
grosse rugulosa antice perpendiculari et carinata; clypeo

fronteque ut plana valde disparia visis; antennis 9-

articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"s breviori; prothorace

quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice minus angustato,
supra subfortiter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis cir-
citer 19 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne
visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis vix acutis minus
productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi leviter bi-
sinuata, margine basali subtili ad latera paullo magis
elevato; elytris minute granulatis, crebre sat subtiliter
squamose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter
30); pygidio sat crebre minus fortiter punctulato; coxis
posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam seg-
mentum ventrale 2™™ sat longioribus ; femoribus posticis
inter series sparsius subtilius punctulatis; tibius anticis
extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali
quam 28 breviorl. quam 3"8 paullo longiori: unguiculis

appendiculatis. Long., 42 1.; lat., 2 7, 1.

The perpendicular front of its frons distinguishes this
species from nearly ali the others of the group. The perpen-

70

cicular face is smooth and nitid and its height is about equal
to the thickness of one of the palpi. The species is nearest .
(but not very near) to H. severus, Blackb., from which it
differs, inter alia, by the ex tremely fine basal edging of its
pronotum, by the very much finer and closer puncturation
of its elytra ‘on which the punctures are much finer and
closer than those of the pronotum), and by the puncturation
also very much finer on the ventral segments.

Central Australia.

H. sulcifrons, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice minus dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; castaneus; supra pilis brevibus sub-
erectis subcrebre vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
late rotundato; labro clypei planum haud attingenti ;
fronte grosse sparsim punctulata, antice perpendiculari
et carinata, postice transversim sat profunde sulcata;
clypeo fronteque ut plana valde disparia visis; antennis
9-articulatis, articulo, a quam 2's breviori; prothorace
quam longiori ut 9 ad 4 t lateriori, antice sat angustato,
supra sat fortiter minus crebre ‘punctulato (puncturis
circiter 15 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne
visis) pone medium sat dilatato-rotundatis, angulis an-
ticis fere rectis haud productis posticis (superne visis)
rotundato-obtusis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali sub-
tili ad latera haud magis elevato; elytris fortius minus
crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20) ;
pygidio fortius subcrebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam
metasternum sat brevioribus; quam segmentum ventrale
2unm gat longioribus; femoribus posticis inter series fere
levibus; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posti-
corum articulo basali quam 2"5 manifeste vel vix brey-
iori, 3° sat zquali vel nonnihil longiori; unguiculis ap-
pendiculatis. Long., 24-22 1.; lat., 14-13 1.

Kasily distinguishable ia the subgroup by the remark-
able sculpture of its frons, also py its small size, etc. The
sexes seem to be scarcely distinguishable except by the basal
joint of the hind tarsi a trifle longer in comparison to the
next two joints in the sex which I take to be the male.

Western Australia; Lake Austin and Murchison River
(Mr. French, etc.).

/1. striatus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice vix vel modice
dilatatus; sat nitidus; rufo-ferrugineus; supra pilis sat
elongatis et nonnullis brevioribus erectis sparsim vesti-
tus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late rotundato vel
(? maris) in medio leviter sinuato; labro clypei planum
haud attingenti, leviter arcuato; fronte sat crebre sat
grosse ruguloso-punctulata; clypeo fronteque ut plana
sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3°

71

quam 2S breviorl; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad

7 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra sparsim sat

grosse nonnihil acervatim punctulato (puncturis circiter

12 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis)

leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis

posticis (superne visis) obtusis fere rectis, basi bisinuata,
margine basali ad latera paullo magis elevato; elytris
striatis sparsim granulatis, sparsim subgrosse nonnihil
subseriatim punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter
14) ; pygidio sparsissime punctulato ; coxis posticis quam
metasternum sat multo brevioribus, quam segmentum
ventrale 2" minus longioribus; segmentis ventralibus
minus sparsim confuse subfortiter (presertim latera ver-
sus) punctulatis; femoribus posticis sat dilatatis, inter
series levibus; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali quam 2's sat breviori 3° sat
equali vel subbreviori ; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long.,

5-52 1.; lat., 24-3 1.

This species and the next two illustrate conspicuously the
tendency in Heteronyz to strongly marked structural differ-
ences in combination with close superficial resemblance, in-
asmuch as they are extremely like in general appearance to
some species of Group IIT. (#7. merus, Blackb., etc.), which
have strongly bifid claws, while the claws of these are typi-
cally appendiculate. I have two specimens of //. striatus, evi-
dently male and female—-the male notably smaller and nar-
rower than the female and presenting the unusual (in //efer-
onyx) sexual character of a distinctive clypeal outline (unless
it be an accidental peculiarity of an individual specimen). The
striation of the elytra is unusually well defined, but, as usual
in Heteronyx when present, has no relation to the punctures,
which are scattered indiscriminately on strize and interstices.

New South Wales; Emu Plains (Mr. Sloane).

H. salebrosus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; rufo-ferrugineus; ut //. striatus,
Blackb., vestitus: capite ut 7. striati (clypeo antice late
rotundato); prothorace fere ut H. striat?, sed supra
minus grosse sat magis crebre nec acervatim punctulato
(puncturis circiter 17 in segmenti longitudine); elytris
manifeste striatis, quam //. striati magis crebre punctu-
latis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 18), sparsissime vix
granulatis ; cetera fere ut H. striati, sed segmentis ven-
tralibus sublevibus (seriebus puncturarum setiferarum
exceptis). Long., 52-6 1.; lat., 3-31 1.

This species and H. striatus and H. seriatus form an
aggregate so easily identifiable in Heteronyr that it seems
sufficient to describe one of them completely and then specify

72

the characters that distinguish the others from it. It may
be noted that the present species is of evidently less convex
form than //. striatus. I have two specimens, both of which
are, I think, females. The less coarse, more evenly distri-
buted, and much more numerous punctures of the pronotum
separate salebrosus quite readily from striatus. On the ven-
tral segments of the former there are only a few fine punc-
tures besides the transverse series of larger setiferous punc-
tures, while on those of striatus (especially on the lateral.
part) there is fairly close quite strong puncturation among
which the transverse series are scarcely distinguishable as
series.
North Queensland ; Diamantina (Mr. Koebele).

. seriatus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ;
subdepressus; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra ut H.
striatus, Blackb., vestitus; capite fere ut H. striate
(clypeo exempli typici antice subtruncato), sed labro for-
titer arcuato), clypeo fronteque fere planum continuum
efficientibus; prothorace fere ut //. striati sed antice
paullo minus angustato, lateribus (superne visis) mani-
feste minus arcuatis, margine basali ad latera quam alibi
vix magis elevato ; elytris fere ut H. striatc sed puncturis
paullo minoribus nonnihil magis crebre (trans elytron
circiter 16) magis seriatim impressis; segmentis ventrali-
bus sublevibus (seriebus puncturarum setiferarum ex-
ceptis) . cetera ut H. straatz. Long., 54 1.; lat., 24 1.
This species is notably less nitid, narrower, more elon-

gate, more parallel than either //. striatus or H. salebrosus,
and is distinctly of more depressed form. Other distinctions
from H. striatus are enumerated above. The form of the
labrum is worthy of especial notice: looked at from in front
it is seen to be strongly arched, while in its two allies the
arch of the labrum is quite feeble, resembling that of 7. juba-
tus. The unusually seriate arrangement of the elytral punc-
turation is also a distinctive character. I believe the unique
type to be a male. The puncturation of the dorsal surface
(especially of the pronotum) is very considerably more sparse
than in H. salebrosus.
North Queensland; Gulf of Carpentaria (Mr. French).
H. Carteri, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ;
minus nitidus ; obscure ferrugineus, corpore subtus pice-
scenti; supra pilis erectis minus elongatis confertim (non-
nullis multo longioribus intermixtis) vestitus; clypeo
(hoe antice late rotundato) fronteque crebre rugulosis,
ut plana sat disparia visis ; labro clypei planum haud at-
tingenti; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 248
breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 7 latiori,

73

antice sat angustato, supra creberrime subtilius ruguloso
(granulis circiter 35 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
'(superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis parum
acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) obtuse rec-
tis, basi bisinuata, margine basali ad latera haud magis
elevato : elytris crebre subtiliter vix rugulose punctu-
latis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 40) : pygidio sat
nitido subtilius sat crebre punctulato; coxis — posticis
quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam segmentum
ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus: femoribus posticis inter
series crebrius subtilius punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus
tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam
2us paullo breviorl, quam 3s pauls longiori ; unguicu-
“lis appendiculatis. Long., 52 1.; lat., 3 1.

Easily distinguishable from all allied species known to
me except pubescens, Er., by the very close erect pilosity of
its elytra. From pubescens it differs by the character speci-
fied in the tabulation, and also by, enter alia, the much finer
and less rugulose puncturation of its dorsal surface and its
wider clypeus, which is evidently less rounded in outline. H.
deceptor, Blackb., is much less pilose, with elytra more rugu-
lose even than those of H.- jrbescens. The close pilosity of
its elytra makes this species appear less nitid than it really
is, and renders it difficult to count the punctures. The punc-
tures ef the pronotum are scarcely distinct among the gran-
ule-like rugulosity of their interstices.

Victoria; Mount Hotham (Mr. H. J. Carter).

H. comans, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; niger, elytris postice vel totis rufes-
centibus, nonnullorum exemplorum pedibus rufescenti-
bus; supra pilis perlongis erectis vestitus; clypeo (hoc
antice late rotundato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, fere
planum continuum efficientibus: labro clypei planum
haud attingenti; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3°
quam 2° breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 10 ad
6 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra ante medium in
medio impresso, crebre subtilius vix rugulose punctulato
(puncturis circiter 24 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
(superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis
minus productis posticis (superne visis) sat rectis, basi
bisinuata, margine basali ad latera haud magis elevato ;
elytris substriatis, subfortiter crebre sat rugulose punc-
tulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 25): pygidio sat
fortiter sat crebre punctulato: coxis posticis quam meta-
sternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2um
sat longioribus; segmentis 3° 4° que (? maris solum)
ventralibus pilis perlongis seriatim transversim vestitis ;

femoribus posticis inter series sat crebre minus fortiter

punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum

posticorum articulo basali maris quam 2"* paullo brev-
lori quam 3¥S paullo longiori, feminz quam 2"" sat multe
breviori 3° sat zquali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long.,

33-4 ].; lat., 14-2 1.

I have seen 7 examples of this insect, of which only one
is a female; it is without the long, erect ventral hairs of the
male, but is an abraded specimen ; also its tarsi are distinctly
shorter and stouter than those of the male. The impression
on the middle of the front part of the pronotum is traceable
in all the specimens, but is much larger and deeper in some
than in other individuals. In general appearance this species
seems to be near //. jubatus, Blackb., which however belongs
to Group VIII., having the labrum elevated and forming a
trilobed outline of the head.

Tasmania ; Hobart and Mount Wellington (Mr. Griffith).
H. exectus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila-

tatus ; sat nitidus ; ferrugineus ; supra fere glaber ; clypeo

erebre ruguloso, antice late profunde subquadratim ex-
ciso ; fronte crebre sat rugulose punctulata; labro clypei
planum haud attingenti; clypeo fronteque ut plana valde
disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam
2us breviori ; prothorace quam longiori ut 16 ad 9 latiori,
antice fortiter angustato, supra subtiliter minus crebre
punctulato (puncturis circiter 22 in segmenti longitu-
dine), lateribus (superne visis), sat arcuatis, angulis an-
ticis vix acutis parum productis posticis (superne visis)
obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera
vix magis elevato ; elytris sat fortiter minus crebre punc-
tulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 22), ad apicem
transversim depressis; pygidio granulis minutis setiferis
minus crebre instructo ; coxis posticis quam metasternum
sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ sat longi-
oribus ; femoribus posticis inter series sat crebre subtilius
punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali quam 2"s multo (quam 3"S yix)
breviori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 5 1.; lat.,

Dib ak

Structurally this species is somewhat close to H. oce7-
dentalis, Blackb., from which however it differs by many
superficial characters. Its labrum looked at from in front
is of unusual shape, the upper and lower planes being placed
at right angles to each other and are very nitid, the upper
plane appearing as an equilateral triangle. The emargina-
tion of the clypeus looks as if a piece almost in the form of
a parallelogram had been cut out. The puncturation of the

74

75

pronotum is conspicuously finer than in occidentalis and the

hind angles of the prothorax are considerably blunter. The

depression at the apex of the elytra is much feebler. I be-
lieve the unique type to be a male.
Western Australia; Swan River (Mr. Lea).

H. monticola, Blackb., sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice levi-
ter dilatatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brev-
issimis sparsim vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
profunde arcuatim emarginato; labro clypei planum vix
attingenti, antice (capite oblique a tergo viso) manifesto
concave; fronte minus crebre vix fortiter punctulato;
clypeo fronteque ut plana disparia visis; antennis 9-
articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"8 breviori; prothorace
quam longiocri ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice modice angustato,
supra minus crebre minus fortiter punctulato (pune-
turis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
(superne visis) leviter arcuatis antice sat fortiter deplan-
atis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis
(superne visis) rectis, basi bisinuata, margine basali ad
latera perspicue magis elevato; elytris subfortiter sat
crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 25),
interstitio subsuturali sat fortiter convexo; pygidio sat
crebre minus fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam
metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ven-
trale 2um sat longioribus ; femoribus posticis inter series
subtiliter sat sparsim punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tri-
dentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2s
manifeste breviori, 3° sat zequali (vel vix longiori) ; un-
guiculis appendiculatis. Long., 52 1.-; lat., 22 1.
Structurally near H. obesus, Burm., but of much nar-

rower and more elongate build, with the subsutural inter-

stice of the elytra quite strongly convex (in obesus that inter-
stice is unusually flat), also with puncturation of elytra
closer, etc. I think both sexes are before me, judging by the
flatter ventral segments of what I take to be the male, which
also has tarsi a little longer and more slender. The strong
expansion of the lateral margin of the pronotum at the front
angles is a striking character (which however is present in

HZ. obesus also). The pilosity of the elytra is very little

noticeable except in quite fresh specimens.
Tasmania; Mount Wellington (Mr. Griffith).

H, wmtermedius, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum
dilatatus ; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus
adpressis sat crebre vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice profunde
arcuatim emarginato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, fere ut
planum continuum visis; labro clypei planum nullo modo
attingenti, antice (capite a tergo nonnihil oblique viso)
manifesto concavo; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3°

76

quam 2"S breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 27 ad

14 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra crebre subtiliter

punctulato (puncturis circiter 30 in segmenti longitu-

dine), lateribus (superne visis) minus arcuatis, angulis
anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis)
obtuse rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad
latera paullo magis elevato; elytris minute granulatis,
confertim subtiliter squamose punctulatis (trans elytron
puncturis circiter 40); pygidio subtilius sat crebre punc-
tulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus,
quam segmentum ventrale 2" sat longioribus ; femoribus
posticis inter series fortius sat crebre punctulatis ; tibiis
anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali quam 2s sat breviori, 3° fere equali; unguiculis

appendiculatis. Long., 42 1.; lat., 22 1.

The structure of the labrum in this species renders it
somewhat intermediate between the aggregates A and AA
(an the tabulation), being visible as part of the outline of
the head if regarded from behind only a little obliquely, but
invisible from further back. It differs from all the other
species (of AA), having the clypeus deeply emarginate, ex-
cept excisus, Blackb. , by its very much finer and closer punc-
turation. Compared ‘with excisus it is smaller, with the pro-
notum considerably less closely (and the elytra considerably
more finely) punctulate. I believe the unique type to be a
male. The prothorax is not much but very distinctly nar-
rower than that of the next species, from which however it
differs widely by characters noted below.

New South Wales: Blue Mountains.

H. thoracicus, sp. nov. | Modice elongatus, postice parum
dilatatus; sat nitidus: ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus
fere adpressis vestitus: clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
profunde arcuatim emarginato; labro clypei planum
nullo modo attingenti, antice (capite a tergo nonnihil
oblique viso) manifesto concavo; fronte fortiter sat
crebre punctulata; clypeo fronteque fere planum con-
tinuum efficientibus; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3°
quam 2S breviorl; prothorace quam longiori duplo

latiori, antice parum angustato, supra subtilius sat:

crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti
longitudine) lateribus (superne visis) minus arcuatis,
angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne
visis) rectis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali ad latera
haud magis elevato: elytris crebre subtiliter punctulatis
(trans elytron puncturis circiter 28); pygidio minus
erebre minus fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam
metasternum sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale
2um modice longioribus; femoribus posticis inter series

77

subtilius minus sparsim punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus

tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam

2us sat multo (quam 3"8 vix) breviori; unguiculis appen-

diculatis. Long., 32 1.; lat., 14 1.

The structure of the clypeus and labrum is as in //. in-
termedius, Blackb. From it however this species differs in
many characters. It is notably smaller, its prothorax is
quite fully twice as wide as long, with the front much less
narrowed, and the base all but Tnonteimuate: and the whole
dorsal surface is much less closely punctulate. I believe the
two specimens before me to be males.

New South Wales; exact locality not known.

H. additus, sp. nov. “Minus elongatus, postice leviter aie
tatus ; sat nitidus: ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus sub-
erectis sat crebre vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum vix attin-
genti, antice (capite a tergo oblique viso) truncato (vel
nonnihil concavo) ; fronte fortius sat crebre punctulata ;
clypeo fronteque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-
articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"S breviori; prothorace
quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latior1; antice vix angustato ;
supra fortius vix crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter
18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat
arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis
(superne visis) sat rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine
basali ad latera sat magis elevato; elytris fortiter vix
crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 22) ;
pygidio fortius sat crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam
metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale
2un sat longioribus; femoribus posticis inter series sub-
tilius sparsissime punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tri-
dentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 25
multo (quam 3"S nonnihil) oe unguiculis appen-
diculatis. Long., 4$ 1.; lat., 24 1.

The form of the labrum renders this species intermediate
between the two main divisions of Heteronyx. It cannot be
said that when the head is viewed obliquely from behind the
outline is not trilobed in a sense, but the middle division
(7.e., the outline of the labrum) appears as a straight line
or might almost be called faintly concave, and moreover the
labrum does not quite reach the level of the clypeus. A few
difficult species such as this is are, I fear, inevitable in the
grouping of any large number of allied species. The pro-
thorax almost as wide in front as at the base, and at its widest
in the middle distinguishes the present insect from most of
its congeners. The unique type is probably a male.

Western Australia; Swan River (Mr. Lea).

~
s
S.:

78

H. blandus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dila- a
tatus; nitidus; pallide ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus 7
adpressis sparsim vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice
late subemarginato ; labro clypei planum vix attingenti,
antice (capite a tergo oblique viso) truncato (vel nonni-
hil concavo); fronte grosse sat sparsim punctulata ;
clypeo fronteque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9- 3
articulatis, articulo 3° quam 24S breviori; prothorace p
quam longiori ut 16 ad 9 latiori, antice sat angustato,
supra fortius sat sparsim punctulato (puncturis circiter
12 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat
rotundatis, angulis anticis vix acutis parum productis
posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi vix -manifeste bi-
sinuata, margine basali subtili ad latera vix magis ele-
vato; elytris sparsius minus fortiter punctulatis (trans
elytron puncturis circiter 20); pygidio subtilius sat
crebre punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum
maxime (quam segmentum ventrale 2" nonnihil) brev-
ioribus ; femoribus posticis inter series sparsim subtilius
punctulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali quam 2's parum breviori 3°
sat equali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 22 1.;
lat., 14 1.

The notes on the labrum of //. additus, Blackb., may be
applied to this species also. The front of the clypeus, how-
ever, is much less emarginate—in fact, it might be called
subtruncate, but from a certain point of view seems to be
feebly emarginate. It is easily recognizable by the characters
cited in the tabulation. [I have seen several specimens, but
have not detected any characters likely to be sexual.

South Australia; Tailem Bend (Mr. Griffith).

H. prosper, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ;
sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus
suberectis sat crebre vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice leviter
late emarginato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, fere planum
continuum efficientibus; labro clypei planum vix attin-
genti, antice (capite a tergo oblique viso) concayvo; an-
tennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2" breviori; pro-
thorace quam longiori ut 13 ad 7 latiori, antice leviter
angustato, supra crebre minus fortiter punctulato (punc-
turis circiter 21 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
(superne visis) sat rotundatis, angulis anticis sat rectis
parum productis posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi
nonnihil bisinuata, margine hbasali subtili ad latera haud
magis elevato; elytris granulatis crebre minus fortiter
punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 24); pygidio
sat crebre minus fortiter punctulato ; coxis posticis quam

79

metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ven-

trale 2u™ yix longioribus; femoribus posticis inter series

minus subtiliter minus sparsim punctulatis; tibiis anticis
extus tridentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2°
sat equali, quam 3"5 longior1 ; unguiculis appendiculatis.

iuoug., 341. ; lat., 121.

This species is easily recognizable by the characters cited
in the tabulation. The labrum (viewed as part of the out-
line of the head) is so decidedly concave that there can be
no hesitation about referring the insect to Group IV. rather
than to any of those groups having the outline of the head
trilobed. The female is a little more strongly punctured
than the male.

Western Australia; Geraldton, etc.

H. relictus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus
adpressis sat sparsim vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso,
antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum fere
attingenti, antice (capite a tergo oblique viso) concavo ;
fronte grosse minus crebre punctulata, antice subperpen-
diculari; hac clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis ;
antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2" breviori ;
prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 6 latiori, antice sat
angustato, supra minus fortiter minus crebre punctu-
lato (puncturis circiter 17 in segmenti longitudine),
lateribus (superne visis) sat rotundatis, angulis anticis
vix acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) ob-
tusis bene definitis, basi nonnihil bisinuata; margine
basali sat zequali; elytris granulatis, sat crebre vix for-
titer punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 26) ;
pygidio sparsim grosse punctulato; coxis posticis quam
metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ven-
trale 2"™ parum longioribus; femoribus posticis inter
series sparsius sat fortiter punctulatis; tibiis anticis ex-
tus tridentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam
2us nonnihil breviori, quam 3% vix longiori; unguiculis
appendiculatis (nonnihil subbifidis). Long., 34 1.; lat.,

3

The ciaws of this species are somewhat intermediate be-
tween appendiculate and bifid; a note regarding them will
be found under Group III. In Group IV. it is quite easily
recognizable by the characters cited in the tabulation. If its
claws were regarded as bifid it would stand in the tabulation
of Group III. beside H. granum, Burm., from which, inter
alia multa, its very different labrum separates it widely.

South Australia; Noarlunga (Mr. Griffith).

80

RUTELIDES.
SAULOSTOMUS.
I propose to substitute the name Saulostomus (+) collaris
for Aneurystypus collaris, Blackb. The reasons for this

change will be found set forth below under the name 4.
collaris.
DYNASTIDES.

PSEUDORYCTES.

P. monstrosus, Blackb. After an interval of fifteen
years a second specimen of this magnificent insect has come
before me, and has been presented to me by Mr. French. It
was captured in the same region (North-West Australia) as
the type. There is an unfortunate /apsus calami in my note
following the description (Tr.R.S., 8.A., 1895, p. 40). The
Latin diagnosis correctly indicates the colour of the head
elytra and pygidium as “black,” but in the notes I have re-
ferred to the “black head, prothorax, and pygidium.” There-
fore the following correction is required (/oc. cit., line 8):
for ‘“‘prothorax” read “elytra.”

ANEURYSTYPUS.

A. collaris, Blackb. I have acquired some specimens
taken at Eucla of the insect which I described under this
name. The original type had lost its claws, and now the
examination of these fresh specimens reveals the fact that
the claws are unequal and that therefore the species is a
Rutelid. Its resemblance to Aneurystypus (¢€.g., A. calvus,
Blackb.) is really very remarkable, the claws being disre-
garded and also characters of the labium, ete., which are dif-
ficult to see without treatment that is undesirable in the
case of a unique specimen. Its divergence from Aneurystypus
in having its pronotum unarmed I referred to in describing
it. I think it must be regarded as representing an unde-
scribed Rutelid genus, but it is so close to Saulostomus that
it will perhaps be best to refer it to that genus provisionally.
Its tarsi are evidently longer and more slender than those of
S. villosus, Waterh. (the type of the genus), but this appears
to be the case also in some species which have been attributed
to Saulostomus by Ohaus. I have dissected the mouth organs
of a specimen and find that the pointed apical part of its
labrum is bent down and concealed as in S. vellosus, and the
apex of its labium is slightly produced in a very wide open
angle. This character is perhaps hardly sufficient to justify
a new generic name, and I do not find any other except that
of the tarsi already referred to. It is possible that the greatly
elongated flabellum of the antennz (considerably longer than

81

the preceding joints together) may separate this insect from
Saulostomus, but unfortunately Mr. Waterhouse’s descrip-
tion of Saulostomus does not refer to the antenne, and my
specimen of S. vil/osus has lost its antenne. The genus Homo-
tropus (unknown to me except by description) seems to have
similar antenne but different mouth organs.
4d. pauxillus, sp. nov. Brunneo-ferrugineus; subtus dense
longe fulvo-hirsutus; capite sat crebre, prothorace in-
equaliter sat subtiliter (hujus lateribus equaliter modice
arcuatis, basi haud marginata, angulis posticis rotunda-
tis), pygidio ad latera sat crebre dupliciter in medio
sparsim minus subtiliter, elytris (his plus minusve stri-
atis) sat seriatim sat fortiter, punctulatis; mento antice
fortiter compresso elevato, antennarum flabello quam
articuli ceterl1 conjuncti vix longiori; prothorace antice
Impresso, margine antico in medio acute elevato; tibiis
anticis extus tridentatis. Long., 5-6 1.; lat., 34-32 1.
This species is at once separable by its pronotum not
margined at the base from all its known congeners except A.
Richardse, Blackb., with which, however, it is somewhat
closely allied. It is considerably smaller than that species
and of darker colour, the punctures of the dorsal surface in
general evidently deeper and Jess fine, and the elytra more
definitely striate. The outline of the prothorax is consider-
ably different, the lateral margins being lightly arched in
a continuous curve from base to apex, whereas in Richardse
these margins are more like two curves meeting almost sub-
angularly slightly in front of the middle of the segment. If
the prothorax of Richardse be viewed from directly above
the sides appear almost straight and parallel from base to
beyond middle and then converging in a strong curve to the
front margin, while from a similar point of view they appear
as a continuous curve in pauaillus. The hind angles viewed
from above are bluntly rectangular in Richardse and quite
rounded off in pauzxillus. The front part of the mentum is
‘more compressed and elevated than in any other Aneurysty-
pus known to me. In A. calvus—the type of the genus—the
- mentum is longitudinally concave (although the concavity
does not reach the front margin), but in other species the
concavity is only very near the base with the front part be-
coming more or less compressed, and in pauztllus the com-
pressed prominence is very strong and begins to rise almost
from the hind margin of the mentum. One of the specimens
before me has tarsi a little shorter and pygidium less convex
than the others; it is probably a female, though I should
have expected much more disparity between the sexes.
Queensland ; Cunnamulla (Mr. Hardcastle, sent by Mr.
Lea).

82

COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF THE MOUNT GAMBIER BASALT,
WITH PETROGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTIONS.

By Evan R. Sranuey, Student of the University of Adelaide.
(Communicated by W. Howchin, F.G.S8.)

[Read May 4, 1909.]

Prare, 1,
CoNTENTS. : Ee Ptpaers
I. Introduction ... 4 me Be at a iige oto)
II. Vesicular Olivine Basa) Lees BEE Be 28-2783
Ill. Chemical Composition ee me OP e386
IV. Slaggy and Vitrophyric Types of Tee oh igh FOI
V. Vesicular Vitrophyric Olivine Basalt A Peeimses{o)9)
VI. Vesicular Olivine Basalt (siaggy type) ee ae ees
VII. Vesicular Basalt... ee oe mA ut oe OD
VIII. Lherzolite a: ae bas a Bee Pas {127896
IX. Remarks tee nee me a ran au EV AO,
X. Conclusion ... at fs Be bi 32 OO
Explanation of Plate ae Bae a: a ne LOO

I.— Introduction.

Mount Gambier is situated in the South-Eastern por-
tion of South Australia, in the Hundred of Blanche, about
305 miles from Adelaide by rail. The township is about 140
ft. above sea-level, but Mount Gambier proper is about 600
ft. higher, and is situated south of the town. It includes
four distinct lakes, namely, the Blue Lake, Leg-of-Mutton
Lake, Valley Lake, and Brown Lake, the latter probably
being the site of the crater.

This paper, which represents the first of a series, has
been written with the object of describing certain typical
volcanic rocks occurring at Mount Gambier.

The geology of the South-East, including Mount Gam-

bier, has been described and published by the Rev. J. E.

Woods in his “Geological Observations in South Australia,”
1862.

Professor R. Tate refers to the South-Eastern district of
South Australia in his presidential address before the Philo-
sophical Society of Adelaide in 1879.

H. Y. L. Brown,@) Government Geologist of South Aus-
tralia, reports on “aha temperature, depth, and geology of
the principal lakes in the Mount Gambier district.

(1) Parliamentary Paper South Australia, 1883-4. No. 256.

,

83

The Eocene limestone, which occurs immediately below
the basalt, has been described by Tate and Dennant. 2)

Geological Notes on the extinct volcanoes of Mount Gam-
bier and Mount Schank have been published by the Rev. W.
Howchin, F.G.8.()

T. S. Hall, M.A., mentions the bedded tuffs of Mount
Gambier in his “Note on the Deposition of Bedded Tuffs.” ‘4
A type of basalt from Mount Gambier has been briefly
described by J. C. Moulden. ©

Chas. Chewings ‘6 describes a basalt, from the same
locality, containing phenocrysts of felspar, and represents a
special type of lava.

The present paper includes a complete analysis of the
Mount Gambier vesicular olivine basalt, with petrographical
descriptions of several varieties of allied rocks. Certain im-
portant differences are to be found in the lavas at that local-
ity, their structures varying from glassy to holocrystalline,
and from a very vesicular variety to a more or less compact
rock. A detailed petrographical description has been made
on the olivine nodules occurring in the ash-beds, with inter-
esting results described hereafter.

Il.—Vesicular Olivine Basalt.
Rock 1.

This rock was selected from the central portion of the
lava band, above the boathouse, on the northern extremity
of the Blue Lake. It represents the general type of speci-
men usually met with.

Macroscopic Characters.

In hand specimens the rock is dark-grey in colour. It
is fine-grained, containing many small visible phenocrysts of
olivine about two millimetres in length. Phenocrysts of
augite are also present, but are very difficult to see, even
with the aid of a lens. Vesicular structure is a prominent
feature of the rock, the vesicules varying from a few milli-
metres up to a centimetre or more in diameter in the com-
pact varieties, and they contain little or no crystalline mate-
rial. There is no apparent decomposition in the rock.

The specific gravity of the rock is 3°01 at 164° C.

(2) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1896.

(3) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxv., 1901, p. 54.
‘Qrerocaphuoy. Socsivies vole xx.) 1907; pr 2h.
(5) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xix., p. 70.

_ (6) Geologie Siid- und Central-Australiens. Inaugural-Disser-
tation zur Erlangung der Doktorwiirde—1894.

34

Miscroscopie Characters.

Crystallinity hypocrystalline, with a hyalopilitic ground-
mass containing porphyritic crystals of olivine and augite.
There is a notable quantity of a dark-brown glass present,
which, under a high-power objective, is found to contain a
considerable quantity of magnetite dust. One of the most
interesting features about the glass is that it contains deli-
cately-branched rods or skeleton crystals of magnetite which
are probably of the second generation.

The microlitic components of the base are chiefly plagio-
clase felspar, and grains of augite and olivine, with a more
or less idiomorphic outline developed in the former.

The felspar microlites make up the greater part of the
groundmass, and in places show a slight fluxional arrange-
ment. In cressed nicols they show twinning, mostly after
the Albite type, although the Carlsbad type is not uncom-

mon.
The refractive index was found to be greater than can-

ada balsam on the edge of the section where it was measured -

by Becké’s bright-line method. Symmetrical extinctions up
to 36° were obtained, the greater number of extinctions be-
ing between 21° and 36°, thus indicating labradorite.

Most of the microlites contain inclusions, usually gase-
ous or liquid, and less frequently small crystals of apatite,
but they do not show any zonal arrangement.

The augite components of the base are in elongated
prisms with a yellowish-green colour. The high extinction
angle and refractive index are characteristic of augite. There
is also a fairly good prismatic cleavage developed. Besides
this type of crystal there are stumpy crystals and grains of
- the same mineral showing traces of the (100), (010), and
(111). The grains frequently show two good cleavages in-
tersecting in angles of about 90°.

The olivine of the base is present in small grains, with
irregular cracking. It is not so plentiful as the augite, but
can be differentiated from augite by its strong double refrac-
tion. .

The phenocrysts of the rock are olivine and augite, the
former being the more abundant, and in the majority of cases
larger than the augite phenocrysts. The olivine phenocrysts
have been partially absorbed by the magma, although some
possess an idiomorphic outline. Decomposition has not taken
place to any great extent, which is proved by the fact that

very little serpentine is found in the cracks. They are about .

2 mm. to 3 mm. in length, and are perfectly colourless. A
fair cleavage is shown paralled to the (001) in some pheno-

85

crysts, whereas in others an indistinct cleavage is shown
parallel to the (010). The refractive index and double re-
fraction are characteristic of olivine. The traces of the
(010), (011), and (100) are seen in different crystals. In
convergent polarized light, a section perpendicular to the
optic axis gives a slightly curved brush. The dispersion
shows p < v. The (010) face in some phenocrysts is largely
developed. Spheroidal cracking has gone on to a marked
degree. The principal inclusions are glass and magnetite
grains, and in one or two instances inclusions of liquid and
gas occur.

The augite phenocrysts show rather well-defined outlines.
Sections parallel to the (100) and (010) are the most com-
mon, and occasionally sections showing the two cleavages in-
tersecting at about 90°. Frequently, sections parallel to the
(100) show the trace of the (111) face. Twinning has taken
place parallel to the (100), and in a few instances the effect
on the outline of the crystal is seen in sections parallel to
the (010). In addition to this, a few interpenetration twins
are noticeable in sections parallel to the (100), and more
rarely a cruciform twin is to be seen, in which case twinning
has taken place on the (101). A prismatic cleavage is fairly
well developed in sections parallel to the (100), (010), and
(110), the plane of the cleavage being parallel to the (110)
and (110). Only a few sections show the (110) and (110)
cleavages intersecting at 90°. Besides the isolated pheno-
crysts it is not uncommon to find that the augite crystals
have arranged themselves into rosettes, some of which in-
terpenetrate. These rosettes are about half the size of the
olivine phenocrysts, and usually have a fair to imperfect
cleavage developed, which is probably the trace of the (110)
or (110). Such rosettes are usually found to be sections
parallel to the (100). The augite phenocrysts, unlike the
olivine phenocrysts, have a pale-brownish-yellow colour, and
although the colour is so feeble a pleochroic scheme was
with difficulty made out.

a&=Very lght-brownish-yellow.
b= Very lght-brownish-green.
C = Very light-greenish-yellow.

Krom this it is evident that the absorption is very slight.

The principal inclusion in the augite is magnetite, and
occasionally a few crystals with rather a low double refrac-
tion, which is probably apatite. No apparent decomposition
has taken place in the augite.

86

There is one feature which is only occasionally exhibited,
and that is a glomero-porphyritic ) aggregate of augite and
olivine.

Idiomorphic grains of magnetite are present in notable
quantities. There are other similar undecomposed grains and
crystals of a dark, opaque mineral, which is probably ilmen-
ite. It has a dark, semi-glistening surface when seen by
reflected light, but not so intense as the magnetite. It is
difficult to ascertain which is magnetite and which is ilmen-
ite; only a few grains exhibit the white decomposition pro-
duct (leucoxene), which is characteristic of ilmenite or titan-
iferous magnetite.

Order of Consolidation.

a. Magnetite and ilmenite .... ——-———

6. Olivine an cat Qo eee

c. Augite uh “83 fe See fe

d. “Labradorite sie ie eee

e. Augite oer te ae ae eee

f. Magnetite ... AG 452 4 ——————
g. Glass oh eet Se Bee 0 hee

III.—Chemical Composition.

A chemical analysis of the rock was made by the author
in the laboratory of the University of Adelaide, by the kind
permission of Professor Rennie.

The rock selected was a typical representative of the
compact variety of basalt occurring in the Blue Lake.

The methods of analysis were those commonly employed
by Washington and Hillebrand.

Evaporations were made in porcelain dishes, where
platinum dishes were unavailable.

The Laurence Smith method for the alkalies and the
colourometric method for titanium were employed, and
the usual corrections made in each case.

Sulphur was not determined, for there was very little
evidence of the occurrence of pyrites in the rock.

Barium and strontium were not separated from the lime.

The mean of three very concordant analyses has been
taken, and is represented by the column marked A. The

analyses marked B, C, D, E have been inserted for com-
parison.

(7) Judd, Q.J.G.S., vol. xlii., pt. i.

87

Results of Analyses.

A B C D a)
Si O, 46°95 43°31 43°39 41-10 47-02
Al, O; 14:37 16°68 16°67 14-82 12°52
Fe, O, 1:37 2°31 3°47 2°35 4-8]
Fe O Be 9-52 9-00 8:80 10°38 5°83
Mg O Heh Oat 10-56 7°30 9-43 9:92
Ca O ...| 10-04 7:95 8-79 10-56 8:38
Na, O ee oko 2-94 3°30 3 94 3°23
K, O bo 1:53° 0:97 2°17 1:28 3°23
H,O + ...) 0-52 0-88 0:29 0:39 0:69
He OO. ...), 0-10 1-72 2-67 2-31 0:70
C O, nil 0:03 0-39 0:26 —
Ti O, 2°04 2-20 2-20 3°20 2-60
EO: 0-46 0°65 0-41 0-19 1:26
S O,; — 0-05 0:19 0-09 nil
Cl — 0-02 0:02 trace trace
S (soluble) — trace | = — — —
Or OR oy... — Oeil trace trace —
NniCoO} ... —- trace trace trace —
Mn O ae -- 0-43 OA i= 014 0-12
Ba O aerate SEP: trace 0-02 0:06 —-
Sr O soo) MSO — trace trace a
Li, O hel a trace present | present =
Totals ...| 100-13 99°81 100-27 | 100-50 | 100-31

. Vesicular olivine basalt. Mount Gambier.

. Basalt (9) from the capping on ‘‘Woodlands.’’ Inland districts
of New South Wales.

. Analeite basalt (0), Bondi, New South Wales, near Sydney.
. Analcite basalt (1), Fern Hill.

. Basalt 22), Old Racecourse Hill, Woodend, north-east of Mount
Macedon, Victoria.

lal Sl @ lee] j=

(8)Mr. A. H. Scarfe, of the University of Adelaide, obtained
similar results for soda and potash.

(2) Journal and Pro. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., vol. xxxvii.

i (10) Records of the geological survey of N.S.W., 1902, vol.

vu., pt. 2, pp. 93-101, plate 26.

(11) Ibid.

(12)This rock was analysed by P. G. Wykeham Bayly,
A.S.A.S.M., Government Metallurgical Chemist, Melbourne.

ye

J] eR Ae ahs i bw ( —

= 9g

LG 6G
69 ae re
69 9g

LG 66
8él FG FLT

“Yyrouy] ‘ydan

oytqTV

EKO)

‘dy

“WY

“S007 OY 40119970 [fy

ET-OOL ‘TRIOT,

“Quo. 10d,

89

The columns marked B, C, D, and E resemble, in some
respects, the column A. The silica in B, C, and D is notice-
ably lower than that in A and E, and hence are slightly
more basic. The alumina in B and C is higher, and that
in E lower, than that in A and D, which are very nearly
the same. The ferric iron in B, C, D, and E is noticeably
greater than that m A, and ferrous iron is lower in E, whilst
it is fairly constant in A, B, C, and D. The magnesia varies
slightly, being lowest in C. The lime varies a little, being
high in A and D, and fairly consistent in B, C, and E.
The total alkalies are approximately constant in A, C, and
D, but higher in E and lower in B. The percentages of
titanium dioxide in B, C, D, and E are, to a small extent,
higher than that in A.

It will be noticed that basalts similar to the Mount
Gambier type in composition occur in the Pinto Mountains,
Uvalde County, Texas, described by W. Cross,(5) which is
quoted by Washington in the “Chemical Analyses of Igneous
Rocks.” Washington also quotes an analysis of a basalt from
Hiinenberg, Bl., Melsungen, Prussia, which also approxi-
mates the composition of the basalt described in this paper.

Calculation of the Norm.

Orihoclasemaeuee ==, LOU >sci5o6 "8°90
Albite Bed Ato 29 BReS HA eis 1h 20)
Ne piteliten 24 te at De NSA eT AI TG
Amortiibe a. Wee YP NVE9 esto MO Tse t— 19°18
Ste Be TING: ees aay

Diopside | TOS OO ar Oo)
mm S is 1890 '—=+ 370

Ole (eo eee io ee ls) Seat
i Mere eT On wm (4: S714
Magnetite Ls EES OR ae Oa — OD
MiMenite) si) eae eee a A Loe =. ORO
Apatite coecpioretel eae ae Ase = GIQ. =
Water Peat se Rae == Te ORG,
100°02

43) B.U.8.G.8., 168, p. 61, 1900.

90

The minerals orthoclase and nephelite, appearing in the
norm, are absent in the rock.

Classification.
Felspars H. .. 2.. = 43/28 ; !
Tienededh et xen) nove ey ; SIE) 218.
iByroxene VP .11) Vie yee 2107
Glivines@Oly ste en e995 :
48 45=F :
Mag. and Ilm. M. = 5°89 ( Ress
Apatite sAgt2) (are ee et 4:
Sal 50:95 £ ‘ Class LIT :
Rent = ies, = © > 5 = Class . Salfemane
L (oor
Pp 43-98 3 > + = Order 6 Portugare
K,O + Na, O 72 Ass A 9 ae
Ga 0 = RG ZF 5 = Rang. umburgase
ws 2 a 24> Sub | Limbur
Na, O =a Lars 7 = Sub-rang. 4 Limburgase

Chemical Diagrams.

To facilitate the comprehension of the chemical analysis
the following graphical constructions have been employed by
the author. They are respectively the Brogger and Miigge
diagrams.

THE BROGGER DIAGRAM.

91

Al2O; for Na.u

Al,0, for Ga0,

CaO

Te 05

THE MUGGE DIAGRAM.

In the former the relative quantities of oxide compo-
nents, expressed molecularly, are plotted on four lines in-
tersecting in angles of 45°. The silica is plotted on the
horizontal axis, half to the right and half to the left of the
origin. The other components are plotted on the other axes
as shown. It will be noticed that the oxides of iron are
plotted in the order FeO and Fe,O, added.

In the Miigge diagram the silica is divided equally into
eight parts, and plotted on the axes from the origin, thus
forming an octagon when joined up. The other components
are plotted outside this area on particular axes by adding
their values to the silica already plotted. The alumina is
divided into three parts—an equal molecular proportion to
potash on the left, an equal molecular proportion to soda
on the vertical, and the remainder plotted on the right hori-
zontal for lime.

IV.—Slaggy and Vitrophyric Types of Lava.

In the north-western corner of Brown Lake there is an
extensive outflow of slaggy and ropy lava. The nature of
the mass varies from a very fine visicular type to a coarse

92

and slaggy variety. Some of the iron-bearing constituents
have undergone oxidation, thereby imparting a reddish colour
to some portions of the rock.

V.—Vesicular Vitrophyric Olivine Basalt.

Rock 2.
Near the base of the outflow in Brown Lake.

Macroscoyice Characters.

In hand specimens the rock is dark-brown to black in
colour, with a subvitreous lustre and uneven fracture. It
shows strong evidences of having flowed, also that cooling
had taken place rather rapidly. In cross-section two layers
are seen, the external layer possessing a great many cracks
and fractures, whilst the internal, which had taken longer
to cool, is only slightly vesicular, having no eracks. It is
evident from this that the internal portion continued to flow
after the exterior layer had solidified, the strain being suffi-
ciently great to crack this hard layer transversely. The rock
is tachylytic in parts, containing a few small scattered pheno-
crysts of olivine. .

Microscope Characters.

The rock has a distinct vitrophyric structure. The
groundmass is dark-brown in colour—in fact, some of the
sections were so dark that practically no light was transmit-
ted, except in the cases where phenocrysts occurred. The
glass is densely charged in places with magnetite dust in the
form of “cumulites,’”’ rendering those particular portions
almost opaque, whilst in other places only a few scattered
grains occur. It is highly vesicular, but the vesicules are ex-
ceedingly small. The microlites have a distinct fluxional
arrangement, being more or less parallel to one another.

The microlitic components of the base are a few crystals
of augite and probably a few grains of olivine, with a very
small proportion of felspar. The augite is by far the most
abundant component in the glass, and generally idiomorphic.
The principal forms developed are sections parallel to the
(100), and more rarely those parallel to the (010) and (111).
Several cruciform twins are to be seen besides the more com-
mon twin on the (100) plane. Small rosettes are also seen, in
which case sections parallel to the (100) are developed.

The next component in abundance is the felspar. These
gave symmetrical extinctions up to 35°, and in all cases
proved to have the same characteristics as the plagioclase in —
rock 1.

93

The olivine of the base exists in the form of isolated

_ grains, with practically no idiomorphic outline. The propor-

tion of olivine to augite is very small.

The inclusions in the augite and olivine are magnetic,
and a few gas cavities. The principal inclusion in the felspar
is apatite, in the form of lath-like crystals.

The phenocrysts of the rock are olivine and augite, the
former being by far the most abundant. The olivine, in

art, possesses an idiomorphic outline, showing traces of the
(010), (011), and (100), but a great deal of the crystal has
been absorbed by the base. A fair cleavage is developed
parallel to the (001), but is often obliterated by irregular
cracks, which have been partly opened and filled with the
glassy base. Slight decomposition has gone on, owing to the
presence of a small proportion of serpentine. Some sections,
particularly those parallel to the (010), show spheroidal
cracking. The olivine, which is perfectly colourless, contains
numerous inclusions of magnetite and probably some ilmenite,
there being present a few idiomorphic grains of a mineral,
not so glistening as the magnetite; glass is also included.

The augite phenocrysts vary greatly in size and shape.
They show traces of the (100), (010), and (f11). The colour
is a light-greenish-brown, and the pleochrium is noticeable
but very weak, and therefore the absorption cannot be indi-
cated. Twinning has gone on principally in sections parallel
to the (100), but owing to the small proportion of augite pre-
sent there is not very much to choose from. They are very
much smaller than the olivine phenocrysts, and show a
gradual diminution in size, even down to the dimensions of
the microlitic components of the base, so that the consolida-
tion of the augite may have started after the olivine, and
kept on crystallizing after the felspars were formed.

Magnetite occurs usually as small grains or dust, and in
a few cases as larger idiomorphic grains round the edges of
the olivine.

Order of Consolidation.
Magnetite ee
Olivine... Mu aye ———...
Augite ... ny bee ee
Labradorite es we
Glass Ey a fit coe SSE

VI.—Vesicular Olivine Basalt (slaggy type).
Rock 3.

On the ridge of the flow in the north-western corner of
Brown Lake.

94

Macroscopie Characters.

The rock is dark-brown in colour, but when freshly
broken is practically black, possessing many vesicules of small
dimensions. The rock has picked up foreign particles during
its period of flow, as is indicated by the presence of rounded
grains of quartz. There are a few visible phenocrysts of oli-
vine scattered throughout. The rock shows lines of flow,
possesses a very rough and slaggy surface, and is tachylytic
in character.

Microscopie Characters

Not unlike rock 2, but very much more vesicular. The
most distinguishing feature is the predominance of augite in
the base, over the felspar microlites, which are very few in
number. Flow structure is not developed to the extent that
it is in rock 2. The glass is dark-brown in colour, containing
a great amount of magnetite dust. The microlitic compo-
nents are, in order of abundance—augite, both with crystal-
line outline and in grains; olivine occurring principally in
grains; and a few scattered microlites of plagioclase felspar.
The augite, which is light-green in colour, exists in the form
of short tabular crystals possessing a noticeable cleavage.
Small rosettes occur less frequently, besides a few cross twins.
The principal inclusion is magnetite, in the form of small
grains, and also a few long irregular inclusions of glassy
base.

The olivine of the base can be recognized only by its
high polarization tints, the grains being very small.

Of the few scattered plagioclase microlites only one or
two gave symmetrical extinctions up to 26°, the others being
unsuitable for determination. In one or two cases a distinct
ophitic structure is noticeable, the augite including the plagio-
clase microlites.

The phenocrysts of the rock are olivine and augite. The
olivine is by far the most abundant, although a great deal
of it has been absorbed by the magma. A great deal
of the olivine possesses no sign of *idiomorphism, being
usually in curved and irregular crystals, which has probably
been due to extraneous causes, together with diffusion. They
contain a great many inclusions of magnetite of fairly large
dimensions, and more rarely glassy base. Cracking and de-
composition have gone on to a small extent.

The augite phenocrysts are rare, and in the majority of
cases have undergone decomposition to serpentine. They con-
tain many inclusions of magnetite and glass, and is ophiti-
cally intergrown with the plagioclase felspar. | Glomero-
porphyritic aggregates of augite and olivine are to be seen
in some gations, but this structure is rare.

95

Vil.—Vesicular Basalt.

Rock 4.
Leg-of-Mutton Lake.
Although this specimen was not found in sitw, yet it
represents the usual type of rock found in the vicinity of this
lake, and to a smaller extent in the Valley Lake.

Macroscoye Characters.

In hand specimens the rock is steel-grey in colour, con-
taining many vesicules of variable dimensions. Some of the
vesicules contain small crystals of aragonite, others a thin
layer of calcium carbonate or lime, with a small amount of
foreign matter included. A few small visible phenocrysts of
olivine are seen scattered through the rock. Tachylytic struc-
ture is not developed to the same degree in this rock as it
is in the others of the same group.

Microscopie Characters.

Hypocrystalline porphyritic and medium-grained rock,
containing phenocrysts of olivine in a groundmass of plagio-
clase felspar, with granules of augite, magnetite, and a
little glass.

This rock is particularly rich in microlite felspar of large
dimensions, which are fairly well preserved, giving symmet-
rical extinctions up to 32°, which suggests that it is a medium
labradorite. They are fairly well twinned, and in a great
many instances are arranged into radiating aggregates. Many
of the microlites are obscured by the numerous inclusions of
magnetite in the form of minute grains, and apatite.

The granules of augite, which are brown in colour, are
in close association with the felspar laths, but they have un-
dergone a great deal of decomposition and are partially oblit-
erated with minute granules of magnetite, ilmenite, and some
glass, otherwise an intersertal structure would be developed.

The glassy interstitial material is dark-brown in colour
and crowded with numerous granules of magnetite, which, in
part, renders it quite opaque.

The only phenocryst of the rock is olivine, which has
undergone partial decomposition to serpentine, and is parti-
ally absorbed by the magma. ,

The crystals are quite clear, but cracked about a great
deal. They contain fairly large grains of magnetite and
irregular inclusions of brown glass.

Owing to the absence of phenocrysts of augite and the
predominance of moderately large plagioclase microlites, the
rock is not so fine-grained as the usual type of basalt, but

96

approximates to an anamesite, intermediate between dolerite
and basalt.

VIII.— Lherzolite.

Rock 5.
Brown Lake.
Occurrence.

This rock occurs in the form of nodules in the ash-beds
which overlie the basaltic flow. They vary in size from a few
centimetres up to perhaps thirty centimetres in diameter. The
majority of the nodules have been enclosed in a thin layer
of tachylyte, and in some cases with vesicular olivine basalt.
The specimens collected were selected from the most concen-
trated zone that could be found, v2z., in a layer of nodules
in the ash-beds about 200 ft. above the water-level at the
southern boundary of Brown Lake. Many fragments and
nodules of bomb-like appearance occur, both as erratics and
in isolated layers in the ash-beds. They are certainly of
deep-seated origin, but the outer layer or coating is purely
volcanic.

Macroscopic Characters.

In hand specimens the rock is olive-green in colour, even-
grained, but coarse, containing allotriomorphic fragments of
rhombic pyroxene, which are dark-olive-green in colour, light-
green particles of diallage, and a light-coloured olivine, which
occurs in greater abundance than the former two minerals
and makes up the greater bulk of the rock. Occasionally
dark, glistening opaque grains are to be found, which were
proved to contain chromium when tested qualitatively, hence,
as in most other peridotites, are probably chromite or pico-
tite. The rock is extremely friable, and the constituent min-
erals can be separated very easily with the hand.

The specific gravity of the rock is 3°33.

Microscome Characters.

Owing to the extreme friability of the rock a microscopic
section was with difficulty prepared. The rock is hypidio-
morphic, even-grained, composed of olivine, enstatite, dial-
lage, and picotite. The pyroxene grains are only slightly
idiomorphic and moderately large, and in some cases are im-
bedded in the olivine, giving it a pseudo-porphyritic appear-
ance.

The olivine occurs in great abundance, being the princi-
pal constituent of the rock. It has a high refractive index
and a strong double refraction. It is traversed by many irre-
gular cracks, and shows evidence of slight decomposition to

serpentine. There is also indications of the trace of the (001)
cleavage. In convergent polarized light good interference
figures were obtained. It was also noticed that the disper-
sion was p < v. The principal inclusions were grains of
magnetite and a few liquid and gaseous inclusions, with
little or no zonal arrangement.

97

The mineral next in abundance is the rhombic pyroxene
enstatite, which is almost transparent, possessing a light-
brownish-green colour, slightly idiomorphic, and enclosed by
the olivine. The double refraction and refractive index are
noticeably less than olivine. Some of the sections are broken
into parallel plates along the well-developed cleavage, namely,
the (110). Some sections exhibit two fairly good cleavages
intersecting at 88°, and more rarely a fair cleavage at 45°.
A small amount of alteration has gone on, especially in the
vicinity of the cracks, the resulting alteration product being
a fibrous mineral, probably “bastite.”” The rare polysynthetic
twinning is very clearly seen between crossed nicols in the
larger sections. In convergent polarized light a biaxial in-
terference figure with a large optical axial angle is seen. The
optical sign is positive, and there is a slight dispersion, p < y»,
which is an indication that the mineral is low. in iron. The
principal inclusions are liquid or gaseous, sometimes zonally
arranged. Magnetite is present in a small degree.

The diallage, which is light-green in colour, is slightly
pleochroic. There are two distinct cleavages intersecting at
89°, and sometimes traversed by a third. The extinction
angle, unlike the enstatite, which is straight, is oblique, being
identical with augite. In convergent polarized light, good
interference figures are obtained, the optical axial angle being
small, the two axes just skirting the edge of the field. The
optical sign is positive and p < v. The principal inclusion is
magnetite in the form of grains. Decomposition has gone on
to a noticeable extent, the products of decomposition being
serpentine and epidote.

The brown isotropic mineral, picotite, is not infrequently
met with, being in the form of small rounded grains and irre-
gular masses. They are traversed by cracks and contain a few

‘inclusions.

Order of Consolidation.

Picotite ... sey man ————

Enstatite ee ————
Olivine .... tis dee) 0 0 gedaneee eee
Diallage ... ee ms Be: ———_—

98

The tachylytic coating consists essentially of a light
brown glass crowded with magnetite grains, rendering it
almost opaque. <A few partially-absorbed grains of olivine
and augite are scattered about with little or no felspar.

From the above considerations the rock is evidently plu-
tonic and allied to the enstatite peridotites.

With regard to the mode of origin of nodules such as
these, there appears much controversy in geological litera-
ture.

R. A. Daly “) attributes the origin of a great number
of igneous rock types to a differentiation of a parent olivine
basalt. He points out that fractional crystallization is one
of the important factors in the formation of these rocks, and
that the phenocrysts of olivine, augite, and magnetite sink
in the magma to certain levels whilst in the conduit. Here
they may be redissolved, increasing the basicity in the lower,
hotter part of the lava column, which on crystallization pro-
duces peridotites, or, following extrusion, develops picritic and
limburgitic rocks. The probability is, however, that the oli-
vine nodules, occurring in the ash-beds at Mount Gambier,
have been formed in a similar way. At Mount Gambier
there appears a first stage, when olivine basalt was erupted,
and later a huge deposition of fragmentary material con-
taining the lherzolite nodules, and then small eruptions of
slaggy and glassy lava. If this be the case, the injected ultra-
basic rock beneath, in the conduit, has been erupted, and
during its passage through the conduit has become coated and
caught up in the glassy basalt, and ejected at the surface
as fragments. However, in this theory it is difficult to ac-
count for the association of minerals with a large variation
in specific gravity. We have to account, not for the forma-
tion of a nodule containing olivine, enstatite, or picotite, but
of olivine, enstatite, and picotite, with specific gravities of
34, 3°2, and 4°1-4°5 respectively.

Another view which probably accounts for the inclusions
in the basalt, and as isolated fragments coated with basalt,
is discussed by Lacroix.75) He holds that the basic minerals
separate out first from the magma, forming an ultra-basic
border zone, and, successively, more acid rock types are de-
veloped within. If just after the crystallization of the outer
crust eruption occurred, the basalt, less basic now than the
original magma, would contain ultra-basic inclusions only.
Moreover, it is not necessary to suppose that the heavy basic

(14) Journal of Geology, vol. xvi., No. 5, July-August, 1908.
pp. 401-420.

(15) Lacroix, A., Les Enclures des Roches Volcaniques.

h
q

,

8)

crystals will always sink, for if they are deposited on the
magma chamber walls, they will be supported by them just
as a heavy salt will crystallize on the side of a beaker, not
necessarily falling to the bottom.

It is difficult to suggest a probable theory explaining the
origin of these nodules of lherzolite. At Mount Gambier
the ash-beds, which are of considerable thickness, contain an
abundance of these nodules in irregular layers, together with
large fragments of limestone, dolomite, and sand. It seems
likely that, after the outflow of lava, a subsequent eruption
shattered the crust down to the hypothetical peripheral layer
of peridotite, and the ejectamenta was deposited on the top
of the olivine basalt.

In his appendix to “Notes on the Volcanic History of
Mount Shadwell,” Victoria, by J. T. Jutson,(” A. Chap-
man, A.L.S., describes a volcanic bomb or nodule and an
olivine-bearing rock; the former contains olivine, diopside,
and bronzite, and the latter essentially fayalite.

W. H. Twelvetrees, F.G.S., and W. F. Petterd,
C.M.Z.S.,(®) figure and describe a lherzolite near the Wara-
tah-Corinna Road, Hazlewood District, Tasmania. It occurs
in the form of an intrusive dyke, and contains olivine, ensta-
tite, and monoclinic pyroxene.

There is a lherzolite described and figured by Teall, (9%
from Vicdessoo, in the Pyrenees, which approaches the one
described in this paper. It contains chrome-diopside and
green spinel, whereas the Mount Gambier type replaces the
former constituent with diallage. A further occurrence was
noted by A. Lacroix (20) from the tuff-beds in the Pyrenees.
The peridotite exists in the form of friable nodules or bombs.
The only point of difference between this peridotite and the
one described is that the diopside is replaced by diallage, and
the latter rock is much lghter in colour than the former.
Another type of peridotite is described from Halival,@) Isle
of Rum, containing olivine, a bright-green augite, probably
diopside, a pleochroic rhombic pyroxene, hypersthene, and
chromite and picotite. The rock is dark-brownish-green in
colour, unlike the Mount Gambier variety.

(16) Mount Shadwell is situated in the Hampden District in
Western Victoria.

(17) Victorian Naturalist, vol. xxii., No. 1, May, 1905, p. 8.

(18) Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas., 1897.

@% Teall, J. J. H., British Petrography, plate i., fig. i.

(20) Lacroix, A., Minéralogie de la France, p. 187.

(21) Judd, Prof. J. W., Tertiary and Older Peridotites of
Scotland, p. 392.
D2

100

IX.—Remarks.

The distribution of tertiary basalts in South Australia
is confined to the South-Eastern portion of the State and
the Menzies district of Kangaroo Island. The principal
localities in the South-East are Mounts Gambier, Schank,
Burr, McIntyre, Leake, and Muirhead; beyond this there
is no other report of the occurrence of tertiary volcanoes or
outflows. There is a probability that the basaltic outflows of
Western Victoria are connected with the Mount Gambier oc-
currence, but at present no definite analytical or petro-
graphical work has been done in that direction, except what
has already been mentioned in this paper.

X. — Conclusion.

I am indebted to Professor Rennie for permission to use
the chemical laboratory, and to Dr. Cooke for information
and advice in connection with the analyses.

My thanks are especially due to Mr. D. Mawson, B.Sc.,
B.E., for his loyal support, and to Mr. Benson, B.Sc., and
Mr. Howchin, F.G.8., for their kind assistance and help in
the preparation of this paper.

I also extend my thanks to Mr. P. G. Wykeham Bayly,
A.S.A.8.M., and Mr. F. Chapman, F.L.S., A.R.M.S., for
information concerning the Victorian basalts, and to Messrs.
Senior and Foorde, residents of Mount Gambier, for their
many kindnesses and advice as to routes.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IL.,

Fig. 1. V&EsicuLaR OLIVINE BASALT, showing a dosette of
augite and phenocrysts of olivine containing magnetite inclusions,
in a microlitic groundmass of plagioclase, augite, and olivine, with
dark-brown glass and magnetite. (x20)

_ Fig. 2. VESICULAR OLIVINE BASALT containing a phenocryst of
olivine showing spheroidal cracking. (x20
. Fig. 3. Vesicunar Basar rich in felspar microlites contain-
ing many inclusions of magnetite. (x20)

Fig. 4a. VESICULAR VITROPHYRIC OLIVINE BASALT. The flow
structure is indicated by the parallel arrangement of the micro-
lites. (x24)

Fig. 4b. VESICULAR OLIVINE BASALT (slaggy type) containing
a great many vesicules of varying dimensions. (x24)

__Fig. 5. Luerzorire showing predominant olivine, enstatite,
diallage, and a dark grain of picotite. (x16)

Fig. 6. Laerzorite showing partial absorption of the olivine
and diallage in the black glass. The glass also contains a few
small grains of olivine. (x16)

101

IPETROGRAPHICAL NOTES ON CERTAIN PRE-CAMBRIAN
ROCKS OF THE MOUNT LOFTY RANGES, WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO THE GEOLOGY OF THE HOUGHTON
DISTRICT.

By W. N. Benson, B.Sc., Acting Lecturer on Mineralogy
and Petrology, Adelaide University.

[Read November 3, 1908. ]
PATE Sly OU V)

INTRODUCTION.

The dominant feature of South Australian geology is the
‘occurrence of an immense series of lower Cambrian rocks.
These are most typically developed on the western flanks of
the Mount Lofty Ranges, and their stratigraphy has been
ably demonstrated by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.8.© He has
also shown that beneath them there lies a Pre-Cambrian com-
plex of schists, gneisses, and plutonic intrusive rocks.

The present writer has made a detailed study of these
in the Houghton district, and more cursorily at other points
in a line seventy miles long on the western edge of the Mount
Lofty Range.

It is the purpose of this paper to show that in these
localities the sedimentary rocks have a marked petrological
relationship with each other, and that the intrusive granites,
diorites, and syenites present the closest similarities in all
points, and are obviously all derived from a single Pre-Cam-
brian magma, for convenience termed the Houghton magma.
An examination of the published descriptions of rocks in other
portions of the State shows the similarity of many of these
to those derived from the Houghton magma, and points to
the probability of South Australia being a petrographical
province (in Judd’s sense), in which the chief characteristic
is the presence of a large amount of titanium and to a less
‘degree the rather high soda percentage.

These chemical features give rise to unusual rock types
in the form of pegmatites, and diorites with very acid plagio-
clases; these are described in detail.

The Houghton district has been geologically mapped, the
‘Cambrian features being chiefly based on the work of Mr.
Howchin, to whom I am greatly indebted for very much valu-
able information and assistance during the preparation of

this paper.

(1) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A.. 1904, 1906.

102

PHYSIOGRAPHY, ETC.

Houghton is thirteen miles from Adelaide along the-
Gumeracha-Mount Pleasant Road. It is situated on the
western edge of the plateau or peneplain that forms the main
part of the Mount Lofty Ranges, and above which the higher
peaks—Mount Lofty, Mount Barker, Mount Gawler, and.
others—rise as monadnocks. This area had been reduced.
partially to sea-level during the early tertiary period, but
in comparatively recent times it has been elevated with a
slight easterly tilt, considerable block-faulting, and possibly:
slight corrugation.

The Torrens Valley appears to antedate this uplift.
Mature near its source, it gradually becomes enclosed in an
ever-deepening canyon, till it leaves the ranges near the
Weir in the form of a fairly young valley, though one in
which there is sufficient gradation to allow comparatively long.
pools between the rapids. The Torrens must, then, have cut
its way down, keeping pace with the gradual elevation of
the land. The river is therefore an entrenched meander, (2)
a conclusion strongly supported by the winding course of
the river, and its independence of the geological structure of
the country. Except in minor details it is not influenced
by the variation in the hardness of the different strata through.
which it passes. Its tributary creeks, however, often are so.
A striking example of this is Deep Creek, running from
Highercombe to near the junction between Sixth Creek and
the Torrens. It has cut down in the soft lower phyllite for-
mation, while a subtributary that enters it from the east has.
been hung up by the hard Pre-Cambrian schist, and falls into
the valley over a fine waterfall a hundred feet or more in
height.

The Little Para River rises just near the edge of the
Torrens Valley, and flows north-westerly across the Pre-Cam-
brian intrusion, and is then deflected by the Cambrian
quartzites, which it follows for a couple of miles. Finally break-
ing across these it strikes westerly in a deep valley, entering
more level country near Golden Grove, only to again pass into:
a young valley, emerging on the coastal plain near Salisbury.
It is by the Little Para that most of the sculpturing of the
Houghton district has been performed.

The area between Golden Grove and Salisbury is portion
of a triangular area running from near One Tree Hill at Gaw-
ler down to North Adelaide. This, like the Blackwood-.

(2)}Compare Professor Tate, Trans. Roy Soc., S.A., viii.,.
1884-5, p. 57.
_ ©) e.g., its sharp deflection by the quartzite just west of the
weir.

103

‘Happy Valley level, is best explained as a fault-block, which
has slipped off from the western face of the range in the
settlement following on its elevation, or possibly may never
have been elevated to the same height as the main peneplain.
‘Such areas are bounded on two sides by sharp fault-scarps
(e.g., Tapley Hill, Mitcham Hill, or Anstey Hill), and have
‘a general inclination towards the south.

GroLocy or HouecuTon DIstTRicr.

The scheme of the geological history of the Mount Lofty
Ranges has been so clearly demonstrated by Mr. Howchin that
it will suffice to state very briefly the nature of the occur-
rences in this area.

The Pre-Cambrian “ rocks consist of schists and an in-
‘trusive plutonic series. The schists are sedimentary, mainly
quartzose mica schists, often with considerable felspar and
‘sericite. In one place it is strongly calcareous, while included
in the plutonic mass is a lens-shaped area of hematite schist
rather titaniferous. It might be here remarked that the pre-
sence of titanium is quite a marked feature, even of the mica
‘schists. The boundary between these and the Cambrian-beds
follows the Torrens down to Deep Creek, and then strikes
north up that gully past Highercombe, through Houghton,
and thence along the Little Para, and keeping in the same
direction beyond the bend in that river. To the east they
extend into the Hundred of Para Wirra.

These rocks are intruded by a series of plutonic rocks
which, on the field classification adopted by Salisbury and
‘Chamberlain, or by the authors of “The Quantitative Classi-
fication of Igneous Rocks,’ would be classed as syenites on
account of the predominance of felspar. Microscopical in-
vestigation, however, shows that in the majority of cases the
predominant felspar is an acid plagioclase, so that the rock
is, strictly speaking, a diorite. In some instances orthoclase
or microcline is in excess, and the rock is a syenite. The
ferromagnesian silicate is a uralitized diopside. The most
noticeable mineralogical feature is the abundance of ilmenite.
Epidote is a common secondary mineral. In grainsize the
rocks vary considerably. Generally they are fine-grained
(diameter of grain 1 mm., and at times much finer),
while on the other hand they sometimes reach about
5 mm. in coarseness. Usually the rock is distinctly
banded, the lighter and darker minerals segregating
into parallel layers which have an easterly: dip at
varying angles. With these rocks there often occur

(4) See W. Howchin, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1906, p. 256.

104

lenticles and bands of a peculiar pegmatite. As no
variety of pegmatite, described in Rosenbusch’s “‘Mikro-
scopische Physiographic der Massigen Gesteine’’ (1908), ap- —
pears to resemble this rock to any extent, I have ventured to
suggest for it the name Yatalite, from its occurrence in the
Hundred of Yatala, and to describe it hereunder as a new
variety of pegmatite. It consists of a coarse-grained aggre-
gate of actinolite (after diopside), titaniferous magnetite,
albite, sphene, apatite, and quartz.

This intrusion appears on the road between Houghton
and Inglewood, and continues thence for a couple of
hundred yards beyond the Inglewood Hotel. It runs north-
wards from this line till it is cut out by the Cambrian series
along the Little Para River. It runs southwards from
Houghton with a slightly easterly trend, crossing the Torrens.
River about a mile above its junction with Kangaroo Creek,
and just south of the river it disappears beneath the Cam-
brian basal beds. It is thus over four miles in length, with
an average width of perhaps half a mile. It sends out a
vein which leaves the main intrusion about a mile south of
Inglewood, and ends near the main Gumeracha Road after
crossing the Little Para. Isolated areas of the rock occur
both to the east and west of the main intrusion, and these
may present rather different though related rock types.

Besides the yatalite pegmatite a little normal granite
pegmatite is to be found, especially to the west of the in-
trusion, as, for instance, in the quarry by Houghton school-
house. This has a strongly gneissic appearance.

Along the western side of the intrusion are certain highly-
altered rocks, probably a result of contact alteration pro-
duced by the intrusion. These apparent schists are pro-
bably altered syenites. The line of demarcation between
these and the true sedimentary schists is by no means clear.

As to the age of these schists there is little evidence to
offer. They are not here very highly metamorphosed, and
are thus to be referred to the Algonkian period rather than
to the Archean. Dr. Woolnough has proposed the name Baros-
sian for the augen gneisses and related rocks of the Barossa
Ranges,'5) and as will be shown later the Houghton schists.
are petrologically closely related to these. It seems, then,
quite admissible to apply the term Barossian as indicating
vaguely an Algonkian period to the rocks of Houghton and
the other areas of the same type.

The age of the intrusion is also Algonkian. It is, of
course, quite impossible to fix with any certainty its date in

OQMnerentna. Gian ee IU ee

105

terms of any subdivision of the Algonkian proposed in other
areas, but as directly above the ilmenite-bearing intrusive
there lie the grits containing ilmenite derived from the for-
mer, it would appear probable that after the intrusion of
the plutonic rock it had been bared by erosion during the
uplift and cycle of erosion that gave rise to the Cambrian
series. Whether plutonic activity ceased with the Algonkian
era, or whether products of the Houghton magma have sub-
sequently been injected into Cambrian strata, is not certain ;
but the probability is that the latter is the case.

Cambrian.—Upon the uplight and dissection of the Pre-
Cambrian complex a series of Cambrian strata was laid
down, beginning with a gritty sandstone or angular-grained
felspathic rock, often rich in ilmenite, derived from the in-
trusive rock. The ilmenite content of this basal grit varies
greatly. At one spot it is very abundant, the rock often
showing false bedding marked by black streaks of ilmenite ;
at another point the rock appears to be quite free from it.
This perhaps indicates that the formation of the ilmenite
grits was in valleys in the old range bordering the Cambrian
sea. One such would be represented by the ilmenite grits
near the junction of Deep Creek with the Torrens. The dip
of the Cambrian beds is here radial from the Pre-Cambrian to
the south along the Torrens Valley and to the west along
Deep Creek. As the average dip of the Pre-Cambrian schists
is to the east, well-marked unconformities occur, particu-
larly noticeable in the Torrens Valley.

Above these grits comes the series of the lower phyllites
and Torrens limestones, the Mount Lofty or thick quartzites,
and above these the thick slates with their included blue
metal limestones. The general occurrence of each of these
beds is described by Mr. Howchin.(© The map (plate v.) as
regards Cambrian details is based partly on his descriptions
and partly on observations of my own. A generalized sec-
tion showing the relationship of the rocks exposed along the
Torrens Valley is given in fig. 1 (p. 106).

The general dip of the Cambrian series is, in the southern
portion of the Map, radially outwards from the Pre-Cambrian
rocks, but to the northern portion the dip is easterly towards
the Pre-Cambrian. Heavy faulting has taken place. The Tor-
_rens limestone is cut out by a fault near Highercombe, and
does not reappear to the north of this in the present Maz
(though found several miles north of this, as near Sampson’s
Flat, and at the South Para). Faulting also considerably

(6) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1906, pp. 239, 242, 246.
(7) W. Howchin, op. cit., p. 248.

106

interferes with the occurrence of the thick
quartzite along the ridge of Anstey Hill,
cutting out the formation entirely to the
south, and, according to Mr. Howchin,
repeating the whole formation in a band
which runs in front of the Torrens Weir
northwards along the face of the range.
In this portion the rock is very twisted,
dips to the west being recognizable,
though those to the east predominate.
This long fault line to the east of the
quartzite is sharply marked by difference
of vegetation for three or four miles from
the Torrens since the shale has been
cleared, while the quartzite remains scrub-
bily timbered. A small quarry in Water
Gully below the Anstey Hill road shows
the fault rather well marked. The quartz-
ite does not continue south of the Torrens,
but bends to the west, or is terminated
by a cross-fault. The Torrens bends
round the southern end of the quartzites.

To the north-west of the map there are
two cross-faults displacing and tilting the
strata as shown. It seems exceedingly
probable that the junction between Cam-
brian and Pre-Cambrians is here along a
fault line.

The blue metal limestones run from
the Torrens Valley northwards to the
Teatree Gully Road, and occur again on
the Little Para on Section 5568, Hundred
of Yatala, where they dip to the east at
65°.

Tertiary.— After lower Cambrian times
no age has left a record till we come to
late Tertiary. Here two series of gravels
were formed. One occurs capping the
hills that overlook the Torrens. It is a
hard ferruginous gravel with rounded
quartz pebbles. Its occurrence is quickly
recognized by the poor Xanthorrhea

al

‘sqney poysosons “f “YS fqjnez
P ‘6 ‘Sjlad [eseq ‘g ‘settOZsoUTIT

ory “G ‘souoysoully Teyowoentq ‘Pp !seqRs sory
jsuorefet [eorydeisye1s pue eyord ojyemixoid

UleyANoOs sso.1oe UOTJOOS Pozl[e1louey— T

‘sdiv

‘ goq1zgaenb
Q0114SIp wozVYSnNOF, Jo worqas0d

‘9

¢ —
G ‘Speavts JaMou ‘T

@ ‘IT ‘eyAp oprueds “OT foatsnaqut o1r101
TOMO]

‘ soqAyqd
pro ¢

¢
¢

‘SJSIYOS WeIsso1e
L :
L

SUOLLOT,
4 Spee Rie)
UTMOYS

+9
-de

‘f
smi

J
ae
ee

rD

ph
=
\J
a3
a

a

x
a

lorrens

PR

z
Le

L}
ay

we
‘

z,

RU
0

ld Hf dn :

vegetation which it supports. It forms quite the highest
land about. It is continuous with and doubtless belongs to
the same series of gravels as those of Barossa. .

Flanking the scarp of the range and running north from
Anstey Hill to beyond Teatree Gully is another series of

107

gravels referred by Professor Tate to the Upland Miocene.‘®)
They consist of coarse gravels and sands. On physiographical
' grounds it seems difficult to regard them as Miocene, for they
are bedded against the side of a scarp produced by a most
recent uplift. It seems more likely they were produced by
a river which flowed down the fault-block before described
and along the foot of the scarp. They are probably of more
recent origin than the high-level gravels mentioned above.
This gravel is covered by the usual “Upland Miocene’ flora
and soil.

Summary.—It will be seen from the above that there
have been in the history of the Mount Lofty Ranges, as re-
vealed by the Houghton geology, at least three periods of
great earth movement : — :

(a) The Pre-Cambrian, contorting and modifying the .
schists, and possibly consequent on the plutonic
intrusion.

(5) The Post-Cambrian, but (from evidence in the
southern portion of the range) early Palzozoic
period of crust-folding brought about by an over-
thrusting pressure from the east. Except in minor
details the movements of the strata have not in-
fluenced the present topography, but are revealed
chiefly by stratigraphical dislocations. These may
then be termed the periods of stratigraphical
faulting.

(c) It is the folding and faulting during the late Ter-
tiary period that has so profoundly influenced the
present topography, forming miles of fault scarps
or wide areas of tilted peneplains. To the fault-
ing of this period the term physiographic faulting
may well be applied, for it is on physiographical
data almost entirely that the faults are recognized.

It is worthy of note that in each of these three periods

of crust movement the axis of folding or faulting was almost
a meridional one.

Brier Nores on OTHER AREAS IN WHICH PRE-CAMBRIAN
RoOcKS HAVE BEEN NOTED SIMILAR TO THOSE OF HOUGHTON.

Barossa and Humbug Scrub.—A large area here, partly
overlain by the “Upland Miocene” gravels that carry the allu-
vial gold, is made up of an augen gneiss whose “eyes” are
crystals of potash felspar. In working up the creeks that
flow westerly from these hills a gradual increase in the size

(8) Presidential Address, Phil. Soc., S.A., 1878-9.

te Kaisers! whl 2
2 RS

w
©

°.
.
=

3 95 Craw fore!

Fig. 2.—Sketch Map of the country about Adelaide, showing
localities mentioned in this paper and area geologically | mapped.

of these porphyroblasts may be noted. A good example of
this is to be found in the creek which flows from the Lady
Alice Mine down past the Humbug Scrub Post Office. Micro-
scopical examination shows the essential similarity of these
rocks with the schists of Houghton. They are more highly
metamorphosed, and the felspar is perhaps derived from plu-
tonic solutions, but the augen structure is here a metamorphic
structure. The rocks are not crushed granite-porphyries.
Aldgate.—The occurrence in this area has been described
at some length by Mr. Howchin.(9) Schists of a nature simi-
lar to those of Houghton are intruded by plutonic rocks
closely similar to those which occur at the latter locality.
These rocks are exposed typically at the corner of the main
Adelaide road about 200 yards from Aldgate Railway Sta-
tion ; they are here very fine in grain. On the hillside to the
north they are coarser, but then disappear beneath Cambrian
sD EE, Wen Ypsainens | in 1 Sections 1118 ao 1133 of the Hundred

(9) Op. cit. sup., p. 951

| 109

of Onkaparinga. The rock here is coarser in grain, and ov
microscopical examination proves to be a uralite diorite.
Ilmenitic quartz veins occur, and near the Stirling Hast
schoolhouse a graphic quartz tourmaline vein.

Yankalilla.—On the suggestion of Mr. Howchin I made
a collection of rocks from the hill on Sections 1186 and 1187
of the Hundred of Yankalilla, a mile to the east of Yanka-
lilla township. They were epidotized diopside granites and
syenites, containing sphene and magnetite, probably tttanif-
erous. It is rather gneissic. Bands of gneissic aplite and
granite pegmatite occur, the latter often containing ilmenite.
Rather gneissic biotite granite also is present. The whole
series intrudes and has strongly silicified a mass of quartz
schist. To the east of the intrusion, however, a mica schist
occurs rather more like the Houghton-Barossa schist. The
extent of this Pre-Cambrian area is not yet proved. To the
west it is hidden below Permo-Carboniferous till. To the
south-west about five miles it occurs again. Four miles south
of Normanville the road to Cape Jervis turns sharply from
the coast up a narrow gorge in mica schists and augen
gneisses. My attention was first directed to this locality by
a specimen presented to the Geological Museum of the Uni-
versity by Dr. Woolnough, which was macroscopically iden-
tical with the Houghton rocks. In the gorge the typical
features of the titaniferous magma rocks were fully developed.
They intruded the schists, and occurred in abundance in
boulders. by the roadside and in the creek. Coarse-grained
ilmenite in quartz veins, a pegmatite composed of quartz
felspar and ilmenite, in roughly equal amounts, hornblende
uralite granodiorite diorite, and hornblende diorite, the
last a melanocratic rock, were observed. As usual, epidote
was a common secondary mineral. The gneissic rocks on
microscopical examination prove to be closely similar to those
of Barossa.

The stratigraphic relationship of this area was not traced,
but it should be remarked that a continuation of these schists
along their direction of strike (south-west) for four miles
would bring them below Second Valley, where there is a
series of phyllites (¢ncluding a white marble) overlain by a
quartzite of great thickness, all dipping easterly. The
marble may prove to be the limestone in the River Torrens
series; the other formations would tally well with the lower
phyllites and the thick quartzite. Their lithological uncon-
formity with gneisses at the gorge is most marked.

Moonta.—I learn from Mr. Mawson that the country
rock of the Wallaroo and Moonta Mines is an actinolite peg-
matite, not unlike the yatalite.

;

110

Olary.—Behind Olary and near King’s Bluff is a series
of granite rocks discovered by Mr. Howchin and described
by Dr. Woolnough.(@°) They are very gneissic in appearance
and shattered in microscopical section. Their two chief dis-
tinguishing characteristics are (a) acidity of the plagioclases
and (0) presence of much titanium. These two features are
among the most noteworthy of the Houghton rocks. An un-
usual form of aplite, containing large crystals of titaniferous
iron, k found in a creek about half a mile to the north of
King’s Bluff, and is described in the petrological portion of
this paper.

At Radium Hill, near Olary, Mr. Mawson @) has found
the highly-titaniferous mineral davidite, in a pegmatite vein
intruding Pre-Cambrian quartzite, and containing other titan-
iferous iron minerals, with vanadium mica and quartz.

Jamestown.—In the collection of the Sydney University
is a boulder found in the Cambrian till at Jamestown. It
is a quartzose felspar porphyry, which on microscopical exam-
ination is closely related to the Houghton magma rocks, and
must be regarded as an effusive product of that magma.

These instances far removed from Adelaide of rocks
similar to the Houghton rocks show the probability of
the wide extent of the Houghton magma. Though they may
not all be of Pre-Cambrian age, it does not affect their co-
relation, for even in the Mount Lofty Ranges it is by no
means certain that the titaniferous products of this magma
are Pre-Cambrian. (2)

PART Il.

PETROGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PRE-CAMBRIAN
Rocks.

A. THE IGNEOUS ROCKS.

t. Inglewood District.

As conveying a better general idea of the intrusive mass
in the Inglewood district, it has been thought advisable to
describe collectively the mineralogical and structural features
noted in the examination of a large number of slides before
attempting the descriptions of the rock types.

a. Mineralogical Features.

On account of their predominance the group of felspars
is treated first.

(10) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxviii., 1904, p. 181 et seq.
(11) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1906, p. 188.
(22) W. Howchin, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxx., 1906, p. 254.

111

Plagiocluse.--This type of felspar is developed to a
greater extent than any other mineral in this series of rocks.
in different rocks there is some variety in the composition
of the plagioclase developed, the range being from albite to
basic oligoclase. .

In the type of pegmatite peculiar to this district, and
for which the name yatalite has been suggested, the felspar
is a true albite. It forms subidiomorphic crystals up
to an inch in diameter and of a pale-pink colour. Cleavage
flakes parallel to (001) show that albite twinning is developed
with very fine lamella, of which one set is always narrower
than the other ; the extinction angle from the twinning plane
is 3° for one set, 5° for the other. Scattered about the sec-
tion are small patches of microcline of irregular outline, but
frequently elongated parallel to (010), and with one set of
its twin lamelle parallel to those of the host, the other set
being perpendicular to the first. The refractive index and
birefringence of the albite is distinctly higher than that of
the microcline. Of higher refracture index than the albite
and (in this position) of lower double refraction are small,
irregular, or round grains of quartz with many liquid inclu-
sions.

Cleavage flakes parallel to (010) show an extinction angle
referred to the trace of (001) of +17°. This measurement,
together with that on (001), indicates that the composition
of the felspar is near to Ab,, An,. The refractive index is
less than that of Canada balsam. The position of emergence
of the acute bisectrix on the (010) is slightly oblique; the
optical sign is positive. Carlsbad and pericline twinning was
not observed. The felspar is somewhat decomposed, being
dusted with kaolin or paragonite, and a great deal of epidote
has been introduced. Liquid inclusion of a very small size
is also developed, and apparently is elongated parallel to
the vertical axis of the crystal.

Oligoclase is the dominant species in the main mass of
the intrusion. It forms anhedrons of a grey or greenish
white colour, rarely more than 3 mm. in diameter, and varies
down to a tenth of that length; while in the fine inter-
granular material, felspar of a much smaller size is recog-
nizable. The twinning is almost entirely on the albite law.
Pericline twins sometimes occur, but twinning after other
laws has not yet been observed. In most cases intergrowths
with microcline are present, as described above, one set of
the microcline lamine being always parallel to those of the
plagioclase. These intergrowths are generally recognizable
in ordinary light by the more advanced kaolinization of the
plagioclase and its higher refractive index. In _ polarized

112

light the higher birefringence of the plagioclase is most
noticeable.

The composition of the oligoclase varies, and in most cases ©

it is very acidic. The extinction angles in the zone perpendicu-
lar to (010) rise to 10°, with refractive index distinctly be-
low Canada balsam ; this indicates the variety oligoclase-albite
with a composition of Ab,, An,,. In other rocks maximum
extinction angles perpendicular to (010) were 6° or 4°, giv-
ing an approximate composition of Ab,, An,,, and in a few
slides even greater basicity was noted. The angles in the same
zone were 10°, while the refractive index was distinctly
higher than that of Canada balsam, facts which indicated
that the composition was Ab,, An,,, a species intermediate
between oligoclase and andesine. Rarely two sets of felspar
are indicated. In one slide about half the readings of ex-
tinction angles in the zone perpendicular to (010) approached
4° (Ab, An,), while the remainder lay between 4° and 9°
(Ab, An,). The texture of the rock, however, though but
little affected by crushing, gave no sign of two epochs of
crystallization, nor did individual crystals appear to be zoned.
Absence of zoning, it may be remarked, is a common, if not
universal, feature of the plagioclases of these rocks.

Straining and crushing have often induced rather shadowy
extinctions, and bent or faulted lamelle are sometimes seen.
Marginal granulation is very frequent.

Alteration.—The kaolinization of the oligoclase and posi-
tion of the liquid inclusions are in every way similar to
that described for albite.

Microcline is another very abundant felspar. It forms
white or greenish crystals and anhedrons, rarely recognizable
macroscopically. It must be regarded as soda-bearing, for
the composition of the rock does not show the percentage of
potash that would be present were the microcline a pure pot-
ash felspar. The soda content is present, either included
in the microcline as an albite molecule or as albite micro-
perthitically intergrown with the microcline. Sections suitably
oriented for optical investigation show that the microcline
does not depart from the normal type. The extinction angle
of 15°-16° is plainly observable on (001) sections, and sec-
tions perpendicular to the acute bisectrix show a negative
biaxial figure, whose axial points lie near the edge of the
field of view, with an objective whose angular aperture is
134°. Such sections have an extinction angle of 5°.

Besides its occurrences in the plagioclase as described
above, the microcline is noteworthy for its inclusion micro-
perthitically of thin, colourless strips, whose birefringence
and refractive index are both greater than those of its host,

soso ils Mae

113

making their recognition easy in polarized or ordinary light.
These intergrowths so closely resemble the figures and de-
scriptions given by Rosenbusch of the microline-albite in-
tergrowths that the narrow bright strips are referred to that
mineral, though it was impossible to obtain determinative
readings of their extinction angles. Such readings were ren-
dered uncertain by the narrowness of the lamelle; the
angles, such as were obtainable, were generally small, though
one reading gave 18°.

On the whole, the microcline is very free from kaolini-
zation ; dusting with epidote and rutile (?) is, however, not
unusual.

Microcline occurs in a variety of forms. In the gneissic
aplite near the school-house it is present in large amount as
irregular grains, and with much albite intergrowth. It is
the predominant mineral in the rock that occurs to about a
mile south of Inglewood, but becomes merely an accessory
mineral in rocks further to the north. In these it is usually
_ present interstitially, though occasionally forming large
squarish but anhedral crystals.

Orthoclase is not so common as either of the preceding
felspars, whilst nearly every rock contains some potash fel-
spar. It is most usually in the form of microcline, particu-
larly where the rocks give most sign of having undergone
heavy strain. It is a well-recognized fact that orthoclase may
assume the microcline structure under strong pressure. (25)
The presence in these rocks of strained orthoclase assuming
a moiré appearance, and finally taking on a true “gitter
mikroklin,”’ is not an unusual feature.

Orthoclase forms in white anhedrons varying in size up
to 2 mm. in diameter. Where still unaltered to microcline,
as in parts of the gneissic aplite, it may be full of micro-
perthitically intergrown stripes of albite. In a granite that
occurs in the Torrens Gorge just west of the main intrusion,
but certainly a product of it, orthoclase is almost as abundant
as plagioclase. In the syenite near Mr. Scrymonger’s it is
the predominant mineral. In the gorge and to the east of
the intrusion is a monzonitic rock, in which orthoclase is pre-
sent also in large amount, Carlsbad twinned and somewhat
kaolinized. In the rock occurring in the Houghton Cemetery
Reserve it is present in small amount, forming in small and
fairly fresh grains, while it occurs in large untwinned grains
in the rocks of the eastern vein on the Gumeracha Road.

The alterations undergone by orthoclase are quite normal.

(13) Rosenbusch, Microscopical Physiography of Rock-forming
Minerals, Idding’s Trans., Fourth Edition, p. 320

114

In general the investigation of the felspar in this group
of rocks is rendered somewhat difficult, especially when the
crystals are untwinned, by the presence between the different
grains of their films of chlorite or other secondary material
which obscures the bright line test for relative refractive
indices, while in most cases every felspar present has a refrac-
tive index below that of Canada balsam.

Following the felspars the most important mineral is a
pyroxene. It occurs in oval, oblong, or less regular grains,
up to 5 mm. in length, sometimes also idiomorphi-
cally, the elongation of the grains being usually roughly
parallel to the general direction of banding of the rock. In
colour the mineral is a pale-green ; by transmitted light, how-
ever, it is almost colourless and non-pleochroic. It is in only
a few specimens that the pyroxene remains in _ its
primary state. It is then a diopside with an ex-
tinction angle c’ to f¢ of 40°. Chemically it must be
chiefly magnesian, iron being present in but small amount.
Generally, however, the diopside has been changed to uralite.
This change takes place along the cleavage of the diopside
grains, the amphibole fibres being parallel to the vertical
axis of the pyroxene crystals. The colour changes to a light
or rarely a strong green with a faint or marked pleochroism,
namely—

a light-yellowish green
b green
¢ green

absorption a < b= ec

while the extinction angle falls to 22°. This indicates that
actinolite is the amphibole developed.. Basal sections of the
uralite are generally rather confused, but appear to show a
pyroxene cleavage net still remaining.

That the change to amphibole is not a true example of
paramorphism is indicated by the presence in the altered
rocks of much secondary epidote and some highly refracting
colourless grains, probably calcite.

In the process of change there is an increase in volume,
and outgrowths frequently occur of actinolite fibres parallel
to those in the place of the original crystals, but extending
beyond their boundaries.

The diopside and uralite often occur in association with
the titaniferous magnetite or ilmenite; sometimes there is a
dusting of secondary ilmenite included in them. In general,
however, the primary iron ore appears to have crystallized
after the pyroxene.

Uralite, such as described above, is present in most of
the rocks of the main intrusion. In the “yatalite’ pegma-
tite in these rocks it occurs in very large subidiomorphie crys-
tals up to 2 in. in length. It is an actinolite of a very deep
green, and includes poikilitically much titaniferous magne-
tite sphene quartz, and smaller uralite grains of different
orientation. Primary hornblende may also be present.
There is no doubt but that the actinolite crystals are ural-
itie from their mode of occurrence and their pyroxenic cleav-
age net, when viewed in basal section ; moreover, they contain
residual patches of unaltered diopside, almost colourless, and
of a higher extinction angle. By weathering, the uralite
has given rise to the formation of limonite, which frequently
greatly obscures the crystals.

Primary hornblende occurs, however, both in the “‘yata-
lite’ and in a few of the specimens examined of the main
rockmass. It is easily distinguished from the secondary
amphibole by its brown colour, stronger pleochroism, and
clear amphibolitic cleavage net. Though generally allotrio-
morphic, subidiomorphiec crystals appear, and sometimes per-
fect six-sided basal sections are observable. In only one rock
is it a notable constituent, occupying about 12 per cent. of
the area of the section.

Buotite is rare among rocks of the main intrusion, though
appearing along its western margin. It is in its usual flaky
form, the plates being roughly parallel to the banding of
the rock. The pleochroism is normal, frequently obscured
by partial chloritization, accompanied by a separation of iron
oxides, magnetite, and limonite. In one section taken from
the eastern vein on the Gumeracha Road biotite occurs in
small amount in the cleavage plates of the uralite.

Titaniferous tron occurs in a varying but generally an
unusually large amount. Chemically it varies from an ilmen-
ite, which, though containing a good deal of Fe, O,, is very
insoluble in acids, to a magnetite strongly attracted by a
magnet, but in which titanium is shown to be present by the
formation of leucoxene and the faint violet colour given in
reduction tests. Such titaniferous magnetite occurs in the
variety of pegmatite found in these rocks, forming there large
subidiomorphic crystals 2 in. in length, and irregular grains
included poikilitically in the uralite. In the main body of
the rock it occurs in composition more nearly that of theoreti-
cal ilmenite, in crystalline plates roughly idiomorphic, or in
irregular masses, but in all cases with the longer axes parallel
to the banding of the rock. Where banding is marked ilmen-
ite is generally segregated into bands. The mode of altera-
tion into leucoxene or titanomorphite is quite normal.

115

116

Apatite is a fairly common accessory. Macroscopically
it 1s greenish-white in colour, forming granular aggregates
of a pale-greenish colour and up to an inch in diameter in
the pegmatite. It is microscropically a pale-grey-brown in
colour with faint absorption # > O. Its determination was.
confirmed by grinding a little with nitric acid and ammo-
nium molybdate, when the characteristic yellow phosphomol-
ybdate was formed in abundance. Jn the rock of the main in-
trusion it oceurs in irregular or oval grains with a fairly well-
marked basal parting. It is often faintly pleochroic in tints
from grey-violet to grey-brown. It would in general appear
to have crystallized before the ilmenite. Secondary epidote
sometimes surrounds the grains.

Sphene occurs in a few of the slides cut from Houghton
rocks. The pegmatite for which the name “‘yatalite” has been
suggested contains a considerable amount of this mineral.
Macroscopically it is present in pale-green to brownish-green
crystals, with irregular outlines, but with two good cleavages.
Microscopically it is light-brown by transmitted light. In
convergent light the optical axial angle is seen to be in gene-
ral unusually small. Some crystals, however, occur whose
axial angles are of the normal size, and show the great dis-
persion well. The mineral is positive optically and weakly
pleochroic. In yatalite is occurs in grains up to $ in. in
diameter, or smaller grains includéd poikilitically in the ac-
tinolite. In the rock of which an analysis is given below it
occurs in rounded to subidiomorphic grains with the usual
prism cleavages and traces of another cleavage. In one or
two instances polysynthetic twinning is developed.

Quartz occurs irregularly, generally interstitially. It
neatly always shows strain efforts, and contains liquid inclu-
sions. Very thick sections appear sometimes to be twinned.

Eyidote is generally present in most instances. It is usu-
ally recognizable in hand specimens by its characteristic yel-
low-green colour. Microscopically it occurs in large irregular
grains in the uralite and dusting over the felspar. It 1s
formed during the decomposition of the former and by its.
interaction with the latter. Cleavage is rarely well developed.

Scapolite occurs in a single specimen, and its peculiar
nature is described later (p. 124).

Siderite is an accessory in one specimen, and is also de-
scribed later on (p. 118).

wn. Texture.

Considerable variety of texture is presented both macro-
scopically and microscopically by the intrusive rocks of this

KEG

district. In some instances, particularly in the case of those
rocks which form the eastern vein on the Gumeracha Road,
the texture is coarse and granitic, the grain being between 3
and 5 mm. in diameter and the various constituents evenly
distributed. Other rocks are much finer in grain, the size
being only 1 or 2 mm., or even less. The majority of
the rocks, however, has a marked gneissic banding, the col-
oured constituents being concentrated into parallel bands,
which may be from several centimetres to only a millimetre
in width. Examined microscopically the white bands (fel-
spar) show little or no parallelism of grain disposition, either
crystalloblastically or in optical orientation. The coloured
minerals, however, show a strong parallelism, the vertical
axes of the pyroxenes and uralites, the longer diameter of
the sphene grains, and the elongation of the irregular ilmen-
ite masses, as well as the plates of crystallized ilmenite, being
in general parallel to the general direction of banding. This
banding direction varies a great deal on the field, but roughly
1s parallel to the schistosity of the Teme Oain ntiann rocks, dip-
ping easterly and striking generally slightly west of north.

The effects of pressure are to be seen in the shadowy ex-
tinctions of the felspars and quartzes, the bending and occa-
sional faulting of the plagioclase lamelle, and, chiefly, in
the presence of a finely granular mixture of felspar and some-
times quartz that surrounds the grains of those minerals.
This marginal crushing is present in most, though not in all,
of the rocks examined. The finely oranular aggregate has
taken on a structure resembling the granoblastic structure of
Grubenmann, and the rockmass, being of a slightly altered
granite texture, may be said to possess the blasto-granitic
structure defined by that author.(4) In some cases, however,
the relict texture is so slightly developed as to rerider the
simple term granitic texture more applicable than blasto-
granitic.

In the gneissic aplite which occurs in the quarries just
behind the Houghton school-house (Yatala, Section 5519), the
texture shows most clearly the effect of recrystallization under
pressure. Here the falspar and quartz, much strained, are
disposed in long parallel lines clearly visible macroscopically.
These bands are not due to original graphic intergrowth
merely, as the lines extend beyond the boundaries of indi-
vidual felspar crystals. Rather, it must be taken as an effect
of rock flowage, the “schistose by crystallization” (Krystalli-
zationschieferung structure of Grubenmann). (5)

(4) Die Krystallinen Schiefer, Bd. i., p. 88.
(15) Op. cit. sup., p. 88.

118

wi. Petrographical Descriptions of the Various Types of In-
trusive Rock in the Houghton District.

Notre.—The slide numbers refer to the numbers in the
catalogue of the “Collection of Slides” of the Adelaide Uni-
versity.

581. Locality.—In Torrens Gorge west of main intrusion
(Section 5521, Hundred of Yatala). Texture.—Hypidiomor-
phic granular grainsize, rather uneven, averaging about 2°5
mm. Minerals present in decreasing order of abundance.—
Plagioclase rather decomposed, and an oligoclase whose ex-
tinction angles in the zone perpendicular to (010) vary up
to 8°. Orthoclase, in amount almost equal to the plagio-
clase, in large or small rounded or irregular grains, often
twinned. It shows shadowy extinction. Quartz is included
in rounded grains, and around these and along the borders
ox the felspar grains kaolinization has commenced and is pro-
ceeding inwards. It contains among the kaolin (or musco-
vite) small, scattered flakes of biotite, probably secondary.
Biotite is present in brown-green plates, bent and frayed, and
partially chloritized. Small patches occur of an aggregate of
quartz and biotite grains recrystallized under pressure.
Quartz is present in considerable amount, much strained,
though recrystallized crush areas show much less straining.
Some, from its association with secondary carbonates, appears
to have been introduced. Siderite is present in irregular
patches, with characteristic cleavage and occasionally outline,
negative uniaxial optical character, and weak pleochroism.
Its strong birefringence being noticeable without, the
analyzer can observe the difference in the relief of the sur-
face of a grain as it is rotated above the polarizer. Some
large ragged crystals of magnetite, probably primary, are
present, and smaller dusty particles in the bitotite and side-
rite are most probably secondary. A little apatite is present.
Name.—Epi-granite.

613. Locality.—In the Torrens Gorge to the east of the
main intrusion. A section of a dark band of rock in the
gneissic mass. Tewxture.—Hypidiomorphic granular. The
predominant mneral is an acid plagioclase, with extinction
angles of 12° in sections perpendicular to (010) indicating that
it has a composition of Ab,, An,. Almost equalling it in
amount is orthoclase in rounded untwinned grains, while
closely following it in the order of relative abundance are
pale-green faintly pleochroic uralite and flaky biotite, green
to brown. The determination of the felspars is rendered very
difficult by the presence of a fine network of secondary epi-

119

dote prisms all over the rock, but particularly over the colour-
less minerals, and work on the felspars is still more obscured
by some secondary mica. Quartz is present in fair amount,
and ilmenite, with leucoxene, also occurs. Apatite forms in
prisms. .Vame.—Diopside-biotite granodiorite.

A very beautiful type of syenite is to be found in a
small vein about 500 yards to the west of Mr. Scrymonger’s
homestead on the hills overlooking the Torrens (Section
3240, Hundred of Yatala). Macroscopically it is a medium-
grained rock with pink-grey felspars and biotite flakes. Mvcro-
scopically (see plate i11., fig. 1) the predominant mineral is an
orthoclase perthite. The ripple-like nature of the perthitic
intergrowth is beautifully marked. It is a fine example also
of the passage of orthoclase into microcline. The straining
of the rock has given rise to a moiré appearance on all the
orthoclases, and in some faintly, and in others clearly, the
outline of the ‘gitter mikroklin” appears. The orthoclase
forms irregular grains, averaging about 2 mm. in diameter.
Plagioclase other than the albite of the perthite is quite sub-
ordinate; it forms subidiomorphic grains about °5 mm. in
diameter and acid oligoclase in composition. It is twinned
on the albite and pericline laws. The ferromagnesian sili-
cate is a brown, slightly-chloritized biotite in irregular flakes
‘7 mm. in length, and often clouded with secondary magne-
tite. A very little diopside is present in small grains. A
great deal of magnetite is present passing into deep-red trans-
lucent hematite, with a little clouding of leucoxene. Rutile
grains are present, and apatite is an accessory. The rock has
been rather shattered and altered. Between each grain and
fringing each fragment of iron-ore is a little fringe of colour-
less mica, with fine-grained quartz and rarely a little ortho-
clase and oligoclase. It is a little difficult to say whether the
quartz is entirely secondary. Some grains strongly suggest
a primary origin, while the mode of occurrence of the majo-
rity with mica in intergranular openings and filling in cracks
in fractured felspar crystals is surely indicative of its second-
ary nature. The percentages of alkalies in this rock are
No, O, 5°02; K,O, 478. MName.—Biotite syenite.

576. Locality.—Occurs in Sections 562, 563, 572, of the
Hundred of Yatala. MZacroscopically it shows the gneissic
banding developed rather strongly. The predominant mine-
ral is a white felspar, but there are green crystals of uralitic
pyroxene about 3 mm. in length. A few grains of ilmenite
are recognizable. Microscopically the texture is hypidiomor-
phic granular, though with a markedly parallel arrangement
of the longer axes of the grains or aggregates of grains of

120

the coloured constituents. Mlicrocline is quite the predomi-
nant mineral, in rounded or irregular grains about a milli-
metre in diameter. It is characteristically developed and is
microperthitically intergrown with albite lamelle. It is
quite free from decomposition. Second in order of abund-
ance is uralite after diopside. It is actinolite, faintly pleo-
chroic, and in irregular grains dusted with epidote. Almost
equal in amount to the uralite is plagioclase in irregular
grains of composition, Ab, An,. Ilmenite is present in small
amount, largely changed to titanomorphite, and a few
rounded grains of sphene, of a pale-bronze colour and very
pleochroic, appear also to be titanomorphite derived from
ilmenite, being clouded with reddish-white leucoxene. Quartz
with gaseous inclusions occur in smal] amount intersertally.
Name.—Microcline diopside syenite. The microphotograph
(plate iii., fig. 2) is of a section closely similar to this rock.

608. Locality.—From the eastern vein in Sections 580
and 575, of the Hundred of Para Wira. Macroscopically
medium-grained ; predominantly composed of white felspar
with a smaller amount of pink orthoclase. Large hornblende
crystals occur rather fibrous in character, but with a good
cleavage. Microscopically.—Texture hypidiomorphic granu-
lar, grainsize even, about 3 mm. The predominant mineral
is an acid oligoclase, closely followed by orthoclase occurring
in large irregular grains and showing straining. The chief
ferromagnesian mineral is uralite, in large anhedrons, which
are green and faintly pleochroic, associated with and some-
times including crystals of pale-brown-green; strongly pleo-
chroic hornblende. Titaniferous magnetite also is present in
primary grains, and probably secondary magnetite occurs in
the cleavages of the hornblende and uralite. Buiotite flakes
occur in a couple of grains of hornblende as very small
patches in the cleavages. Name.—Hornblende diorite ap-
proaching monzonite. ;

Locality.—Portion of the large eastern extension of the
intrusion in Sections 581 and 573, of the Hundred of Para
Wirra. Macroscopically._—The grainsize is unusually large
white felspar grains up to 3 mm., with large diopside grains
showing fair cleavage ‘5 mm. in diameter. A little magne-
tite is noticeable. Microscopical characters.—Texture hyp-
idiomorphic granular, with no sign of marginal crushing of
the grains, though the felspar lamelle are occasionally bent
and faulted. Plagioclase (Ab, An,) is the predominant min-
eral, and a little orthoclase is present as well. The chief col-
oured constituent is a pale-green diopside, but primary horn-
blende is present in some amount, forming strongly pleochroic

121

brown anhedrons. Titaniferous magnetite also occurs in
large amount among the ferromagnesian minerals, and
these with magnetite and apatite are concentrated into par-
allel bands. A few grains of titanomorphite (secondary
sphene) occur. The apatite is a grey-brown in colour; it
shows the basal parting well, the prism cleavage slightly.
Name.—Diopside-hornblende-diorite.

580. Locality.—Small quarry in Cemetery Reserve on the
back road from Houghton to Inglewood, Portion 5657, Hun-
dred of Yatala. Macroscopically an even-grained rock ; domi-
nantly felspar with diopside and ilmenite. Colour, an apple
green. Microscopically (see plate i., fig. 3).—Fabric hyp-
idiomorphic granular, with a small amount of marginal crush-
ing. Grainsize fairly even, about 2 mm. The predominant
mineral is a basic oligoclase, the composition of which is
about Ab,, An,,. The grains vary in size, the largest be-
ing about four times the diameter of the smallest, not con-
sidering the finely-crushed material. While often anhedral,
the grains approximate to a prismatic habit. Albite twin-
ning only is developed. The plagioclase is but slightly kao-
linized. Microcline is present in small amount, included in
or intergrown with the plagioclase, and also occurring inter-
stitially and among the shattered grains. Orthoclase is also
present in small amount. Diopside follows plagioclase in
order of relative abundance. It is light-green in colour and
has not become uralitized to any extent. It occurs in small
terminated prisms and sometimes in ragged grains. It in-
cludes a little magnetite primarily, and in its cracks limonite
may form. A very little epidote also occurs. Titaniferous
magnetite is present in large amount. It is very fresh, hav-
ing no trace of leucoxene. It is aggregated into roughly
lenticular patches, and these, with sphene and diopside, give
the rock a slightly gneissic appearance. Sphene occurs char-
acteristically and in considerable amount, while apatite is
present also in some abundance, forming rather large irre-
gular or hexagonal grains. The rock would be best termed
a diopside diorite.

Before the examination of the rocks microscopically was
thoroughly complete, this rock was selected for analysis as
being the least altered of any of the Houghton rocks, for the
diopside was not uralitized and epidote was present in only
very small amount. It is unfortunate, however, that it should
also be the rock with most basic felspar, so that it represents
not an average composition but one unusually basic. Nearly
every other rock in the field would probably have a higher
percentage of alkalies and silica and a less amount of lime

122

and iron. The analysis with the norm calculated therefrom
is as under : —

Si O, 56°85 Orthoclase 11:12
Al, O, 14-76 Albite 45°06
Fe, O; 4-48 Anorthite 10°84
FeO 1:21 Diopside 14-69
Mg O 3°84 Hypersthene 2°80
Ca O (eS) Sphene 3°92
Na, O 5°34 Ilmenite 2:89 |
K,O tom Hematite 4:48 f
H,O + 12 Apatite 1:34
Hy O} — 08 Quartz 2°54
C O, Abs.
Ti O, 3-11 99-68
Zr O, Trace
BO; “BL
S O, Abs
Cl, Trace
F, O04
Cr, O; Abs.
Mn O “12 Mea
Ni Co O 05 TT. 5.9520
Ba O Abs
Sr O 01 Magmatic Name—Tonalose.
Li, O Abs

100°34
O for F 02

100°32

The unusual feature of this analysis lay in the highly
refractory nature of the ilmenite. Much of this mineral re-
mained still undecomposed after attack by sulphuric and
hydrofluoric acids in the manner described by Washington
and Hildebrandt, though repeated trials were made. Mit-
scherlich’s method of treatment in closed glass tube with sul-
phuric acid was tried as a last resource, and gave figures of
1°23 per cent. and 1°31 per cent. FeO. Professor Rennie,
however, kindly suggested the regrinding and retreatment of
the undecomposed residue, a method which afterwards ap-
peared in a paper by Hildebrandt.(® This gave on treatment
by Washington’s rapid method, and after three regrindings,
only 1°00 per cent., considerable oxidation having occurred.

(16) Ghemied News, October 23 and 30, 1908.

123

Two estimations in a Cooke apparatus, solution being complete
after two grindings, gave 1°21 per cent., which was taken as
correct. It will be seen from this that there is considerable
hematite in the norm which enters the modal ilmenite, the
composition of that mineral being according to the figures
derived from the calculation of the norm: Fe, O,, 62 per
cent.; FeO, 17 per cent.; Ti0,, 19 per cent. ; Mn O, 2 per
cent. ; : Ni, CoO, 1 per cent.—a composition not unusual for
this mineral, except in the presence of Ni, CoO. These, how-
ever, may be present modally in the pyroxenes.

Again, the analysis confirms the determination of the
pyroxene as a diopside very poor in ferrous iron. The plagio-
clase of the norm is more acid than that of the mode, which
is very suggestive of the presence of considerable soda in the
potash felspars. It is obvious also that the formation of epi-
dote would render the modal plagioclase more acid, as it in-
volves the subtraction from the felspar of some of the anor-
thite molecules. The little normative quartz and hypersthene
has not been noticed modally. With these minor exceptions
the rock may be said to possess a very normative mode. The
classification shows the close affinity between this rock and
the tonalites.

An interesting type of rock (slide 542), an alteration pro-
duct of the intrusive mass, was obtained from a road-metal
heap just outside Inglewood (see plate iii., fig. 4). It is to
be regretted that this was not obtained im situ, but it is pro-
bable it came from one of the quarries that lie about a mile
south or south-east of the Inglewood Hotel. What adds an
especial interest to this rock is that it is clearly identical with
the scapolite-amphibolite described by Dr. Woolnough from
Blakiston.(7) I have examined sections of his rock and he
of mine, and the similarity is very striking. The occurrence
of very pale-green actinolite and of scapolite in poikiloblastic
areas is common to both, so that I quote here Dr. Woolnough’s
description of the Blakiston rock as applied with modifica-
tions to the Inglewood specimen :—‘“The rock consists essen-
tially of actinolite and scapolite. The structure answers
admirably to the description of poikiloblastic structure given
by Grubenmann. Actinolite.is the most abundant constitu-
ent. At first sight it appears to be irregularly scattered about
in stumpy rods, here and there aggregated into masses and
irregularly bounded poikiloblastic areas. ©The masses are,
however, crystal grains, and the surrounding rods are in
optical continuity with them. The optical orientations of
adjacent areas are quite independent, and in no DEA) Haus

(17) Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1908, p. 136.

124

enced by the schistosity of the rock. The scapolite is per-
fectly colourless, and forms a base in which the actinolite is
scattered. It is optically continuous over wide areas, whose
boundaries are extremely irregular. [The diablastic structure
of Grubenmann.| The refractive index is notably greater
than that of Canada balsam, and the double refraction is
quite strong. The mineral is uniaxial and negative. [Not in-
frequently the cleavage is very sharply marked.] Buiotite pleo-
chroic in red-brown to light-yellow tints occurs locally in the
rock, forming in little rounded or irregular flakes. [Pale-
brown sphene occurs in small fusiform grains.| Fine iron-
ore is scattered through the rock, particularly im the actino-
lite.”

There are to be noted, however, certain striking differ-
ences. The most important feature, and one which confirms
the conclusion drawn from macroscopic evidence—that the
Inglewood scapolite-amphibolite is an alteration of the Ingle-
wood intrusion—is the occurrence of a considerable amount
of microcline. This microcline also forms rather large poikilo-
blastic areas, including actinolite and scapolite. The occur-
rence of this potash felspar may be explained thus: —Scapo-
lite is an alteration product of plagioclase felspars, as is the
actinolite of pyroxene. Microcline is the altered form of ortho-
clase. The Blakiston rock is then to be regarded as the altera-
tion of the dioritic form of the intrusion, 7.e., that form
which is poor in potash felspar. The Inglewood amphibolite
is an alteration of a rock more nearly allied to monzonite, in
which potash felspar occurs in considerable amount. Such
extremes are found well represented in the main intrusion.

Another feature not found in the Blakiston rock is the
occurrence of areas of diopside in colourless but very dusty
grains in optical continuity. It has just commenced to be
uralitized, and this process is preceded, as is often the case
in these rocks, by the formation of much dusty material not
unlike kaolin. Sections perpendicular to an optic axis show
that the axial angle is not far from 90°.

Along the western boundary of the intrusion occur rocks
at first sight easily mistaken for schists. Two typical speci-
mens are here described, the first occurring in the gorge of
the Torrens and the second on the main road from Teatree
Gully to Inglewood, just below the Recreation-ground. They
are dark-green rocks, containing a great deal of quartz and
felspar, but with bands of sericite and black mica giving the
rock a schistose appearance. The grainsize is about 1 mm.

The Torrens Gorge rock is syenite, consisting chiefly of
moiré orthoclase, occasionally passing into microcline: a
little albite also occurs irregularly, often a little strained.

125

Considerable quartz is present, but is apparently largely sec-
ondary, being aggregated in long bands and filling cracks in
felspar crystals. It often occurs in areas with a slight lepi-
doblastic arrangement, associated with biotite. The scaly
arrangement is often perpendicular to the schistosity of the
rock. Biotite occurs in some amount, some primary, some
secondary. The latter occurs in the quartz aggregates be-
tween the felspar grains. A great deal of magnetite is present
in irregular grains and crystals. A little secondary musco-
vite has been formed from the felspar. The rock may be
classed as an epi-syenite.

The Recreation-ground schist is rather similar macro-
scopically, but under the microscope is seen to contain con-
siderable acid plagioclase and sericite bands, in which oceur
also biotite and magnetite. A great deal of the smaller flakes
of biotite may be secondary, and considerable quartz is pre-
sent, which also is most probably secondary. This also is
an epi-syenite.

548. Gneissic aplite. Locality.—From the quarry behind
the Houghton School, Section 5519, Hundred of Yatala.
Macroscopically white and cloudy, with parallel narrow bands
of quartz and spotted with a little red hematite. Microscom-
cally (see plate i1., fig. 5) it is seen to be composed of long
parallel bands of quartz, considerably strained, among
rounded or irregularly-shaped grains of felspar, chiefly micro-
cline-microperthite, together with some orthoclase and a little
plagioclase, probably acid oligoclase. A single rod or plate
of ilmenite is also present, and some irregular grains. The
hematite has been secondarily introduced ; it was not formed
from the grains of iron-ore in the slide, as these are quite
fresh. A very little muscovite is present, apparently primary.

This type of aplite is quite common in other places to
the west of the intrusion, and also occurs associated with the
rocks of the titaniferous magma at Yankalilla.

“Yatalite,” a new type of pegmatite.

In general every type of plutonic rock may have asso-
ciated with it a pegmatite, which may be said to reflect in
exaggerated form the distinguishing features of the parent
magma. Granite pegmatite, for instance, is composed of the
minerals most characteristic of granite quartz and acid
felspar ; it may contain also the ferromagnesian minerals typi-
cal of the granite, but usually it contains in increased amount
the apatite, fluorite, and rare earth minerals that are present
in but small amount in the main granite mass; or, again, the
syenites of the gib rock near Mittagong, in New South Wales,
have their distinguishing features accentuated in their pecu-
liar pegmatite, which has been described under the name of

ie

126

bowralite by Mr. Mawson, B.Sc., B.E.(8) Here we have in
the Houghton rocks, occurring in small lenses in the main
intrusion, a type of pegmatite which has the chief character-
istics of the Houghton intrusive, 7.¢., high titanium content,
acid plagioclase, original presence of dicpside (now actinolite),
and considerable apatite. For this pegmatite the name yatal-
ite has been suggested. (See plate iv., fig. 11.)

~
3)
<
=

2
«

Fig. 3.—Key to photograph, plate iv., fig. 11, of a specimen of
Yatalite.

Yatalite is a coarse-grained pegmatite, composed of
uralitic actinolite (after diopside), albite containing micro-
cline, titaniferous magnetite, sphene, and quartz. The actin-
olite is the predominant mineral, occurring in large subidio-
morphic paramorphs after diopside, poikilitically including
the magnetite and sphene. Magnetite, rather less abundant,
occurs in large crystals and smaller grains; albite is in large
idiomorphic crystals, sphene and apatite are less important,
and quartz occurs interstitially. The mineralogical features
of each of these components have been described above (pp-

LG earkeelo fifa)
(18) Proe. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1906, p. 606.

127

w. Rocks Related to those of the Houghton Intrusion
occurring near Aldgate.

Near Aldgate Railway Station there is an occurrence of
granite rocks in a small creek, as recorded by Mr. Howchin. 9)
A couple of hundred yards up the hill to the east of this
there is an outcrop of rather fine-grained rock 0°3 mm.,
rather dark in colour, which microscopically has a hypidio-
morphic to allotriomorphic granular texture, and very even
graimsize. It is composed predominantly of orthoclase in
very irregular grains, including a large amount of quartz
in small clear grains; a considerable, though smaller, amount
. of plagioclase is also present, an acid oligoclase in composi-
tion. The grains of plagioclase are in general less irregular
in shape than the orthoclase. Smaller, prismatic or oval,
green diopside is present. It is hardly noticeably pleochroic,
and its high extinction angles prove that it is not uralitized.
Nevertheless, it is completely surrounded by a fine dusty mass
of epidote. Quartz is present in some amount in clear,
rounded, or irregular grains. It appears to have formed unusu-
ally early, often crystallizing before the felspar. Irregular
to idiomorphic titaniferous magnetite is present in rather
large grains. There is no sign of gneissic banding. Name.—
Diopside quartz syenite.

The rock thrown out on to the mullock heap of the old
mine a hundred yards north of here is of rather peculiar
nature. In hand specimen it is greyish-green, rather schist-
like, and obviously much sericitized, possibly due to the action
of ore-forming solutions. Microscopically (slide 607) it is
seen to consist of felspar and magnetite, with but little bio-
tite, the only ferromagnesian silicate present. The felspar
is acid oligoclase and orthoclase in approximately equal pro-
portions. Sericite runs through the slide in strings and
wisps. Quartz occurs in small amount and _ interstitially.
Name.—Syenite, inclining to aplite.

Another type of rock outcrops on the bend of the Ald-
gate to Adelaide main road by the Pound (Reserve No. 2,
Hundred of Noarlunga), by the granitic outcrop before men-
tioned. It is a fine-grained grey rock with brownish streaks
often running through it. Microscojcally (No. 602) it con-
sists of felspar, uralite, magnetite, quartz, with accessories.
The predominant felspar is orthoclase, occurring in large to
small untwinned crystals, sometimes full of inclusions of
irregular grains of other minerals; the orthoclase appears to
have been the last mineral to erystallize, and large areas of
it occur in optical continuity, in alae the grains of the

CSOs cit... Wy. 250.

128

earlier-formed constituents are imbedded. Subordinate to
the orthoclase in amount, plagioclase is present, an acid
oligoclase, generally in grains of a roughly prismatic out-
line, but often in large poikilitic patches like the orthoclase.
Microcline is fairly abundant, occurring both interstitially
and in the orthoclase. In the plagioclase some also occurs,
but the twinning-plane of the microcline is not necessarily
parallel with that of its plagioclase host, as was the case in
the Houghton rocks. A few grains of microperthite are pre-
sent. Diopside was originally present, but has now become
a pale uralite, whose fibres extend far beyond the limits of
the original crystal. The alteration was accompanied by the
formation of very fine epidote, which considerably clouds the
mineral. JIdiomorphic crystals of magnetite are present in
large amount, and appear quite fresh, though hematite occurs
as a cementing material in parts of the slide, giving rise to
the brownish streaking of the rock. Quartz occurs in small
amount. Ilmenite is indicated by numerous oval patches of
titanomorphite. Name.-—Diopside quartz syenite.

A very interesting type of syenite was found included
in a pegmatite vein near the track leading down to Mr.
Smith’s homestead (Section 1133, Onkaparinga). It is grey
in hand specimen and obviously sericitic. Mzcroscomecally
(slide 555) it appears to be related to the rock that occurred
near Mr. Scrymonger’s by the Torrens(see page 119). It is
much clouded- with sericite. The predominant mineral is
microperthite, occasionally microcline-microperthite, the
microcline lamellz, however, being very small. Biotite occurs
in a small amount, forming rather large flakes and inter-
grown with muscovite. Included in the biotite are grains of
ilmenite considerably leucoxenized. In one. instance sphene
was present in a biotite grain, probably secondary. A few
grains of quartz occur interstitially. ame.—Mica syenite.

Opposite Mr. Melrose’s house on (or near) Section 1133,
Hundred of Onkaparinga, there is another occurrence of
plutonic rock intruding the Pre-Cambrian schists, but
absent from the overlying ilmenite grits. This is composed
predominantly of oligoclase, occurring in granular anhedrons
rather kaolinized, and with the formation of a great deal
oft secondary mica, probably paragonite, in between the
grains. Orthoclase is present also, but is quite subordinate.
The femic silicate is a biotite almost completely changed to
chlorite, with the separation of secondary magnetite. Titan-
iferous magnetite is present in irregular grains fairly fresh,
while rounded, clouded grains of titanomorphic occur. A

Gy mstovaven, ao ae). ay OED

> 7.
a Xa

129

few small grains of apatite were noticed. The rock must be
classed as a mica diorite.

Perhaps the most unusual type of rock in Aldgate is
represented by a specimen obtained from a vein near the
road leading up to the Stirling East schoolhouse. It is com-
posed entirely of quartz and tourmaline in a kind of graphic
intergrowth. (See plate ii., fig. 6.) The tourmaline occurs
quite anhedrally, is violet-brown, and very strongly pleo-
chroic. The quartz grains are rounded, somewhat strained,
and very full of cavities, which are often clouded by the de-
position of a red material, probably hematite. The clear
cavities by their comparatively low relief would be probably
filled with water. This rock would be best classed as a tour-
maline quartz pegmatite.

Mr. Howchin informs me he has found other instances
of it in the erratics in the Permo-Carboniferous glacial de-
posits at Black Swamp, a new locality for glacial beds of
this age, between Strathalbyn and Goolwa.

v. Yankalilla.

The Yankalilla rocks of this series occur in Sections 1186
and 1187, of the Hundred of Yankalilla. They vary to a
large extent in character, but though only a few slides have
been examined, there is little doubt of their origin from the
parent magma of the Aldgate-Houghton rocks.

Slide No. 588 is of a granite composed originally of
diopside, quartz, orthoclase, plagioclase, sphene, apatite, and
magnetite, probably titaniferous. It has now suffered vari-
ous alterations. The quartz is very strained and partially
shattered. The diopside has become partly uralitized and
faintly pleochroic, but in the main its change is to epidote
in large green grains, present in very large amount. The
magnetite is slightly altered to hematite. The texture is
granitic, slightly altered by crushing.

Slide 598 is composed of orthoclase and microcline, with
diopside partially uralitized, epidote, quartz, sphene, and
apatite, together with a sprinkling of hematite. This is obvi-
ously a syenite.

Other sections from this locality are in general similar
to 598, differing only in the occurrence of leucoxene and the
presence of a few plagioclase crystals.

vt. The Gorge, South of Normanville.
Several specimens were obtained of rocks of the Aldgate-
Houghton magma, which may be briefly described.
No. 596 ig a granodiorite, containing as the predominant
mineral very dusty albite, together with a much smaller
E

130

amount of orthoclase. Strongly pleochroic brown-green horn-
blende is the predominant femic silicate, uralite edged with
very small epidote grains being present in but small amount.
A fair amount of quartz is present. Titanium is present in
ilmenite, slightly leucoxenized, and sphene, both of which
are plentiful; while apatite is present in grains and prisms
up to 4 mm. in length. |

No. 590 differs from the above in the abundance of the
uralite. The felspar is an acid plagioclase, and is the pre-
dominant mineral. Pericline twinning is often well devel-
oped. It is very full of liquid inclusions, which run in
bands through the crystal irregularly, or is concentrated in
rows parallel to the twinning plane (010) and the basal
cleavage. The uralite is a pale-grassy-green, with noticeable
pleochroism. The whole surface of uralite is dotted with
tiny epidote grains, giving it a very roughened appearance,
while a strong border of epidote has formed all round the
uralites and apatites. A little limonite sometimes occurs in
the uralite. Brown-green hornblende is subordinate to the
uralite, and is quite fresh ; while ilmenite, apatite, and quartz
are the accessories in order of relative abundance.

No. 594 is remarkable for the predominance of the femic
constituents. Hornblende is present in greatest abundance in
idiomorphic to irregular grains, often twinned. Diopside
was present in almost equal amount. It has become to a
large extent changed to a pale-green uralite, becoming along
the edges of the grains blue-green and strongly pleochroic.
The uralite has been somewhat chloritized, and the fibres of
chlorite do not remain parallel to the vertical axis of the
diopside crystals. Of the felspar present, in amount nearly
equal to the coloured ‘silicates, plagioclase is distinctly
the predominant. Its refractive index is slightly above that
of Canada balsam, and is a basic oligoclase. It shows some
pericline twinning, slightly developed. The orthoclase is
quite untwinned. Both felspars are almost free from kaolin-
ization, though a little is developed along cleavage planes.
The characteristic accessories of the rocks of the Houghton
magma—ilmenite and apatite—are typically developed. Epi-
dote occurs in small amount. (See plate iv., fig. 7.) Name.
—Dhiorite.

vu. Boulder from Cambrian Till, Jamestown.

Macroscoycal.—Aphanitic pale-green translucent rock
with phenocryst of felspar up to 5 mm. in diameter and cubes
1 mm. in diameter, of black-lustrous, weakly magnetitic,
slightly titaniferous iron-ore. Jicroscopical (see plate iv.,
fig. 8).—Porphyritic, with phenocrysts of oligoclase-albite,
fairly idiomorphic, and showing pericline twinning. It is

131

in general rather fresher than the orthoclase, which occurs
in large allotriomorphic grains, untwinned, and full of dusty
inclusions. Both felspars are full of inclusions of uralite,
magnetite, etc., and have somewhat decomposed with the
production of kaolin. Quartz also occurs in smaller irregular
crystals. The base is finely granulitic. It consists of quartz
and orthoclase, the latter recognizable by its low refractive
index, irregularity of outline, and slight decomposition—the
former, which is predominant by its more rounded outline,
greater clearness, and, where large enough, by its unaxial
figure. It is difficult to say whether or not plagioclase is pre-
sent in the base. One would expect it to occur, but the
absence of twinning, so common in granulitic plagioclase,
smallness of size, and the fact that the refractive index is
nearly equal to that of quartz (certainly greater than Canada
balsam) makes identification very difficult, though some grains
suggest plagioclase rather than quartz. Uralite, after diop-
side, is the predominant ferromagnesian silicate, and occurs
in the same manner as in slide 604 (Aldgate), though much
smaller. With it is associated a good deal of magnetite, and
the distribution of the two minerals indicates slightly the
schistosity of the rock. Mica occurs both as muscovite and
as biotite, the former in comparatively large, clear plates, the
latter in small pleochroic brown plates. Small-rounded grains
of rutile and a little apatite, as well as the secondary mine-
rals hematite and leucoxene, are also present. WName.—
—Quartzose felspar porphyry.

In three particulars this rock shows itself allied to those
of the Houghton magma : —
fa) Acidity of the plagioclase.
(b) Nature, mode of occurrence, and alteration of the
predominant ferromagnesian silicate.
(c) Presence of titanium.

For these reasons it seems justifiable to consider this rock
as an effusive product of the Houghton magma, so that not
only was the Houghton magma active in producing Pre-Cam-
brian plutonic intrusions, but also volcanic lavas were pro-
duced. There is at present no evidence of the seat of this
voleanic activity, though it was probably south of Jamestown,
the drift of the Cambrian till-forming ice being apparently
northerly. (21)
vi. Olary.

The aplite referred to previously is figured on plate iv.,
fig. 9. It is pink in colour, with a grainsize of about 2 mm.,
quartz felspar and muscovite being recognizable macroscopi-

(21) W. Howchin, Q.J.G.S. (Ixiv.), 1908, p. 258.
E2

132

cally. The latter often encrusts large crystals 10 to 15 mm.
across of magnetite, which forms in rough, almost cubical
masses. It has a good cleavage, and contains a little titan-
ium, as shown by colouration of the sulphuric acid solution
with hydrogen peroxide. Its specific gravity is 4°93. Muiero-
scopically it is composed chiefly of acid plagioclase, the grains
often containing grains of quartz. Orthoclase is less abund-
ant, and a great deal of magnetite is scattered about in grains
and idiomorphic sections. A little muscovite occurs, and
some intergranular limonite.

B. PETROLOGY OF THE SEDIMENTARY ROCKS.

Only a few of the sedimentary rocks have been sectioned
from the districts described. ‘These were collected almost at
random, and are very different macroscopically. Microscopi-
cally, however, most of them show the closest relationship,
and can hardly be other than portions of a single Pre-Cam-
brian sedimentary series. The exceptions are of interest as
showing other formations than the one mostly represented
occurring in the Pre-Cambrian rocks.

In the Houghton district in a small quarry on Sections
560 and 3420, Yatala, there occurs a green fine-grain seri-
citic schist, which microscopically is composed of a fine grano-
blastic groundmass of quartz, in which are imbedded small
irregular porphyroblasts of quartz and microcline. These
porphyroblasts are considerably strained, and appear to have
suffered to some extent a marginal granulation, indicative of
a return to mass-mechanical conditions after the mass-static
conditions under which the predominant structure was pro-
duced. The quartz has suffered most from the straining. The
microcline, being more elastic, has to a large extent escaped
granulation. Occupying the greater part of the slide is a
mass of sericite in very small flakes, among which are larger
partially chloritized biotites, very irregular in outline. These
micas give to the rock its dominant structure (the lepido-
blastic structure described by Grubenmann), the texture
being the lamelle texture as defined by the same author.
Magnetite partially altered to hematite and a few rutile
needles are also present.

Somewhat similar to this is the schist occurring in the
creek opposite the Pound near Aldgate Station. It is com-
posed of angular grains of quartz about + mm. in diameter
set in a groundmass of colourless mica and larger flakes of
biotite. It is impossible in the slide to get a flake of the mica
large enough to determine by its axial angle whether the
mica be muscovite or sericite. The latter appears to be the
more probable. Scattered all through the micaceous ground-

133

mass are numerous short colourless prisms, with occasional
cross fracture, high refractive index and birefringence. The
extinction angles are in general very small, but sometimes
nearly 30°. The prisms are often terminated by prism
faces. These are most probably cyanite. There are also
areas of brownish material, which on close examination appear
to consist of highly-refractive short crystals set in a brownish-
cloudy material. These are rutiles, after ilmenite. Rutile
occurs separately in single crystals, brown in colour and
strongly pleochroic.

Similar to the last rock, but more closely allied to the
Houghton rock described previously, is the schist intruded
by rocks of the Pre-Cambrian titaniferous series at Yanka-
lilla. It consists of angular grains of quartz, with a sub-
ordinate amount of microcline, whose general outline indi-
cates a certain schistosity set in a groundmass quite subor-
dinate to the larger grains of mica sericite and biotite, with
fine granulitic quartz. Both this slide and the last appear
to present an approach to the blastopsammitic structure of
Grubenmann.

From the hill above the gorge on the road from Norman-
ville to Second Valley (Section 1103, Hundred of Yanka-
lilla) there occurs a number of beautiful gneisses, very:
different in macroscopic appearance from those described
above, but microscopically plainly related to them. The
Yankalilla rock was very siliceous in nature—almost a quartz-
ite—and showing only to a small extent its schistose charac-
ter. The rock from the gorge is a dark-green, and showing
a strongly schistose ‘“‘augen” structure, the “eyes” of pink
felspar or quartz being several millimetres in diameter. Its
base consists of quartz and mica in alternate narrow layers.
Microscopically it is completely schistose, the quartz occur-
Ting in long lenses of granulitic structure between long bands
of fine sericite and biotite. The quartzes are somewhat
strained, and the mica lamellz bent. The eyes are porphyyro-
blasts of quartz and microcline, the latter predominating.
Both are considerably granulated at the edges. The micro-
cline contains perthitic inclusions of albite, the host being
oriented apparently without reference to the schistosity plane
of the rock. The quartz would appear to have recrystallized
before the microcline, or to have exerted stronger power of
erystallization, as wherever the two minerals are in contact
as porphyroblasts the quartz intrudes the felspar. A few
crystals of magnetite are present, arranged in parallel bands.
Some oval grains of rutile occur also. The structure of the
rock as a whole may be defined as porphyroblastic, with a
lepidoblastic groundmass.

134

No. 592, which also occurs at the hill above the gorge,
is microscopically a very handsome rock (plate iv., fig. 9).
It contains the same minerals as 593, but the micas
are present in much smaller amount. The structure is thor-
oughly schistose. The predominant mineral is quartz, occur-
ring chiefly in long-drawn-out patches, with a most irregular
outline, while between the streaks of crystal the small amount
of groundmass is almost granulitic. The quartz is highly
strained, so that two portions of one and the same grain may
have their vibration directions as much as 60° apart. Small
crystals of microcline, somewhat less strained, also occur in
the groundmass. Increase of size of the irregularly-bordered
quartzes would give rise to an augen structure with regard
to quartz, but in the present rock its blastoporphyritic growth
has not proceeded as far as this. This augen structure is in-
duced by the presence of large crystals of microcline forming
eyes slightly lenticular, the diameter perpendicular to the
schistosity, being much smaller than that in the par-
allel position. The ratio is about 3 to 5. (That of the quartz
patches is nearer 1 to 6.) The microcline is plainly blasto-
porphyritic. It is not marginally granulated to any extent,
and includes quartz grains and portions of sericite still
arranged in the position of schistosity, which is due to a
growth of pseudo-porphyritic grains (blastoporphyritic of
Grubenmann) after the formation of a schistose structure in
the rock by metamorphosis under mass-mechanical conditions.
That mechanical conditions have been present after the for-
mation of the blastophenocrysts is shown by the cracking of
these and the formation in them of granulitic quartz veins.
Microcline in considerable amount also occurs in smaller
grains in the groundmass of the rock. The characteristic
twinning is often much obscured (moiré); it is moulded on
quartz, sometimes taking on almost a blastopoikilitic struc-
ture. Sericite and biotite form strings passing in a roughly
parallel direction through the rock, bending to one side or
the other around the phenocryst, though sometimes passing
through it. Rutile grains also occur. Slightly oxidized
titaniferous magnetite is also present.

There are also in other Pre-Cambrian areas schists
closely related to these. In the Humbug Scrub there is a
large area of augen gneiss. As one works up the creek run-
ning westward from the Princess Alice Mine, for instance,
the schists are noticed to get gradually more and more meta-
morphosed, and eyes of pink felspar appear till at the mine
the rock is a perfect augen gneiss, the eyes being more —
than an inch in diameter. Facts so far learned are insuffi-
cient to decide how far these “eyes” are porphyroblasts deve-

135

loped with change of chemical composition of the rock or are
the result of pegmatization in the manner described by Mr.
Howchin. Between these eyes are long bands of quartz and
brown mica, with smaller eyes of quartz. Microscopically it
is almost identical with 593 (the Normanville Gorge rock).
The quartz “eyes” are about 5 mm. in length and
half that in width, but their outline is very irregular. They
are generally, however, composed of one grain only, usually
very highly strained. Inclusions of liquids in small cavities
are exceedingly common; of felspar and sericite rarer. The
felspar “eyes” are up to 2 cm. in diameter, and are of micro-
cline. They are also somewhat strained, and contain inclu-
sions of quartz. They have been broken, and fine-grained
quartz has recrystallized in between the broken portions. An
excellent example of this is shown in fig. 4. The ground-

Fig. 4.—-Quartz crystallizing between the nortions of a frac-
tured porphyroblast of microcline, which also contains quartz
poikilitically. Mi, microcline; Q, quartz; Se, sericite; Bi, biotote;
Pp, perthite.

136

mass of the rock is a fine-grained mass of lepidoblastic quartz:
and biotite, largely obscured by bands of sericite. Ilmenite
is present in large grains, partly leucoxenized. It generally
occurs included in a sericitic band. In these bands are often
flakes of dark-green biotite, dusted with secondary titanifer-
ous magnetite.

A type of rock quite different from these is found in.
the Little Para just below Inglewood. It is a dull-green in
colour and silky or greasy to the touch. It is chiefly com-
posed of pale-yellow-green weakly pleochroic actinolite, whose
somewhat feathery arrangement makes the structure of the
rock approximate to the nematoblastic structure defined by
Grubenmann. Fairly idiomorphic cross sections of the amphi-
bole occur, however. The groundmass of the rock is made
up of fine-grained granoblastic quartz, with a little poikilo-
blastic orthoclase and an occasional idioblast of albite. The
groundmass is quite subordinate, however, to the actinolite.
The feature of the rock, however, is the occurrence of a large:
amount of calcite, either in single grains among the actino-
lite or aggregated into bunches. It is generally granular.
There seems little doubt that the calcite is primary, and that
the rock represents a very impure limestone that has been
altered probably in the lower part of the upper or metamor-
phism zone, as limited by Grubenmann. The conditions.
there were inducive of a crystalloblastic other than a kata-
blastic structure. It should be mentioned that magnetite
also occurs distributed through the rock in roughly par-
allel bands.

Just in front of the Houghton schoolhouse is a _pale-
green schist which is composed macroscopically of larger
grains of quartz, a few large muscovite flakes, some irregular
brown grains, and some black with metallic lustre, all set
in a very pale-green sericitic groundmass. Mzcroscopically
the rock contains large irregular highly-strained quartz grains

in a groundmass of granoblastic quartz. Large bent mica
plates occur, and brown to purple tourmaline in irregular
grains. Magnetite is present in some amount. Covering

most of the quartz of the aggregate is an aggregate of very
small flakes of muscovite in radiate or feathery groups. An
occasional grain of rutile occurs. This does not seem to be
derivable from the same sediment as the Houghton, Barossa,
and Yankalilla schists, but it is doubtless a member of the
same Pre-Cambrian series. The tourmaline is certainly
secondary.

Another type of rock occurs just opposite the Inglewood
Hotel. It is a hematite schist, forming in a small area in
the intrusive rock. Microscopically its schistose texture is:

—_

137

well marked, the rock being made up of parallel small flakes
of iron-ore, with black to reddish-black metallic lustre, and
deep-yellow-brown, or quite opaque when examined by trans-
mitted light. It contains a very little quartz in small angular
grains. Chemically examined, it is found to be soluble to
some extent in hydrochloric acid, and upon addition of tin to
the solution the violet colour shows the presence of titanium.
There seems to be little reason to regard this rock as other
than a sediment, such intercalations of schistose iron-ores
being not infrequent in areas of ancient and metamorphosed
sedimentary rocks.
ConcLUSION.

Below the lower Cambrian series in the Mount Lofty
Ranges there lies unconformably a complex of schists and
gneisses. In the several localities in which they have been
examined they present varying degrees of metamorphism,
ranging from sericite schists to augen gneisses; but on struc-
‘tural feature and mineralogical composition they appear to
be all members of a single sedimentary series. In Houghton
district other types of schist are also developed, not-
-ably an altered impure limestone. The evidence is insuffi-
cient for determination of their age by correlation with any
of the Pre-Cambrian systems adopted outside Australia. They
are generally insufficiently altered to place them in the Pre-
Algonkian division.

Dr. Woolnough has suggested the very convenient name
‘“Barossian” for the South Australian Pre-Cambrian series,
and these rocks here described, being so closely related to
‘the augen gneiss of Barossa, may fairly be held to be in-
-cluded in that series.

Intruding these, and typically developed in the Hough-
‘ton district, though also at Aldgate, Yankalilla, and Nor-
manville, is a series of igneous rocks, to which, on account
‘of their felspathic nature, the term syenite would be applied
‘by a user of the field classifications of the American authors.
‘On microscopical investigation, however, the rocks are found
to vary considerably in the relative quantities of their con-
‘tained felspar. Usually plagioclase predominates, giving a
‘diorite ; while less commonly the orthoclase is predominant,
‘giving syenite. Granites and granodiorites also occur.

The characteristic features of these intrusions are their
richness in titanium as ilmenite or sphene, the acidity of
the plagioclases, and the presence of diopside (now uralite).
‘This gives rise to most unusual rock types, e.g., ilmenite-
diopside-diorites, ilmenite-sphene-actinolite pegmatites, ilmen-
ite-felspar quartz pegmatites, and ilmenite quartz veins.
‘Other localities further afield present rocks with some affini-

_

138 '

ties to the Houghton magma rocks, e.g., the felspar porphyry
of the Jamestown erratic, containing acid plagioclase and
diopside, and the acid plagioclase and titaniferous magnetite
of the Olary aplites, and other rocks in that locality. In an
Appendix to this paper a list of certain other rocks is given
similar in some ways to the Houghton rocks.

All this tends to show the truth of the thesis outlined
in the Introduction, namely, that so widespread are the rocks
of this type throughout South Australia that the State may
be considered as a petrographical province, the characteristic
feature of which is the high percentage of titanium acid, to
a less degree the abundance of soda. At present our know-
ledge of South Australian petrology is insufficient to show
whether later igneous intrusions are so markedly titaniferous
as the Pre-Cambrian or early Paleozoic derivatives of the
Houghton magma. The igneous rocks of earlier date than
these were certainly also titaniferous, for rutile and ilmenite
are present in unusual amount in the Algonkian schists de-
rived from them by denudation and sedimentation. The
ilmenite in Cambrian ilmenite grits was derived from the
denuded Houghton magma intrusions.

It is perhaps noteworthy in this connection that high
titanium content is a dominant feature of the rocks of the
alkaline province of Eastern Australia. (22)

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

I desire to express my warmest thanks to Mr. W. How-
chin, F.G.S., for the interest he has shown in the progress
of this work, and the great assistance he has rendered me on
every occasion in giving me most useful local geological in-
formation. JI am deeply indebted, also, to Professor Rennie
for allowing me to have the use of his private laboratory,
apparatus, and chemicals for rock analysis; and to both Pro-
fessor Rennie and Dr. W. T. Cooke for much advice and
assistance. Dr. W. G. Woolnough has been kind enough to
examine several of my slides and to give me the benefit of
his opinion thereon.

PosTSCRIPT, ADDED OcTosBErR, 1909.

While the foregoing was passing through the press I re-
ceived from Mr. Howchin a specimen of an intrusive into the
Pre-Cambrian rocks at Mount Compass, some fifteen miles
north-east of Yankalilla. Mr. Howchin states that the rock
is associated with a large ilmenite vein, about a quarter of
a mile long. The rock is clearly a product of the Houghton

(22)H. I. Jensen, D.Sc., Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1908,
p. 601.

139

magma, and its occurrence here forms another link in the
chain of Pre-Cambrian intrusions. Jacroscomeally the rock
is chiefly composed of pale-pink felspar, with light-green
pyroxene, large and small masses of ilmenite, chiefly aggre-
gated into lenses. Brown sphene can be distinctly seen with
the aid of a handglass. Mzcroscoycally the felspar is ortho-
clase, in irregular, often interlocking, areas, sometimes per-
thitic, sometimes passing into microcline. Acid plagioclase is
also very abundant, and occurs either as large areas poikil-
itically enclosing potash felspar, or in small subidiomorphic
prisms. Diopside is present, almost colourless, though rather
clouded. On the periphery it passes into pale, weakly pleo-
chroic amphibole. Ilmenite is present in large amount’in
irregular grains and aggregates. It was one of the first min-
erals to crystallize. Sphene is present in small amount, in
pale-brown, rounded grains. Quartz is a minor accessory.
Yellow-green epidote is scattered about. The texture does
not appear to be primary. Rather it suggests a recrystalliza-
tion, in which the ilmenite became aggregate in layers; the
_ plagioclase, poikiloblastic; and the potash felspar, diablastic.

Name.—Diopside syenite. .
It is scarcely necessary to point out the close mineralogi-

cal affinity of this rock with those described above.

APPENDIX.

List of rocks occurring in South Australia which have
been petrologically described and which show points of simi-
larity to rocks of the Houghton magma :—

Granites.—Palmer (ilmenite and sphene present)—C. J. Moul-

den, Transsapicove) Soc: S.A.) vol. x1x., p. 76.
Kaiserstuhl, like that of Palmer, but crushed—C. J.
Moulden, loc. cit., p. 77.

Many others contain magnetite, but it is not reported

whether or not this is titaniferous.

Pegmatite. — Kverard Ranges, with irregular secretions of
magnetite—H. Basedow, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol.
Xxix., p. 77

This rock (if the magnetite is titaniferous) is very like
the ilmenite pegmatites of Yankalilla and the Grey Spur.

Quartz Syenite.—Neale River, accompanied by magnetite—
J. J. Hast, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xii., p. 39

If the magnetite is titaniferous this may possibly belong
here. -

Syenite porphyry.—Yarden, Gawler Ranges, augite pheno-

erysts with soda orthoclase in the groundmass—C. J.
_ ..Moulden, loc. cit., p. 75.

Diorite —Hall River, 23°40 §., contains hornblende, plagio-
clase, epidote, augite, secondary quartz, apatite, and
sphene; the rock has become crushed, as indicated by a
eee eee to become schistose—C. J. Moulden, loc. cit.,
p. 74.

140

Other titaniferous rocks in which the similarity is not so

close are: —

Norite.—South Black Hill (near), contains ilmenite—Dr.
Chewings, Inaugural Dissertation, Beitrage zur Kennt-
niss der Geologie des Siid- und Central-Australiens,
Petrographischer Anhang, Heidelberg, 1894.

Amphibolite (after Diabase).—Mt. Pleasant, secondary
a il plagioclase, and titanite—C. Chewings,

U rates Diabase, —Port Elliot, hornblende® paramorphs, lathy
felspar, biotite magnetite, and ilmenite—C. Chewings,
op. cit.

Epidote Rock.—Mt. Zeil, MacDonnell Ranges, coarse-grained
epidote, with sphene quartz and sagenitic rutile—C.
Chewings, op. cit.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Prats III.

Fig. 1. Syenite. Locality, Section 3240, Hundred of Yatala.
Note the large crystal of moiré orthoclase-perthite,
also biotite, magnetite, and diopside. Polarized light.
Magnification, 32 diams.

2. Microcline syenite similar to that in Section 563, Hund-
red of Yatala. Note also uralite and sphene. Polar-
ized light. Magnification, 32 diams.

., 38. Ilmenite diopside diorite. Section 5657, Hundred of
Yatala. Note also plagioclase, sphene, and apatite.
Ordinary light. Magnification, 16 diams.

4. Scapolite amphibolite. Inglewood. Note actinolite, large
grain of scapolite, and much diablastic scapolite, micro-
ae and sphene. Polarized light. Magnification, 29
jams.

5. Gneissic aplite. Section 5519, Hundred of Yatala. Note
quartz and microcline. Polarized light. Magnifica-
tion, 15 diams.

6. Tourmaline-quartz pegmatite. Stirling East, near Ald-
gate. Note graphic nature of intergrowth. Ordinary
ight. Magnification, 13 diams.

' Prats IV.

Diorite. The Gorge, south of Normanvyille. Note
felspar hornblende, dark-edged uralite, and magnetite.
Ordinary light. Magnification, 16 diams.

,, 8. Augen schist. Normanville Gorge. Note moiré ortho-
clase, perthite, and quartz lenticles. Polarized light.
Magnification, 26 diams.

9. Quartzose felspar porphyry. <A boulder in Cambrian
till. Jamestown. Note phenocrysts of felspar and
fine-grained nature of base. Polarized light. Magni-
fication, 17 diams.

, 10. Aplite. Olary. Note black cuboids of titaniferous

“I

magnetite.
,, ll. Yatalite vein with portion of diorite TS For key
see fig. 3, p. 126

Prats V.
Geological Map of district around Houghton.

ot inline

14]
NOTES ON THE GEM-BEARING GRAVELS AT BAROSSA.
By D. Mawson, B.E., B.Sc.

[Read September 7, 1909.]

Puatre VI.

Amongst a sample of gravel and pebbles obtained from
the auriferous wash in the Barossa Ranges, and recently sub-
mitted to me, I found several saleable gem-stones, in addi-
tion to a large variety of valueless chips. A record of these
latter is serviceable, as indicating their occurrence in situ
amongst the crystalline schists and gneisses of the district.

This find is specially noteworthy, as having yielded the
largest gem-quality ruby and the largest rough sapphire yet
definitely recorded in South Australian territory.

Gem-stones of various kinds have been reported “) widely
distributed in this State, though little of commercial value
has yet come to light.

Some of the more important of these are the following : —
Beryl, variety Aquamarine, ) occurs in the form of crystals
embedded in quartz reefs and coarse quartz felspar reefs in
the Mount Lofty Ranges, notably in the Barossa District.
More recently I unearthed an important occurrence at Albe-
gudina Creek, on Bimbowrie Station, about twenty miles
north of Olary. There the crystals occur embedded in white
quartz reefs, and were found measuring up to 5 in. in diameter
and 1 ft. 6 in. long. In all these occurrences the beryl is
light coloured, and usually so much flawed as to be useless.
However, good cuttable aquamarine and more deeply-coloured
stones have been got from the workings near Williamstown.
Small crystals only about }-in. in diameter of the variety
emerald occur embedded in a tourmaline-bearing aplitic
granite on the south bank of the South Para River, south-
east of Williamstown.

Translucent tourmaline of excellent quality has been
found in coarse granite pegmatite, notably on Kangaroo
Island,@) where both rubellite and <¢ndicolite have been
mined.

An extensive formation of corundum schist carrying the
coloured varieties has been reported by Mr. H. Y. L. Brown
from Mount Paynter, but so far this locality has yielded
no cuttable stones.

(1) Vide ‘‘Record of the Mines of South Australia,’ 4th ed.,
1908, p. 358, by H. Y. L. Brown, Government Geologist.” Pub-
lished by pavhory.

(2) Vide ibid, also ‘“‘A Catalogue of South Australian Minerals,’’
by T. C. Cloud. Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. 6, p. 72.

(3) Ibid, p. 360.

(4) Ibid, p. 358.

142 j

Fragments of gem-stones have been reported widely dis-
tributed amongst the river gravels. Notable amongst these
is the occurrence of diamonds in the gold-bearing gravels of
Echunga. Fifty or more saleable diamonds were got from
this field, some embedded in a hard cement at the base of the
wash, others in the softer gravels above.

Abundance of almandine garnets, locally called Aus-
tralian rubies, have been got from the river gravels, notably
from the MacDonnell Ranges. These are excellent stones
when cut, and would be much more in vogue were they not
so abundant.

Mr. H. Y. L. Brown has reported small fragments of a
variety of gem-stones from the auriferous gravels at Daw’s
Diggings, Kangaroo Island.

They include the following: —Oriental ruby, sapphire,
amethyst, and white sapphire; also cyanite, zircon, and tour-
maline—monazte and rutile are present also.

Sapphire and cyaniie have been reported in gravels from
the vicinity of Mount Crawford, in the Barossa Ranges, and
from the Echunga field, but no exact and detailed informa-
tion is published.

The gravel, from which were isolated the stones specially
referred to in this paper, was obtained as a refuse product
from puddling operations at the Gordon Reward Claim,
about one and a half miles south of Williamstown. The pro-
perty has been worked for gold and rutile. Numerous shafts
sunk on it show the depth to vary from nil to 30 ft. Only
the lower foot or two has been found profitable to work.

The extent of this placer has been delineated by the
Geological Survey Deartment,® and it is referred to as Ter-
tiary in age. In general these gravels are to be correlated
with the late Tertiary and recent auriferous gravels of East-
ern Australia.

At the Gordon Reward Claim the placer formation occu-
pies ten acres or less, and forms a flat capping (see plate vi.,
figs. 1 and 2) on steeply-dipping schists. The flat top is part
of a once continuous base level, since then much dissected by
the South Para River and its tributaries. Other fragment-
ary relics of the high-level alluvial occur in the vicinity, and
are figured in the official map.

The underlying schists are either Pre-Cambrian or part
of the lower Cambrian series highly metamorphosed, which
latter have been traced in the vicinity by Mr. W. Howchin.

(5) Note specially, ‘‘On some So-called South Australian
Rubies,”’ by Professor EK. H. Rennie, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A.,
WO, Sang De UC.

(6) (Cle lnesioall Map of the Tertiary Deposits of the Hundred
of Barossa,’’ by H. Y. L. Brown, 1889. Published by authority.

143
Nearer Mount Crawford are cyanite and rutile schists, and
occasional reefs containing beryl, from which, no doubt,
some of the gem fragments in the gravel originated.

The placer formation contains rounded pebbles and
boulders of quartz, some of which are brilliant, clear, and
flawless. The finer material consists of gravel containing
rounded grains and pebbles up to 2 in. in diameter of rough
blue corundum (sapphire), much crystal rutile, and coarse
gold, besides small fragments of a variety of gem-stones, as
detailed below. The whole is bound together by a tough
clay.

Pe onuxpum — About 6 ib. weight of waterworn pebbles
of sapphire were examined. These are much cracked, and
not of gem quality. In microscope section they are shown to
be composed entirely of corundum, though many individuals
contribute to the aggregate. A strong tendency is shown
for the individuals to arrange themselves parallel in the direc-
tion of their hexad axes. The cornflower-blue colouring is
strongest on the periphery of the crystals and decreases
within, the centres being frequently colourless. One speci-
men is portion of a large crystal, ?-in. in diameter, and shows
deep-blue edges bordering a light-pink coloured centre.

Small gem-quality fragments of both the sapphire and
the light-pink variety were also found. Several specimens of
these latter are specially good. The best stone found weighed
just over one carat, and is of a pale-rose-pink colour. ‘This
pale variety of ruby is sometimes called female ruby,
to distinguish it from the masculine ruby of deep pigeon-
blood-red colour. Similar stones, one weighing half-carat
and four others of less size, were isolated. All show water-
worn outlines. The specific gravity of the several types of
corundum is remarkably uniform, being 3°8.

A flat cleavage chip was found, about 1-16 in. thick and
2 in. in diameter, with hexagonal outline, and divided into
sectors by bluish lines radiating from the centre. This fea-
ture leads to the production of asterism.

Topaz.—Small fragments of golden topaz; none, how-
ever, suitable for cutting. About forty of these, averaging
quarter-carat, were examined. Several were useful fragments
of clear white topaz, one of which weighed one carat. This
latter is particularly good stone. They have waterworn
surfaces.

AQuaMARINE.—About fourteen fragments of small size
up to one-third carat, of a pale-blue colour. They show a
splintery surface.

CHRYSOBERYL occurs abundantly as small fragments of a
honey-yellow colour. These exhibit a sharp, fractured sur-
face. They were met with up to about half-carat in weight.

144

The specific gravity, determined by Mr. W. S. Chapman,
Analyst to the Mines Department, varies slightly in the vicin-
ity of 3°6. Many of the chips examined under polarized light
exhibit the usual twinning. They scratch topaz readily.

CyaniTE of a blue colour occurs abundantly, but the
waterworn flakes are too small to be of value.

SaGENITE.—Small waterworn grains and fragments, some-
times as much as two carats in weight, of a golden-coloured
mineral resembling tegers-eye are abundantly distributed
through the gravel. Under the microscope the effect is seen
to be produced by very numerous parallel hairs of rutile
traversing quartz.

One small pebble of clear quartz shows several hairs of
rutile crossing it, after the manner of Venus’s hair stone.

AVENTURINE.—One waterworn fragment.

AMETHYST.—-Several pebbles of pale-coloured amethyst.

Rock CrystaLt.—Many of the waterworn, crystal-clear
quartz pebbles are as brilliant, and appear similar to, the
white topaz. Indeed, the miners call it topaz. It is, how-
ever, easily distinguished by the use of heavy solutions,
though the absence of basal cleavage is not easily detected
in waterworn specimens.

Hyacinto.—One fragment, about 5, in. in diameter, with
specific gravity about 4°2, of a clear orange-yellow mineral,
has been isolated by Mr. W. 8. Chapman. This fragment
has a hardness of 7°5, and agrees in other ways with the gem
quality of zircon.

TouRMALINE.-—-Abundance of small waterworn particles
of an opaque-black worthless quality.

MonaztTE.—Several small grains of a light-yellow heavy
mineral, resembling monazite.

RvutiteE.—Abundance of crystal rutile up to 4 in. in
diameter, with the edges more or less waterworn. The
crystals appear dark-coloured, though the powder is of a
very light-yellow colour.

GoL_p.—Coarse waterworn fragments and colours.

Specimens of the female ruby, topaz, topaz-like rock
crystal, and tigers-eye have been cut, and form handsome
stones.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1.—Photograph taken about 500 yards north looking
towards the Gordon Reward placer, which forms the flat-topped
hill in the distance occupying from the centre to the right of the
picture.

Fig. 2.—Photograph taken in a side gully looking east, again
showing the characteristic flat top of the placer. In the fore-
ground are heaps of white quartz pebbles, accumulated as refuse
during the puddling of the wash.

145

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDZ, WITH
NOTES ON PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED SPECIES.

By Artuur M. Lea.
Part VII.
[Read May 4, 1909.]
SUBFAMILY OTIORHYNCHIDES.

MYLLOCERUS NIVEUS, Lea.

Two specimens from North-Western Australia differ
from the types in having the scales somewhat dingy (pro-
bably from age) and the elytral setz less conspicuous.

MYLLOCERUS CARINATUS, Lea.

There is a specimen of this species in the Macleay
Museum from the Tweed River.

MYLLOCERUS CINERASCENS, Pasce.

There are two specimens of this species in the Macleay
Museum labelled “Interior 8. Aust.”

MYLLOCERUS CANALICORNIS, n. sp.

Dark-reddish-brown, sometimes black; antenne and legs
more or less diluted with red. Densely clothed with white
or whitish scales. In addition with rather indistinct sete.

Head almost flat between eyes; these large and rather
strongly convex. Rostrum slightly longer than wide; sub-
lateral carine strongly and suddenly incurved at middle, but
normally almost concealed ; with a fine median but normally
concealed carina. Antenne (for the genus) not very thin;
scape narrowly grooved on its lower surface; first joint of
funicle slightly longer than second. Prothorax more convex
than usual, not much wider than long, sides strongly and
evenly rounded, base moderately bisinuate, apex very feebly
incurved to middle and almost as wide as base, with rather
small and more or less concealed punctures. Hlytra much
wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to beyond the
middle ; striate-punctate, striz distinct before abrasion, punc-
tures fairly large, but normally almost concealed ; interstices
feebly separately convex. Femora feebly dentate. Length,
5-54 mm.

Hab.—North-Western Australia (Macleay Museum).

A)
Tz
i

Rather close to abundans, but smaller and with different
clothing, prothorax more regularly rounded and narrower at
the base, apex less noticeably incurved, and elytra consider-
ably narrower. )

The scape is sometimes almost black, and is usually
darker than the funicle and club. On the elytra the setz
at a glance usually appear to be altogether absent, but on
examination they may be seen pressed flat amongst the scales.
From certain directions the second joint of the funicle ap-
pears to be as long as the first, or even slightly longer. On
abrasion the prothoracic punctures are seen to be rather small
and not dense, but round and very sharply defined.

146

MYLLocERUS FOVEICEPS, Nn. Sp.

Reddish-brown or black, antenne and legs more or less
reddish. Densely clothed with whitish scales, and in addi-
tion with whitish sete.

Head gently concave between eyes; these large and
strongly convex. Rostrum slightly longer than wide, sides
feebly incurved, sublateral carine strong and rather feebly
incurved ; median carina absent. Antenne thin; first joint
of funicle slightly shorter than second and third combined,
second slightly shorter than third and fourth combined. Pro-
thorax almost as long as wide, base strongly bisinuate, apex
truncate and slightly narrower than base, sides gently
rounded on apical half and very feebly incurved towards
base; punctures normally almost concealed. Hlytra rather
narrow, distinctly wider than prothorax, sides very feebly
dilated to beyond the middle, striate-punctate ; strie feeble
but distinct before abrasion, punctures of moderate size, but
normally almost concealed. Femora feebly dentate. Length,
5 mm.

‘ Hab.—North-Western Australia (Macleay Museum).

The incurvature of the sides towards base of prothorax
is somewhat as in mrabilis, but the base itself is consider-
ably narrower, and there are no depressions on its surface,
the antenne are decidedly thinner, the elytral sete are much
less conspicuous, and the rostrum is very different.

There are but two specimens before me, one of which
has the derm reddish-brown, whilst in the other it is black,
but the colour of the derm in Myllocerus seldom appears to
be constant. On the elytra the sete are fairly stout, and
form a single row on each interstice, but they appear to be
absent at first as (except on the posterior declivity, where
they are feebly elevated) they are placed flat amongst the
scales. On complete abrasion a fairly large interocular fovea

dae
a

|

147

appears, and the rostrum is seen to be concave along the
middle, with its sublateral carine continued to about the
middle of the eyes.

MYLLOCERUS INCURVUS, Ni. sp.

Black ; antenne (the club lightly infuscate) and legs red-
dish. Densely clothed with green scales, sometimes vaguely
spotted with brown, and occasionally with a coppery gloss in
parts; under surface and legs with whitish or whitish-green
scales. Prothorax with stout sete not rising above general
level ; elytra with stout decumbent sete, forming a single row
on each interstice.

Rostrum about as long as wide, sides very feebly in-
curved ; depressed along middle; with three carine, of which
the median one is almost concealed, the others almost par-
allel-sided on their hind half, but strongly curved about the
pits of the scrobes. Antennz long ; scape moderately curved ;
first joint of funicle almost as long as second and third com-
bined. /rothorax about twice as wide as long, base strongly
bisinuate and considerably wider than apex, the latter very
distinctly incurved to middle; punctures of moderate size
but normally concealed. Elytra very little wider than pro-
thorax, parallel-sided to near apex; striate-punctate, punc-

_ tures fairly large but more or less concealed. Length (in-
cluding rostrum), 5-6 mm.

Hab.—North-Western Australia (Macleay Museum and
Taylor Bros.).

In the table previously given by me should be placed
next to Bovilli, but the incurvature at apex of prothorax is
not so deep, the prothorax itself is longer and less flat, and
the rostrum is longer and stouter. The prothorax is shorter
and flatter than in abundans, apex more noticeably incurved,
rostrum of different shape, eyes more conspicuous, elytral
sete less noticeable, etc.

The elytral sete, although fairly stout, are indistinct
from most directions. The scales are usually of a bright-
green, but on the elytra there are occasionally brown spots,
occasionally some of the scales have a slight coppery gloss, or
a single scale here and there may be of a fiery golden colour.
On the head and prothorax of one specimen most of the scales
are bluish. On one specimen before me (and I have seen
others) the whole of the scales are of a dull white. The
femora at a glance appear to be edentate, but on close exam-
ination an exceedingly small tooth may generally be seen on
each, but it is quite invisible from most directions.

148

MYLLOcCERUS TAYLORI, n. sp.

Black ; tibiz and tarsi reddish, the antennze and femora
somewhat darker. Densely clothed with pale-green scales,
becoming paler along the middle of the under surface and on
the legs. Prothorax with numerous whitish sete, usually
slightly raised above general level ; elytra with scarcely raised
sete, forming one or two very irregular rows on each inter-
stice, but more numerous on the hind half of the suture.

Hyes larger and more convex than usual. Rostrum just
perceptibly wider than long, sides lightly incurved, depressed
along middle, with an impunctate and shining median line ;
sublateral carine rather distant, and parallel except in front.
Antenne rather long; scape moderately curved; first joint
of funicle slightly stouter but scarcely longer than second.
Prothorar about once and one half as wide as long, base con-
siderably wider than apex, the latter rather lightly but dis-
tinctly incurved to middle ; punctures of moderate size, round
and deep, but normally concealed. Hlytra and femora as in
the preceding species. Length (including rostrum), 7 mm.

Hab.—North Queensland (Taylor Bros.).

Differs from a species which I believe to be aphthosus
by its absence of black spots on the elytra, and by the ros-
trum having an impunctate line instead of a median carina ;
the under surface of the rostrum also appears to be separated
from the head by a short, deep groove, somewhat as in mara-
belas ; but it has not the backwardly projecting process of that
species. In my table it should be placed next to abundans,
from which it differs in its wider rostrum, much more promi-
nent eyes, narrower elytra, scape not grooved on its lower
surface, etc. From some directions the scales appear to have
a faint coppery gloss; and also the second joint of the funicle
appears to be slightly longer than the first.

MYLLOCERUS CASTOR, 0. sp.

Black; antenne and legs more or less reddish. Densely
clothed with greyish-white scales, thickly interspersed with
small brown spots on the elytra; the prothorax usually with
two irregular and widely-separated brown stripes. Prothorax
with distinct sete, slightly raised above general level ; elytra
with thin semi-upright setz, usually confined to a single row
on each interstice.

Rostrum longer than wide, sides rather strongly in-
curved, with three distinct carine, of which the sublateral
ones are parallel except in front. Antenne long; scape
moderately curved and rather stout; first joint of funicle
slightly longer than second. Prothorax about once and one

149

half as wide as long, base strongly bisinuate and distinctly
wider than apex, the latter lightly incurved to middle; punc-
tures large, but more or less concealed. EHlytra considerably
wider than prothorax, parallel-sided to beyond the middle;
striate-punctate, striz distinct, punctures rather large but
more or less concealed. Femora stout, minutely dentate.
Length (including rostrum), 52-64 mm.

Hab.—Queensland : Busbene (A. J. Turner), Blackall
Ranges (H. Hacker).

In some respects close to modestus, but rostrum thinner,
antennz stouter, prothorax increasing in width to base and
there considerably wider, and clothing different. Sides of
prothorax less rounded than in cinerascens, second joint of
antenne different, eyes more prominent, rostrum wider, setz
different, etc. The femoral teeth, although small, are quite
distinct from certain directions.

MYLLOCERUS POLLUX, 0. sp.

Black; legs and antennz more or less obscurely diluted
with red. Densely clothed with greyish scales, thickly inter-
spersed with small brown spots on the elytra; the prothorax
with or without an obscure stripe towards each side. Setz
of prothorax not raised above general level, those on the
elytra rather stout and decumbent.

Rostrum and antenne as in the preceding species. Pro-
thorax about once and one half as wide as long, base strongly
bisinuate and much wider than apex, the latter very feebly
incurved to middle, with large but more or less concealed
punctures. Hlytra very little wider than prothorax, but
otherwise as in the preceding species. Femora rather feebly
dentate. Length (including rostrum), 62-74 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown (H. Hacker), Endeavour
River (C. French).

In the table previously given by me this species should
be placed with comerascens, from which it differs in being nar-
rower, in the rostrum wider, antenne more distant at their
bases, two basal joints of funicle shorter and stouter, eyes
more convex and prominent, and prothorax with different
punctures. In general appearance it is close to the preceding
species, and the femora are much the same, but the prothorax
decidedly wider at the base, where its width is almost equal
to that of elytra, and the elytral setz much less distinct,
although apparently the same in number and _ disposition.
The club, on the three specimens before me, is paler than the
rest of the antennz, instead of being darker as is usually the
case. The femora are darker than the tibie and tarsi. The
elytra of one specimen are of a dull red.

150

PROXYRODES VIRIDIPICTUS, nN. Sp.

Black ; antenne (club somewhat infuscate) and legs of a
rather bright-red. Densely clothed with bright-green scales,
of which a few have a slight golden gleam ; under surface and
legs mostly with whitish or greyish scales.

Head rather convex. Eyes more rounded on their inner
than their outer sides. Rostrum very short (very decidedly
wider than long), feebly depressed along middle; at apex
without a triangular plate, but with a semi-circular impres-
sion, the hind margin of which is formed by an acute carina.
Antenne thin ; scape moderately curved ; first joint of funicle
almost as long as second and third combined. Prothorax
about once and one fourth as wide as long, sides strongly
rounded, base truncate and distinctly narrower than apex,
the latter lightly but distinctly incurved to middle ; punctures
apparently large, but more or less concealed. Hlytra scarcely
wider than middle of prothorax; parallel-sided to beyond the
middle; striate-punctate, striz distinct but punctures more
or less concealed. Femora stout and acutely dentate. Length
(including rostrum), 44 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cape York (H. Elgner).

Agrees in all details with the description of this genus ;()
but the clothing of a very different nature to that noted for
maculatus, and the prothorax not bisinuate at base and other-
wise different. The upper surface from most directions ap-
pears to be entirely without sete; but a few may be seen on
the elytra from the sides.

TIMARETA PUNCTICOLLIS, n. sp.

Of a pale- or dark-reddish-brown, sometimes almost
black; appendages paler. Densely clothed with whitish scales
often feebly mottled with pale-brown, and frequently with
a rosy or golden gloss. With dense, fine, white setz.

Hyes not very prominent. Scrobes fairly distinct from
above. Antennz apparently extending to base of prothorax ;
scape thickened and curved at apex; two basal joints of
funicle subequal in length. Prothoraz distinctly transverse,
sides strongly and regularly rounded, median line absent;
with fairly numerous and clearly-defined punctures of mode-
rate size, and which are not entirely concealed before abra-
sion. Hlytra ovate; striate-punctate, punctures fairly large,
becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices wide, gently and
regularly convex, and with small and dense punctures. Under
surface with rather smaller punctures than on prothorax;

(1) Mr. Blackburn states that Proxyrodes differs from all
allied genera, except Proryrus, by its dentate femora; but
several species of Myllocerus, both Australian and foreign, have
dentate femora.

151

middle of basal segment of abdomen gently concave in male,
convex in female. Tibi curved and at apex inflated, front
pair flattened at apex and with a strong inner hook. Length,
4-6 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Nubeena (at roots of plants close to
seabeach, A. M. Lea).

The pale-brown markings of the upper surface are never
strongly defined, and consist of small spots on the elytra and
traces of three stripes (confined to the base) on the prothorax ;
but they are often absent. The golden gloss may be almost
general, confined to a few scattered scales, or absent. Scales,
except at the sides of metasternum and abdomen, are almost
absent from the under surface. The elytral punctures on the
basal half can be traced before abrasion. The prothorax is
without traces of granules.

Readily distinguished from other species of Timareta by
the regular and clearly-defined prothoracic punctures, which
can be seen to a certain extent (unless the specimens are
greasy) even before abrasion. The metallic or rosy gloss
which many of the scales have is also a distinctive feature,
but in this they agree to a certain extent with pilosa
(Blackb.), which, however, has very different hind tibie in
the male. The eyes are less conspicuous than in swbterranea,
the scape is longer, thinner, and more curved. Specimens
tend to get greasy with age, and when greasy the metallic
gloss is often lost.

This species and the three following ones are so closely
allied, and their clothing is so variable, that before abrasion
it is difficult to point out any very satisfactory distinguishing
features; after abrasion, however, they are fairly easily dis-
tinguished by the punctures, etc., of the prothorax. To ren-
der this clearer I give a table of the species, including with
them swbterranea from King Island. They are all to be taken
in abundance at the roots of beach-growing plants.

Prothorax without traces of granules.
Prothorax with clearly defined punctures

of moderate size ... ... puncticollis.
Prothorax with moderate “punctures
scattered amongst very small ones ... intermizta.
Prothorax at least with traces of Sas
Median line distinct be -. .. Swanseaensis,

Median line absent or almost 50.
With a smoky spot in Pa of base
of head ; iis . ... dneonstans.
Without such a ‘spot csc pen une bom | SOADUCIPCICGR,

TIMARETA INTERMIXTA, N. Sp.

Eyes small and prominent. Scrobes very distinct’ from
above. Antenne apparently slightly passing base of pro-

152

thorax, scape slightly thinner than in the preceding. /roe
thorax with numerous minute punctures, and a few of mode-
rate size scattered about ; median line just traceable in places.
Under surface with punctures the size of the larger ones on
prothorax. Length, 4-6} mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Ulverstone (A. M. Lea).

This and the two following species also vary from a pale-
reddish-brown almost to black, and their sete are much the
same. The clothing is also of the same density, although
variable in pattern. I have compared them with the above
description of puncticollis, and the features in which they
agree exactly have been omitted.

The dark mottling of the scales is more noticeable than
in the other species Here described. On almost all the speci-
mens before me there is a large subquadrate patch of smoky
scales occupying the greater portion of the prothorax, this
being bounded by a whitish stripe on each side; on the elytra
the white scales are often in a minority, the bulk of the scales
being slightly infuscated or subochreous, with darker spots
(sometimes appearing as short stripes) scattered about.

TIMARETA INCONSTANS, N. sp.

Eyes, scrobes, and antennz as in the preceding species.
Prothoraz densely and minutely punctate, and with traces
of numerous feeble granules; median line almost absent. 4 6-
domen with small dense punctures, and with larger ones on
basal segments. Length, 5-6 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea).

The bulk of the scales are whitish, or with a tinge (some-
times a very decided one) of blue, with a very faint rosy
gleam in places on an occasional specimen. On the prothorax
there is always a more or less distinct smoky interrupted line
along the middle, and the line is continued on to the head ;
but when greasy it is less distinct; there is also occasionally
a short smoky line on each side of he base; on the elytra
there are usually (especially in the males) fairly numerous
smoky spots, and which are more numerous towards the suture
than the sides.

TIMARETA SWANSEAENSIS, 0. sp.

Hyes and scrobes almost as in punctzcollis.. Scape some-
what thinner, but not straighter. Prothorar with dense and
minute punctures, and with a row of larger punctures form-
ing a distinct median line; with very indistinct traces of
granules. Length, 5-7 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Swansea (A. M. Lea).

The bulk of the scales are whitish, but with large patches
of very pale-ochreous ones, and on the elytra (especially in

. 153

the males) with very feeble smoky spots. On the prothorax
there is often a large subquadrate patch, somewhat as in
intermiata, but much less clearly defined, or traces of this.
may remain as three very feeble lines. There is usually a
fairly distinct spot of whitish scales on the third interstice at
the base. Not infrequently, however, the only markings are
very feeble mottlings of pale-ochreous. The traces of gran-
ules on the prothorax are much less distinct than on the pre-
ceding species, but the abdominal punctures are much the
same.
TIMARETA NODIPENNIS, 0. sp.

Black, appendages more or less red. Densely clothed
with light-brown or slaty-grey feebly-mottled scales; each
side of prothorax with a stripe of subochreous scales. With
stout, semi-decumbent, whitish setz scattered about.

Head with minute, normally-concealed punctures. Ros-
trum about as long as its greatest width; apex glabrous and!
with numerous small punctures; with a narrow, normally-
distinct median carina. Antenne rather long and thin;
seape lightly curved ; two basal joints of funicle rather long,
subequal in length. Prothorar moderately transverse, sides
rather strongly rounded, base about one-fourth wider than
apex ; median line distinct ; with numerous rather large, flat-.
tened, partially-concealed granules. Hlytra subovate; with
series of large, partially-concealed punctures in rather feeble
striz; suture third and fifth interstices raised and granulate
about summit of posterior declivity. Legs moderately long ;
front coxe large, not quite touching; front femora stout ;
front tibiz denticulate below. Length, 52-7 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: King George Sound (Mac-
leay Museum and EK. W. Ferguson), Mount Barker (R.
Helms).

The male differs from the female in being smaller, the
prothorax wider, the elytra narrower, with considerably
larger punctures, the two basal segments of abdomen de-
pressed in middle, and the legs longer.

Readily distinguished from all other described species
of the genus by the sculpture of the elytra. The specimens
from the Macleay Museum were given to me under the un-
published name of Asceparnus nodipennis, Pasc.

An occasional specimen has the whole of the derm
diluted with red. The tarsi (except the claws) and antenne
appear to be always reddish; the tibie are generally more
or less distinctly diluted with red; the femora are also some-
times reddish, but are usually black. The mottling of the
seales is usually more noticeable om and about the posterior
declivity than elsewhere. On some specimens most of the

154

sete are stramineous instead of white. Each of the pro-
thoracic granules on abrasion is seen to have numerous small
punctures, with a rather larger central one. The elytra have
a peculiarly rough appearance about summit of posterior de-
clivity, although the granules there are not very large; on
the third interstice the series of granules is suddenly inter-
rupted, so that a distinct depression appears; the apex of
the fifth (some distance before the apex of the elytra) is
marked by a small tubercle, or some small conjoined granules.
There are also a few feeble granules towards the sides.

TIMARETA DUPLICATA, Nn. Sp.

Black or dull-brown, appendages more or less diluted
with red. Rather densely clothed with light-brown or fawn-
coloured scales, feebly mottled with darker brown ; under-sur-
face with paler and sparser clothing than elsewhere. With
stramineous or whitish sete scattered about, and mostly
formed into a single row on each elytral interstice.

Head with minute partially-concealed punctures. Ros-
trum with sides scarcely visibly incurved to middle, inter-
antennary space rather lightly narrowed hindwards so that

at its base it is about two-thirds the width of its apex; —

carina rather feeble, but normally distinct throughout. An-
tenne rather thin; scape rather lghtly curved; two basal
joints of funicle moderately long, subequal in length. Pro-
thorar almost as long as wide, sides moderately rounded,
base not much but distinctly wider than apex; median line
feeble; with dense small, partially-concealed granules.
Elytra subovate ; with rather large partially-concealed punc-
tures, in rather feeble strie; interstices gently convex, the
third, fifth, and seventh scarcely visibly raised. Front cove
touching at exact middle; front femora stout; front tibie
moderately denticulate below. Length, 43-64 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Galston (D. Dumbrell),
National Park (A. M. Lea), Blue Mountains (H. J. Carter).

The male differs from the female in being smaller, the
elytra narrower, and with larger punctures, and the legs
slightly longer with stouter femora.

In general appearance remarkably close to some forms
of granicollis, but the rostrum wider with the inter-antennary
space much less narrowed behind, and the scrobes con-
siderably deeper.

Of the six specimens before me most of the derm of the
head, rostrum, prothorax, and under surface is black, but
the elytra are sometimes diluted with red; one specimen has
the derm entirely red. Four have the legs (except the claws)
entirely red, two have the femora almost entirely black, and

——- -.

155

one of these has the tibie almost black. The clothing is
but feebly variegated, and to the naked eye eee to be
of a dull-muddy-grey.

TIMARETA XANTHORRHG#, nN. sp.

Dull-red, claws black. Rather densely clothed with
greyish-white or bluish-white scales, with feeble light-brown
markings; under-surface with rather sparse subsetose cloth-
ing. With numerous erect whitish sete.

Head with minute, normally-concealed punctures. Ros-
trum short, parallel-sided, inter-antennary space strongly

narrowed hindwards. Antenne thin; scape moderately
curved ; basal joint of funicle stouter and slightly longer than
second. Prothorar almost as long as wide, sides rather

strongly rounded; with rather small punctures and obsolete
granules, both normally almost or quite concealed; median
line very indistinct. “lytra subovate or subcordate; with
series of rather large, partially-concealed punctures, in
feeble striz ; interstices gently convex, not alternately raised.
Front core not quite touching; femora stout, especially the
front pair; front tibiz with several stout sete or spines, but
not denticulate below. Length, 34-44 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Darling Ranges (A. M. Lea).

The male differs from the female in being smaller, the
elytra narrower and with larger punctures, the two basal
segments of abdomen flat (instead of gently convex) in
middle, and the legs slightly longer.

A comparatively small, narrow species not very close to
any other known to me. The sete are very conspicuous,
especially on the elytra. On the prothorax the light-brown
markings form three feeble longitudinal stripes, of which the
outer ones are sometimes not continuous to the apex. On
the elytra there is generally a patch of the light-brown scales
obliqely bounded close to the summit of the posterior de-
clivity, by pale scales, but often continued along the suture
and sometimes feebly dilated about the apex. On an occa-
sional specimen the elytra appear to have numerous small
whitish spots. Occasionally the clothing is of a uniform dull
grey. Numerous specimens were obtained from a species of
Xanthorrhaa.

SUBFAMILY LEPTOPSIDES.

CaTASARCUS OVINUS, Pasc.

There are numerous specimens before me which I refer
to this species. They differ from opimus in being somewhat
narrower, and with the elytral punctures rather less con-

156

spicuous, but in particular by the intermediate carine of the
head being of normal form, although rather closer together
than usual. The clothing is very readily abraded, but on
the prothorax is fairly dense; frequently, however, owing
to partial abrasion, there appears to be a feeble median nude
line; in the elytral punctures it varies from greyish-white
to golden. The length varies from 8 to 12 mm.

One specimen has the peculiar varnish that appears lable
to occur in any species of this genus.

My specimens are from Western Australia (Albany,
Mount Barker, and Swan River) ; the type was recorded from
Queensland, but this I believe to be an error, as I do not
think that any species of the genus Catasarcus occurs in
Queensland, and recent experience with specimens from vari-
ous European museums has shown me that wrong localities
are frequently attached to insects from Australia.

CaTASARCUS CERATUS, Pasc.

Of the type of this species Mr. Gahan wrote to me:—
“The basal joint of the funicle is slightly longer than the
second joint.” This is in contradiction to the original de-
scription.

CaATASARCUS GRANULATUS, Nn. sp.

Black; appendages (knees, tarsi, and tips of tibiz ex-
cepted) dark-red.

Head with lateral carine strong and almost parallel-
sided, the median ones short, with a deep impression between
them; behind the impression a feeble subtriangular eleva-
tion. Rostrum with median carina shining and more con-
spicuous than the lateral ones, which are sparsely but rather
strongly punctured. First joint of funicle scarcely once and
one-half the length of second. Prothorar strongly trans-
verse ; with small, irregular, transversely-arranged wrinkles,
and with small scattered punctures. Elytra large, sub-
humeral tubercle almost obsolete; with rows of fairly large
but rather shallow punctures: interstices much wider than
punctures, and with numerous small granules. Length (ex-
cluding rostrum), 133-19 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (A. M. Lea).

The clothing, which consists of whitish scales and sete,
is very sparse on the three specimens before me, and is pro-
bably never very dense. On the prothorax and elytra it
appears to be confined to the punctures, and on the head and
rostrum to the grooves; on the lower surface it is irregularly
distributed. But in all species of Catasarcus the clothing is
very readily abraded. On the prothorax at the sides there

ie

Pel me

157

are fairly numerous but irregular granules, but on the disc
the feeble transverse folds are seldom broken up into gran-
ules. On the elytra the granules are frequently so arranged
as to form feeble rings around the punctures; between punc-
ture and puncture there is often a feeble ridge (depressed
in its middle), apparently formed by conjoined granules.

In appearance much lke rufipes, but the elytral punc-
tures surrounded with isolated granules, and the carine on
the head somewhat different.

CATASARCUS MOLLIS, Nn. sp.

Black, appendages red; basal half of antennz infuscate,
claws and club black.

Head with small, dense punctures, and with a few scat-
tered ones of slightly larger size; with four strong and very
decidedly curved carine. Median carina of rostrum compara-
tively narrow, but very distinct to where it extends into the
apical triangle, lateral carinze with coarse and somewhat irre-
gular punctures. First joint of funicle about once and one-
half the length of second. VProthorax strongly transverse ;
with small, dense, and more or less angular granules; with
dense, minute punctures, and with some larger ones, but
still small, scattered about. JHlytra large; subhumeral
tubercle stout and slightly curved; with rows of large and
rather deep punctures, becoming small posteriorly; inter-
stices somewhat wrinkled, with sparse, small punctures, and
with still smaller but somewhat denser ones. Length, 144-
16 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Barker and Albany
(R. Helms).

On the two specimens before me the clothing is much
as on the preceding species, except that it has a slight golden
tinge; this, however, is probably not a constant distinction.
One of the specimens has the knees very slightly infuscated.
The carinz on the head are at about equal distances apart
where they terminate in front, but about their middle the
space between the twe median ones is fully half the total
space between the two outer ones. The elytral interstices on
the basal half appear to be sinuous and narrower than the
punctures, but posteriorly they are wider than the punctures
and less sinuous. From certain directions they appear to be
covered with very feeble granules.

The carinz on the head are as described in pollinosus,
but the elytral punctures are larger than usual, instead of
small and remote. In his description of pollinosus Pascoe
assumed that “‘the peculiar waxy appearance is not an exu-
dation to be rubbed off, but is a part of the tegument itself.”

158

This I believe to be an error.(2) In appearance it somewhat
resembles maculatus, but is wider, median ridges of head
curved and widely separated, and the derm soft. In most
species of the genus the derm is hard, but in the present
species it is quite soft and thin, although there is nothing
from the outside to indicate that it is not of normal hard-
ness. Opimus is another species which has the derm rather
fragile, but the two species have little else in common. In
some respects it is close to foveatus, but is considerably larger,
and seventh joint of funicle no longer than the fourth.

CATASARCUS DURUS, N. sp.

Black ; appendages (club and claws excepted) of a very
dark-red.

Head, rostrum, antenne, and prothorax much as in pre-
ceding species, except that the carine on the head are almost
parallel-sided on their basal two-thirds, but curve rather
strongly round at the apex, with the space between the
middle of the two median ones distinctly less. Hlytra much
the same, but rather shorter, subhumeral tubercle slightly
smaller, and punctures somewhat smaller. Length, 14-16
mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Barker (A. M. Lea).

The three specimens before me, except for the legs, are:
almost entirely glabrous, but as some scales are to be seen
in a few side punctures of the elytra (where rubbing is least
likely to take place) this would appear to be due to abrasion.

In appearance very close to the preceding species, but
carine on the head somewhat different, elytral punctures
smaller, and derm of normal hardness; the interstices,
although their punctures and practically obsolete granules are
exactly as in the preceding species, are wider in proportion
to the rows of punctures. In some respects it is close to the
description of efforatus, but is larger, and elytral punctures.
different.

CATASARCUS CARINATICEPS, nN. sp.

Black; appendages (club and claws excepted) dark-red.

Head with minute punctures and with a few larger (but
still small) ones scattered about; lateral carine parallel-
sided almost to apex, median carine parallel-sided and close:
together. Median carina of rostrum very distinct, the late-
ral ones with distinct punctures. First joint of funicle fully
once and one-half the length of second. Prothorar strongly
transverse; with dense punctures and dense granules, the

593.

159

latter frequently conjoined to form small transverse ridges,
especially in the middle. Hlytra large; subhumeral tubercle
small but subconical; with rows of large punctures, becom-
ing smaller posteriorly ; interstices in some parts narrower
than punctures, with small and more or less obsolete gran-
ules. Length, 12-14 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Esperance Bay (W. W. Frog-
gatt and C. French).

On one specimen the club is very little darker than the
rest. of the antennez, but on the others it is black; the tarsi
and tips of the tibiz are sometimes infuscated. On one
specimen the grooves on the head are densely filled with flav-
ous scales, the grooves on the rostrum having as dense but
paler scales. On its elytra all the punctures are filled with
flavous scales, and flavous and white scales are rather dense
on parts of the under-surface. On other specimens, how-
ever, the clothing is much sparser.

In appearance somewhat close to the two preceding spe-
eles and to maculatus, but median carine on head close to-
gether and parallel, the space between them being only about
one-fifth of the total space between the two outer ones. They
are even more closely together than in ovinus, from which
species it also differs in being larger and narrower, elytral
punctures larger, and prothorax much rougher. The general
appearance is much like Hopez, but that species also has the
median carine more distant.

Two specimens from the Swan River differ in being
smaller (11-12 mm.), with the prothoracic granules less nume-
rous, and with a less noticeable tendency to become conjoined
across the middle.

LEPTOPS FASCIATUS, n. sp.

Black; parts of antenne and of legs obscurely diluted
with red. Very densely clothed with soft round scales, vary-
ing from white to dark-brown, but mostly of a pale-brown
on the upper surface, and whitish on the lower. Upper sur-
face with moderately dense sete, longer on the elytra than
the prothorax ; denser on the under surface and still denser
on the legs.

Head with dense, concealed punctures. Rostrum com-
paratively long and thin; with a fine but distinct median
carina, on each side of which is a rather shallow groove ; sub-
lateral sulci lightly curved, closed at both ends; scrobes shal-
low on posterior third. Antenne rather thin; scape rather
suddenly thickened at apex. Prothorar along middle as long
as wide, but longer at sides, sides strongly rounded; with
small, regular, flattened tubercles or large granules, and

160

large punctures, but both more or less concealed by cloth-
ing; with a rather feeble median line. Hlytra ovate-cordate ;
at base scarcely wider than base of prothorax, widest at about
basal third; with regular rows of large, but partially-con-
cealed punctures; interstices gently convex, the odd scarcely
more noticeably raised than the even ones, without traces of
granules or tubercles. Length, 8-95 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Gympie (R. Illidge).

On the elytra there is a feeble stripe of more or less
whitish scales, commencing on each shoulder, curving round
and conjoined on suture about the middle; although not
sharply defined it is quite distinct. The posterior declivity
(except on the suture) and parts of the sides of the elytra
are regularly clothed with dark-brown scales; similar scales.
clothe the head and rostrum, and parts of the antenne and
of the legs. On the prothorax of one specimen they form
a vague line down the middle, and on another on each side
as well. Owing to the thickened apex of the club partially
concealing the base of the first jot of funicle, that joint
from most directions appears to be slightly shorter than the
second, but when its entire length can be seen, it is noticed
to be slightly longer than it. .

In the table given in Ann. Soc. Ent., Belg., 1906, p.
314, this species should be placed next to regularis, from
which it differs in having the rostrum thinner, with a more
noticeable carina, scape thinner, eyes with coarser facets,
elytra wider, and with a curved fascia of pale scales, etc.
In appearance it is somewhat close to Peripagis densus, but.
is much narrower across shoulders, eyes narrower, and with
coarser facets, ocular lobes much more conspicuous, etc.

A specimen from Port Denison in the Macleay Museum
differs from the types in having the scales almost entirely
greyish or white, the dark-brown scales being entirely absent,
and the elytra with the curved fascia scarcely traceable. Its.
setz also are rather more numerous.

MANDALOTUS.

This genus when well worked out will probably be found
to contain a larger number of species than any other Aus-
tralian genus of weevils. At present (including the species.
described below) it stands second only to Talaurinus.® But.
as the species of that genus are large and conspicuous, whilst
those of Mandalotus are all small and of retiring habits:
(many being subterranean and others living in moss), it fol-
lows that species of Talaurinus have been obtained by almost

(3) Excluding known synonyms and yarieties—Talaurinus 95,
Mandalotus 71.

161

every naturalist who has looked for insects in Australia;
whilst the species of J/andalotus as a rule are obtained only
by entomologists who are well acquainted with insects hav-
ing similar hiding-places or habits. As a matter of fact, very
few localities in Australia have been systematically explored
for them.

At a glance the species appear to be remarkably alike
and difficult to distinguish, and this is certainly the case
with the females. But the males of the majority have re-
markable secondary sexual characters. These have been
made use of in the table previously given by me,() but some
other remarkable ones occur in the species described below ;
in the prosternum, meso- and meta-sternum and coxe.
There is also a specimen of an undescribed species in the
National (Melbourne) Museum, with a conical tubercle on
each of the front coxe. It seems probable, therefore, that
many other remarkable features exist in the species which
have still to be described.

Unfortunately these masculine features are confined to
the under surface and legs, so that to see them clearly it is
necessary to have the specimens mounted on their sides or
backs.

To bring the males of the species described below into
line with those in the table previously given by me, the fol-
lowing letters, etc., may be of use: —
AA. 1. Prothoracic sculpture transversely

arranged coe the) eee a eee

2. Prothoracic granules not so

arranged,

mesosternalis, nN. sp.

Cs
3. Space between middle and
front coxze almost equal ... rudis, n. sp.
4. Space between middle cox
much greater than between
front, cox) says) =. .-. enudus, Hr:

ce. —_—_———

AAA. 1. Prosternum tuberculate,
*Tubercle in front of cox

__and notched ct anmipectus. mM. sp:
*“Tubercle behind coxze and
conical ... ... prosternalis, n. sp.

2. Prosternum not tuberculate.
B

AAAA. Mesosternum with a _ process
which is notched at apex ... incisus, n. sp.
BB. 1. Metasternum bituberculate ... metasternalis, n. sp.
2. Metasternum not bituberculate ...

(4) These Transactions, 1907, pp. 181-135.
F

162

GG. v.
1. With subhumeral projections herbivorus, n. sp.
2. Without such projections.
3. Base of rostrum aude
raised above head . .. ammophilus, n. sp.
4. Base not so raised.
vv.
KK. e.
1. Prothorax on abrasion with
conspicuous granules... ... cozalis, n. sp.
2). Pen without such evan-
ules

3. Metasternum and_ abdo- :
men with golden clothing muscivorus. n. sp.
4, Without such clothing ... maculatus, Lea.
ee.

MANDALOTUS SCABER, Lea.

In this species, of which I have seen but one male, there
is a blunt-tipped process, slightly longer than the trochanter,
projecting backwards from each of the middle coxe.

MANDALOTUS AMPLICOLLIS, Lea.

In the original description of this species I spoke of ane
depression on the abdomen being bounded behind by a dis-
tinct ridge on the second segment. The second segment, how-
ever, has not really a ridge, but has a small tubercle on each
side of its middle; in the type these two tubercles (owing to
scales and a small amount of mud) appeared conjoined so
as to form a ridge, but on a second specimen being examined
their true nature was discerned. In the table given by me
(in Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., 1907, pp. 131-135) it should
be placed in C; and e should be altered to read : —
Abdomen bituberculate.

Tubercles on basal segment ... ... ... geminatus.
r Ths =
Tubercles on second segment ... ... ... amplicollis.

MANDALOTUS NIGER, Lea.

Dr. E. W. Ferguson has recently taken the sexes of this
species on the Blue Mountains. The male has the intercoxal
process of the mesosternum laminated, and in saan table the
species should be removed from E. 7. to A. aa.; from the
two species (heplostethus and simulator) placed there it dif-
fers in being more than twice the size; the process is shaped
somewhat as in simulator, except that it is flatter, but the
prothorax is larger in proportion, more rounded, and with
numerous flattened and rather conspicuous eranules : the
front tibia are also without granules. In size and general
appearance the body, but not the limbs, approaches that of
mirabilis.

163

MANDALOTUS SIMULATOR, Lea.

A specimen from the Blue Mountains differs from the
types in being larger (6 mm.), with the front tibie inflated
towards the base, and with a conspicuous row of granules
when viewed from some directions (in the types the tibie are
less inflated and the granules are much less conspicuous) ;
the mesosternal process, in addition to its curvature, appears
also"to be slightly concave on its apical two-thirds.

MaANDALOTUS CAMPYLOCNEMIS, Lea.

o. In the male of this species the basal segment of the
abdomen should not have been described as transversely de-
pressed. Although the depression is wider at the base than
it is long down the middle, it is certainly a longitudinal one,
and rearwards just perceptibly encroaches on the second seg-
ment. In front it is joined on to a large depression on the
meta- and meso-sternum, that is bounded on each side by
the coxe. The middle coxz in consequence are strongly ele-
vated above the middle of the mesosternum. Their inner
walls are obliquely flattened, and each has a short conical
projection in line with its trochanter; they are very widely
separated (almost as widely as the hind pair), and the suture
between them is deeply impressed. The front coxz are also
widely separated, but the space between them is hardly more
than half that between the middle pair: the space between
them is also somewhat irregular. The front tibie have a
strong flange-like extension near the apex, so that the apex
itself appears somewhat V-shaped.

MANDALOTUS INCISUS, n. sp.

3. Black; antennz dull-red, most of scape darker,
tarsi reddish-castaneous. Densely clothed with muddy-brown
or sooty scales, feebly variegated on the under surface and
legs. With stout, dark recurved sete.

Rostrum with “a narrow carina, visible throughout.
Scape moderately stout, regularly increasing in thickness to
apex. LProthorar (from above) almost circular in outline;
with large, rcund, somewhat flattened granules, traceable
through, but completely covered by, clothing. Hlytra con-
jointly arcuate at base, with a comparatively strong sub-
humeral tubercle, disc somewhat uneven; feebly tuberculate
about summit of posterior declivity ; with large, round, nor-
mally almost concealed punctures. MJesosternwm with a
rather short imtercoxal process, which is distinctly notched
at its apex. Abdomen strongly depressed near base. Front
core rather widely separated. Length, 43-5} mm.

F2

164

Q. Differs in having the prothorax smaller, elytra
larger and wider, mesosternum simple, abdomen fat at base,
and legs shorter.

Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (E. W. Fer-
guson).

Readily distinguished from all other species of the genus
(many of which it strongly resembles) by the intercoxal pro-
cess of mesosternum of male, this being produced and notched
at apex, instead of laminated as in A of my table, or conical
as in AA.

MANDALOTUS MESOSTERNALIS, N. sp.

3d. Black; antennz dull-red, scape darker, tarsi red-
dish-castaneous. Densely clothed with stout muddy or sooty-
brown scales, more or less variegated with paler scales. With
stout slightly-curved sete, similar in colour to the scales
amongst which they are placed.

Leostrwm with a narrow carina, visible throughout. Scape
moderately short and stout. /Prothorax truncate in front,
rounded at base and sides; with numerous strong, transverse,
or oblique carinz, interrupted in middle, and quite distinct
before abrasion. //ytra conjointly arcuate at base; with a
moderately strong subhumeral tubercle; disc even; with
rows of large, normally almost concealed punctures; alter-
nate interstices slightly raised. Under surface with dense
punctures and sparse minute granules, both normally con-
cealed. Mesosternum with a strong, conical, intercoxal pro-
cess. Basal segment of abdomen somewhat depressed in
middle. Front core lightly but distinctly separated; four
hind tibie strongly netched near apex. Length, 3$-5 mm.

Q. Differs in having the elytra larger and wider, meso-
sternum simple, basal segment of abdomen convex in middle,
and legs shorter, with thinner femora and simple tibiz.

Hab.—New South Wales: National Park (H. J. Car-
ter), Sydney (HE. W. Ferguson).

In my table would be placed in AA, from all of which
it is distinguished by the much longer mesosternal process (in
length this is about equal to each of the front cox), and
by transverse carine replacing the usual prothoracic granules.

One specimen has all the legs obscurely diluted with red.
The paler scales appear to be variable; on one female they
form very feeble stripes on the prothorax, clothe each
shoulder, form a small spot on the third interstice at base,
and a fairly distinct curved fascia at summit of posterior
declivity. On another female they clothe the sides almost
regularly from apex of prothorax to apex of elytra; on this
specimen also most of the elytral scales are brownish. On
a male the only scales that are variegated are some on the

165

femora. The notch near apex of each of the four hind tibie

of the male is very strong, but from some directions practi-

cally invisible. :
MANDALOTUS RUDIS, n. sp.

3. Black, in places obscurely diluted with red; an-
tennze dull-red, scape darker; tarsi reddish-castaneous.
Densely clothed with muddy-brown or sooty scales, inter-
spersed with very stout depressed sete.

Rostrum without a visible carina. Scape for the genus
rather long and thin. /Prothorax large, feebly transverse,
sides strongly and evenly rounded, apex distinctly narrower
than base ; median line traceable before abrasion ; with nume-
rous, rather large, round, somewhat flattened granules, more
or less traceable before abrasion. SHlytra scarcely conjointly
arcuate at base; shoulders projecting, with a rather feeble
subhumeral tubercle, disc uneven and obsoletely tuberculate,
especially about summit of posterior declivity; with rows of
large, normally-concealed punctures. Mesosternwm with a
wide, feebly conical intercoxal process. Metasternum and
basal segment of abdomen feebly conjointly concave in mid-
dle. Front core widely separated; hind tibie with an
inner row of granules, invisible from most directions.
Length, 6 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (EH. Allen).

In the table given by me this species would be placed
next to crudus, which in fact it very strongly resembles, but
it differs in having the prothorax larger, with more conspicu-
ous granules, the front coxe more widely separated (the dis-
tance between them is almost equal to that separating the
middle tibiz, instead of less than half as in erudus), and the
mesosternal process less acute, although of about the same
length. The abdomen also is without the conspicuous gran-
ules of crudus.

The sete are unusually stout, and most of them are quite
flat amongst the scales.

MANDALOTUS ARMIPECTUS, N. Sp.

3. Colour as described in preceding species. Densely
clothed with muddy-grey scales, sometimes variegated with
sooty. With moderately stout semi-erect sete.

Rostrum with a narrow carina. Scape feebly curved,
apex rather suddenly thickened. Prothorar moderately
transverse, sides strongly rounded, apex much narrower than
base, which is almost truncate; median line distinct; surface
uneven. Jlytra trisinuate at base, subhumeral projection
distinct; with rows of large, partially-concealed punctures ;
alternate interstices moderately raised. Prosternuwm with a

166

suddenly raised process just in front of and between coxe,
flat on top, and slightly notched in middle. Metasternum
and basal segment of abdomen conjointly feebly concave in
middle. Front core separated slightly more than middle
pair. Length, 4-45 mm.

Q. Differs in having elytra larger and wider, proster-
num simple, basal segment of abdomen gently convex in
middle, and the femora not quite so stout.

Hab.—New South Wales: Shoalhaven (E. W. Fer-
guson).

The prosternal process of the male will readily distin-
guish from all previously described species, many of which
it strongly resembles.

On most of the specimens before me the scales are of
a uniform muddy-grey, but on two males there are sooty
scales forming vermiculate patches on both prothorax and
elytra. On several specimens the rostral carina is quite dis-
tinct, but on others it is concealed before abrasion, this pro-
bably. being due to disarrangement of the clothing. Before
abrasion the prothorax appears to be covered with ordinary
granules, but on abrasion these are seen to be flat, and more
or less joined together, with irregular punctures or spaces
between, giving the whole a vermiculate appearance. Dr.
Ferguson informs me that all the specimens were “taken after
very heavy rain clinging to grass stems in pools of water.”

MANDALOTUS PROSTERNALIS, N. sp.

3d. Of a dingy-red, tarsi paler. Densely clothed with
muddy-grey, feebly-variegated scales. With numerous com-
paratively long suberect setz.

Rostrum without visible median carina, rather more
strongly narrowed to base than usual. Antenne rather short.
Prothorax and elytra as described in mesosternalis. Proster-
num with a strong conical process projecting backwards from
between the cox; these moderately separated. Length, 34
mm.

f1ah.—New South Wales: Gosford (H. J. Carter).

The only other described species having a prosternal pro-
cess is the preceding, but in that one the process is in front
of instead of behind the cox, and is also of very different
shape. The sculpture of the prothorax and elytra (although
not the colour or clothing) is exactly as in mesosternalis,
but that species has the mesosternum armed.

ManDALOTUS METASTERNALIS, 0. Sp.

gd. Colour as described in rudis. Densely clothed with
sooty-brown, feebly-variegated scales. With stout, more

167

or less curved sete, varying from almost white to sooty.

Rostrum without visible carina. Scape lightly curved
and rather thin. Prothorazx distinctly transverse, sides
strongly rounded, base almost truncate and considerably
wider than apex; median line distinct. Zlytra trisinuate at
base ; subhumeral tubercle prominent ; disc uneven and obso-
letely tuberculate ; with rows of large but almost concealed
punctures. Metasternum with a small conical tubercle on
each side, close to hind coxe, and almost touching abdomen ;
and, in conjunction with basal segment of abdomen, with a
moderate depression in middle. Front cove very widely sep-
arated ; hind tibie with an inner row of granules on basal
half and strongly emarginate on apical half, front tibie
strongly curved at apex. Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Gosford (H. J. Carter).

The type is damaged, having lost several of its legs and
parts of both antennze, but I have not hesitated to describe
it, as the metasternal tubercles readily distinguish it from
all previously described species; the tubercles are so placed
that at a glance it is difficult to see whether they are on the
coxe, abdomen, or metasternum. From the under surface
most of the clothing is missing, and there are seen to be a
few minute granules scattered about, and a row of large punc-
tures at base and apex of prosternum, one across metaster-
num, and another on intercoxal process of abdomen. Before
abrasion no granules are traceable on the prothorax, and after
abrasion they are seen to be quite absent from most of the
surface, although an irregular puncture here and there sug-
gests the vermiculate appearance of armipectus.

MANDALOTUS AMMOPHILUS, 0. sp.

3. Dark-reddish-brown, sometimes almost black, an-
tennz paler, tarsi still paler. Densely clothed with whitish-
grey scales. Upper surface with short sete, scarcely raised
above the general level ; middle of metasternum and of basal
segment of abdomen with dense, fine, setose pubescence ;
femora towards base and tibie with rather long and thin
sete.

Head somewhat flattened, and with a narrow median
impression between eyes. Rostrum stout, its upper surface
suddenly raised above head; median carina concealed but
traceable throughout. Scape lightly curved and very thick.
Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded;
median line lightly impressed; with numerous round, flat-
tened granules, somewhat confluent in places and fairly dis-
tinct before abrasion. lytra oblong-ovate, shoulders
rounded, without subhumeral projections; with regular rows

vee
ae ;
as

168

of (for the genus) rather small punctures, appearing very
small before abrasion; interstices even. Basal segment of
abdomen very gently convex in middle. Front coze touch-
ing ; claws subsoldered together at base. Length, 4-5 mm.

Q. Differs in being a little wider, with the abdomen
more noticeably convex and without pubescence, and the legs
with sparser thin setz.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (H. J. Carter, EH.
W. Ferguson, and A. M. Lea), Wollongong (Lea).

In my table this species would be associated with erassi-
cornis, to which in shape and in the enormously inflated scape
it bears a strong resemblance, but the clothing is of uniform
or almost uniform colour, and the rostrum is very different
on its upper surface.

The scales are occasionally variegated with very pale-
brown. The rostrum from the side is somewhat suggestive
of Hthemaia sellata, but is not so strongly and abruptly ele-
vated above the head as in that species. The ocular lobes
are very feeble, but traceable. Numerous specimens were
obtained at the roots of beach-growing plants.

MANDALOTUS HERBIVORUS, N. Sp.

d. Reddish-brown, tarsi paler. Densely clothed with
more or less variegated scales. Upper surface with numerous
more or less curved and rather thin sete; middle of meta-
sternum and of basal segment of abdomen with somewhat
golden setose pubescence ; lower surface of tibie and femora
with rather long, similarly coloured hair or cilia.

Rostrum stout, almost parallel-sided ; median carina nor-
mally concealed but traceable throughout. Scape distinctly
curved and very stout; funicle shorter than usual, first joint
twice the length of second. Prothorax moderately trans-
verse, sides widest near apex; with large, round, flattened,
frequently confluent granules, traceable before abrasion.
Hiytra oblong-ovate, base feebly conjointly arcuate; with a
moderately strong subhumeral projection ; with rows of mode-
rately large, partially-concealed punctures; alternate inter-
stices feebly raised. Under surface with a shallow depres-
sion, common to middle of metasternum and two basal seg-
ments of abdomen. Front cove almost touching, each tibia
with an inner row of granules. Length, 43-54 mm.

Q. Differs in kaving the prothorax smaller, elytra
larger and more ovate, abdomen convex and without golden
clothing, either there or on legs, the legs are also shorter,
with the femora less stout, and the tibial granules absent.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney.

169

In my table would be placed with crassicornis, from
which and the preceding species it may be distinguished by
the subhumeral projections.

The general colour of the derm appears to vary from a
dark- to a pale-reddish-brown. The bulk of the scales vary
from a dingy-fawn or sooty-brown to sooty, but paler on the
under than on the upper surface; on the elytra there are
sometimes conspicuous pale markings, consisting of a spot
on third interstice at base, and on each subhumeral pro-
jection, and an interrupted fascia just before summit of pos-
terior declivity. On the prothorax there are sometimes two
pale spots on each side. But the clothing is sometimes of
a sooty-brown, with obscure patches of dingy-fawn. The six
specimens before me were all taken by Mr. H. J. Carter—
four on grass in his garden and two close to a seabeach.

MANDALOTUS MUSCIVORUS, n. sp.

3. Reddish- brown, appendages paler. Moderately
clothed with scales varying from yellowish-green, with a
slight golden gloss, to grey or greenish-grey. Upper surface
with thin fine sete; under surface of tibie and femora with
golden hair or cilia, similar but shorter and denser clothing
on middle of metasternum, and of two basal segments of
abdomen.

Rostrum almost parallel-sided; median carina narrow
and distinct throughout. Antenne rather long and thin for
the genus. Prothorax moderately transverse, flat, sides
strongly rounded and wider near apex than near base, but
apex itself slightly narrower than base; with numerous small
and rather feeble granules, not much more distinct after than
before abrasion ; surface generally with numerous punctures.
Elytra oblong-ovate, without subhumeral tubercles; with
regular rows of large, partially-concealed punctures; inter-
stices even. Metasternum and basal segment of abdomen
with a large and rather shallow depression common to both;
third and fourth segments of abdomen with deep and wide
sutures. Front core touching. Length, 3-34 mm.

Q. Differs in being larger, wider, and more convex,
elytra ovate-cordate, and with smaller punctures, abdomen
convex, and femora not quite so stout.

Hab.—Tasmania: Waratah (A. M. Lea).

In my table would be associated with maculatus and inu-
sitatus; from the former it differs somewhat in shape, in the
metasternum and basal segment of abdomen of male having
rather dense pubescence, and in the prothoracic sculpture.
From the latter (to which in shape it is closer) in having
the club no darker than the rest of the antennez, in the cloth-

170

ing of the under surface and tibial ciliation; in the female
this is very feeble instead of being almost as distinct as in
the male (as in inwsitatws). An occasional specimen has the
derm nowhere black, and in the table this would associate
it with pallidus, but it is much smaller than that species, and
of different shape, with the prothoracic granules traceable
before abrasion.

The green or golden scales are sometimes very conspicu-
ous, but on most specimens the metallic lustre is absent.
Numerous specimens were obtained from moss.

MANDALOTUS COXALIS, n. Sp.

Dark-reddish-brown, antennz somewhat paler, tarsi still
paler. Upper surface very densely clothed with muddy-grey
scales; lower surface and legs with somewhat setose clothing.
With moderately numerous and fairly stout sete all over.

Rostrum without traceable median carina. Antenne:
rather thin. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly
rounded ; with not very numerous and rather small but very
distinct and strongly convex granules, usually quite concealed
before abrasion. Hlytra ovate, base trisinuate ; without sub-
humeral projections; sides strongly rounded, dise uneven ;
with very large, but normally quite concealed punctures.
Basal segment of abdomen flat in middle. Front core almost
touching and each with a shining black granule on the inner
surface. Length, 34-32 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mulgrave River (Henry Hacker).

In my table would be associated with maculatus, from
which it differs in being larger and more robust, with both
the prothorax and elytra differently sculptured. .

There are three specimens before me, two of which have
the abdomen flattened and front coxe granulate, these pro-
bably being males; the other specimen has the abdomen more
convex and the coxal granules absent, this probably being
a female. The clothing is so dense that the upper derm is
everywhere concealed, even the large elytral punctures and
strongly convex prothoracic granules not being traceable be-
fore abrasion.

SUBFAMILY ATERPIDES.

RHINARIA GRANULOSA, Fhs.
costata, Er.

__ I believe the above synonymy to be correct. The species:
is a fairly common one in New South Wales, Victoria, and.
Tasmania.

171

RHINARIA CONVEXIROSTRIS, Lea.

This species is close to t2bzalis, but differs in being some-
what narrower, with the base of the rostrum feebly convex
in the middle instead of distinctly carinated, and with the
prothoracic punctures larger and more conspicuous.

In some specimens of ¢zbialis the elytra have somewhat
similar markings to this species; although in the majority of
them the markings are much more obscure.

RHINARIA SIGNIFERA, Pasc.

This appears to be a fairly common Queensland insect.
Two specimens from Port Denison differ from the normal
form in having the median markings of elytra conjoined at
suture and somewhat ochreous instead of white.

RHINARIA GRANDIS, 0. sp.

Black. Densely covered with variegated scales, and with
sete scattered about.

Head with four large conjoined tubercles between eyes,
the hind ones larger than the others, the space between the
tubercles deeply hollowed out. Rostrum glabrous and con-
eave along middle; at base deeply concave, distinctly im-
pressed along middle towards apex and less noticeably to-
wards the sides; scrobes extended almost to mandibles, and
open in front. First joint of funicle about once and one-half
the length of second. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides
strongly rounded ; closely covered with round and almost re-
gular tubercles, many of which are capped with a small shin-
ing granule. //lytra rather long, each shoulder with a strong
conical granulated tubercle; with rows of large but more or
less concealed punctures: interstices with numerous granules,
especially on the third, fifth, and seventh. Length (exclud-
ing rostrum), 153-164 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (on “cutting grass,”
G. Masters, on Xanthorrhea, sp., H. J. Carter), Blue Moun-
tains (EK. W. Ferguson).

The strong humeral and cephalic tubercles and varie
gated clothing easily render this the finest known species of
the genus. The scales almost everywhere conceal the derm.
They are mostly of a muddy-brown or ochreous-brown colour,
with on the elytra a wide V-shaped darker patch about the
middle, traces of another V towards the base, and an irre-
gular triangle on each side of the posterior declivity. On
each elytron there is also a round, rusty-red spot on each
side of the humeral tubercle, an irregular one before the
middle, and a large irregular spot on the posterior declivity.

172

On the prothorax there is a conspicuous median line of white
scales, which is sometimes continued on to the scutellum. On
the scutellum, however, the scales are sometimes of a rusty-
red, and similar scales are sometimes on each side of the pro-
thorax at the base. On the head the scales are variable, but
appear to be usually paler on the tubercles and middle of
the forehead than elsewhere. The abdomen (more especially
the three apical segments) is conspicuously striped.

A specimen belonging to Dr. Ferguson was sent to me
as the female. It differs from the others in being smaller
(13 mm.), the tubercles on the head much smaller (but still
rather large), the rostrum obtusely carinated along middle,
- the prothorax longer than wide, with tubercles smaller and
legs regular. Elytra with humeral tubercles very feeble (no
more than a few conjoined granules), the interstices with less:
conspicuous granules, the third and seventh noticeably raised
posteriorly. The under surface with more noticeable punc-
tures and the abdomen very feebly striped. The specimen
is very muddy, and the elytra are without markings save
for a rusty-red patch on each side of the posterior declivity ;
this being almost the sole reason for my belief that Dr. Fer-
guson is correct in his identification of the sexes.

ETHEMAIA GRIFFITHI, 0. sp.

Black; antennez and tarsi diluted with red. Densely
clothed with sooty scales, sometimes variegated with patches:
of whitish or muddy-brown scales. With sete scattered about,.
mostly dark on the upper surface and mostly pale on the
under surface and legs.

Head flat between eyes; with dense concealed punctures.
HKyes briefly ovate, prominent, and entire. Rostrum slightly
longer than front tarsi, with three (or more probably five):
partially-concealed carine; wider in male than in female.
Scape as long as funicle; first joint of funicle stouter and
slightly longer than second. Prothorax as long as wide in
female, slightly transverse in male ; sides very feebly rounded,
base very little wider than apex; with very large but par-
tially-concealed punctures or fovee. Hlytra almost twice as:
wide as prothorax, almost parallel-sided to one-third from
apex ; third interstice with four tubercles, of which the largest
overhangs the posterior declivity, fifth interstice with four,
a few feeble ones towards each side; with rows of large but
partially-concealed punctures. Under surface with dense
partially-concealed punctures. Length (excluding rostrum),
54-6 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Geeveston (H. H. D. Griffith),.
Hobart, Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

173

A deep-black species, in appearance like fwnerea, but
much larger, elytral tubercles more prominent and rostrum
longer, with more conspicuous sculpture. In build it is much
like vagans, but, apart from the very different clothing, the
elytral tubercles are different, and the rostrum is somewhat
stouter. The eyes are much more prominent than in adusta,
which is also distinctly narrower and with different tubercles.

On one of the five specimens before me the scales of the
upper surface are entirely black. On the second there are
two feeble muddy-brown stripes on each side of the prothorax.
On the third there is a distinct but very irregular patch of
whitish scales on each side of the elytra beyond the middle.
On the fourth these patches are just traceable. On the fifth
muddy-brown scales clothe almost the whole of the prothorax,
form a patch on each side of the elytra beyond the middle,
and a distinct fascia just before summit of posterior declivity,
extending to the fifth interstices. The femora each have a
ring of whitish scales, except that on the front pair they
are sometimes very feeble or even absent.

SUBFAMILY ERIRHINIDES.
MERIPHUS TUBERCULATUS, Nn. sp.

Reddish-castaneous ; head, prothorax (base and apex ex-
cepted), and scutellum deeply infuscate or piceous; funicle
and club, some spots on elytra and some vague spots on under
surface and femora more lightly infuscate. | Moderately
clothed with pale-yellowish or greyish sete and forming four
very feeble lines on prothorax ; elytra in addition with sparse
suberect setae.

Head slightly longer than wide. Rostrum thin, mode-
rately curved, distinctly longer than head and prothorax com-
bined ; with five narrow carine on basal two-thirds; apical
third with fine punctures. Antenne thin; two basal joints
of funicle elongate, first distinctly longer than second. /Pro-
thorax distinctly transverse, sides rounded and diminishing
in width from base to near apex, and then slightly inflated.
Elytra scarcely twice the width of prothorax, sides feebly
diminishing in width from shoulders; striate-punctate, punc-
tures not very large and rather shallow; interstices with a
few granules, some of which are almost black, third with a
strong, elongated, granulated tubercle at its middle. FPemora
stout and strongly dentate, especially the hind pair; hind
tibiz very strongly curved. Length (excluding rostrum),
3 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Wollongong (A. M. Lea).

With the exception of guttatuws (rendered very distinct
by its clothing) this species is the most distinct one known
to me, and rendered so by its tubercles.

174

Eristus sicontor, Blackb.

There are three specimens from Tasmania before me
which appear to belong to this species, but they have not the
antenne entirely dark; on one of them the scape is pale, and
on the others the first two joints of the funicle as well. Two
of them have the sides of the prothorax stained with piceous.

The very feeble carina between the eyes and on the base
of the rostrum appears to be confined to the male.

DESIANTHA MALEVOLENS, Lea, var. VEGRANDIS, Lea.

This species is widely distributed and variable. In addi-
tion to the types, there are now before me specimens from
North-Western Australia, Queensland, and New South
Wales.

Apparently there is always a whitish spot on the third
interstice just beyond the middle, and this is frequently the
only pale spot on each elytron. On specimens from the
North-West there are frequently numerous similar spots to-
wards the sides, sometimes alternated with darker spots,
whilst the spot on the third interstice is sometimes extended
to the second and even to the suture; on many of these speci-
mens also the dark sutural marking is absent, or broken
up into irregular spots or a feeble stripe on each side of, but
not on, suture.

On many of the specimens from Queensland and New
South Wales the dark sutural marking is altogether absent,
and many of the elytral scales have a faint greenish tinge.
On these specimens also the spot on the third interstice, al-
though always traceable, is frequently indistinct.

The depression of the metasternum and abdomen is con-
fined to the males; in the female the space so occupied in
the male is quite flat.

I am now convinced that the form described as vegrandis
is but a small variety of this species.

DESIANTHA NOCIVA, n. sp.

Reddish-brown, antenne and tarsi paler; prothorax
black. Prothorax and elytra densely clothed with soft,
rounded, pale-muddy-brown, feebly-variegated scales; and in
addition with numerous stout, brown, semi-erect sete. Head,
rostrum, under surface, and appendages with dense stram-
ineous sete or coarse pubescence.

/Tead with dense more or less concealed punctures. Ros-
trum stout, imereasing in width from base almost to apex;
with three strong carine from base almost to apex, and with

175

finer (usually concealed) intermediate ones; with dense, nor-
mally-concealed punctures; each side at base suddenly and
deeply notched. First joint of funicle almost as long as
second and third combined; second almost as long as third
and fourth combined. /Prothoraz moderately transverse,
angles rounded, base much narrower than apex, middle of
apex raised; with dense, round, normally-concealed punc-
tures. Hlytra not much wider than apex of prothorax, par-
allel-sided to near apex, base conjointly arcuate; with regu-
lar rows of large almost entirely concealed punctures ; inter-
stices convex, with small concealed punctures. Under sur-
face with dense but rather small punctures. Legs moderately
long; tibie denticulate below. Length, 7-8 mm.

Hab.—Victoria.

Sent by Mr. C. French, jun., as being very destructive
to the tomato, cabbage, and other vegetables. The colour of
the derm of the upper surface is usually entirely concealed,
but that of the lower surface is visible before abrasion. The
knees are generally infuscated. There are no sharply-defined
markings on any of the 25 specimens before me, but they all
have a very feeble transverse fascia of paler scales about sum-
mit of posterior declivity ; the fascia extends slightly forwards
on each side (covering about five interstices on each) so as
to be shaped like a very wide V. The median line of the
prothorax and the preapical callosities are also usually marked |
by paler scales. The elytral sete are in regular rows. Some
specimens are narrower than others, but I can find no dis-
tinct sexual differences.

The only other species known to me having the rostrum
similarly notched at the base is premorsa, from which it dif-
fers in being larger, with softer scales and more erect elytral
sete; the claws also are more widely separated. The shape
of the prothorax is much as in Laithius capucinus.

SUBFAMILY ATTELABIDES.

Evors sutTuratis, Lea.

At the time this species was described I had seen but
one specimen ; there are now fifteen before me, of which six
were taken in company on a eucalyptus sapling by Mr.
Hacker.

The species is a very variable one, as indicated by the
following forms.

1. As the type, 3, @.

2. Like the type, but without a dark blotch about scu-
tellum, and abdomen diluted with red along middle, 9.

176

3. Entirely dark except for a large reddish blotch (to-
wards the base and side) on each elytron.) Prothorax with
a purplish gloss, ¢, Q.

4. Like 3, but knees and rostrum reddish, and head and
prothorax with a very decided greenish gloss, 9.

The male differs from the female in having the front
femora stouter and the front tibie longer and strongly
curved.

Kvuops RUDIS, n. sp.

3. Black; tibie, tips of femora, tarsi (third joint ex-
cepted), muzzle, and sometimes the basal joint of antenne
dull-red.

Head with coarse punctures, but at base transversely
strigose. Eyes almost touching. Rostrum bent downwards
at basal third ; with rather dense punctures but much smaller
than on head. Prothorax with very dense, round, and rather
coarse punctures. H/ytra subquadrate, widest across should-
ers, about one-third wider than prothorax; with rows of
large, coarse punctures, and a short subsutural and two short
sublateral rows ; interstices much narrower than rows of punc-
tures towards sides, and each with a distinct row of punc-
tures ; towards middle with irregular punctures, and subequal
in width with large punctures. Under surface with very
dense punctures. Front femora longer than prothorax ; front
tibie long, thin, strongly curved, longitudinally striated,
under surface finely serrated. Length, 6 mm.

Q. Differs in having the head and rostrum shorter,
front legs much shorter, with the tibie of different shape and
abdomen convex, instead of concave, along middle; and with
the normal ‘© female clothing.

Hab.—New South Wales: Ben Lomond, 4,500 ft. (A.
Jefferis Turner).

In some lights the base of the prothorax and parts of
the elytra appear to be very obscurely diluted with red. The
punctures at the sides of the abdomen appear to be placed
obliquely, this being due to a feeble oblique striation.

Allied to falcata, but opaque, body almost entirely black,
and the eyes not quite touching. In size and coarseness of
punctures there are specimens of falcata before me that de-
cidedly approach the present species, although the average
specimens of that species are much smaller, with much smaller
punctures and differently coloured. ;

(5) It seems possible that pulchella, Pasc., may have been
described from such a form, in which case, of course, suturalis
will have to take rank as a variety only.

(6) A double transverse series of short hair or pubescence on
the middle of the first, second, and third segments.

177

EUOPS EFFULGENS, Nn. sp.

3S. Coppery-purple, in places with a golden or greenish
gloss. Femora purplish, rest of the legs black; antenne
black, in places feebly diluted with red.

Head with fairly dense but somewhat irregular punc-
tures; base transversely strigose. Eyes close together, but
distinctly separated. Rostrum short, not suddenly bent over
at basal third; with numerous rather small punctures. An-
tenn unusually close together at base. Prothorax strongly
convex ; with numerous rather small punctures. Elytra sub-
quadrate ; striate-punctate, strie rather feeble, punctures of
moderate size, becoming smaller posteriorly ; interstices feebly
rugose and with numerous minute punctures. Metasternum
with dense and coarse punctures; side pieces of mesosternum
with sparse and coarse punctures. Abdomen obliquely stri-
gose and with numerous punctures, coarser at sides than in
middle, but all smaller than on sterna. Front femora no
longer than prothorax, front tibie (for the genus) rather
stout and feebly curved, under surface feebly serrated.
Length, 32 mm.

Q. Differs in colour and in having the head and ros-
trum slightly shorter, the front legs shorter (the tibie al-
though distinctly shorter than those of the male are less
noticeably so than usual), and the abdomen convex (instead
of concave) along middle; and with normal female clothing.

Hab.—South Australia (types in Macleay Museum).

In build somewhat resembling ewcalypti, but the front
tibiz of the male considerably shorter. The only male be-
fore me is almost entirely of a brilliant coppery-purple. The
only female is of a dark metallic green, with some coppery
reflections on the elytra.

EvoPs LATERALIS, n. sp.

3. Deep-blue, inclining to purple on the elytra, and
glossed with green on the head and scutellum; antennz dull-
red, club darker.

Head almost impunctate on upper surface, but with
fairly coarse punctures on sides; base transversely strigose.
Eyes touching. Rostrum moderately bent over at basal
third; with numerous rather small punctures. Prothorax
with sparse and minute punctures on disc, becoming rather
dense and coarse on sides. Hlytra about two-fifths wider than
prothorax, widest across shoulders, rather strongly diminish-
ing in width to apex; with rows of punctures of medium size
at base, becoming much smaller posteriorly ; interstices smooth
and impunctate. Side pieces of mesosternum almost impunc-

178

tate; of metasternum with marginal punctures only. Abdo-
men minutely obliquely strigose, and with rather small punc-
tures, larger at sides than elsewhere. Front femora longer
than prothorax ; front tibie slightly longer than femora, thin,
moderately curved, lower surface finely serrated. Length,
23 mm.

Q. Differs in having the head and rostrum shorter,,
front legs much shorter and abdomen convex (instead of con-
cave) along middle; and with the normal female clothing.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (types in Macleay Museum).

The rows of punctures on the elytra are not in striz:
except towards the sides, but there is a distinct sutural im-
punctate stria.

In build somewhat resembling c/aviyera, but club shorter,,
and prothorax and shoulders without coppery-green markings..

Evors IMPUNCTICOLLIS, N. Sp.

=. Purple, elytra purplish-blue, pronotum blackish,,
head with a greenish gloss; antennz dull- red.

/1ead impunctate, “except immediately behind eyes. Eyes
almost touching, more convex than usual. Rostrum rather
short; with numerous rather small punctures. Prothorax
without punctures except a few small ones in the transverse
subbasal impression. Elytra of the same shape and with
punctures (except that they are smaller) and striz as in the
preceding species. Outer side pieces of mesosternum each. ©
with a single row of small but noticeable punctures. Side
pieces of metasternum with rather small marginal punctures.
Abdomen very finely strigose, with distinct punctures only ati
sides. Legs as in the preceding species. Length, 2? mm.

Q. Differs from the male as in the prececing species.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns.

In general appearance close to the preceding species, but:
without coarse punctures at sides of prothorax and the elytral
punctures considerably smaller. I have seen but two speci-
mens—the male in the Macleay Museum, the female in my
own collection.

HUOPS FLAVOMACULATA, N. sp.

3. Purple, scutellum and shoulders of a_ brilliant
green or coppery-green, a similar green on parts of the under
surface and legs, head and rostrum glossed with green ; each
elytron with a small, round, median, flavous spot.

Head with coarse punctures on sides and immediately
behind eyes, elsewhere almost impunctate; base transversely
strigose. Eyes touching. Rostrum with numerous rather
small punctures. Prothorar with sparse and minute pune-

179

tures on disc, becoming rather dense and fairly large on sides.
Elytra of the same shape and with punctures and strie as
in lateralis. Under surface and legs also as in lateralis.
Length, 2 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum).

Readily distinguished from all previously described Aus-
tralian species by the two flavous spots on the elytra. There
are three specimens before me, all males.

SUBFAMILY MAGDALINIDES.
MaGDALIS MAMILLATUS, n. sp.

Brownish-red ; head, base, and tip of rostrum, scutellum
and under surface black or blackish. Densely clothed with
whitish pubescence, but absent from two spots on each elytron
and the greater portion of rostrum.

Head with dense but more or less concealed punctures.
Rostrum about two-thirds the length of prothorax, rather
wide, moderately curved ; punctures at base as on head, else-
where smaller and sparser but clearly defined. Antenne in-
serted two-fifths from apex of rostrum; scape the length of
five basal joints of fumicle, and slightly longer than club.
Prothorar moderately transverse, apex slightly incurved to
middle ; densely punctate: with a feeble median subcarinated
line. Elytra very little wider than prothorax; with narrow,
obtusely punctate striz, interstices granulate. Femora
acutely dentate; third tarsal joint wide. Length (excluding
rostrum), 43-53 mm.

Hab.—TYasmania: Stonor, Frankford (A. M. Lea): Vic-
toria (C. French).

There are three specimens before me, all apparently
_ females. On one of them the pubescence is decidedly whitish,
on a second it is stained with yellow, whilst on the third it
is almost golden (this specimen also has the club black). On
each elytron it is absent from a spot extending from the
second to the fourth interstice just beyond the middle, and
to a less degree from the preapical eallus. On the basal two-
thirds of the prothorax it is so directed as to appear to form
two breast-like swellings, with all the hairs directed to the
centre of each swelling: but this appearance seems to be
readily altered by abrasion. The prothorax would perhaps
be better described as densely granulate instead of punctate.
The elytral interstices are covered with small obtuse granules,
placed more or less transversely.

MAGDALIS INERMIS, n. sp.

3. Black; scape, funicle, and tarsi red. Under sur-
face and base of rostrum with sparse, whitish pubescence.

ee
a
i ¥

180

Head with small dense punctures. Hyes large, almost
touching. Restrum stout, not half the length of prothorax,,
with dense punctures, concealed towards base. Scape shorter
than funicle, the latter shorter than club. Prothoraa about
as long as wide, sides comparatively strongly rounded, front
angles rounded, hind ones acute, base decidedly bisinuate ;
median line aistinct and inflated towards but terminating
before apex; with dense, clearly-defined punctures. Hlytra
parallel-sided to near apex; punctate-striate ; interstices with
small granules, the fifth with a few larger and more distinct
ones (but still small) in addition; suture feebly depressed,
except at base, where it is rather strongly so. Under surface
with fairly dense punctures, larger on metasternum than else-
where. emora comparatively thin, edentate; third tarsal
joint wide. Length, 23-2? mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Jenolan (J. C. Wiburd), For-
est Reefs; Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea).

The absence of pubescence from the prothorax and elytra.
may not be constant, although uniform in the three speci-
mens before me. The scape is thinner than in males of other
species, but it is of normal stoutness.

Although in size and colour much lke many specimens.
of rufimanus, it has (apart from the edentate femora, which
will distinguish it from all other species here noted) the pro-
thorax more decidedly bisinuate at the base, the scutellum
at the base of a decided impression, fifth interstice granu-
late, and the eyes even more closely together.

MAGDALIS STENOTARSUS, n. sp.

¢.. Black; scape, funicle, and parts of tarsi of a dull-
red. Upper surface sparsely, under more densely pubescent.

Head with dense shallow punctures. Kyes decidedly
separated. Rostrum stout, half the length of funicle; with
punctures as on head. Antenne stout, scape dilated to apex:
and shorter than club; the latter the length of six preced-
ing joints combined. Prothorax subquadrate, front angles.
rounded, hind acute; median line distinct but scarcely sub-
carinate ; densely punctate. Hlytra subcylindrical ; punctate-
striate ; interstices with numerous small granules, the third
in addition with some larger ones (but still small) about the
middle. Under surface with dense but usually concealed
punctures. Femora stout, acutely dentate; third tarsal joint
comparatively narrow, the fourth strongly exserted. Length,,.
33-37 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (A. M. Lea).

The clothing of the elytra consists of fine, sparsely-dis-
tributed pubescence, on the prothorax the angles are more

181

densely but still rather sparsely clothed, the pubescence being
more or less whitish. In general appearance close to many
specimens of rufimanus, but the eyes separated even more
than in the female of that species (although not widely sep-
arated). But readily distinguished from the species here
noted by the tarsi; of these the third joint, although decid-
edly bilobed, is not much wider than the second (in rufimanus
it is slightly longer than the second and almost twice the
width), and the claw joint is exserted for fully two-thirds
of its length. As in mamullatus it would perhaps be better
_to describe the prothorax as granulate instead of punctate;
whilst in rufimanus the punctures (at any rate on the disc)
are evident. In a second specimen the scape is as dark as
the club.
SUBFAMILY BALANINIDES.

BALANINUS NIVEOPICTUS, Nn. sp.

d. Deep-black, rostrum (base and tip excepted), an-
tenn, and legs dull- red. Moderately clothed with black
scales ‘and with patches or stripes of snowy-white ones.

Head with small dense punctures. Rostrum almost
evenly curved; with a few small distinct punctures about
base. Antennz inserted slightly nearer base than apex of
rostrum ; first joint of funicle about once and one-half the
length of second. Prothorar with dense, partially-concealed
punctures, and with remnants of a very feeble median carina.
Elytra not much longer than their greatest width (which is
near the base), shoulders produced and clasping base of pro-
thorax ; striate-punctate, punctures rather large but partially
concealed. Legs rather long; femora-stout, strongly and
acutely dentate. Length, 3 mm.; rostrum, 2 mm.

©. Differs in bemg larger, rostrum much longer, some-
what differently curved, and with the antenne inserted much
more closely to the base. Length, 34 mm.; rostrum, 34 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mulgrave River (Henry Hacker).

A beautiful species with the sharply-defined black and
white markings of amcenus, although differently disposed.
There is a small spot of snowy scales between the eyes, on
the prothorax they mark each angle, the hind ones being pro-
duced so as almost to meet in the centre of the base; clothe
the scutellum, form a cross on the elytra (the transverse fascia
is almost exactly median), and are dense on most of the under
surface. They also clothe the under surface, but not so
densely as elsewhere. On three specimens the sutural stripe
of white scales is interrupted for a short distance beyond the
transverse fascia; but on the fourth it is continuous; this
specimen also has a few white scales at the base, about the

182

shoulders, and forming a feeble subapical spot on each ely-
tron. All the white sutural clothing towards the apex is
mixed with some yellowish sete. The rostrum of the female
on measurement proves to be the exact length of the body,
but to the eye it seems considerably longer.

SUBFAMILY TYCHIIDES.

AGESTRA, Pasc.

This genus was stated by Pascoe to be nearer Doryto-
mus (7) than to any other. In his table of the Hrirhinides he
placed it in the “Hrirhinides vrais” between Nedyleda and
Eniopea. Two species were referred by him to the genus—
rubiginea and suturalis, both from Western Australia. Sub-
sequently Blackburn referred a South Australian species,
punctulata, to the genus.

Thinking it possible that the genus belonged to the
Tychiudes, I wrote to the British Museum for information
as to the types, and Mr. C. J. Gahan wrote me that “the
claws are what I should call bifid, ‘fendus’ of Lacordaire. In
A. rubiginea the inner division is shorter than the outer. In
A. suturalis it is almost as long as the outer. I cannot be
quite sure that all the claws are of this character, as the speci-
mens are carded, and most of the claws covered with gum.”
Mr. Gahan also sent diagrams of the claws by which it would
appear that the claw-joint in sutwralis is terminated by four
almost equal claws, and in rubiginea by somewhat similar
claws, but the inner ones rather shorter. It is evident, there-
fore, that Agestra belongs to the Tychudes, and not to the
Erirhindes. It is also evident by Blackburn’s notes (in Proc.
Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1890, p. 584) that punetulata
really belongs to the Hrirhinides, and not to Agestra, and
that he was misled by Pascoe’s faulty location of the genus.

ELLESCHODES BASIPENNIS, 0. sp.

Head, rostrum, and scutellum black; under surface more
or less infuscate or black; appendages (the femora sometimes
stained in parts with black) reddish. Rather densely clothed
with whitish pubescence, somewhat paler and sparser on the
under than on the upper surface.

Rostrum thin, distinctly longer than prothorax, lightly
curved; behind antennze with a feeble median carina and
remnants of others; in front of antennz with punctures only,
and feebly diminishing in width to apex. Antenne thin, in-
serted nearer apex than base of rostrum. Prothorar about

(7) A genus not recorded from Australia, and unknown to me.

183

once and one-third as wide as long; with dense and round.
but normally-concealed punctures. H/ytra cordate, nowhere
quite parallel-sided ; with series of fairly large punctures, in
rather feeble strie, both punctures and striz more notice-
able towards base and sides; interstices scarcely separately
convex, with rather numerous and small but more or less.
concealed punctures. Abdomen with fairly dense but parti-
ally-concealed punctures, apical segment transversely im-
pressed in middle. /emora rather stouter than usual, front
pair almost edentate, middle pair moderately, the hind pair
acutely dentate. Length, 24-24 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea).

On the two specimens before me (both apparently of one
sex) the prothorax is of a dingy-red, but infuscated in parts;
the elytra are also of a rather dingy-red, and infuscated about
the base, suture, and sides; but the basal portion (although
not sharply defined) is somewhat triangular in shape, its outer
line extending from each shoulder to the suture at about its
basal third. In one of them the legs are almost entirely red,
but in the other all the femora are rather deeply stained with
black.
The clothing is somewhat as in 7nconstans, but is denser
and slightly longer, the prothorax and elytra are somewhat
differently proportioned, the femora are stouter, and the
rostrum is entirely black, with distinct punctures in front of
the antenne.

SUBFAMILY CRYPTORHYNCHIDES.

MELANTERIUS LEGITIMUS, nN. Sp.

Black; antennz, tarsi, and tibial hooks reddish. Under
surface and legs with rather sparse whitish sete.

Head with clearly-defined but comparatively small punc-
tures. Separation of eyes the exact width of rostrum at pase.
Rostrum moderately thin, distinctly curved, just passing
middle coxz; behind antenne with a narrow median carina
and with dense punctures, in front of antenne with smaller
but not much sparser punctures. Antennze (for the genus)
not very thin, inserted about one-third from apex of rostrum ;
first joint of funicle distinctly longer than second, and second
longer than third. /Prothorax “with dense, clearly- defined
punctures, becoming smaller towards apex, and nowhere con-
fluent ; without a median line. Hlytra closely applied to and
not much wider than prothorax, with regular rows of large,
distant punctures; interstices acutely carinated throughout,
and eaoh with a row of rather small punctures on each side;
suture carinated only on posterior declivity. Under surface

184

with dense punctures; larger than elsewhere on metasternum
and two basal segments of abdomen, but forming a single
row on each side piece of metasternum, and on each of the
third and fourth abdominal segments. Femora strongly and
acutely dentate; and each with a small supplementary tooth
or granule in emargination. Length, 4-45 mm.

Hab.—Victoria (C. French).

The small size of this species will readily distinguish it
from all others in which the femora are bidentate.

: MELANTERIUS COMPOSITUS, N. sp.

Black; antenne, tarsi, and tibial hooks red, rostrum
feebly diluted with red. Under surface and legs with sparse
whitish sete ; a very feeble seta in each prothoracic puncture.

Head with dense and rather small but clearly-defined
punctures. Separation of eyes about half the width of ros-
trum at base. Rostrum (for the genus) rather stout, the
length of prothorax, lightly curved; behind antenne with
a feeble median carina, and with dense punctures in feeble
rows, in front of antenne with small and rather dense punc-
tures. Antennz inserted about two-fifths from apex of ros-
trum ; first joint of funicle distinctly longer than second, sec-
ond slightly longer than third, the others transverse. Pro-
thorax with dense, clearly-defined punctures, becoming
smaller towards apex and nowhere confluent; without a
median line. /lytra rather elongate, closely applied to pro-
thorax, shoulders oblique; with rows of rather large but not
uniformly shaped punctures ; interstices not uniform. Under
surface with rather large punctures, except on three apical
segments of abdomen (the third and fourth of these have each
a single row of punctures), and on side pieces of metasternum
(each of which also has a single row of punctures). Femora
acutely dentate. Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide (H. H. D. Griffith).

The suture, second, and third interstices are carinated
on the posterior half only, the fourth and fifth are also feebly
-carinated there; elsewhere the interstices are either flattened
or feebly rounded ; the punctures are not placed at even dis-
tances between the interstices, but so that the wall of each -
interstice almost overhangs a row of punctures, and is dis-
tant from another row; towards the base the punctures ap-
pear to be larger than elsewhere, owing to rather feeble stri-
ation.

In the table previously given by me the species should
be close to porosus, from which it differs in being smaller, in
its metasternum and second abdominal segment having larger
and sparser punctures, elytra rather more noticeably striate

185

on the basal half, with the punctures in the strie and on
the interstices less noticeable, rostrum thinner, etc. In size
and general appearance (except that its upper surface is
glabrous) it is much like aratus.

MELANTERIUS PERSIMILIS, Nn. sp.

Black; antenne, tarsi, and tibial hooks red. Under sur-
face and legs with sparse whitish sete, a very indistinct seta
in each prothoracic puncture.

Head with dense, clearly-defined punctures. Separation
of eyes about half the width of rostrum. Rostrum (for the
genus) rather stout, moderately curved, the length of pro-
thorax; with dense punctures throughout; behind antennze
with three distinct carine. Antenne inserted about two-
fifths from apex of rostrum; first joint of funicle distinctly
longer than second, second slightly longer than third, fifth-
seventh transverse. Prothorax with dense, clearly-defined
punctures, nowhere confluent, but becoming smaller towards
apex: with a very feeble median line. H/lytra closely applied
to prothorax, shoulders rounded; with series of large and
somewhat distant punctures; suture with small and irregular
punctures, carinated posteriorly; all the other interstices
acutely carinated throughout, and with a row of feeble punc-
tures on each side. Metasternum (each side piece with a
single row of small punctures) and two basal segments of
abdomen with large punctures; apical segment with dense
punctures ; third and fourth each with a single row of punc-
tures, but with a few irregular ones at sides. Femora acutely
dentate. Length, 37-4 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Maitland (T. Blackburn).

The second segment of the abdomen is somewhat shorter
than the third and fourth combined; but regarding it as of
equal length, in the table previously given by me, it should
be placed next to wnidentatus, from which it differs in being
much smaller, rostrum shorter and stouter, prothoracic punc-
tures somewhat smaller, and elytral interstices quite sharply
carinated to the base. In wnidentatus, although the inter-
stices are carinated to the base, they are somewhat rounded
and interrupted by punctures near the base itself.

MELANTERIUS CONSPICIENDUS, Nn. Sp.

Black; antennez, tarsi, and tibial hooks red. Under sur-
face and legs with very sparse whitish sete.

Head with shallow but clearly-defined punctures. Sep-
aration of eyes less than half the width of rostrum at base.
Rostrum long and thin, lightly curved, passing middle coxe ;
behind antenne with rows of punctures, between which are

‘ a
ns

186

apparently feeble carine; in front of antenne with small,
dense punctures. Antennz thin, inserted about two-sevenths
from apex of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle subequal
in length, third distinctly shorter, sixth and seventh trans-
verse. Prothorasx more dilated posteriorly than usual, with
minute and rather distant punctures. Elytra unusually
wide; with series of very large and somewhat distant punc-
tures or fovee; interstices (except on shoulders) carinated
throughout, and in places somewhat undulating, each with
a row of very minute punctures on each side; suture fiat-
tened on basal half, somewhat rounded elsewhere. AJfeta-
sternum with rather large but irregularly-distributed punc-
tures, each side piece with a row of minute punctures. 4 bdo-
men with rather large punctures on basal segment; second
with a row of rather large punctures at extreme base and
small ones elsewhere; third and fourth each with a row of
minute punctures across middle, but with a few irregular
ones at sides. Femora acutely dentate. Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns, Mossman River (Macleay
Museum).

A very robust species. The minute prothoracic punc-
tures in conjunction with the unusually large elytral ones
render very distinct from all species of the allied genera
known to me. The second abdominal segment is unusually
small for Melanterius, being scarcely longer than either of
the following ones, but at its sides it is drawn backwards, and
is there noticeably longer.

MELANTERIOSOMA COSTATUM, Lea, TASMANIENSE, n. var.

Two specimens from Tasmania (New Norfolk and Ho-
bart) differ from the typical form in having the prothorax no
darker than the elytra, and with the suture very slightly in-
fuscated only. The elytra also have the third, fifth, and
seventh interstices much less acutely costate, with the costa
of the third entirely absent from the basal half.

LYBBA AMPLICORNIS, 0. sp.

Dull-reddish-brown. Moderately clothed with stramine-
ous scales having a faintly-spotted appearance on the elytra,
and becoming rather long on the metasternum and abdomen.

Rostrum slightly shorter than prothorax, moderately
curved, parallel-sided except for a slight incurvature in front
of antenne; with small but distinct punctures in front, be-
coming larger and more or less confluent towards base, but
at base itself partially concealed. First joint of funicle dis-
tinctly longer than second, second as long as third and fourth
combined, fourth longer than third, but shorter than fifth,

137

sixth strongly, the seventh very strongly dilated, and the
width of club; this large and somewhat ovate. Prothorax
not much wider than long; with dense, round, partially-con-
cealed punctures. WHlytra elongate-cordate; with rows of
rather large and somewhat quadrate or oblong punctures ;
interstices densely and rather coarsely punctate, fifth feebly,
the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth rather acutely carinate.
Abdomen with dense punctures; first segment slightly shorter’
than second and third combined, second slightly shorter than
third along middle, but produced at sides, third and fourth
combined distinctly longer than fifth. Femora strongly den-
tate. Length, 5-54 mm.

Tab.—Victorian Alps (C. French).

In general appearance not very close to any species of
Lybeba known to me, although it somewhat resembles J/elan-
terius amplipennis. The pecullar antenne and abdomen
should prevent it from being confused with any other species.

Lyssa BLACKBURNI, nN. sp.

Reddish-brown ; prothorax somewhat darker than elytra..
Densely clothed with white scales; having, on the elytra, a
feebly-spotted appearance.

Rostrum slightly shorter than prothorax, moderately
curved, parallel-sided except for a slight dilation at base;
with small punctures in feeble rows behind antennz, almost
impunctate elsewhere. First joint of funicle about as long
as second and third combined; second about as long as
third and fourth combined. Prothorax not much wider
than long; with dense, round, more or less concealed punc-
tures. Hlytra elongate-cordate ; striate-punctate, strie rather
narrow, punctures rather large but more or less concealed ;
interstices with dense but normally-concealed punctures ; four
of the lateral ones acutely carinated. Abdomen with dense
punctures; second segment slightly shorter than third and
fourth combined. /emora strongly dentate; tibie dilated at
apex, the four front ones each with a long but not conspicu-
ous apical spine. Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Flinders Peninsula (T. Black- ~
burn).

The spine at the apex of each of the four front tibiz
commences at the upper portion of the dilated apex, and
slightly diverges from the apex itself, which is oblique. Its
length is about equal to that of the first tarsal joint, but
owing to its position it is apt to be overlooked unless searched
for. ~The only specimen I have seen is probably a female.

There is another (at present undescribed) South Aus-
tralian species in general appearance remarkably close to this

one, but with normal tibiz; unfortunately the only specimen
of it before me is headless. In the table previously given by
me the present species should be placed with tantila and
subfasciata, from which it is readily distinguished by its much
larger size and curious tibie.

188

PoROPTERUS PRODIGUS, Pasce.

There is absolutely nothing in the description of this
species to distinguish it from the common conifer, Er. (which
occurs in Victoria and New South Wales as well as in Tas-
mania), and (in Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1897,
p- 506) I recorded it as a synonym of that species. At the
time I was unaware that the Rev. T. Blackburn had also
(2. c., 1889, p. 1273) regarded it as a synonym.

There is now before me a specimen from Mr. Hacker (who
informs me that he has two other identical specimens from
Mount Tambourine, in Queensland) which is probably pro-
digus, but it differs from conifer in having the large conical
tubercles on the elytra larger and distinctly diverging, in-
stead of almost parallel. It is certainly a form well desery-
ing of a varietal name, although it does not appear to be
really distinct.

At a glance the specimen looks like some forms of
Jekeh, but the large elytral tubercles are not at the apex
itself (although from ahove they appear to be there), but
some distance above it, as can be readily seen from the sides.

Although this specimen agrees exactly with Pascoe’s de-
scription, there is still the possibility that his prodigus was
the ordinary form of conifer.

PoROPTERUS SULCIVENTRIS, Nl. Sp.

Black; antennz and tarsi reddish. Clothed with black
upright scales, and with small spots of ochreous or flavous
scales.

Rostrum short and stout; with coarse but more or less
concealed punctures, even towards the apex. Antenne in-
serted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum; scape
shorter and stouter than usual: first joint of funicle slightly
stouter and shorter than second, second as long as third and
fourth combined, third to seventh transverse. Prothoraz
rather flat, slightly longer than wide, basal two-thirds par-
allel-sided, then rather strongly narrowed to apex; with
large, round, somewhat irregularly distributed punctures.
Scutellum absent. Hlytra not thrice the length of prothorax
and at base scarcely wider, shoulders produced, suddenly, but
not largely dilated near the base, and then almost parallel-
sided to beyond their middle, then suddenly narrowed, but

189

apex itself fairly wide; tuberculate beneath fascicles; with
very large punctures, irregular on disc, but in regular rows
on sides ; a few small granules on suture. Under surface with
coarse irregular punctures; basal segment of abdomen with a
strong median groove, which is continued on to base of sec-
ond. Legs stout; four hind femora distinctly grooved, hind
pair not extending to apex of abdomen. Length, 6-65 mm.

Hab.—Australia (A. Bovie); Victoria: Dandenong
Ranges (C. French).

The deep groove on the abdomen denotes quite plainly
that the species is allied to ruwbeter, but from that species it
differs in being considerably smaller and narrower, prothorax
of different shape, and with much larger punctures, elytra of
different shape, antennz stouter, and clothing very different.
The density of the clothing in places and its total absence in
others is somewhat as in inusttatus, but the two species have
little else in common.

The black scales form four lines on the prothorax from
its apex to its base, but across the middle they are inter-
rupted by four small flavous spots (of these, however, the
outer ones are sometimes very indistinct). On each elytron
they form rather large but irregular fascicles, of which there
is an elongated one on the third interstice near base, and a
rounded one about middle; the summit of the posterior de-
clivity is crowned with irregularly - conjoined fascicles, ex-
tending from the second interstice to about the seventh,
_ midway between these and the apex are several small fas-
eicles, and at the apex itself there are two fascicles, but these
are sometimes conjoined ; black scales are scattered about else-
where and occasionally formed into feeble fascicles. Just be-
fore the middle (sometimes extending almost to the middle,
or even to near the base) there is an irregular patch of flav-
ous or ochreous scales, and similar scales may be singly
scattered elsewhere. On the legs the flavous (or ochreous)
scales are irregularly distributed in spots and bands. On the
under surface most of the scales are black. There is a small
‘spot of pale scales close to each eye.

POROPTERUS VALGUS, HN. Sp.

Black; antenne and tarsi of a rather bright red.
Rather densely clothed with elongate brick-red scales; but
‘somewhat variegated on the elytra.

Lostrwm moderately stout; with dense but not very
large punctures on apical half, concealed on basal half. An-
tennz inserted one-third from apex of rostrum; first joint
of funicle as long as second and third combined, second as
long as third and fourth combined. Prothorax convex,

190

feebly transverse, sides strongly rounded, with dense, fairly
large, and almost regular granules. Scutellwm very dis-
tinct. Llytra not thrice the length of prothorax and at
base no wider, sides regularly dilated to beyond the middle
and then regularly diminishing in width to apex; with rows
of large but more or less concealed punctures. Under sur-
face with dense and rather coarse punctures ; mesosternal re-
ceptacle shorter and less elevated than usual. Legs rather
long; hind femora just passing elytra; tibie thinner than
usual, the front pair distorted at apex. Length 5 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mole Creek (A. M. Lea).

At a glance apparently belonging to the lthodermus
group, and in size and general appearance much like
foveatus, but the scutellum unusually distinct, it is round
and slightly raised above the level of the elytra, and on the
type is covered with a greyish exudation. The front tibie
of the type (which is probably a male) are strongly curved
round at the apex, with the tarsi inserted at the outer apex;

they are somewhat suggestive of Polyphrades tibialis. On
account of its scutellum it may be referred to the antequus
group.

On the prothorax, except for a feeble cluster on each
side of apex, the scales are not condensed into fascicles; but
there appear to be numerous feeble ones on the elytra, con-
sisting usually of the brick-red scales, but sometimes with a
few darker central ones. There are also on the elytra some
paler scales that in places are condensed into feeble spots;
at a glance also there appear to be numerous spots of black
scales, but these spots are really due to the derm showing
through the clothing.

PoroPrTerus MONTANUS, Nl. Sp.

Black; antennz and tarsi more or less reddish. Irregu-
larly clothed with stout scales, varying from pale-ochreous
to a sooty-brown, and condensed in places into fascicles.

Rostrum moderately stout, sides distinctly incurved to
middle; apical half with small and dense punctures, towards
base with much larger but more or less concealed punctures.
Antenne inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum; first joint
of funicle slightly stouter, and (if anything) slightly shorter
than second, second as long as three following combined. /7o-
thorar convex, about as long as wide, sides strongly rounded,
base and apex subequal, with moderately large and irregu-
larly-distributed punctures; tuberculate beneath fascicles ;
without a median carina. Seufe/lum apparently absent.
Llytra strongly convex, not thrice the length of. prothorax,
widest about the middle, posterior declivity long; with rows

191

‘of very large punctures, regular only on sides; third inter-
stice with three tubercles of which the largest is at summit
of posterior declivity, fifth with two rather small tubercles,
a tubercle on each shoulder; with small shining granules on
suture. Under surface with (for the genus) rather small
punctures. Legs rather long; hind femora lightly but dis-
tinctly passing elytra; third tarsal joint wide and deeply bi-
lobed. Length, 8 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

Belongs to the swceisus group, but more densely squa-
mose than any of the members of that group, elytra shorter
and deeper, with different tubercles, posterior femora passing
elytra, and tibiz shorter and stouter. The only specimen be-
fore me was taken in moss, but was probably there by acci-
dent.

On the prothorax there are six fascicles in the usual posi-
tions. On the elytra all the tubercles are crowned with them,
the one on the shoulder having paler scales than the others;
similar scales also are dense on parts of the posterior decliv-
‘ity, especially about the suture. On the legs and under sur-
face the clothing is feebly variegated. The tubercles crown-
ing the posterior declivity are very conspicuous. ;

PoROPTERUS HUMERALIS, N. sp.

Black ; antennz and tarsi obscurely reddish. Irregularly
clothed with pale more or less muddy-brown scales.

HTead wider and flatter than usual. Rostrum less curved
than usual, very stout and wide in male, but much less so
in female; with dense but more or less concealed punctures,
especially in male. Antennz inserted about one-fourth from’
apex of rostrum in male, two-fifths in female; second joint
of funicle much longer than first, and as long as three follow-
ing joints combined. Prothorax almost flat, sides strongly
rounded and strongly lessened to apex, which is obtusely
pointed ; punctures concealed by clothing. Scwtellwm absent.
Elytra about twice and one-half the length of prothorax ;
sides with large regular punctures, elsewhere very irregular ;
with numerous fairly large and more or less rounded tubercles,
seven forming a row on each side of suture, of which the
basal one is at the base itself and closer to its fellow than
are the others, the fourth is small and not always present,
the last one is about half-way down the posterior declivity
(which is regular); there are three tubercles of medium size
on the position of the fifth interstice, and a strongly-produced
and subconical one on each side of base: the other tubercles
are all rather small. Punctures of wnder surface normally
concealed. Hind femora extending to apex of abdomen;

192

tibie rather long and thin, especially the hind pair; third
tarsal joint very little wider than second and very feebly
bilobed. Length, 11-12 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum).

Belongs to the exitiosus group. From exztiosus itself it
is distinguished by the greater number of its elytral tubercles,
especially in the subsutural row; the rostrum also is shorter
in both sexes. From variahilis it differs in having no tuber-
cles at tip of elytra and the others somewhat dif-
ferently disposed ; for instance, there are not four forming a
transverse row just below summit of posterior declivity.

On the prothorax the derm is quite concealed in fresh
specimens, apparently by a muddy kind of indumentum ;
amongst which stout scales are thickly placed ; these also form
four small but moderately distinct fascicles across middle
(with traces of a second series close to them). The apex itself
(which appears to be feebly bifurcated) can scarcely be re-
garded as fasciculate, although there are rather numerous
scales there. On the elytra the scales are irregularly dis-
tributed, and, although rather more numerous on the
tubercles than elsewhere, could scarcely be regarded as form-
ing fascicles. On the under surface and legs the scales are
more elongate than elsewhere, but they are also mixed with
the indumentum. On the head and rostrum the scales are
rather short and stout. The hind angles of the prothorax
are obtusely rounded, and partially concealed by the pro-
jecting shoulders.

PoROPTERUS CARINICOLLIS, nN. sp.

Black; antenne and tarsi feebly diluted with red.
Densely clothed with more or less reddish-brown scales and
forming fascicles on the tubercles; in addition the derm is
almost everywhere covered with a muddy-red kind of indu-
mentum.

Head with the interocular fovea very distinct. Rostrum
stout, sides rather strongly incurved to middle; densely and
coarsely punctate, punctures more or less concealed on basal
half. Antennze stout, inserted almost in middle of rostrum ;
scape not passing apex; first joint of funicle stouter and dis-
tinctly shorter than second, second almost as long as three
following combined, seventh apparently belonging to club.
Prothorax strongly convex, slightly longer than wide, base
wider than apex; deeply constricted near apex, the constric-
tion interrupted by a strong median carina, which is con-
tinuous from apex to base, and overhangs the position of
the scutellum; sides vermiculately impressed; with six
tubercles, a feeble one on each side of apex, and four rather
large ones across middle, of these the outer ones are more

193

regular than and slightly in advance of the others. Scwtel-
lum absent. Hlytra not much wider than prothorax, and
almost thrice the length along suture; third interstice with
a-rather large tubercle at summit of posterior declivity, a
small one between it and apex; fifth interstice with three
tubercles, one at basal fifth, the others near the large one on
third ; seventh interstice with a conical and laterally-project-
ing tubercle at basal fourth, and a small one about the
middle; with very large punctures, regular only on sides.
Under surface with small dense and normally-concealed punc-
tures. Legs rather long; hind femora just passing apex of
elytra; third tarsal joint not much wider than second, and
obtusely bilobed. Length, 15 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (R. Illidge).

In appearance like a rather small and narrow specimen
of rubus, but elytra without small conical tubercles at the
apex, the subsutural row of tubercles different, and the tarsi
not truly linear, the third joint being slightly bilobed,
although very little wider than the second. Intermedius and
idolus each have a pair of conjoined tubercles near summit
of posterior declivity; verres has the elytral tubercles dif-
ferent and the prothorax not conspicuously keeled. It is
not likely to be confused with any other species.

On each elytron there is an elongated fascicle on the
third interstice, extending from the base to near the middle,
but slightly curved; most of the scales of which it is com-
posed are darker than the others. On the type (which is
probably a male) there are two shining granules on each
elytron near the base—one at the base of the long fascicle,
and one half-way between it and the suture.

DECILAUS SERIATOPUNCTATUS, 0. Sp.

Black; rostrum and legs (and sometimes part of the
elytra) dull-reddish-brown ; antennz and tarsi paler. Clothed
with long setose scales varying from snowy-white to black.

Heud with dense punctures, fairly large in front but
much smaller posteriorly. Rostrum lightly but distinctly
curved ; with numerous punctures concealed only at extreme
base. Scape rather thin, inserted about two-fifths from apex
of rostrum, not much shorter than funicle; club very briefly
ovate. Prothorax about once and one-third as wide as long ;
widest near base, thence strongly diminishing in width to
apex; with dense, round, deep, and fairly large punctures.
Elytra subcordate, base almost truncate ; with series of large
suboblong punctures, the interstices scarcely raised. Two
basal segments of abdomen with large and fairly dense punc-
tures, apical segment with denser and smaller ones. Femora
stout. Length, 13-24 mm.

@

194

/1ab.—Western Australia: Vasse (A. M. Lea).

A small briefly ovate species at a glance rather close to
hispidus, but the setose scales or setee are much shorter and
stouter than the wiry-looking hairs of that. species, being
little more than half their length. But probably if a speci-
men of each was entirely abraded it would be difficult to dis-
tinguish them. The clothing on the upper surface is longer
and more variegated than on the lower surface and legs;
on the elytra it is sometimes condensed into loose spots or
fascicles, of which there are two rather conspicuous white
ones on the posterior declivity. It only partially conceals
the derm, so that to describe the sculpture there is no need
for abrasion. The elytral punctures do not appear to be in
striez, with regularly-raised interstices, but each seems as if
separately sunk at its position.

.MECHISTOCERUS CANCELLATUS, N. sp.

Black; antennz dull-red, apical half of rostrum and
tibie and tarsi more or less diluted with red. Rather densely
clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stout
semi-decumbent setz.

Head with dense punctures, partially concealed only be-
tween eyes; interocular fovea appearing as a deep, narrow
impression. Rostrum long and moderately curved, basal half
with coarse punctures, becoming seriate towards base, and
leaving three feeble carine on basal third; apical half with
fine punctures. First joint of funicle stouter and slightly
longer than second, four apical joints the length of club.
Prothorax almost as long as wide, basal two-thirds parallel-
sided, apical third strongly narrowed, with dense, round
punctures, and with a short and very feeble median carina.
Elytra about one-third wider than prothorax ; with series of
large, deep, oblong punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly.
Side pieces of metasternwm each with a single row of con-
spicuous punctures. Two basal segments of abdomen convex,
with numerous small punctures, but the first with a row of
very large ones at base; second larger than usual, its suture
with first distinctly curved; third and fourth each with a
row of setose punctures across middle, their sides and apical
segment with dense punctures. Four front femora strongly,
the hind pair very strongly dentate. Length, 6-8 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cape York (H. Elgner), Cairns (A.
Solari).

In the table previously given by me should be placed
next to Mastersi, from which it differs in being smaller and
much narrower, elytra without a pale V, etc. In general
appearance, however, it is much closer to punctiventris and
duplicatus, from which it may be readily distinguished by
the curved suture between the two basal segments of abdo-

195

men, and the much stronger femoral dentition. On the elytra
of one specimen the clothing is uniform, but on the other
it exhibits a feeble tendency to become fasciate.

SUBFAMILY COSSONIDES.
CoSSONUS VICARIUS, n. sp.

Red; head and apical half of elytra black, knees and
base of femora infuscate.

Head with dense and rather small punctures; inter-
ocular fovea fairly large. Rostrum rather wide at base,
suddenly and strongly inflated in front, with a short median
impression ; with dense punctures, rather smaller than on
head. VProthorax flat, base feebly bisinuate ; with dense and
moderately small punctures, towards middle becoming larger
(but not very large) and sparser; middle itself with a feeble
impunctate line. H/ytra with regular rows of large punc-
tures, becoming smaller posteriorly, the interstices each with
a row of very minute punctures. Length, 7 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney.

In general appearance remarkably close to preustus, but
prothoracic punctures much smaller and less uneven at the
base; the elytral punctures are also considerably smaller,
although similarly disposed. It should possibly be treated
as a variety of preustus, but I have seen no intermediate
forms.

The elytra of the type are quite black at the apex, but
where the two colours join (slightly nearer base than apex)
the black becomes less intense, so that the two colours are
not sharply defined. The rostrum and antennz, although
red, are slightly darker than the prothorax, but this also is
darker at the apex than elsewhere.

A smaller specimen (5 mm.) differs from the type in
having the prothorax black, the black on the elytra slightly
advanced towards the base, and quite sharply defined, and
the side pieces of the mesosternum blackish, but I can find
no structural differences between it and the type.

COSSONUS NIGROAPICALIS, n. sp.

Of a rather bright-red, head and apical half of elytra
black ; apex of prothorax, knees, and base of femora slightly
infuscate.

Head smooth and almost impunctate; interocular fovea
rather large. Rostrum smooth and convex, without a
median line, suddenly and strongly inflated in front of an-
tenn; with small, sparse, and irregularly-distributed punc-
tures. Prothorax not very flat; with dense and not very
small punctures; with an impunctate median line (appearing
almost like a carina), on each side of which are some coarse

@2

196-

punctures that become larger and more crowded towards the
base. H#lytra with regular rows of large punctures, becoming
smaller posteriorly ; the interstices apparently without punc-
tures. Length, 4-5 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (H. Hacker).

In general appearance very close to praustus and the
preceding species ; but readily distinguished therefrom by the
rostrum and prothoracic punctures.

Cossonus HAcKERI, n. sp.

Black; appendages dark-reddish-brown.

Head with rather dense and not very small punctures,
smaller and sparser on forehead than in front; imterocular
fovea very shallow and indistinct. Rostrum wide at base,
and almost regularly increasing in width to apex, with denser
and coarser punctures than on head ; very shallowly depressed
along middle. First joint of funicle slightly, all the others
strongly, transverse; club rather short, continuous with
funicle. /rothorax depressed, base rather strongly bisinuate,
with dense and not very small punctures, becoming sparser
towards middle, middle itself with an irregular impunctate
space (not a line). Hlytra feebly convex, no wider than
widest part of prothorax; with regular rows of fairly large
(but for the genus decidedly small) punctures; the inter-
stices each with a row of very distinct punctures, but at base
each row increasing to two, three, or four in number, and
very irregular. Under surface with moderately dense and
not very small punctures, sparser and smaller in middle than
at sides. Metasternum shorter than two following segments
combined, these with a rather narrow depression common to
beth. Femora very stout, tibiz short, with a fairly strong
subapical tooth in addition to the terminal hook. Length,
54-7 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen (H. Hacker).

A rather aberrant species, but I have not considered it
advisable to propose a new genus for its reception. The ros-
trum is no wider at the apex than in many other species, but
is much wider at the base and is not suddenly inflated at —
the antenne, so that it appears to inerease almost regularly
in width from base to apex. The scrobes are rather abruptly
turned under the rostrum and almost meet, and the lower
surface of the head (when viewed from the sides and with
the antennz removed) appears to be separated from:the ros-
trum by a notch.

The strong rows of punctures on the elytral interstices,
and the comparatively small ones in the regular rows, readily
distinguish the species from all previously-described ones from
Australia.

197

A CRITICAL REVIEW OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PRASOPHYLLA
TOGETHER WITH A DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW
SPECIES.

By R. 8. Rocers, M.A., M.D.
[Read June 1, 1909.]
Pirates VIL. ro XIII.

The genus Prasophyllum is admittedly the most difficult
and perplexing one in the whole of the Orchidee. Not only
are the flowers frequently of very small size, but there are
so many intermediate forms that almost every species may
be said to blend insensibly into another. Even on the same
spike considerable variations are often to be found
among the individual flowers. A field observer who has paid
special attention to this group rarely has difficulty in assign-
ing any specimen to a particular species, but when it becomes
necessary to record those salient points which definitely serve
to distinguish one species from another his troubles begin.
Constant characters are not easy to find, and it becomes
necessary for differential purposes to depend upon the pre-
ponderance of certain characters rather than on their fixity.

For the formation of his primary sections of this genus
Bentham relies upon the mode of attachment of the labellum
to the column, a character too fickle to form a good basis for
classification. Even cohesion of lateral sepals on which much
of his ultimate analysis depends can be regarded only in a
general way. In P. elatwm, where this is perhaps a more
constant feature than in any other prasophyllum, I have
occasionally found the sepals free. Excessively dry and hot
weather is often responsible for this, and in some species
there is a tendency for separation to take place in advanced
maturity, though the sepals may be connate in the younger
flowers. In the contrary way I have sometimes found the
lateral sepals united in species where these segments are
usually free.

The study of this genus cannot be conducted by means
of herbarium specimens alone, as even when such specimens
are softened in the usual way, the observer may be still very
much in doubt on many important points. Fresh specimens
and careful observations in the field are absolutely essential
to a right understanding.

Flowers belonging to plants of the same species vary
a great deal in size according to the conditions under which
they grow, but the relative proportion between the petals
and lateral sepals seems (within narrow limits) to be fairly

198

constant. I have taken advantage of this to form a lateral
index, a measurement which I have found useful in differ-
ential diagnosis.

In order to estimate it the total length of the petal is
used to form the numerator of a vulgar fraction, and the
length of the lateral sepal the denominator. This fraction
is then reduced to two places of decimals, and the result is
the lateral index. For example, suppose the length of the
petals to be 4} lines and that of the lateral sepals 44, the
resulting fraction is is and the lateral index is 92.

In order to diminish error it is advisable (when speci-
mens permit) to estimate the index in three plants, and then
to take the average.

The lateral indices of species growing in this State are
approximately as follow :—

P. rotundifiorum, Rogers ae vaLtoo
P. elatum, WR. Br. Wes ts eet oD)
P. odoratum, Rogers... des ego
P. album, Rogers 5 ak meny
PA AMISTT CLE a as Geer 432 ial
IP. pruinosum, Rogers ... a iy nia
P. gracile, Rogers Ses ce Ley lho
P. occidentale, Rogers ... sie mes mle
P. constrictum, Rogers ae nase lO
2s GROOMS, 8%, 1Bie- ae se am)
P. Fitzgeraldi, Rogers- -Maiden sco G8
dis fuscum, Re Br aoe x wane
P. nigricans, R. Br. ... He. Be OL:
P. Teppert, Mueller-Rogers ... 56

Bidentation of the tips of the lateral sepals, or some
trace of it, is almost invariably to be found in all but a few
of our species, although, curiously enough, with regard to
this Bentham makes the following comment: —“The lateral
sepals in two or three instances have been described as 2-
dentate. I have never found them so, and believe the error
to have arisen either from a slip of the pen, referring to
lateral sepals instead of lateral appendages of the column,
or the writer to have meant the lip composed of the two com-
bined lateral sepals.” (“Flora Aust.,” vol. vi., p.335.) I
have before me as I write two specimens of 7. patens, both
examined by Bentham, and in one at least of these there is
distinct evidence of bidentation. The incurving of the ros-
tellum towards the labellum is a feature which is sometimes
mentioned in descriptions as having a specific significance.
In the unfertilized flower the rostellum is invariably erect.
The incurving is the first step towards fertilization. Thereby

—
oo
eS

199

begins the tugging on the caudicle which eventually results
in the liberation of the pollen-masses from the anther-case
—a process fully described later on in this paper (vide fer-
tilization of P. nigricans).

Another point which may be emphasized while dealing
with the rostellum is that its height is lessened after the
removal of the pollen-masses owing to the loss of the
caudicle-disc which fits into its apex.

“Anther-point recurved” is another expression fre-
quently met with in descriptions of members of this genus.
While admitting that this condition may occasionally be of
some slight diagnostic importance, it sometimes involves a
fallacy which should be borne in mind. The function of
the anther-point, so far as I have been able to ascertain
it, is to keep the disc moist, to protect it from the drying
influence of the air. When the rostellum “incurves’” the
disc is drawn away from close contact with the hitherto hori-
zontal anther-point,. which then undergoes the process of
drying and frequently becomes “recurved.” This at any
rate is the progress of events in some species which I have
observed..

In the immature flower the caudicle in all our Praso-
phylla lies closely and snugly between the back of the ros-
tellum and the front of the pollinia, being usually attached
from about the middle of the masses to their conjoined apices.
This situation of the caudicle has an important bearing upon
the process of fertilization. Hach pollen mass shows evi-
dence of longitudinal bilobing.

The shape of the lateral appendages of the column was
utilized by Robert Brown to form his two fundamental divi-
sions, viz. :—

I. “Columnz laciniz laterales apice integre,’”’ and

II. “Columnz lacinize laterales [apice] bifide.”

There can be no question that the morphological differ-
ences between lateral appendages are of great diagnostic im-
portance, and now that plants with bifid tips to their lateral
appendages have so greatly increased in number, I think
that Brown’s comprehensive primary subdivision of Conti-
nental Prasophylla might be reverted to with advantage. So
far as this State is concerned, nine out of our fourteen species
show comparatively unimportant variations in the lateral
appendages—the other five are distinctive.

Only two—P. nigricans and P. Tepperi—fall under
Brown’s second group (“[apice] bifide’’); all the rest have un-
divided tips, but are provided with a posterior basal lobe of
varying size and shape, the notch between the two lobes being

200 -

the vestigial remains of the former bifid apex. This basal
lobe is rudimentary in some specimens of P. Australe, while
in the case of 2. rotundiflorum it is separated from the
anterior part of the appendage by a singular finger-like pro-
cess, a feature which readily serves to distinguish that species
from all other known forms.

In the great majority of our species the stigmatic sur-
face is reniform, with the hilum towards the rostellum,
although this shape is sometimes departed from, as in the
case of ?. dustrale and P. nigricans.

Fitzgerald is probably correct when he says that all
members of this genus are fertilized by insects. Wherever
I have had the opportunity to cultivate specimens under con-
ditions such as would exclude insects, fertilization did not.
take place. In the case of P. Australe, however, the
mechanism is such that self-fertilization might conceivably
occur, although I have not yet been able to determine whe-
ther it is ever effected in this particular way. The small
members of the genus are frequently visited by minute forms
of Staphylinide and other small insects; while insects large
and small frequent the larger flowers. I have in the latter
case actually observed the fertilization of the plant by bees.

The disposition of the callous portion of the labellum as
to area, abruptness, or otherwise of termination, degree of
elevation above the membranous part, is important from a
diagnostic standpoint. These features are far more constant
than one might @ priori suppose. On the other hand, the
degree of flexion of the labellum in different individuals of
P. patens varies exceedingly.

The angle of attachment which the flower makes with
the vertical axis of the spike is a feature that seems to
have escaped attention, except perhaps in some of the very

minute forms in which the flowers are deflexed. In some
cases the angle thus made is very small, the flower lying
almost in apposition with the axis. In others the flower

diverges considerably, the angle being comparatively large.
The outstanding flowers of P. fuscum and P. Fitzgeraldi,
for instance, afford a ready means of distinguishing them in
the field from their respective allies, P. patens and P. pruin-
osum.

With all due deference to Bentham, who seems to hold
a different view (‘Flora Aust.,” vol. vi., p. 340), some diag-
nostic importance must be attached to odour. The strong,
delightful odour of the tiniest specimen of P. Fitzgeraldi
would as surely distinguish it from P. fuscum and P. pruin-
osum as that of a magnolia from its inodorous allies.

201

Colour per se is unreliable, but taken in conjunction
with other characteristics it often serves to strengthen or
even to clinch a diagnosis.

The leaf when present can hardly be said to be helpful
in differentiation of forms. The shape is almost uniform for
all species, and the length varies greatly, even in plants of
the same species. In our two small Autumnal forms (P.
nigricans and P. Teppert) the leaf is congenitally absent or
at most represented by a small bract; while in the Spring
forms it is an attractive tit-bit for insects, and is removed
in this way with annoying frequency before the plant reaches
the vasculum of the collector.

The time of blooming forms a ready means of group
‘separation in our Prasophylla. P. nigricans and P. Tepperi
appear in Autumn (April and May). P. Australe and P.
elatum are Summer forms blooming in the hot months of
‘November and December. The rest may be called the
Spring forms, blooming in September and October (rarely
a straggling specimen may be found early in November).
‘There are no Winter species. I have not observed that any
of our species bloom exclusively at certain altitudes, for
although a few of the new species have so far been found
only in the Mount Lofty Ranges, I have httle doubt that
a more extended search will discover them also at the lower
levels. Even P. Australe, which I had long regarded as a
mountain form, has recently been found on Kangaroo Island
almost at sea-level.

There seems to be a definite predilection in the case of
most of our species for a more or less sandy soil, less marked
‘perhaps in the case of P. patens and P. fuscwm than in some
of the others. P. Australe would appear to be an exception
to the rule, as I have never found it anywhere except in very
wet places such as swamps or watercourses.

For reasons not difficult to understand much confusion
has existed in South Australia with regard to this genus. In
‘Tate’s Flora six species are mentioned as occurring in this
State, viz.:—

P. mgricans, R. Br.
P. despectans, Hooker.
Po Agdsiralie.” Ri) Br:

. elatum, R. Br.

P. patens, BR. Br.

P. fuscum, R. Br.

A seventh species, P. Tepperi, stands as a nomen nudum
in F. v. Mueller’s first “Census of Australian Plants” (p.
140), but was afterwards withdrawn by him in favour of P.
nigricans. We recognized this Peninsular form (Tepperi) as

DS Oho
3

202

distinct from the species growing in the Mount Lofty Ranges,
but believed the latter to be identical with 7’. despectans.
This is not the case. The plant in the neighbourhood of
Adelaide is certainly not 7. despectans (which has still to
be recorded for this State), but is undoubtedly Brown’s P.
migricans. For this reason I have deleted P. despectans from
the list and reinstated P?. Tepper. Still another nomen
nudum appears under the authority of Tate in the Trans-
actions of this Society (vol. xix., p. 82) as P. Fitz-
gerald’ (Deane). I wrote Mr. Henry Deane, of Sydney (a
friend of the late R. D. Fitzgerald), for information regard-
ing this matter, but found him unable to assist in any way
towards the identification of this plant. The name, however,
has since been rescued from oblivion. With a view of con-
tinuing Fitzgerald’s monumental work on “Australian Or-
chids,’ Mr. J. H. Maiden (Sydney) was last year looking
through the materials left by its author, when he came across
a plate not yet published, containing an illustration, but
no description, of P. Fitzgeraldi.

I had no difficulty in recognizing it as a form with which
I was perfectly familiar, and which I had put aside for pur-
poses of this paper. Its description now appears for the first
time under our joint names.

The name P. patens has been applied to at least three
very distinct forms in this and, I believe, in other States.
The individuality of these must in future be recognized. I
have retained the original name for the widely-distributed
Port Jackson type, whence Brown derived his first
specimen. The other two I have named P. odoratwm and
P. album respectively.

These alterations, together with certain other new
forms described in this paper, will leave the genus repre-
sented in South Australia by fourteen recorded species. I
have reason to believe that this number will be still further

increased before long.

Sec. I.
Tip of lateral appendages bifid; flowers
minute—
Labellum with recurved pointed tip; no
glands on tip of lateral petals .... .... P. nigricans 1

Labellum quite blunt at tip; pedicel-
lated glands on tips of lateral petals P. Tepperi 2
Sec. IT.
Tips of lateral appendages undivided;
flowers over 4 lines—
A. Lateral index over 90.
(a) Lateral sepals connate.
Flowers over 8 lines. Mem-
branous part. of labellum
ereatly exceeding callous part P. Australe 3

203

Callous part greatly exceeding
the membranous Ba Paes
(b) Lateral sepals free.
Flowers over 9 lines
Flowers under 9 lines.

Supplementary process _ be-
tween basal lobe and
anterior part of lateral
appendage

Supplementary pr ocess absent
B. Lateral index over 80, but not

exceeding 90

C. Lateral index over 708 ‘but not

ExCeecuiies CUMMEEee erie cna)! lses) 7 tes

(a) Lateral sepals connate, or
partly so. z

Labellum with marked con-
striction at anterior third.

Labellum on rather long
claw; flowers large and
yellowish-green Rata op
Labellum sessile; flowers
medium size and prune-
coloured Suit Maer ate nee
Labellum without marked
constriction, sessile. Flow-
ers small (under

6 ine);

yvellowish-green : of

(b) Lateral sepals. free...

‘D. Lateral index over 60, but not ex-
ceeding 70.

(a) Basal lobe of lateral appendage
relatively large; Jabellum
relatively narrow; flowers
yellowish-green, without char-
acteristic odour A eee

(b) Basal lobe onlv about 1 total
height of appendage; labellum
relatively wide; flowers prune-
coloured. with powerful mag-
nolia odour - é

The following table indicates the approximate length of
Gncluding cvary without pedicel) : —

the flower

. elatum
odoratum
Australe
gracile
patens
album
pruinosum
constrictum
Fitzgeraldi
rotundifiorum
fuscum
. occidentale
nigricans
Tepperi

VVVVISTVIITVNS

. elatum 4

. odoratum 5

rotundifiorum 6

. album 7

. pruinosum 8

. gracile 9

. constrictum 10

. occidentale 11
. patens 12

fuscum. 13

P. Fitzgeraldi 14

ROS IES folio)
I~)

ri

tal

LOKI OTOIA AI

i)

204

As regards size of flower, it will be seen that P. odor-
atum is a vival of P. elatum, and, it may be added incident-
ally, it falls very little short of it in point of height. It
was a. matter for regret that in the splitting up of P. patens
it was not possible to retain the old name for this beautiful
species instead of the insignificant form with which it will
in future be associated.

1. Prasophyllum nigricans, R. Br. PI. vii.a, figs. 1 to 8.

In reference to this plant Fitzgerald writes thus: —“P.
nigricans is one of the forms that are ever puzzles to the
botanist. So close does it come to some others that no de-
scription can separate them without the aid of drawings or
specimens, and even with both these there is constant hesi-
tation whether the distinctions are real or constant. The
descriptions do not agree as given by different authors, and
even the specimens can hardly be said to be consistent with
themselves.”

Professor Ewart, referring to specimens in the National
Herbarium, Melbourne, writes thus: —‘‘Most of our speci-
mens have been given the name /’. rufum, etc., and sub-
sequently corrected. One has the following note—‘P. nzgri-
cans may be right, but I have never seen an authentic speci-
men of it’ (Lindley in litt., 1853). We have Muilligan’s
Oyster Cove specimen seen by Bentham.’

A letter from the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, informs
me that the original specimen is in the British ‘Museum.
“The three specimens besides the original one cited by Ben-
tham are presumably in the Mueller Herbarium.” This is
unfortunately not the case, nor have [I been able to trace
them. I am indebted to Professor Ewart for the oppor-
tunity of examining a specimen seen by Bentham, and also
to Miss Bentham, who on a recent visit to England procured
for me from Kew Herbarium a copy of the analytical draw-
ings of the type specimen (No. 5551) in the British Museum.
I was interested to learn that the latter institution acquired
the type only in 1876. Brown’s original description in
the “Prodromus” (p. 319) is quite inadequate for identi-
fication, since it would include several allied forms discov-
ered since it was written. Bentham (“Flora Aust.,” vol. vi.,
p. 343) and Fitzgerald (“Aust. Orchids”) both refer to glands
on the tips of the lateral sepals. Such glands do not exist
on the type specimen, nor have I ever seen them on any
member of this species collected in this State. They are
very well marked, however, in Bentham’s specimen in the
Melbourne National Herbarium, the plant being otherwise
identical with our own. An obvious error occurs in Ben-

205

tham’s description where the petals are stated to be longer
than the lateral sepals. The reverse is the case, and the
error should be corrected. Fitzgerald lays much diagnostic
stress upon the strap-shaped stigmatic surface. This sur-
face is oval in the original type, and it is ovate or oval
in some hundreds of fresh specimens which I have examined
in this State.

A minute leafless plant, usually from 2 to 5 in. high;
fibrous sheath at the base; single globular tuber, with the
remains of previous year’s bulb adhering to it; stem glab-
rous, with one small sheathing bract a little below the spike.

Spike from } to 1 in. long, consisting of from 7 to 20
minute dark-purple (rarely green) flowers, each flower being
shortly stalked, deflexed, and subtended by a tiny clasping
bract. Flowers expand on the spike uniformly from below
upwards.

Lateral sepals free, about 14 lines, green, cylindrico-
lanceolate, widely spreading, concave on labellar side, not
particularly gibbous at base. Dorsal sepal rather broadly
hooded, with short recurved apical point, greenish or pur-
plish, somewhat shorter than lateral sepals, about 1} lines,
and about same length as labellum.

Lateral petals slightly shorter than dorsal sepal, about
1 line, and much shorter than lateral sepals, triangular-
lanceolate, purplish.

Lateral index about 64.

Labellum dark-purple and very glandular, about same
length as dorsal sepal (14 lines), somewhat oblong in shape
though gradually widening from its proximal to its distal
end, where it abruptly narrows to a short recurved apex ;
attached to extended base of column by a semi-circular mov-
able claw; margins entire in posterior two-thirds, minutely
toothed, or crenulated in anterior third; callous portion ob-
long, slightly raised above the membranous and occupying
rather more than half the upper surface, reaching nearly
to apex and slightly channelled.

Lateral appendages of column purplish, almost as long
as the petais, chelate, the anterior claw being generally much
longer than the posterior, which varies much in length, being
occasionally nearly as long as anterior, but sometimes blunt,
notched, or rudimentary ; reaching to level of anther-point
and not incurved as in P. despectans.

Anther incurved, mucronate, the point at first soft and
rather long, and covering disc of caudicle, but later harden-
ing and rising to a more vertical position. Portion of column
below anther considerably longer than anther itself.

206

Pollinia 2, attached by caudicle to rostellum by a single
ovate disc.

Rostellum with cup-shaped depression in apex for disc,
rather shorter than anther.

Stigma oval or ovate just below rostellum.

Ovary plano-convex, reflexed on dorsal sepal.

Fertilization does not occur when the flowers are deve-
loped under bell-jars or out of reach of insects. In the
newly-opened flower the two pollinia lie immediately behind
the erect rostellum, the caudicle, which is a little more than
half their length, being attached adnately along the rostel-
lar side of their groove of union and fastened by a single
ovate disc to the top of the rostellum. As the flowers get
older the rostellum curves forward, the disc which has hither-
to been protected by the soft anther-point becomes exposed
and contracted, and the pollen-masses are drawn slightly
out of the anther-case. This latter movement produces an
angular space between the back of the rostellum and the
pollinia, with the result that the caudicle, which has hitherto
been kept moist between these two surfaces. now becomes
exposed to the air. The caudicle dries, and as it does so
an upward movement takes place in it and the pollinia, the
latter being gradually raised vertically above the rostellum.
This movement continues until they are carried forward and
projected horizontally towards the labellum. The dise can
now be readily detached from the rostellum, and the flower
is ready for fertilization by visiting insects.

The usual time of blooming in this State is the begin-
ning of April, although it may be hastened by early rains.
I have found it in the middle of March, and one season it
appeared in February.

Robert Brown must have collected his first specimens at

Port Lincoln between February 26 and March 6, an unusu-
ally early time for blooming, accounted for by the fact that
the Port Lincoln season is somewhat in advance of our own
(Adelaide).

Distribution: Mount Lofty Ranges, Meadows and dis-
trict, Myponga, Yankalilla, Victor Harbour district, Goolwa,
Kangaroo Island.

2. P. Tepperi, Mueller-Rogers, sp. nov. Pl. vii.s, figs. 1 to 8.

This appears as a nomen nudum in F, v. Mueller’s first
“Census of . Australian Plants” (p. 140), but is omitted
from the second census. A reference is made to it in Trans-
actions of this Society, 1880 (p. 32), in “Plants about
Ardrossan,” by Mr. Tepper (its discoverer). No botanical
description has hitherto appeared.

207

Plant 3 to 7 in. high, with fibrous basal sheath and a
more or less globular bulb often compressed vertically. Fib-
rous remains of previous year’s bulb still in contact with
new bulb. Stem rather fleshy, thicker, and more robust than
P. nigricans. Leaf-like bract just below spike.

Spike varies from $ to 1$ in.; expansion of flowers
rather irregular, beginning at base and ascending upwards,
but often in a spiral manner. Flowers rather crowded, 9
to 26, green or yellowish-green, with very dark labella, ses-
sile, each subtended by a minute ovate bract.

Lateral sepals green, free, lanceolate, labellar surface
concave throughout, 14 lines, not widely diverging.

Dorsal sepal, 14 lines, green, widely lanceolate, hooded,
with recurved point.

Lateral petals green, with reddish mesial stripe, linear-
lanceolate, tipped with small pediculated glands, about 1
line.

Labellum varies considerably in shape, even in flowers
on the same spike, more so than in any other Prasophyllum
which I have examined. It is sometimes quadrangular,
sometimes oblong, sometimes elliptical; but the following
description is the net result of an examination of a very large
number of specimens: —Dark-reddish-brown, a little over 1
line long, oblong-ovate, very blunt, on a movable hinge,
tip slightly recurved, margins almost entire; callous part
reaching nearly to tip, equal to membranous part with mesial
groove ; membranous part unusually thick; not nearly so re-
curved as in P. myricans,; upper surface very glandular, con-
vex antero-posteriorly.

Lateral appendages of column reddish-brown, triangu-
lar-lanceolate, with chelate tip, the posterior claw nearly or
quite equai to anterior in length; higher than anther or
restellum.

Anther-point extremely short.

Pollinia 2; caudicle about as long as pollinia. Por-
tion of column below stigma equal in length to pollinia.

Stigmatic surface circular, just below rostellum.

Arrangement of rostellum and method of fertilization
as in P. nigricans.

Ovary about 14 lines, ellipsoidal, in apposition with
dorsal sepal.

Lateral index about 56.

Diagnosis from /P. nigricans :—-Plant is more robust, and
the stem bract larger and more leafy. Flowers not nearly
so dark, being generally green with exception of labellum.
Spike more crowded. Lateral sepals less spreading, with ex-

208

tremities fluted and not conical as in P. nigricans. Petals
much narrower (linear-lanceolate as contrasted with triangu-
lar-lanceolate in the other form), and very constantly with
well-marked pedicellated glands at their extremities. Label-
lum much blunter, shorter, membranous portion much
thicker. Lateral appendages relatively longer, exceeding the
level of rostellum and anther, the two claws equal or nearly
equal, whereas in P. nigricans the anterior claw is generally
much longer than the posterior. Anther-point extremely
short or almost absent, whereas it is well marked in the
other species. It grows at sea-level, and yet blooms later
than P. nigricans at a considerable elevation. Flowers ex-
pand generally in a spiral manner from below upwards,
whereas in P. nigricans they expand uniformly from below.

Blooms late in April or early in May.

It has been recorded only from Yorke Peninsula, where
it is very numerous, growing in sandy soil, sometimes quite
in the open, sometimes under shade of mallee or dry brush-
wood.

3. P. Australe, R. Br. Pl. viii., figs. 1 to 7.

This species is adequately described by Bentham. In
Fitzgerald’s work, however, the name is attached to the illus-
tration of a remarkable Prasophyllum, which its author
claims to represent the first specimen of this species found
in New South Wales. The plant illustrated is quite un-
familiar to me, and is evidently a new species. The two leaf-
like bracts on the stem, the labellum, and column are wholly
unhke P. Australe. A fairly satisfactory illustration of this
species is to be found in Hooker’s “Fl. Tas.,” vol. 11., pl. 110,
under the title of P. lutescens. In this plate, however, the
lateral appendages are shown without any evidence of a basal
lobe. This is not quite correct, for although the basal lobe
is often rudimentary, being sometimes represented by 2 or
3 crenulations on the lower posterior border of the appen-
dage, they are always in evidence and sometimes reach a fair
size. The removal of the disc from the top of the rostellum
makes a considerable difference in the height of the latter,
as the disc is unusually large and fleshy in this species. It
is received into a triangular depression in the anterior aspect
of the top of the rostellum, in the upper border of which
is a notch through which the caudicle passes to the pollinia.
The caudicle is rather long. In older flowers it is often
found curled forward like a watchspring, with its polliniar
end pointing close to the stigma. I can conceive that self-
fertilization would be quite possible in this plant, although
on account of the relative positions of the column and label-

209

lum every facility is also afforded for fertilization by in-
sects. The stigmatic surface in P. Australe is large, promi-
nent, and somewhat pentagonal in shape.

The flowers are sweet-scented, and the lateral index is

about 91.
It blooms in this State in December.

The distribution of this species seems to be very local-
ized. It is invariably found in swampy or wet ground, and
has been recorded so far only from the swamp country
around Myponga, Mount Compass, and Mylor; from Grun-
thal, Glenelg River, and Kangaroo Island. In the latter
place it was found growing in the damp ground in the bed
of the Harriet River.

4. P. elatum, R. Br. Pl. vii, figs. 8 to 15.

This species calls for little comment. J have known it
to reach a height of 4 ft., which is considerably higher than
mentioned in Bentham. All shades of colour are to be met
with in the flowers, from a pale-green to a dark-purple or
almost black. The latter colour prevails in the Kangaroo
Island variety, which is locally known as the ‘“‘black-boy.”’

Occasionally in very hot, dry weather I have found the
lateral sepals free. The caudicle in this species is long, white,
and strap-shaped. The stigmatic surface is large and trian-
gular-ovate.

Lateral index about 99.

It blooms in November, and is distributed widely
throughout the Mount Lofty Ranges, Victor Harbour district,
and Kangaroo Island.

5. P. odoratum, Rogers, sp. nov. Pi. ix., figs. 1 to 9.

This plant has hitherto been regarded as a mere variety
of P. patens, from which, however, it differs in habit, scent,
and many important particulars.

Plant usually tall and robust, from 1 to 3 ft. high, stem
often pinkish towards the base.

Ovary turgid, lying close to or diverging but slightly
from the axis of the spike, very shortly stalked, subtended
by a small ovate-lanceolate bract.

Fistula 14 to 2 in. below the spike, lamina of leaf of
varying length, often reaching beyond the spike.

Spike not crowded; flowers, from 5 to 20.

Flowers pink and white, strongly and sweetly scented.

Lateral sepals free, about 5 lines, green or pinkish, di-
lated at base, concave on the top with cylindrical points,
very divergent.

210

Dorsal sepal about 5 lines, greenish or pinkish, ovate-
lanceolate, often very recurved in very old flowers, incurved
in younger ones.

Lateral petals about 4} lines, pinkish with white tips, or
white with brownish mesial stripe, linear-lanceolate.

Labellum about 5 lines, on very short claw, oblong-
lanceolate; sharply reflexed about the middle, tip looking
between lateral sepals; erect portion rather gibbous, its
margin almost entire; anterior part bluntly triangular with
very crenulated margins; membranous part white, greatly
exceeding tne callous part, ending abruptly just beyond the
bend.

Lateral appendages falcate, with rounded basal lobe;
not quite so high as rostellum.

Rostellum triangular with bifid apex, slightly higher in
the fresh flower than the lateral appendages, and much
higher than the anther-case.

Anther-case without a point; reddish-brown, much
lower than rostellum.

Caudicle strap-shaped, about as long as anther-case.

Stigmatic surface reniform, just below rostellum, occu-
pying whole breadth of middle lobe of column and reaching
below to about the middle of the column.

Pollinia 2, large, each markedly bilobed; total length
of pollinia about 1 line.

Lateral index about 95.

This species blooms rather later than P. patens, gener-
ally throughout November.

It is widely but not numerously distributed throughout
the State. |

6. P. rotundiflorum, Rogers, sp. nov. Pl. x., figs. 1 to 5.

This species is chiefly remarkable for the peculiar struc-
ture of its lateral appendage.

Plant about 7 in. in height.

Flowers about 7 in a spike, presenting a somewhat globu-
lar form owing to the tendency for sepals and petals to con-
verge together to a point; yellowish-white ; sessile with small
ovate bract.

Lateral sepals quite free, lanceolate, curving upwards
on each side of the labellum, yellowish-green in colour, about
34 lines, nearly same length as dorsal sepal and lateral petals.

Dorsal sepal concave, acuminate, converging towards the
points of the lateral sepals.

Petals bluntly linear, white with pinkish stripe, in-
curved, embracing dorsal sepal and erect portion of labellum.

211

Labellum sessile, sharply reflexed about its middle, apex
protruding between lateral sepals; white with a large crenu-
lated membranous portion ; callous part relatively small and
not very thick, extending only a short distance beyond the
bend.

Column prune-coloured.

Lateral appendages lanceolate-falcate, about as high as
rostellum with a short rounded lobe at the base.

From the angle where the basal lobe is given off there
proceeds a finger-like process which incurves towards the
caudicle.

Caudicle about $ length of pollinia.

Lateral index about 96.

Blooms September and October.

Recorded only from Cherry Gardens and Blackwood.

7. P. album, Rogers, sp. nov. PI. x.a, figs. 1 to 9.

This is usually a smaller plant than P. odoratum, and
with smaller flowers, but with similar colouring, except that
there are fewer pink tints.

The flowers are not scented.

Lateral sepals about 4 lines, free, pinkish, lanceolate
with cylindrical tips, concave upper surface, and rather di-
lated base.

Dorsal sepal nearly 4 lines, not recurved.

Petals, 34 lines, linear-lanceolate.

Labellum on a short claw, obovate-lanceolate, margin
of erect’ portion entire. Otherwise similar to but smaller
than P. odoratum.

Lateral appendages quadrangular-falcate, with ovate-
lanceolate basal lobes reaching about halfway up.

Anther-case much shorter than rostellum, pointless.

Stigma and caudicle as in P. odoratum.

Lateral index about 92.

Recorded from Victor Harbour and Grunthal.

8. P. pruinosum, Rogers, sp. nov. PI. xi.B, figs. 1 to 8.

A rather slender species about a foot high.

Fistula about 2 in. below spike. Lamina of leaf usually
shorter than spike, but sometimes exceeding it.

Spike 3 to 4 1n. long. Flowers about 7 lines, 15 to 20,
crowded, and placed more closely to axis of spike than in
P. Fitzgeraldi, light prune-coloured, not scented.

Lateral sepals slender, a little over 4 lines, free, green-
ish-yellow, parallel or slightly converging fluted on upper
surface. .

212

Dorsal sepal about 3 lines, narrowly ovate-lanceolate,
greenish with faint pink lines much recurved in mature
flower.

Labellum sessile, pale-prune colour, recurved but not
sharply so, margins entire but slightly undulate; callous
pertion green or yellowish-green, concave on top, narrow,
slightly raised at sides but merging gradually into mem-
branous part near the bend; membranous part pale-pink,
narrow-triangular, much exceeding callous portion in area.

Lateral appendages parallel, not quite as high as ros-
tellum, bluntly linear-falcate, with narrow basal lobe reach-
ing about halfway up.

Rostellum triangular rather higher than lateral append-

ages.

the anterior surface of column.
Anther-case reddish-brown ; point short, blunt, recurved.

Pollinia granular ;

Stigmatic surface reniform, placed about the middle of

each mass vertically grooved.

Ovary slender about 2 lines, close to axis of spike.
Lateral index about 87.

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS.

P. pruimosum.

P. Fitzgeraldi.

Plant ...| Somewhat slender . | Rather sturdy
Flowers ... .| Close to axis, rather | Standing out from axis;
crowded, not scented not crowded strongly,
and sweetly scented
Ovary Short and slender Longer and turgid
Perianth Seyments slender. Segments stouter

Lateral sepals ...
..| Narrow, much recurved ,.

Dorsal sepal

Rather long and slender...

Short and stout

Wider, not markedly re-
curved

Short, not widely spread-

Petals ...| Longer, widely spreading,
slender ing, rather wide

Labellum Membranous portion much | Callous part greater than
greater than callous membranous ; widely tri-
part; narrow-triangular angular

Column ... .| Lateral appendages nar- | Lateral appendages widely
row, falcate quadrangular

Stigma ... .| Reniform ... Almost rectangular

Begins to bloom about the middle of October.

Found growing in alluvial
National Park.

soil at Blackwood and

213

9. P. gracile. Rogers, sp. nor. Pl. xii.a, figs. 1 to 11.

A graceful species rather more than a foot in height.
Fistula # inch below spike. Leaf reaching to within an inch
of top of spike.

Spike 44 inches, not crowded; flowers 30, rather large,
yellowish-green, each subtended by small ovate-lanceolate
bract and standing well out from axis of spike.

Ovary slender, stalked.

Lateral sepals between 5 and 6 lines long, connate in
their proximal third, concave on top; with subulate, re-
curved, bidentate points; narrow, parallel.

Dorsal sepal nearly 5 lines long, ovate-lanceolate, in-
curved.

Petals about 44 lines, linear-lanceolate, tips incurved
so as to meet each other and also the tip of the dorsal sepal.

Lateral index about 76.

Labellum on a well-marked claw, recurved near the
middle; erect portion deeply concave with entire margins ;
the part in front of bend narrow-triangular with sharp point,
slightly undulating margin and marked constriction (or late-
ral pinch) about one-third of the distance beyond the bend ;
membranous portion white and glandular, nearly equal in
extent to callous portion; callous part raised just in front
of bend, ending abruptly just beyond the constriction, but
not reaching the tip.

Lateral appendages shorter than rostellum and anther-
ease, hardly falcate, with blunt tip and a rather narrow
basal lobe reaching to about the middle.

Anther-case with short, erect point, about same height
as rostellum.

Pollinia 2; each longitudinally furrowed.

Caudicle of medium length and usual attachment.

Stigmatic surface reniform.

Found late in October at Sandergrove.

10. P. constrictum, Rogers, sp. nov. Pl. xiii.s, figs. 1 to 5.

Plant about a foot or less in height.

Lamina of leaf about 5 in. long, extending beyond
spike ; fistula about 14 in. below spike.

Spike about 34 in., with about 20 rather crowded flowers.
Flowers sessile, prune-coloured, with small ovate bract clasp-
ing the proximal end of ovary.

Lateral sepals stout, connate to their middle, markedly
bidentate, nearly 4 lines, inner surface fluted.

Dorsal sepal broadly-lanceolate with gland at tip, in-
flexed over column, 34 lines.

214

Petals rather spreading, narrow-lanceolate, 34 lines.

Lateral index about 76.

Labellum sessile, prune-coloured, nearly 3 lines long;
posterior two-thirds ovate, contracted at base, with undulate
or almost entire upturned margins; anterior third separated
from posterior portion by a sharp constriction (or lateral
pinch) as in P. graci/e. Callous part not exceeding mem-
branous, crossing constricted neck between anterior and pos-
terior portions, not quite reaching the tip, but sharply raised
as it approaches it.

Lateral appendages nearly as high as rostellum, linear
with oblique or bifid upper margins, and rounded basal lobe
about half the height of the appendage.

Anther on a level with rostellum; no anther-point.

Rostellum same height as anther-case, bifid when dise
is removed, but in the young flower ending in a well-marked
globular disc.

Stigma large, reniform just below rostellum, occupying
whole width of column.

Caudicle rather short.

Ovary ellipsoidal, with some antero-posterior flattening.

Found blooming early in October at Tailem Bend.

11. P. occidentale, Rogers. Pl. xi1.8, figs. 1 to 9.

A description of this Orchid appeared in the Trans-
actions of this Society (vol. xxxil., p. 11). The few
specimens on which I based it were mostly seeding, and one
or two points will bear modification after subsequent exam-
ination of a large number of specimens : —

“Lateral sepals . . . united in distal fourth” should
be modified as follows:—Lateral sepals generally more or
less connate but sometimes quite free, especially in mature
flowers or in very hot weather. On every spike there are
always some flowers with connate sepals.

The labellum is very shortly stalked, its flexion is rather
sharp; the erect portion is gibbous with entire margins; the
callous portion is slightly raised, ending abruptly midway
between the bend and the tip.

The lateral appendages are bluntly linear and the stig-
matic surface is crescentic in shape.

Lateral index about 76.

12. P. patens, R. Br. Pl. ix.a, figs. 1 to 9.

A common plant varying from a few inches to about 2
ft. in height.

Flowers subtended by small ovate bract, green, greenish,
or brownish, the membranous part of the labellum sometimes

Pe alll

215

white, or whitish with a tinge of green, yellow, or light
prune, never the pure white of /. odoratum or P. album.
Ovary more slender than in 7. fusewm, and not outstanding
from the axis of the spike as in that species.

Lateral sepals about 4 lines, free, lanceolate, generally
slightly bidentate, narrowing gradually to tip; not inflated
at base as in P. odoratum and LP. album; parallel, not di-
verging widely as in those species.

Dorsal sepal rather less than 4 lines, ovate-lanceolate,
generally moderately recurved in the mature flower, especi-
ally in hot weather.

Petals rather less than 3 lines, linear, spreading (some-
times markedly so).

Lateral index about 75.

Labellum very shortly stalked (almost sessile), ovate-
lanceolate, varying in degree of flexion from an obtuse to a
right angle, not acutely flexed as in P. odoratum or P.
album; protruding slightly between lateral sepals; margins
slightly crenulated; membranous portion greater than cal-
lous but not so markedly so as in P. odoratum and P. album.

Lateral appendages broadly-linear with minute rounded
basal lobe, nearly but not quite as high as rostellum.

Rostellum considerably higher than anther-case, bifid
when disc is removed.

Anther-case with very short point, dark-brown, much
shorter than rostellum.

Disc narrow-triangular.

Stigmatic surface reniform, occupying entire width of
middle lobe of column just below rostellum.

Caudicle strap-shaped, of medium length, attached in
usual way.

Pollinia 2, of usual form and attachment.

It blooms in September and October, and is widely dis-
tributed on plains and hills and also on Kangaroo Island.

13. P. fuscum, R. Br. PI. xiii.a, figs. 1 to 9.

The following is a description of this variable species in
this State : —

Plant of slender habit, from 9 to 18 in. high; fistula
opening considerable distance below spike, often as much as
5 in. Lamina slender, reaching well up spike or beyond it.

Spike not crowded, flowers about 13 to 24.

Ovary (shown rather small in plate) relatively large in
comparison with the flower, shortly stalked, cuneate.

Flowers generally green, sometimes greenish-yellow,
standing well out from axis of spike.

a
ae
vA

216

Lateral sepals about 3} lines, quite free, parallel, lance-
olate, with cylindrical slightly bidentate points, concave on
the upper surface.

Dorsal sepal nearly 3 lines, not recurved.

Petals about 2 lines, bluntly linear, not spreading.

Lateral index very low, about 64.

Labellum ovate-lanceolate, sessile: erect part rather
bulging with entire margins; distal part with slightly crenu-
lated margins; callous portion occupying a relatively large
part of the surface, extending much beyond the bend and
reaching -nearly to the tip.

Lateral appendages about same height as rostellum,
wide, almost quadrangular, with blunt free end, and rela-
tively large basal lobe reaching considerably beyond the
middle.

Anther-case pointless, nearly as high as rostellum.

Stigmatic surface reniform, occupying full breadth of
middle lobe of column, just below rostellum.

COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF 7. fuscwm, P. patens, P.
odoratum, AND P. album.

|
Part. P. fuscum. | P. patens. | P.odoratum.| P. albuin.
Lateral sepals ..., 3}]ines | 4 lines 5 lines | 4 lines
Dorsal sepal ..| 3 lines 3glines | 5 lines 4 lines
Petals we ..| 2 limes | 2$lines | 44]ines | 34 lines

In P. fuscwm and P. odoratum lateral sepals longer than
dorsal sepal.

In P. odoratum and P. album the sepals are equal.

In P. fuscum and P. patens lateral sepals exceed petals
by 12 lines.

In P. odoratum and P. album lateral sepals exceed
petals by 4 line.

P. fuscum blooms in September and October.

It is widely distributed on plains and hills and also on
Kangaroo Island.

14. Prasophyllum Fitzgeraldi, Rogers-Maiden, sp. nov.
plmexiess ties, ll boro
A fairly stout species from about 7 to 18 in. in height.
Leaf of varying length, sometimes extending beyond the
top of the spike.

217

Spike from 1? to nearly 5 in., flowers 10 to 24, not
crowded, about 7 lines long, sweet-scented, with prune-col-
oured labella. Expansion of flowers begins in the middle of
spike, extending upwards and downwards.

' Lateral sepals, 3 to 34 lines, free in mature flower (they
are shown too far apart in Fitzgerald’s plate), dull-green,
lanceolate, concave, and with incurved margins at the top.

Dorsal sepal about 3 lines, greenish, broadly lanceolate,
flat, spreading, and recurved at the top in mature flower.

Lateral petals 2 to 24 lines, green with dark-red longi-
tudinal stripe, rather bluntly linear, divergent (though not
markedly so) in mature flower.

Lateral index about 69.

Labellum prune-coloured, sessile, slightly contracted at
base; an erect, rather gibbous portion with entire margins;
and a broadly triangular laminar portion with crenulated
edges passing forward almost at a right angle to the erect
portion ; callous portion deep-prune-coloured, raised pubes-
cent, ending abruptly near the tip; membranous portion of
lighter hue and rather smaller in area than callous part.

Lateral appendages of column membranous, widely
quadrangular with rounded angles, as high as rostellum,
with wide rounded basal lobe reaching to about the middle.

Anther-case reddish-brown with rather blunt anther-
point (recurved after removal of pollinia).

Pollinia 2; vertically bilobed.

Rostellum triangular with shallow bifid apex for recep-
tion of disc.

Stigmatic surface just below rostellum, wide, almost rec-
tangular, with wide transverse opening into pollen tube.

Caudicle rather short, attached in the usual way to the
rostellum side of the conjoined pollinia.

Ovary about 34 lines, rather turgid, standing well out
from the axis of the spike.

Found blooming in alluvial soil in October and early
November in National Park, and other parts of the Mount
Lofty Ranges.

A distinct but rare form.

—_——_—_ —_

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Pirate VIIa.

Fig. 1. Side view of flower, x4: Is, lateral sepals; ds, dorsal
sepal; lp, lateral petals; J, labellum; Lap, lateral
appendage of column; o, ovary.

», 2 Dorsal view, x4: lettering as in fig. 1.

Fig. 3.
4

5.

9 6.
8.

oF
Fig. 1.
seeps
Mate:
» 4.
TEeOe
» 6.
Ate
aa! 1B
Fig. 1
2) 2.
pA,
Syl ae
ane
eG,
aa hs
y tek
pp we
5, 10).

218

Side view of column, x6: a, anther; lap, lateral ap-
pendage of column.
Front view of column: s, stigma; other lettering as in

2.

Three- quarter profile of labellum, x6: wnshaded, proxi-
mal end of lower surface ; shaded, shows callous and
membranous parts of distal end of dorsal surface.

Top view of Jabellum, x6: showing central callous por-
tion and lateral membranous portions.

Front view of flower, x4: showing, inter alia, ventral
surface of labellum with point of dorsal sepal show-
ing just above; lettering as in fig. 1.

Three-quarter view of flower, x4: lettering as in i ie

Pollen masses (p), x8: c. caudicle ; d, disc.

Prate VIIL.z.

Side view of flower, x4: ls, lateral sepal; ds. dorsal
sepal; |p, lateral petal; Jl, lateral appendage of
column; /, labellum; 0, ovary.

Dorsal view of flower, x3: col, column; other lettering
as in fig. 1.

Side view of column, x6: a, anther; lap, lateral appen-
dages of column.

Front view of column, x6: s, stigma; 7, rostellum;
other lettering as in fig. a

Side view of labellum, x6: labellum; fh, hinge.

Upper view of labellum ne callous central portion
and lateral membranous portion, x6: /, labellum; h,
hinge.

A lower view of labellum, x6: lettering as in figs. 5 and 6.

Front view of flower, x4: lettering as in fig. 1. This
view shows well the small glands (g) at the tips of
lateral petals.

Prats VIL.

(Lower left-hand corner of plate.) Three-quarter side
view, x14: 1s, lateral sepals; ds, dorsal sepal; lp,
lateral petals; /, labellum; ov, ovary.

Column from side, x6: ‘7, rostellum; a, anther-case;
Lap, lateral appendages, b/, basal lobe (often abor-

tive).
Column from front, x6: 7 and lap, as in fig. 2; st,
stigma.

Column from back, x6: iettering as in fig. 2.

Labellum from side. x6: cpl, callous portion; mpl,
membranous portion; e pl, erect or gibbous portion.

Labellum from top, x6: epl, callous portion; mpl,
extensive membranous part.

Showing connate lateral sepals, x3: these are occasion-
ally | quite free; often free at tip.

Side view of flower, x1: Us, lateral sepals; ds, dorsal
sepal; /p, lateral petals; mpl, membranous part
labellum; cpl, callous part labellum; Jap, lateral
appendages; ac, anther-case; ov, ovary.

Top view of flower, x14: ls, ds, and lp as in fig. &;
1, labellum.

Connate lateral sepals, x13.

Fig. 11.
fle
Par Les:

NO opr

iGo

—

fe CaN

or

9).

_

So Sue Goh

219

Labellum from top, x2: mpl, membranous portion ;
f cp, tree margin of callous part.

yom three- -quarter side view, x2: lettering as in
£

Column from side, x3: lap, lateral appendage; 01,
basal lobe of lateral appendage; c, caudicle detached
from the pollinia and curled forward; ac, anther-
case.

Column from front, x3: lap, lateral appendage; d, disc
of caudicle in position; 7, rostellum; st, stigma.
Column from back, x3: 7 and lap as in fig. 14; ae,
anther-case; b!, basal lobe of lateral appendage.

Puate IX.a.

Three-quarter side view of flower, x2: ls, lateral
sepals; «ds, dorsal sepal ; LD, lateral petal ; Ov,
ovary ; cpl, callous portion labellum; mpl, mem-
branous ditto.

Flower from top, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Flower from below, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from front showing very short claw (c), x4.

Labellum three-quarter side view, x4: ep, erect part;
other iettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from top. x4: lettering as in fig. 1.

~ Column from back, x4: 7, rostellum; lap, lateral ap-

pendage; bl, basal lobe; ac, anther-case.
Column from side, x4: lettering as in me, Oc
Column from front, x4: st, stigma; pines lettering as
in fig. 7
Puate IX.s.

Three-quarter side view of flower, x2: ls, widely separ-
ated lateral sepals; ds, dorsal se al; Ip, lateral
petal; mpl, membranous part label um; cpl, callous
part; lap, lateral appendages; 0v, ovary.

Flower from top, X2, giving good view of labellum (1):
ac, anther-case: other lettering as in fig. 1

Flower from below, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from front, x3: showing triangular contrac-
tion at base.

Labellum from side, x3: showing short claw (c) and
erect portion (/p); other lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from top, x3: lettering as in fig. 1.

Column from back, x3: d, disc; c, caudicle; r, rostel-
lum; ac, anther-case; lap, lateral appendage; bl,
basal lobe.

Column from side, x8: lettering as in fig. 7.

Column from front, x3: st, stigma; other lettering as
in fig. 7.

Prate X.a.

Three-quarter side view flower, x2: /s, lateral sepals;
ds, dorsal sepal; I p, lateral petals; mpl, mem-
branous part labellum : cpl, callous ditto; ov, ovary.

Flower from top, x2: lettering as in fig. 1

Flower from below, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from fr ont, x4: c¢. claw.

Labellum from side, x4: lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from top. x4: lettering as in fig. 1.

re

Pe Tn

Va
i,

220

Fig. 7.—Column from behind, x4: 7, rostellum; c, caudicle;
aS anther-case; lap, lateral appendage; bl, basal
obe.

Column from side, x4: lettering as in fig. 7.

Column from front, x4: d, disc; st, stigma; other let-
tering as in fig. 7.

50100

PLATE X.B.

Fig. 1. Plant (natural size); leaf destroyed.

;, 2. Side view (lateral petals removed), x4: ls, lateral
sepal; ds, dorsal sepal; 1, labellum; | ap, lateral ap-
pendage of column; ac, anther-case; r, rostellum;
0, ovary.

;, 3. Dorsal view (dorsal sepal and lateral petals removed),
x4: r, ac, 0, lap, and 1s as in fig. 2; mpl, mem-
branous portion labellum; cpl, callous portion
labellum; pm, pollen masses (in the figure the
caudicle is seen attaching them to the rostellum); 2,
finger-like process between anterior and posterior
lobes of lateral appendage.

;, 4. Lateral appendage showing (lap) anterior lobe; y, pos-
terior lobe; and «, finger-like process proceeding from
between the two lobes.

» 9. Top view, x2: 1s. l, and ds as in fig. 2; 1p, lateral petal.
This figure is chiefly for purpose of showing the in-
curving of lateral petals; ov, ovary.

Prate XI...

Fig. 1. Three-quarter view of flower, x2: Is, lateral sepals;
ds, dorsal sepal; |p, lateral petals; 1, labellum; ov,
ovary.

Front view of flower, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Flower from below, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Flower from top, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum three-quarter side view, x4: mpl, mem-
branous portion labellum; cpl, callous portion.
Side view column, x4: lap, lateral appendages; 61,

basal lobe; 7, rostellum; a, anther.

Column from back, x4: lettering as in fig. 6.

Column from front, x4: r and lap as in fig. 6; st,
stigmatic surface showing marked pollination-tube.

Prate XI.z.

Fig. 1. Three-quarter side view of flower, x2: Is, lateral sepals,
ds, dorsal sepal; ov, ovary; | p, lateral petal; m pl,
membranous part labellum; ¢ pl, callous ditto.

2. Flower from front, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

3. Flower from below, x2: ls, ds, |p, and ov as in fig. 1;

4

> cumOh

om

l, labellum from below.

Flower from top, x2. showing spreading petals: letter-
ing as in fig. 1.

Labellum three-quarter side view, x4: mpl, mem-
branous part labellum; ¢ pl, callous ditto.

Column from front, x4: r, rostellum; st, stigma; lap,
lateral appendage.

Column from side, x4: bl, basal lobe; ¢ and d, caudicle
and disc; ac, anther-case; other lettering as in fig. 6.

Column from back, x4: p, pollinia; other lettering as
in fig. 7.

or

DONS

=I

Nokes

221

Puate XII.a.

Side view of flower, x2, showing way in which apices of
dorsal sepal and lateral petals tend to meet: ls,
lateral sepals: ds, dorsal sepal; 1 p, lateral petals;
l, labellum; ov, ovary.

Flower from top, x2: mpl, membranous part labellum;
cpl, callous ditto; other lettering as in fig. 1.

Side view labellum, x4: showing c, claw; mpl and cpl
as in fig. 2.

Labellum from below, x4: showing constriction (x) in
membranous part.

Labellum from above, x4: showing constriction (#),
claw (c/, and other lettering as in fig. 2.

Column from side, x8: 7, rostellum; ap, anther-point;
ac, anther-case; lap, lateral appendage; 61, basal
lobe. :

Column from side, x4: lettering as in fig. 6.

Column from front, x4: showing in addition to letter-
ing in fig. 6 also st, stigma.

Column from back, x4: lettering as in fig. 6.

Connate lateral sepals from side, x2.

Connate lateral sepals from below, x2: showing biden-
tate ends.

Pratt XII.z.

Three-quarter side view of flower, x8: Ts, connate
lateral sepals; ds, dorsal sepal; 1p, lateral petals;
mpl, membranous part labellum; cpl. callous
ditto; lap, lateral appendage; ov, ovary.

Flower from below, x2: showing connate lateral sepals,
Ls; other lettering as in fig. 1

Flower from top, x2; lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from side. x4: mpl, membranous part; 1p,
erect rather gibbous part.

Labellum from top, x4: lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from front, x4; lettering as in fig. 1; c, claw
(short).

Column from side, x4: lap, lateral appendage: bl,
basal lobe: ac, anther-case.

Column from back, x4: r, rostellum; other lettering as
i fies 7

Column from front. x4: st, stigma; other lettering as
in figs. 7 and 8.

Pirate NIII.a.

Three-quarter side view, x2: 1s, lateral sepals; ds,
dorsal sepal; J p, lateral petals; 1, labellum; ov,
ovary.

Flower oe top, x2: br, bract; other lettering as in

oO

= i

Flower from below, x2: lettering as in fig. 1.

Labellum from front, x4.

Labellum from side, x4.

Labellum from top, x4: mpl, membranous part
labellum; ¢ pl. callous ditto.

Column from back, x4: r, rostellum; lap, lateral ap-
pendage; b1, basal lobe; ac, anther-case.

Fig.

1 2)

hs

222

Column from side, x4: showing wide somewhat quad-
rangular lateral appendage (lap), with wide rela-
tively large basal lobe (bl).

Column from front, x4: st, stigma; other lettering as

1) ie le
Pirate XIII.z.

Back view, x2: showing ds, dorsal sepal, with small .

portion of right lateral appendage showing over its
border; | p, lateral petals; 0, ovary.

Front view, x2: showing ds and [p lettering as in
fig. 1; 1s, lateral sepals; 1, labellum, with constric-
tion towards point; 7, rostellum (bifid), with anterior
surface column below it.

Dorsal view, x4: showing ds, lp, ls, and r lettering
as in fig. 2; s, stigma; /ap, lateral appendage
column; mpl, membranous portion labellum; ¢ pl,
callous portion labellum; con, constriction of
labellum; col, column.

Top view (dorsal sepal and lateral petals removed), x4:
Ls, bidentate connate lateral sepals; /, labellum; 7,
rostellum; al, anterior lobe lateral appendage; pl,
short basal or posterior lobe lateral appendage; a,
anther; 0, ovary.

Same specimen as fig. 4 seen side view, x4: lettering as
in fig. 1

223

DESCRIPTION OF MICRANTHEUM DEMISSUM AND OF NEW
SPECIES OF SOLANUM, PULTENAA, AND GREVILLEA.

By J. M. Brack.

[Read August 3, 1909.|
Puate XIV.

Micrantheum demissum, F. v. M. PI. xiv.

The literary history of this plant is curious. It was first
described in The Victorian Naturalist, vol. vui., p. 17 (1890),
by Baron von Mueller from specimens supplied by Professor
Tate and Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, the localities named being
Encounter Bay and Kangaroo Island. Judging by the de-
scription in The Victorian Naturalist the specimens forwarded
to Melbourne were lacking in flowers, and no notice is taken
of the fact that the fruits are 2-celled, not 3-celled, as in
the two other known species of JMicranthewm, Mueller pro-
bably thinking that the specimens were abnormal in this re-
spect. In Professor Tate’s “Flora of Extratropical South
Australia,” published also in 1890, the only species of J/?-
crantheuwm described is MW. hexandrum, Hook. f. (which is
apparently confined to the eastern States of Australia) ; but
in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of 8.A., vol. xiil.,
p. 242 (1890), it is stated that the name should be altered
to MW. demissum. In 1907 several specimens were collected
by Mr. H. H. D. Griffith and myself at Square Waterhole
and Mount Compass, and in 1908 specimens of the small-
leaved hairy variety were obtained on Kangaroo Island by
Mr. Griffith. It was thus ascertained that the flowers are
tetramerous and the fruit always 2-celled, the plant differing
in these respects from other Micranthea and necessitating an
extension of the generic character. As the species has never
before been fully described, it seems advisable to do so here.

A dwarf shrub of 30-50 cm., with pubescent branches ;
leaflets arranged in 3’s (rarely in 4’s or 5’s), subsessile, small
(3-7 mm. long), oval, flat, with thickened margins and mid-
rib prominent below; flowers minute, pink, 1-3, axillary,
the males on short pedicels, perianth segments suborbicular,
the 2 outer ones smaller; stamens 4, inserted at the base
of the 4-lobed rudimentary ovary and opposite to the seg-
ments ; female flowers sessile, with 4 subequal lanceolate seg-
ments; ovary 2-celled, with 2 broad, divergent stigmatic

224

lobes opposite the outer perianth segments; capsule 5-7 mm.
long, ovoid-tetragonous, 2-celled; seeds cylindrical-oblong,
golden-brown, carunculate, with a raised line down the inner
face.

The mainland form has almost glabrous leaves and cap-
sule, while the variety found on Kangaroo Island has smaller
leaves, beset, like the capsule, with short, spreading hairs.

I forwarded specimens to Melbourne for comparison
with the types in Mueller’s herbarium, and Professor Ewart
informs me that he intends making a separate species of
this plant. It is, however, to be observed that J/. demissum
has the ternate leaflets or leaves, which are characteristic of
Micrantheum, and a difference in the number of ovary cells
is admitted in several other Euphorbiaceous genera. In
Phyllanthus, for instance, the number of cells varies from
2 to 15.

Solanum coactiliferum, sp. ov. Pl. xiv.

Suffrutex humilis, totus tomento stellato viridi-cinereo
coactilia simulante tectus, aculeis subulatis rectis in ramis
et petiolis, foliis petiolatis concavis lineari-oblongis undu-
latis 3-5 em. longis, nervo medio subtus prominenti, pedicellis
geminatis extra-axillaribus fructiferis elongatis deflexis, calyce
campanulato inermi 4- (rarissime 5-) dentato, corolla vio-
lacea 4-partita calyce duplo longiore, antheris 4 lanceolatis,
bacea globosa circa 15 mm. diametro.

Port Broughton district; numerous but apparently
localized: reported as useless for feed on account of the
prickles.

Near S. esuwriale, Lindl., but the dense greenish-grey felt
which covers the plant gives it a very different appearance ;
the leaves are usually entire, but have sometimes a few
shallow, obscure lobes near the base, and the margins are
curved upwards, so that the leaf is concave or broadly chan-
nelled. It differs also from S, eswrale in the tetramerous
flowers without any common peduncle. The prickles are
usually numerous, but the plant varies a great deal in this
respect.

Pultenza trifida, sp. nov. Pl. xiv.

Frutex humilis, ramis diffusis villosis, foliis breve petio-
latis parvis (4-7 mm. longis) congestis ovatis mucronatis
supra concavis pubescentibus subtus cano-villosis, stipulis
lanceolatis basi concretis, floribus flavo-purpureis axillaribus
sed apice ramulorum in capitulis foliosis congregatis, brac-
teis exterioribus stipularibus, bracteolis subherbaceis trifidis

225

juxta sub calyce insertis eumque subzquantibus lobis sub-
ulatis ciliatis apice glabris, calyce rubello villosulo dentibus
acuminatis, ovario villoso stipitato.

Collected by Mr. H. H. D. Griffith at Snug Cove and
on the telegraph line near Cape Borda, K.I., October 22-26,
1908.

Belongs to section iv., Celophyllum, subsection G.
(Flora Aust,” voli u:, p. 111). Witfers from P. villefera,
Sieb., by the leaves smaller and only l-nerved below, and
appears to be distinguished from all other Pultenzas by the
trifid bracteoles, although the bracteoles of Jf. laxiflora,
Benth., which have 2 short, stipular lobes at base, show a
tendency in the same direction. The specimens are only in
bud, with a few open flowers, forming, at least at this stage,
terminal leafy heads at the ends of the short branches.

Grevillea quinquenervis, sp. nov. PI. xiv.

Frutex erectus, ramulis angulatis cano-tomentellis, foliis
subsessilibus rigidis oblongis obtusis mucronatis 2-4 cm.
longis supra glabris punctulatis 3-5-nerviis subtus argenteo-
sericels marginibus recurvis nervo medio decurrente, racemis
umbelliformibus 4-10-floris axillaribus et terminalibus cano-
tomentosis brevissime pedunculatis, pedicellis perianthium
subequantibus, perianthio roseo angusto 7-8 mm. longo intus
prope basin dense barbato, toro recto, glandula hypogyna
subannulari, ovario glabro stipitato, stylo glabro tenui peri-
anthium parum superante, stigmate plano laterali nutanti
suborbiculari. Fructus ignotus.

Collected by Mr. Griffith at Snug Cove, Harvey’s Re-
turn, and Ravine Creek, K.I., October, 1908, and by Dr.
R. 8. Rogers near the same localities about a month earlier.

Belongs to section /issostylis, series 2 (Sericee), “Flora
Aust.,” vol. v., p. 424. Differs from G. sericea, R. Br., by
the leaves with parallel nerves and the longer pedicels; from
G. parviflora, R. Br., by the broader leaves, longer flowers
and pedicels, and the dense, woolly beard inside the perianth
segments; from G. trinervis, R. Br., by the larger leaves,
longer pedicels, and much smaller flowers; from G. aspera,
R. Br., by the parallel leaf-nerves, the dense racemes, and
the straight torus. The underside of the leaf is shining and
silky, and the nerves are usually 5, but the 2 outermost occur
where the margin is curved backward, and are therefore not
readily seen. The Tate herbarium contains a specimen with-
out label, placed in a folio headed “Grevillea aspera.”

H

226

THE BASIC ROCKS OF BLINMAN, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, WITH
NOTES ON ASSOCIATED OR ALLIED ROCKS.

By W. N. Benson, B.Sc.
[Read October 5, 1909.]

PLaTe XV.

In his valuable paper entitled “A General Description
of the Cambrian Series of South Australia,’ Mr. Howchin
refers to the occurrence of a large series of basic rocks in
volcanic dykes and necks near Blinman, in the Flinders
Ranges, some 260 miles north of Adelaide. Through his
courtesy I have been enabled to examine a number of these
rocks, and here present the results of my studies, together
with some notes on allied or adjacent rocks.

The basic rocks may broadly be divided into two groups
—the melaphyres and the diabases. The melaphyres are in
general fine-grained, often amygdaloidal. The diabases are
coarse-grained, with recognizable white or faintly-coloured
crystals of felspar in a dark-green base, sometimes determin-
able as pyroxene. Occasionally the rock is slightly porphy-
ritic. In both groups, as will appear in the following notes,
censiderable alteration has taken place both of the felspars
and of the ferromagnesian minerals.

I.—THE MELAPHYRES.

An example of this type of rock occurs in a voleanic
neck at Blinman South. It is a vesicular, light-grey rock,
the cavities being filled with siderite, or ankerite, limonite, and
chlorite. It is rendered porphyritic by idiomorphic felspar
phenocrysts. Microscopically (see pl. xv., fig. 1) it appears
probable that this rock on solidification was hypocrystalline
and had a structure rather resembling the microgranulitic
structure described by Judd ©), but differing by the presence
of a little glass. The fe!spar of the phenocrysts is very much
altered by the formaticn of white mica, so that determina-
tive extinction angles cannot be ehenned: Sometimes, also,
a plagioclase crystal is broken up into small areas, the ex-
tinction directions of which are SHE inclined to one

(1) Proceedings Aust. Assocn. for the Advancement = Science
xi., Adelaide, 1907, p. 418.

(2) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1885, p. 68.

227

another. Wherever the refractive index is measurable it is
less than that of Canada balsam so that the felspar has become
acid, perhaps as acid as albite. ‘The plagioclase of the second
generation occurs in the usual lath-like form. Except in a
few cases, twinning is not recognizable. The refractive index
is less than that of Canada balsam. Chlorite is the predom-
inant coloured silicate, having completely replaced the ori-
ginal augite, though occasionally a few fibres of actinolite
are recognizable. <A little biotite is present among the
chlorite, almost certainly of secondary origin. The chlorite
occurs between the felspar laths in cloudy areas of exceed-
ingly low birefringence. It is associated with much magne-
tite, and possibly hematite, forming a black border on nearly
every felspar lath, and particularly segregated about the bor-
ders of vesicles. A number of rounded red rutile grains are
present also. Quartz has been intruded into cracks in the
rock in some amount, also fairly clear felspar (anortho-
clase ?)(, scraps of chlorite, and a few strips of colourless
mica. The vesicles are lined with matted-green chlorite, asso-
ciated with quartz. Very often the centre of the vesicle is
occupied by siderite or ankerite, which is markedly pleochroic.
This carbonate is also present in cracks in the rock. As a
rule it is accompanied by some limonite. .Yame.—Amygda-
loidal melaphyre.

ALLIED Rocks.—Apparently belonging to the same
magma and eruption period as the Blinman rock is one
occurring in a dyke at the Victory Mine near Leigh Creek,
a hundred miles north of Blinman. For a specimen of this
I am indebted to Mr. M. W. Judell, B.Sc. It is of a light-grey
colour, fine-grained, and containing a few vesicles filled
chiefly with chlorite. Microscopically the fabric is slightly
porphyritic, by reason of the larger size of some of the fel-
spars, though this disparity is hardly sufficient to prove two
generations of plagioclases. The texture is almost intersertal.
Plagioclase is the predominant mineral, slightly dusty by de-
composition. The smaller laths are rather ragged in outline.
Twinning is well developed, usually on the albite law, but
occasionally the Baveno law appears to be present. The
species is albite, shown by the high symmetrical extinction
angles (16°) and low refractive index, being in all cases
lower than Canada balsam. The pyroxene is partly urali-
tized and partly converted to chlorite. The uralite is actin-
olite, often optically continuous across a break, such as a
felspar lath. It is pseudomorphous after augite that was

(3)Compare E. B. Baily and G. W. Grabham. ‘‘Albitization
of Basic Plagioclase Felspars,’’ Geol. Mag., June, 1909, p. 254.
H2

228

not idiomorphic but partly ophitic. Chlorite occurs in irre-
gular patches. Ilmenite, partly changed to leucoxene, is
present in large amount, and rutile needles may be found.
The vesicles are lined with matter pennine (?), which is fol-
lowed by a layer of fibrous radiating clinochlore (or perhaps
delessite). The central portion is of epidote and quartz.
This rock also is an amygdaloidal melaphyre.

From Mr. Slee, B.E., I received a specimen of a basalt
occurring near Broken Hill. It is much finer in grain than
the preceding rocks, is of a light-grey colour, and its few
vesicles are filled with calcite and epidote. Microscopically
it is also microgranulitic. The felspar is of one generation
only, is fairly fresh, and is probably oligoclase. It includes
small needles of actinolite. The augite has become uralite,
and its fibres extend far beyond the original limits of the
grain. Magnetite is very abundant, though not so much so
as in the Blinman melaphyre. It occurs in small grains and
octahedra. Clear-green serpentine pseudomorphs after oli-
vine are present in some amount, crossed and bordered by
magnetite, and including small colourless epidote grains
(clinozoisite). | Pale- or bright-yellow epidote (pistacite) is
common ‘between the felspar laths or less regularly placed.
Chlorite also is present in matted-green areas of low agere-
gate polarization. Calcite is present in large lenticular
patches in the rock, often with pistacite. Quartz occurs spor-
adically, and is probably secondary. The rock is a melaphyre
closely allied to the spilites.

Il.—TuHr DIABASES.

The Blinman diabases can be subdivided for the purposes
of this paper, on mineralogical and textural criteria, into the
olivine-diabases, ophitic-diabases free from olivine, granu-

litic-diabases, and gabbro-diabases. Between the last three ~

the distinction is by no means a sharp one: the textures in
the freshest rock may pass gradually from one into the
other, and the extreme alteration of many of the rocks makes
distinction still more difficult.

OLIVINE-DIABASES.

The dyke or neck on the west side of Blinman Mine is
composed of a fine-grained compact rock, containing small
crystals of felspar and a dark-green silicate. Microscopically
(see fig. 2, pl. xv.) it is ophitic in texture. The predomi-
nant mineral is a pale or colourless augite, comparatively
fresh, though in places it is altered in a peculiar fashion.

229

The mineral becomes clouded with limonite (?), beneath
which it passes into uralite. This alteration appears to be
connected with the proximity of the felspars, for it is most
pronounced along their borders, and especially at their in-
tersections. It seems possible that the alteration of the fel-
spars made them more porous and thus better channels for
mineral solutions, the agents in producing the change. The
felspar of the rock is almost completely altered to mica,
partly fibrous and partly scaly of high birefringence, but
fairly low refractive index. There is some sign of mutiple
twinning still preserved, perhaps by the different orientation
of the mica flakes derived from alternate twin lamelle. Epi-
dote occurs in small colourless grains in the felspar. Brightly-
coloured epidote (pistacite) is also present in a few scattered
and rather large grains. Pseudomorphs after olivine occur
composed of pale-green serpentine, bordered by magnetite.
IImenite is present in considerable amount. A chemical
analysis of this rock (A) is given on page 234.

The rock composing “the dyke near the gorge, on the
old road five miles west of Blinman,” is also an olivine-dia-
base. It is, however, rather different from the rock last de-
scribed. It is basaltic in appearance, fine-grained, but with
large grains of a dark-green ferromagnesian silicate, and
small pale-green felspar phenocrysts. | Microscopically the
structure is porphyritic with a semi-ophitic base. The pheno-
crysts are augite, quite allotriomorphic, and 2-3 mm. in
length. These are sometimes not all of one grain, but are
aggregates of several grains, sometimes twinned and usually
enclosing ophitically a few felspar laths. The olivine occurs
in large idiomorphic crystals, and is entirely changed to dusty
magnetite, pale-green serpentine and talc (?), the last being
colourless and highly birefringent. The magnetite is present
in great amount, showing the highly ferriferous nature of
the original olivine. The plagioclase is largely altered to
mica, but some remains, still showing the multiple twinning,
which, by its extinction angle of 25° and refractive index
greater than that of the balsam, is probably labradorite.
Between the felspar laths, partly ophitic and partly granu-
litic, is titaniferous augite, quite fresh or in various stages
of alteration to a deep-green uralite, changing to yellow on
rotation, together with chlorite and a little epidote. J]menite
is present in some amount. Order of crystallization : —

Olivine =

Felspar

Ilmenite ————

Pet bee Ra vee at ee

230

OPHITIC-DIABASES.

Specimen labelled “Dyke, Blinman South.” Microscopi-
cally the texture is ophitic, the grainsize small (0°5 mm.).
The felspar has largely gone into parallel flakes of mica,
though twinning is still visible. | Determinative extinction
angles are rarely obtainable, but such as there are, together
with the low index of refraction, suggest oligoclase. Augite
is present in large amount, though subordinate to the plagio-
clase ; it 1s almost colourless (malacolite) and decomposes in
a variety of ways—either to brown-green pleochroic uralite,
in clear patches or much clouded with red-brown hematite
dust ; or to green pleochroic chlorite (clinochlore). Ilmenite
occurs in large crystals and plates slightly altered to leu-
coxene. Epidote is very common in large yellow pleochroic
grains, bordered by magnetite in a manner very similar to
the habit of olivine. It is in this type of occurrence gener-
ally surrounded by chloritic matter. Epidote may also occur
in small, rounded yellow grains scattered through the fel-
spar, or most commonly in exceedingly minute, colourless:
grains in the felspar, and derived from that mineral.

“Dyke, west side, Blinman Mine.” This is a dark-grey
granular rock of basaltic appearance, apparently somewhat
altered. Microscopically the fabric is ophitic. The predomi-
nant mineral is a plagioclase occurring in its typical lath
meshwork. It is partly altered into saussurite, composed of
very fine-grained clinozoisite or a more coarsely-grained
growth of epidote (and zoisite?) in a _ poikilitic

groundmass of scapolite. The epidote and _ zoisite
are both colourless, but the grains suspected of being
zoisite have a much lower birefringence. The small

amount of felspar still remaining unchanged to saus-
surite seems to have been converted to gibbsite or mica,
but the distinction of these from scapolite is not always satis-
factory. Hints of the originally twinned nature of the fel-
spar are occasionally obtainable. Scraps of actinolite and
chlorite are not uncommon in the saussurite. Augite entirely
altered to uralite is the next mineral in the order of abund-
ance. The uralite is a brownish-actinolite, rather than smar-
agdite. It contains also a number of fine grains of epidote
with limonite and leucoxene(?), rendering it still dustier.
It has been further changed into chlorite to some extent.
Ilmenite in irregular grains and crystals, with the usual
triangular decomposition to leucoxene, is present in abund-
ance. Quartz occurs interstitially.

Vame.—Saussuritic-diabase.

231

“Dyke, east of creek, Horns Camp.” This is a medium-
grained 1 to 15 mm., light-grey-green in colour, with occa-
sionally approximately cubic phenocrysts (2 mm.) of felspar.
Microscopically it is porphyritic with an ophitic to semi-
ophitic groundmass. The felspars are predominant and belong
to two generations. They are partly saussuritised epidote,
forming in the phenocrysts along two sets of planes, in-

clined towards the twinning plane (possibly the basal cleav-

age planes), but more commonly the epidote is in the twin-
ning plane, this latter method being universal in the tabu-
lar crystals of the base. In the phenocrysts twin lamelle
were clearly seen, and an extinction angle of 15° was re-
corded. In the tabular crystals of the mesh, extinctions of
19° were obtained, and wherever measurable the refractive
index was distinctly less than that of Canada balsam. Sec-
ondary (?) felspar, which is water-clear, occurs in small
amount, in one instance at least optically continuous with
some partially-altered primary felspar. Scapolite is present
in some amount, and the epidote is colourless when fine-
grained, coloured and pleochroic (pistacite) when in large
masses. The augite is converted chiefly to chlorite, but a
small amount of uralite still remains. Jlmenite occurs in
large amount completely changed to leucoxene.

GRANULITIC-DIABASES.

In these rocks the structure is hardly the normal granu-
litic structure as defined by Judd ‘*); rather is it a transition
between the semi-ophitic and gabbroid texture, in which the
felspars still retain to some extent the tabular meshwork,
but the interstices are occupied by a single angular grain not
in optical continuity with grains beyond the mesh. Such a
texture is exhibited by a specimen labelled “Dyke, 12 miles
east of Blinman.” It is a rather fine-grained, dark-green
rock, containing grey felspar laths and large cream-coloured
felspar phenocrysts, 15 mm. in length. Microscopically the
predominant mineral is plagioclase considerably altered.
Specific determination is again difficult; probably it is oligo-
clase. It is excessively full of secondary minerals, chiefly
epidote, in yellowish crystals, often comparatively coarsely
granular. Common also is the occurrence of epidote or zoi-
site with mica, in which the mica fibres extinguish parallel
to the original twinning plane of the felspar. In some cases
the felspar is entirely replaced by a mosaic of mica flakes
of high birefringence. Quartz is present in clear grains,
apparently primary. Pyroxene is completely changed, partly

(4) Loc. cit. supra.

232

to a compact hornblende, strongly pleochroic but of pale
colour, and partly to actinolite. A further change to blue-
green chlorite is in progress. Ilmenite is very abundant, pass-
ing into leucoxene.

Another specimen labelled “5 miles west of Blinman”
is of very similar texture. The felspar, as before, is pro-
bably oligoclase, and is largely altered to yellow epidote.
Where this rock differs from all others is in the presence
in it of much scapolite of comparatively low double refrac-
tion. In a slide, certainly unusually thin, the colours shown
are rarely above the first order. The mode of occurrence,
cleavage, refractive index, and optically negative character
all point to its being scapolite. It is probably a variety of
mizzonite. The alteration of the augite is chiefly to a com-
pact pale-green or brown hornblende, with dark chloritic
border. Actinolite is less common. Sphene occurs, but in
such an association with ilmenite that it is probably titano-
morphite. Ilmenite with leucoxene is rather plentiful.

GABBRO-DIABASES.

These are rocks of such coarse grain and allotriomorphic
gabbroid structure that they seem to be intermediate be-
tween gabbros and diabases.

Name.

Granophyric quartz gabbro-diabase.

A specimen labelled “Dyke, west of gneiss, 1 mile west
of Blinman”’ is best described as a granophyric quartz gabbro-
diabase. Magnetite was the first mineral to crystallize, and
following this felspar and augite crystallized apparently con-
temporaneously. This left angular spaces filled with a
(probably) entectic mixture of quartz and felspar, which
solidified in a granophyric intergrowth. (See microphoto-
graph, fig. 3, pl. xv.) The felspar is completely altered to
exceedingly fine saussurite, faintly pleochroic, and with little
or no sign of original twinning. The expansion of the fer-
romagnesian minerals on alteration to chlorite has cracked
the saussurite, and chlorite has formed in these cracks. The
pyroxene of the original rock may have been diallage, as
several minor features suggest. It is now, however, entirely
converted to uralite (smaragdite), and on the periphery of
the grains this has become clinochlore, with the separation
of magnetite, in part hydrated to a dusty limonite. A little
pistacite is also present in the felspar, uralite, or in the
chlorite-filled crevices. In the angular spaces between the
felspar and pyroxene crystals granophyrice quartz and felspar
occur, the latter having the lower refractive index. Free

233

quartz grains are also present. For remarks on the probable
chemical composition of this rock see page 235.

At Horn’s camp there occurs a rather coarse-grained
rock with idiomorphic felspar tabule, up to 3 or 4 mm. in
length; the matrix is a fibrous cleavable dark-green ferro-
magnesian mineral. In texture the rock appears to be
intermediate between the ophitic and gabbroid types. Muiner-
alogically it is exceedingly altered ; no mineral appears to be
primary. The felspar is changed to colourless finely-granular
-epidote, with meionite and a little quartz, together with a
very little clear indeterminable secondary felspar (albite ?).
The epidote grains are in optical parallelism, extinguishing
simultaneously over a considerable area. They are slightly
pleochroic. The pyroxene has become actinolite of a pale-
green colour, which does not always lie parallel to the verti-
cal axis of the original pyroxene grain. The border of the
actinolitic areas is somewhat darker in tint, being composed
of finely granular chlorite. Traversing the rock is a vein
filled with dark-green matter. Microscopically this is ex-
cessively fine-grained, appearing to consist of a pale-green
amphibole mixed with epidote and quartz. It is far too fine-
grained, however, for certain determination.

I would place among the gabbro-diabases, also, a rock
labelled “12 miles east of Blinman.” It is similar in a general
way to the rock first described in this group, but the grano-
phyric intergrowths of quartz and felspar are entirely absent.
The felspar is largely changed to saussurite and the pyrox-
ene to fibrous or compact hornblende, with the formation of
a little secondary magnetite.

These paramorphs are often separated from the saus-
surite by narrow bands of scapolite(?), whose fibres or
cleavages stand perpendicular to the limiting surfaces.

CuEMiIcaL NovTEs.

This paper as originally presented contained no analyses,
but on the request of Mr. Howchin and Mr. Mawson I have
made the analyses given below. It is hoped that the short-
ness of the time available between the reading of the paper
and its publication, during which [I had also my official duties
to perform, will be sufficient excuse for the lack of complete-
ness of the analyses. The rocks chosen were the olivine-dia-
base from the west side of Blinman Mine (A), which is de-
scribed on pages 228-9 and shown on pl. xv., fig. 2, and (B) a
gabbro-diabase, labelled “one mile west of Blinman,” but
very similar to the saussuritic gabbro-diabase from 12 miles

-east of Blinman last described.

234

The analyses, norms calculated therefrom, and position
in the American classification of these two rocks are given
below :—

ANALYSES. | CaLcuLATED Norms.
A. B34 A. B.

Si O, ...| 49:29 | 50°63 || Orthoclase »1.| 12°23 9), LOsT
Al, Onn dalgl eS |) 16-30 Albite ... ...| 26°20 | 27-25
Fe, O,; ...| 3°57 | 5:34*| Anorthite ...| 31:14 | 25-20
FeO ...;| 7:78 | 6:46 || Diopside .».| L067 i))5 Ssa8
MgO ..| 3:28 | 6:62 || Hypersthene ...! 8:34 | 14-46
CaO . 925 )|, (e650) Olinanes 2: ...| 3°13 | 4:58
Na, O. 3°07 | 3:22 || Magnetite «| 4:10.) pi@6
ERO Ea Zell) | heb Ilmenite sof) (DeOA aly alice
H,O +) 1:07 “89 Water ... eo QU eles
H, O — 20K) seus
OR ea] heel Giikme CONE |
CxO; | trace nil |
‘Sr O n.a trace

100-59 | 99:74 | 102-62 101-24

“This high figure is due to the rock being somewhat oxidized,
considerable hematite being present in it.

Classification.

AG PIL row Sirs.
Magmatic name—Shonshonose, near Andose.

Be 55.
Magmatic name—Andose.

These analyses show percentages of TiO, which are in
no way abnormal for diabases, and it cannot then be as-
sumed that the Blinman intrusions have any genetic connec-
tion with the South Australian titaniferous magma, whose
existence is proved chiefly by its Pre-Cambrian develop-
ments.(5) The alkali content of the Blinman diabases is,
however, slightly greater than usual. The wide variation
in the magnesia content is very striking.

With regard to the minor and undetermined constituents
a few remarks may be made. Manganese must be present
only in very small amount, judging from the pale-green of
the soda carbonate melt. Phosphorus is very low, as no
apatite was seen microscopically. Chlorine, present in the
scapolite of (B), will occur in but small amount. As there
is scarcely 1 per cent. of this mineral, there cannot be more
than ‘03 per cent. of chlorine from this source. The most

(©) This volume, p. 101.

235

serious omission is sulphur; but though the rocks occur in
mineral-bearing country no sulphides were visible in them.

With regard to the granophyric gabbro-diabase from
one mile west of Blinman, an interesting possibility is sug-
gested by a paper by G. W. Tyrrell on “The Petrology of
the Intrusions of Kelsyth-Croy” (Scotland), which came
to hand just after my work for this paper had been completed.
The rocks he describes are diabases occurring in dykes and
laccolites, and have a granophyric base exactly similar to
many carboniferous diabases in England. In endeavouring
to account for this peculiar characteristic, the author finds
that similar rocks are of world-wide distribution, occurring
always in sills, laccolites, or dykes, intruding acid sediments
‘or gneisses, and are often connected with normal basalts and.
diabases as products of the same magma. Further, the chem-
ical composition of the granophyric rocks is remarkably con-
stant, as may be seen from the following table: —

—

| | |
Kgehiae, vaveles Oy ad alalD) A etal age

| |

Si O, 52°68 | 51-19 | 53-26 | oleld | 49°80 | 50-55
Al, O; 14:14 | 15-80 | 15-64 | 15-92 | 17-77 | 15-00
Fe, O, 1:95 | 3-08 ORL | Boyles) = BaOK0) |) Deby
Fe O 9-79 | 11-20 Gt eN enone econo |) icoO
Mn O ‘44 | trace Sn 09 | trace =
Mg O 6°38 5-63 | 8:64 |) 6:48 5°67 6:25
Ca O 9-38 9-58 | 12:08 | 10-40 8-85 7°85
Na, O 2°56 2-09 ibe) 1:19 1-48 3°53
KO 87 60 58 1-61 48 1:10
ETO 1:60 SO) ‘76 11 3°66 3°69
Ti O, — “4.0 | ‘70 44 1:56 1:58
C @: oe —— el nil 04 = | = ~~ —
OF elo 008) =— °06 | trace —
Fe 8, ae — (O05) VSS — | —

Totals ...| 99:79 |100:883)100-74 | 99-66 |100°31 | 99-99

* Surely these figures have been transposed.

. Diabase, Mount Holyoke, Massachusetts.

. Diabase, dyke, Potaro River. British Guiana.

. Dolerite (with micropegmatite), Knob Head, South Victoria
Land, Antarctica.

“Augite diorite with micropegmatite,’’ Seven Pagodas, Chin-
gelput, India.

. Granophyric-diabase, Auchinstary, Kilsyth.

. Quartz-Gabbro, Carn Llidi, St. David’s.

(6) Geol. Mag., 1909, July, p. 299; August, p. 359.

ni od Ow>

236

From this he is led to suggest that “the gabbro-grano-
phyre mélange rocks owe their origin to the interaction of
a normal basalt magma with a highly siliceous country rock,
in the manner advocated by Dr. Daly, and that the normal
granophyric-diabases, with their remarkably constant chemi-
cal composition, represent the saturation point of such a
magma with silica. The excess of siliceous matter is believed
to be thrown out as a separate body of material usually con-
solidating as granophyre in a manner analogous to the sep-
aration of the excess of a salt in a saturated solution.”

Remembering that the granophyric-diabase of Blinman
is likely to be a little more acid than the two rocks analyzed,
it seems probable that its composition would closely resemble
those in the above table, the chief difference, perhaps, being
a slightly greater content of alkalies and alumina.

Its association with acid gneiss or rocks of the Cambrian
series, many of which are very acid, is also analogous to that
described by Tyrrell as typical for such rocks. It was hoped
to have had this rock analyzed for closer comparison, but un-
fortunately the specimen appears to have been mislaid.

There is evidently at Blinman an opportunity for an
interesting investigation of this subject.

RockKS ASSOCIATED witH Basic DYKES NEAR BLINMAN.

A few notes are here appended on the rocks associated
with these basic dykes near Blinman.

(1). “Contact Rock, up the Creek from Horn’s Camp.”—
A very fine-grained siliceous rock, light-grey in colour, and
with parallel bands of quartz. Microscopically the texture
is granoblastic. The constituent minerals are quartz, occur-
ring in roughly equidimensional grains, small prisms of
albite, with distinct multiple twinning, siderite or ankerite,
dusted with limonite and magnetite in fresh irregularly-
shaped grains. A few rounded grains of rutile also are pre-
sent. The grainsize varies in alternate bands from ‘05 mm.
to (002. Quartz and siderite occur in a small vein in the
rock, the latter being idiomorphic. This rock may be termed
an adinole.

(2). “Purple Slate,” from the same locality as the pre-
vious rock.—A finely-granular vesicular rock, rather heavy
and in appearance not unlike a weathered basalt. The
numerous vesicles, 2 to 3 mm. in diameter, are seen on a
fresh surface to be filled with a limonite paste; on exposed
surfaces they are quite empty. It is quite impossible micro-
scopically to distinguish the individual minerals of the base,
so exceedingly fine-grained is the rock. It appears, however,

(7) Op. cit., p. 365.

237

to be composed of a felspathic paste, sericite kaolin, etc.,
scraps of biotite, and dusty hematite. Set in this
paste are elongated calcite crystals, angular quartz-grains,
flakes of graphite(?), grains of magnetite, and (rarely)

flakes of muscovite. The parallel disposition of these
shows that the rock has undergone some _ schisting
process. The limonitic segregations are merely areas

of the rock, which are particularly rich in iron oxide. The
angular quartzes continue right through the coloured patches,
their long axes remaining in the direction of schistosity. It
would appear that these limonitic patches were formed by
the partial or complete replacement in these areas of the
felspathic paste by iron-bearing carbonates, siderite, or ank-
erite, such a replacement or segregation being roughly spheri-
eal or ellipsoidal. In oxidation this passes to limonite, with
the result that the segregation becomes merely loose quartz-
grains in an uncemented paste of limonite, which washes out
very rapidly on exposed surfaces. The alternation of densely
with slightly lmonitic concentric areas indicates perhaps an
original alternation in concentric layers of the iron content
of the carbonate, or progress weathering inwards, with slight
segregation of the limonite into layers. An explanation
similar to this has been advanced by Mr. R. S. Bonney for
the far larger clay ironstone “nodules” of the Sydney Wian-
amatta shales.

GNEISSES.

Two specimens of gneiss are among Mr. Howchin’s col-
lection, labelled “1 mile west of the Blinman Mine.” One
is a pink felspathic rock with bands of biotite between layers
of pink felspar and quartz occasionally slightly lenticular.
Microscopically (see fig. 4, pl. xv.) these bands are seen to
be chiefly quartz with a subordinate amount of moiré potash
felspar. The biotite is slightly chloritized and clouded with
limonite, while some chlorite is present in the leucocratic
areas. Thin bands of muscovite are present among the
quartzes. The amount and disposition of the quartzes sug-
gest that the rock is not of igneous origin, and I would ten-
tatively place it in Rosenbusch’s subfamily of paragneisses,
classing it as a conglomerate gneiss.

The other specimen of gneiss is not so suggestive of a
sedimentary origin. It is more felspathic in appearance, bio-
tite is quite subordinate, and magnetite is very common in
crystals 2 mm. in diameter. Microscopically the gneissic
structure is not a very well-marked feature. The predomi-
nant minerals are orthoclase and plagioclase, the latter sub-
ordinate, and both are dusted with limonite, and slightly

238

sericitized. A great deal of granular quartz is present, with
clear irregular grains of microcline. Biotite is present in
small amount, much oxidized. The magnetites are octahedral
idioblasts, but contain poikiloblastically so much of the
groundmass that they are plainly secondary. There is little
to indicate whether this rock should be placed in the ortho-
or para-gneisses, except that such a peculiar arrangement
of magnetite would hardly be expected in a granite-derived
gneiss. There seems no reason to consider as other than-a
different example of the same formation as the last-described
specimen.
III.—Discussions oF OBSERVATIONS.

The basic dykes of Blinman include melaphyres, olivine-
diabases, ophitic- and granulitic-diabases, and gabbro-dia-
bases. They are all very considerably altered, and the vari-
ous types of alteration present many features of interest.
The occurrence of similar rocks as far afield as at Leigh
Creek and the Barrier Ranges suggests the wide extent of
the area of eruptions of the same basic magma.

With regard to the age of these rocks, Mr. Howchin
observes: —‘“Two considerations seem to point in the direc-
tion that the volcanic activity belonged to a late stage of
the elevation of the dome” [the geo-pericline, in the centre of
which is Blinman], “and that the dykes were formed at no
great depth from the present surface, viz., the lava of the
supposed necks is often vesicular in structure; and, secondly,
whilst the slate and other rocks which have been penetrated
and reduced to breccia by the intrusive dykes show contact
effects, they have undergone no secondary metamorphic
change in the mass which might have been expected to occur
had they been brecciated at considerable depths.”‘®) This
may be fully admitted, yet they can scarcely be newer than
Paleozoic. While it is by no means an exact method, the
age of an eruptive rock may be gauged from the extent and
manner of its alteration. In the rocks before us the pre-
dominant alterations are the formation of uralite or other
secondary amphiboles by alteration of the pyroxenes, of scap-
olite, epidote, and zoisite ; by alteration of the felspars. The
formation of epidote and uralite is usually a process of
rather deep-seated alteration,(9) and though declared by Van
Hise 1°) to be possible at comparatively shallow depths, is

(8) Aust. Assoen. for the Advancement of Science, vol. xi., p.
418

(9) See Rosenbusch Iddings, Micr. Physiog. of Rock - forming
Minerals.

(10) Treatise on Metamorphism.

239

rarely the effect of normal atmospheric weathering. Scap-
olitization of felspar is almost always a deep-seated process.

It would be well to briefly glance at rocks the age and his-
tory of which are well known to discover in what way these
microscopical criteria may be applied to determine the age
of basaltic and diabasic rocks. In the Tertiary igneous rocks
»of Skye,() Harker does not appear to have found uralitiza-
tion of pyroxene except where the basalts are altered by
contact with gabbro. Epidote also occurs mostly in this situ-
ation.

The alteration of pyroxene to amphibole is also often
observed in the Carboniferous basic eruptives, as, ¢€.g., in
those of Arthur’s Seat, near Edinburgh.@2) If we turn to
Australian occurrences, there is not (to my knowledge) any
instance of changes similar to those undergone by the Blin-
man rocks in the Tertiary basalts of New South Wales; but
there are frequent examples of uralitization and formation
of epidote in the Paleozoic andesites.(5) In the Mesozoic
diabases of Tasmania there is not such metamorphism as
is shown by the Blinman rocks.(4) In Victoria there is much
evidence to confirm this view. In several papers Howitt has
described Palzozoic diabases and basalts, and clearly distin-
guishes the Devonian basalts from the Tertiary basalts, by
their type of alteration, chlorite, chalcedony, and carbonates
being typical of the Tertiary, epidote of the Palzozoic. (5)
The Tertiary type of alteration by weathering may, of course,
be superimposed on the Paleozoic. To some extent also
the type of alteration of the Heathcote and related diabases
resembles that of Blinman in the abundance of actinolite
and epidote, though there is no analogy to the Heathcote
chalcedonic diabases.(6) These rocks are declared by Pro-
fessor Skeats to be Lower Ordovician. (7)

Turning now to the rocks of South Australia that are
in any way comparable with the Blinman rocks, we again find

(11) Geol. West-Central Skye with Soay. Harker, and Clough,
Mem. Geol. Sur. of Scotland, 1904, p.28. (The larger memoir, ‘“The
Tertiary Igneous Rocks of Skye,’ was not obtainable at time of
writing.)

(12)S. Allport Q.J.G.S., 1874; and many writers subsequently.

(13) Numerous authorities might be cited here, chiefly Notes
by G. W. Card and W. A. Anderson.

(14) Twelvetrees and Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas.. 1898-9,
p. 47.

(15) Prog. Reports of Geol. Survey of Victoria, iv., 1874, p. 97.

(16) Howitt, Notes on Diabase and adjacent formations of
Heathcote district; Special Rep. Dep. Mines, Victoria, 1896.

(17) Roy. Soc., Victoria, xxi., N.S., pt. 1, 1908.

240

them to be probably Palzozoic. The Tertiary basalts of Kan-
garoo Island and the Mount Gambier area have no analogy
to the Blinman melaphyres, but the basic dykes of the Mount
Lofty Ranges, many of which have become amphibolites and
are almost certainly Paleozoic, have most distinct similarity
to the rocks under consideration. For example, a specimen
of the wide dyke in the gorge by the New Era Mine, near
Woodside (for which I am again indebted to Mr. Howchin), is
porphyritic in character. Its base is composed of secondary
amphibole, basic plagioclase felspar, quartz biotite, magne-
tite, and sphene; while the phenocrysts of felspar are almost
entirely altered to an aggregate of epidote and scapolite.
The uralite diabase of Port Elliot 8) and the dyke by Din-
ham’s farm, Ardrossan, may also be of this series, as well as
the dykes near Mount Barker and Reefton Heights (com-
posed of basic plagioclase, secondary hornblende, and a little
sphene), or that described by Dr. Chewings from Mount
Pleasant. (9)

These considerations lead me to conclude that the Blin-
man basic igneous rocks are Paleozoic in age. Their present
position, as described by Mr. Howchin, and their mineralog-
ical metamorphism might be due to the metamorphism they
had undergone under an over-burden of probably Mesozoic
sedimentation, now, with the exception of the Leigh Creek
area, completely stripped off. That they all originated
near the present land surface is disproved by the gabbroid
texture of some cof the dyke rocks, which texture could have
been induced only under almost plutonic conditions. Should
any of the basic dykes by Leigh Creek be traceable up to the
boundary of the Mesozoic sediments, their truncation or con-
tinuance into these will completely prove or disprove my
theory, if the identity of the Leigh Creek and Blnman
eruption periods be allowed. I much regret that my removal
from South Australia prevents my obtaining this crucial evi-
dence.

In conclusion, I beg to thank Mr. Howchin for the op-
portunity of examining these interesting rocks.

POSTSCRIPT.

Mr. Howchin has forwarded to me a specimen of an
amphibolite intrusive into the Pre-Cambrian area at Mount
Compass, fifteen miles north-east of Yankalilla. In hand

(18) Dr. C. Chewings, Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss Geologie
Siid- und Central-Australiens. Heidelberg, 1894.

(19) Op. cit. supra.

241

specimen it is a fine-grained rock, apparently chiefly com-
posed of amphibole with a little felspar. _ Microscopically
1t is seen to be a uralitic-diabase. The texture is diabasic,
approaching the characteristic ophitic structure. Actinolitic
uralite is the predominant mineral. It is dark-green and
strongly pleochroic. It is slightly dusted with secondary
magnetite. Brown plagioclase (labradorite) occurs in idio-
morphic laths, and sometimes is slightly zoned. Angularly-
bounded irregular grains of magnetite are abundant. Quartz
occurs intersertally. Fine-grained epidote is abundantly
scattered all through the rock.

This rock is another instance of the epi-diabases so com-
mon in southern South Australia, to which reference has
been made above.

The Geological Department,
University of Sydney.

242,

NOTES ON THE DISCOVERY OF A LARGE MASS OF LIVING
CORAL IN GULF ST. VINCENT, WITH BIBLIOGRAPHICAL
REFERENCES TO THE RECENT CORALS OF SOUTH
AUSTRALIA.

By Watter Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and
Paleontology in the University of Adelaide.

[Read July 6, 1909.]
Piate XVI.

In the recent preliminary survey of the seafloor for the
construction of a breakwater at Glenelg, a mass of coral of
unprecedented size in South Australian waters was discov-
ered. The corallum was oval in outline (divided into three

. ; PS BPO aching os '
ae 1%, Ss 6 "Wy?

ig. 1.—Sketch showing Hlevation of Conallen

main lobes), 7 ft. long, 4 ft. 6 in. broad, and 3 ft. 6 in.
high (see figs. 1 and 2). Its location was about half a mile
south-west of Glenelg Jetty, and grew on a sandy bottom at
a depth of 13 ft. below low-water level. The contractors for
the work, with an eye to utility, had sawn the mass into
blocks with the intention of burning it for lime.

I am indebted to Mr. J. W. Jones, the Secretary of
Public Works, and also to Captain Weir, the master of the
s.s. “Governor Musgrave,” for kindly calling my attention to
this interesting discovery and supplying me liberally with
specimens.

The condition of the corallum, as a whole, bore evidence
of great age, and was in a state of decadence, which presaged
approaching death. The greater part of the mass which came
under my observation was already dead. Some portions, ap-
parently, had been dead for a considerable time, as the cali-
cular surface was entirely obscured by parasitic growths ; and
other portions, although free from such growths, were in a

243

weathered condition. In the case of two specimens which
reached me, aggregating about a foot square, the corallites
contained living polyps when taken from the sea.

Until recent years little was known of the coral fauna
living in South Australian waters. J. Haime and Milne
Edwards in their “Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires” (1857)
mention three species only—vz., Plesiastrea urvillei, P.
peront, and Homophyllia (Isophyllia) australis—but only
the last mentioned was directly referred to South Australian
waters.

Ge e
bes , Ze =
tie, feos c

% : * oy uy, ‘

\ Vy 4 .
5 ; Ye A SS 3 ee P ) k i
Dy eat 2 ee Vi” SY itd © eis Con 28 QW)

t

“K

3 ye ba tes) tay base ;

44, eee ‘ ws Sir ; oO RS SS oY,
MN AY

~ WOK Y \

Vig. 2.—Sketch showing Plan of Corallum as seen from above.

In 1878 the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods published a
paper in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales on “The Extratropical Corals of Australia,”
in which he was able to add only one more recent species
to the South Australian fauna, wz., Cylicia rubeola, speci-
mens of which had been forwarded to him by the late Pro-
fessor Tate, obtained at Port Adelaide.

Our present greatly-enlarged acquaintance with this in-
teresting group is entirely due to the zealous efforts of the
President of this Society (Dr. Verco), whose dredgings
around our coast have brought to light many rarities of
marine life. The work of elucidating the coral fauna ob-
tained by Dr. Verco was undertaken by Mr. J. Dennant,
of Melbourne, and was incomplete at the time of his much-
regretted death in 1907.

Mr. Dennant published two papers on the subject, in
which 22 species of South Australian recent corals are dealt

y
S

244

with, 15 of which were new to science, 4 had been previously
known by dredgings off the coast of New South Wales, 1
dredged by the “‘Challenger” in deep water of the Southern
Ocean, and 2 (perhaps 3) were found to be identical with
fossil species in the Lower Tertiary of southern Australia.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES.

A. Quoy and Gaimard: Voy. ‘de l’Astrolabe,” Zooph., 1833.
B. Milne Edwards et J. Haime: Ann. des Sc. Nat.

C. J. Haime et Milne Edwards: Hist. des Coralliaires, 1857.
D. J. E. Tenison-Woods: Extratropical Corals of Australia,
Proc. linn: (Socs, GNESaWe, volepiinls lier
EK. John Dennant: Descrip. of New Sp. of Corals from Aus.

Tert., Trans. and Proc. Roy Soc.,
SoAla, LOR
F. a Recent Corals from the South Australian

and Victorian Coasts, Trans., and
Proc. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1904.

G. a Madreporaria from the Australian and
New Zealand Coasts, Trans. and
Proc. Roy. Soc:, S.A., 1906:

H. Moseley: “Challenger” Reports, Zoology, vol. u., 1881.

IT. Dunean: Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist.

Je at Quart. Jour. Geo. Soc.

K. J. D. Dana: Report on Zoophytes (Wilkes’ Exploring

Expedition).
ie e Corals and Coral Islands.

List of DESCRIBED SPECIES oF Cora Livine In SoutH
AUSTRALIAN WATERS.

Fam. TURBINOLID A.

RHIZOTROCHUS RADIATUS, Dennant (F), p. 2, pl. 1., fig. 1.

Common at depths of 15-22 fathoms. Also occurs at -
Port Philip Bay.

Ho.tcorrocuus scriptus, Dennant (KE), p. 1, pl. 1., fig. 1,
(F), p. 3.

Was described from an Eocene fossil at Muddy Creek,
Victoria. Dredged in Backstairs Passage at 22 fathoms.
Rare.

H. crenuzatus, Dennant (F), p. 3, pl. ii., fig. 4.

Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms. Rare.

245

PLATYTROCHUS HASTATUS, Dennant (E), p. 257, pl. v., fig. 2,
(F), p. 4.
Described from Eocene fossils at Spring Creek, Muddy
Creek, etc. Dredged in Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms.

P. compressus, Ten.-Woods (Conocyathus), sp. (D), p. 302,
ley ecreN GL apse supe 1. < fier Be
Described from specimens dredged off Port Stephen, New
South Wales, at 71 fathoms. Dredged by Dr. Verco in Gulf
St. Vincent, Backstairs Passage, and Investigator Strait, at
15-22 fathoms.

TREMATOTROCHUS VERCONIS, Dennant (F), p. 5, pl. i., fig. 4.

This genus, which is exclusively Australian, was estab-
lished by Tenison-Woods for a Lower Tertiary coral of Vic-
toria. It is interesting to find a representative of this early
Tertiary genus still living in our waters. Gulf St. Vincent
and Backstairs Passage, 15-22 fathoms.

DELTOCYATHUS VINCENTINUS, Dennant (F), p. 6, pl. u1., fig. 1.

“Examples of this coral were dredged in all but two of
the fourteen stations mentioned by Dr. Verco, and generally
in great abundance.’—Dennant. Depths, 9-22 fathoms.

FLABELLUM AUSTRALE, Moseley (H), p. 173, pl. vii., figs. 4,
DG), p. Lol:

The “Challenger” specimens were taken in 120 fathoms
off Twofold Bay, New South Wales. Later, it was taken in
great numbers 20 miles north-east of Port Jackson, by Hedley
and Petterd, at a depth of 250 fathoms. Dredged by Dr.
Verco off Cape Jaffa, 90-130 fathoms, and off Beachport,
110-200 fathoms. The genus is represented by eight species
in the older and newer Tertiaries of Southern Australia. '

SPHENOTROCHUS EMARCIATUS, Duncan, var. PEREXIGUA, Den-
manu) Cl) sevoluxviromen ple avis, (fie. 2. WoSyn. 3S.
CHCIsUs e\(J) -avOlmecauianspn 298, sole xix. fig. 865. (G),
eile

The specific type was obtained from the Lower Tertiary
of Muddy Creek, Victoria. Dennant’s variety differs only
slightly from the Tertiary fossil form. Dredged east of

Neptune Islands at 45 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa at 90 and 130

fathoms, and off Beachport at 49 and 150 fathoms.

DELTOCYATHUS ROT#FORMIS, Ten.-Woods (D), p. 306, pl. v.,
fig. 2, (G), p. 154.

The type specimens were dredged off Port Stephens,
New South Wales, from 71 fathoms, and subsequently, north-

246

east of Port Jackson from 250 fathoms. It is a common
form in South Australian waters, occurring at various depths
off the Neptunes, Cape Jaffa, and Beachport, down to 200
fathoms.

PaRACYATHUS VITTATUS, Dennant (G), p. 156, pl. v., fig. 3.

Only a single example of this coral has been obtained,
dredged by Dr. Verco off Point Marsden, Kangaroo Island,
at a depth of 17 fathoms.

‘CARYOPHYLLIA PLANILAMELLATA, Dennant (G), p. 157, pl. vi., ~
fig. 4.

This is an isolated coral, as it is the only example of a
Caryophyllia known to occur in the Australian region. It
is apparently plentiful in our south-eastern waters, as large
numbers were dredged in a living condition off Cape Jaffa
and Beachport, varying from 110 to 300 fathoms.

DunocyaTHUS PARASITICUS, Ten.-Woods (D), p. 305, pl. v.,
fig. 4, (G), p. 159.

The first gathering of examples of this species was ob-
tained off Port Jackson from 45 fathoms. Dr. Verco ob-
tained large numbers in a dredging 35 miles south-west of
‘the Neptunes at a depth of 104 fathoms; also from off Cape
Jaffa and Beachport down to 200 fathoms. :

‘CERATOTROCHUS RECIDIVUS, Dennant (G), p. 159, pl. vi.,
1G ye
This is an Australian Tertiary genus. The recent forms
were dredged by Dr. Verco in considerable numbers off Cape
Jaffa from 90 fathoms, and off the Neptunes, 104 fathoms.

Fam. ASTR AIDA.

Homopuyiuia (Caryophyllia) AUSTRALIS, Edwards et Haime
(B), ser. 35) Zool, vol! x., p! 3205 pl avarice
(C) (Isophyllia), p. 375, (D), p. 321. Ibid (as Cyli-
cia magna), p. 325, pl. iv., fig. 3, (F), p. 8, pl. i,
fig. 2.

Edwards’ and Haime’s type specimen was obtained from
‘Port Lincoln. An example obtained from Gulf St. Vincent
by Professor Tate was sent to Tenison-Woods, who errone-
ously referred it to Cylicoa, under a new specific name. Mr.
Dennant reported “eight well-grown examples” from Dr.
Verco’s material. It is evidently of shallow-water habit, as
I have gathered beach specimens at Port Lincoln; Emu Bay,

247

north coast of Kangaroo Island; and at Robe. It occurs
~ also in the China Seas.

H. rncrustans, Dennant (G), p. 161, pl. vi., fig. 3.

The type specimen is unique, found growing parasitically
on a valve of Venus. It was dredged in Gulf St. Vincent
and forwarded to Mr. Dennant by the late Professor Tate.

Cyuicia (Dendrophylla) RuBEOLA, Quoy and Gaimard, sp.
CA) pa oimpleexe ies. t2-o. (Dp. 324; "()
D0:
; The type was obtained from the Thames River, New
Zealand. It is a common form in our local seas, growing
in clusters. A colony of individuals was found attached to
the large mass of coral discovered off Glenelg. It is also an
abundant form in Port Phillip Bay. Professor Tate recorded
its occurrence as a fossil in the Older Pliocene of the Dry
Creek bore (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xili., p. 173).

C. magna, Ten.-Woods. See Homophyllia australis.

PLESIASTR#HA URVILLEI, Hdwards et Haime (B), ser. 3, vol.
Spl Dae ieee VOL. xii. p. tT (800). “(D)., p.
323.

This coral will be referred to below.

P. PERONI, Haime et Edwards (C), p. 492, pl. D7, fig. 3,
(D), p. 324.

Generally distributed in shallow water, Port Stephens
and southwards, including the southern coasts of Australia.
Often found as beach specimens.

P. proximans, Dennant (F), p. 9, pl. i., fig. 3.

The species was determined on a single small example
dredged in Gulf St. Vincent at a depth of 22 fathoms.

Fam. FUNGID.

BaTHYACTIS SYMMETRICA, Pourtales, sp. (H), p. 186, oh E
figs. oie (GG) pe, 161.

This is a cosmopolitan species dredged by the “Chal-
lenger” in all parts of the world and at depths varying from
30 fathoms to 2,900 fathoms. Dr. Verco found it very com-
mon at 35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands; was also
taken off Cape Jaffa.

248

Fam. EUPSAMMID.

Lepropenus piscus (1), Moseley (H), pp. er pl. xiv.,
figs. 1-4, poly soyi-, fies. 1-7, .(G) pa

The specimens on inne the species was Pb so were
dredged by the “Challenger” in deep water in the southern
Indian Ocean. Dredged off Port Jackson, at a depth of 250
fathoms; also by Dr. Verco off Cape Jaffa, at 90 fathoms ;
off Beachport, from 100 to 200 fathoms; and 35 miles south-
westerly of Neptune Islands, at 104 fathoms. All the South
Australian examples were imperfect.

Nororuyliia REcTA, Dennant (G), p. 163, pl. v., fig. 4.

This genus was founded by Mr. Dennant to receive three
species of Tertiary fossils of Victoria. The above recent
species has been dredged off Port Jackson, and by Dr. Verco
off Cape Jaffa at a depth of 130 fathoms.

DENDROPHYLLIA ATRATA, Dennant (G), p. 163, pl. vi., fig. 5.

Fairly common in Gulf St. Vincent, Investigator Strait,
and Backstairs Passage, at depths from 14 to 22 fathoms.

The corals in the above list, with the exception of the
three species of Plesiastraa, are almost exclusively simple
corals, solitary in their habit of growth and in their respec-
tive genera, possessing a wide range with regard to bathy-
metrical and thermal conditions in their distribution. The
Plesiastree are, however, coral-reef forms, and the members
of the Astreid (the family to which they belong) are essen-
tially coral-reef builders. Their occurrence in South Aus-
tralian waters must, therefore, be regarded as a remarkable
instance of a characteristically tropical type living m the
low-temperature seas of southern Australia.

Edwards and Haime in their list of corals (C), pp. 489-
492, enumerate four known species of living Plesiastreaw, two
of these being Australian, one Indian Ocean, and another
the locality of which was unknown to them. To these Dana
(Report on Zoophytes) added four others, and Verrill one,
all of which were from the Pacific Ocean, v2z., Tahiti, Fiji,
and Society Islands. (L), pp. 328-9. Another species of
Plesiastrea has been determined from the Island of St.
Thomas, in the West Indies.

With the exception of the last named all the Plesiastree
are found either within Australian waters or in the South
Pacific Ocean. The genus must, therefore, be considered as
essentially Australasian in its occurrence.

249

The large mass of coral discovered off Glenelg is pias
ently identical with—

PLESIASTR#A URVILLEI, Hdwards and Haime (C), p. 490.

The authors’ definition of the species has been trans-
lated by Tenison-Woods as follows:—-“‘Corallum somewhat
flat with sublobed edges; epitheca on the edges rudimentary ;
calices very slightly salient, close but distinct, circular or
sometimes a little deformed; columella rudimentary; three
cycles, but a fourth in two systems where the primary equal
the secondary, thus giving the appearance of eight systems
of three; septa rather broad, hardly exsert, thin, finely and
regulately dentate, striate, and granular; pali broad, little
exsert, rather thin, the primaries the strongest. In section
the exothecal dissepiments are almost horizontal, 1 mm.
apart: columella of a very lax tissue, scanty and formed of
lamellar processes; endothecal dissepiments extremely thin,
sometimes wavy, not always parallel, sloping inwardly, ?
mm. apart; wall compact, rather thick, seldom or only
slightly united to others. Diameter of calices 4 to 5 mm.
In shallow places, King George Sound.” (D), p. 323.

The “Challenger” dredged “a small flattened specimen”
of this species off Fiji.

The two species—P. urville: and P. peroni—bear a close
resemblance to each other. They may be distinguished by
the calices of the former being slightly larger than those of
P. peroni, also of about equal size, and are equally salient ;
whilst the calices of P. peron: are relatively smaller, more
unequal in size, and unequally salient. Examples of P.
peron?, in small, flat, or nodular masses, can occasionally
be picked up on the shores of the Gulf and Kangaroo Island.
The largest example found by the writer was a hemispheri-
cally-shaped specimen, 3} in. in diameter by 12 in. high,
~ from the north coast of Kangaroo Island. Prior to the late
important discovery [ had obtained two beach specimens
which I referred to P. wrviller. “One of these was a cylin-
drical fragment, 51 in. long and 2 in. in diameter, picked
up on the north coast of Kangaroo Island ; and the second, a
fragment dredged at the time of excavating the Outer Har,
bour, which measured 54 in. long, 54 in. broad, and 24 in.
thick. Both fragments had been broken off from larger
masses and showed no peripheral outline of the corallum
from which they had been respectively detached, so that no
estimate of the size of the parent mass could be made, but
the fragments were regarded as of abnormal size. From the
occurrence of beach specimens at widely-separated locali-

250

ties, it may be assumed that the large growth of coral near
Glenelg is not a single instance of its kind in our Gulf.

Plesiastrwa, even on the coral reefs, does not apparently
grow to any large size, which makes its occurrence in our
seas in huge proportions all the more remarkable, and quite
unsuspected until the late discoveries were made. Tenison-
Woods says: ---"‘The only corals on the south and south-east
coasts of Australia which could in any sense be called reef-
building forms are one or two species of Stylaster and one
or two of Plesiastrea. Both of these are littoral, and grow
in tufts or small masses, but never in anything more than
the merest patches. Stylaster, though not uncommon about
Port Jackson, has not been found, as far as I am aware, on
the south coast, while Plesiastr@a seems to extend from Port

Jackson right round to south-western Australia.” (D).
p. 295.

With respect to the distribution of the reef-building
corals Tenison-Woods says:—‘‘The reef-builders are not ex-

actly confined to the tropics in north-eastern Australia;
they extend a little beyond it, and may be found as low as
latitude 28° S., or even lower. It seems to me that there
was formerly a prolongation of the Barrier Reef to the south.
If the map of north-eastern Australia be consulted, it will
be seen that to the north of Moreton Bay there is a large
island jutting out somewhat east of north. This is marked
on the maps as Great Sandy Island, but is locally known
as Frazer Island. It is separated from the coastline on the
south by Wide Bay. The land on both sides seems to con-
sist of immense drifts of red and yellow sand irregularly
stratified. To the north the island ends in a coral reef
called Break-sea Spit, and then the reefs are continued with
long interruptions in islands and coral shoals, including Lady
Ehot Island, Bunker Group, Capricorn Group, etc., until
the Barrier Reef is reached. Strictly speaking, Wide Bay
may be said to be the commencement of that inner channel
which continues inside the Barrier Reef right up to Cape
York, a distance of about 1,200 miles. It would be more
convenient, in the study of Australian corals, to designate
as belonging to the extratropical fauna all south of Break-
sea spit. Of the west side I can say little or nothing.
The shell fauna of Perth has certainly more of the Indian
Ocean in its facies than Australia, and the raised beaches of
Fremantle are unquestionably tropical in their fauna. I
should incline to the opinion that the extratropical fauna
should not be made to extend beyond the south-west cape,
Cape Leeuwin.” (D), p. 296.

251

Glenelg, where the large mass of coral was found, is on
the same parallel of latitude as King George Sound, where
it seems to have been in the first instance detected, and this
is not far from Cape Leeuwin, which Tenison-Woods makes
the dividing-line between the tropical and extratropical
fauna. The South Australian examples probably migrated
from the West. There is reason to think that when the
sea returned to Gulf St. Vincent in Pleistocene times (after
the dry-land conditions of the later Pliocene) the water had
a higher temperature than at present. The raised sea
beaches of southern Yorke Peninsula and other places con-
tain many forms which are now extinct in our local waters,
as, for example, Barbatia (Arca) trapezia, which occurs in
such numbers on the raised seabed of Port Wakefield that
its remains were used for ballasting the railway ; Meleagrina
margaritifera, the “pearl oyster”; and immense numbers of
the large foraminifer, Orbitolites complanata, which has its
habitat in warm seas. In Pleistocene times it is probable
that the entrances to the Gulfs were more restricted than
at present, which would act as a bar to the cold currents
from the south and raise the mean temperature of the water
in the land-locked Gulfs. The large corallum obtained from
Glenelg must be of great age, and may possibly date from
a period of higher thermal conditions.

Tenison-Woods named two species of Plesiastrea from
the Miocene of South Australia—P. St. Vincenti from the
beds at Hallett Cove, and P. grandis from the Bunda
Plateau. Both specimens are fragments of considerable size,
but give no definite evidence of the actual size of the parent
mass.

For the sketches reproduced in figs. 1 and 2 I am in-
debted to Miss Weir, who drew them under the direction of
her father, Captain Weir.

POSTSCRIPT.

Subsequent to the reading of the above paper I received
an interesting letter from Captain Weir, in which, inter
alia, he says:—“It may interest you to hear that I have
found another patch of coral about the same size and in
rather less water than that at Glenelg. About four years
ago a rock was reported off Port Parham, about 30 miles up
the Gulf on the east side, and a buoy was placed to mark
it. On Tuesday last I overhauled this buoy to put it in
order, and being a quiet day and the water clear I could see
the rock quite plainly, and noticed its general resemblance
to the one off Glenelg. JI dragged a grapnel across it, and

252

it cut deeply into it, the broken part showing quite white,
so that it is certainly coral. I tried very hard to pick up
a specimen, but having no proper appliance and time being
limited unfortunately did not succeed in doing so, Other
rocks have been reported in this locality, and many of them
are also probably coral. The distance is about 40 miles from
Port Adelaide, 3 miles off shore, in 9 ft. at low water, and
4 or 5 ft. over the rock. The position would not be hard
to find, as it is marked by a red buoy and shown on the
latest charts.”

I hope that these interesting observations of Captain
Weir will lead to this ground being further tested. It is
just possible that the large growth seen by Captain Weir
will be found to be a mass of Serpula.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XVI.

From a photograph of a portion of the surface of the corallum.
Natural size.

DESCRIPTION OF AN OLD LAKE AREA IN PEKINA CREEK,
AND ITS RELATION TO RECENT GEOLOGICAL CHANGES.

By Water Howcarn, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and
Paleontology in the University of Adelaide.

[Read July 6, 1909.]
Piates XVII. ann XVIII.

The Pekina Creek irrigation-works are situated about
14 miles above the railway, which crosses the creek near
Orroroo. A clay dam is being constructed across the creek
at a spot where the rocky sides converge and form a narrow
gap. The height of the dam will be 70 ft., and will throw
the water back in a reservoir for about a mile. The clay
for constructing the dam is being obtained chiefly within
the area that will form the submerged portion of the pro-
posed reservoir, the excavation of which exposed the old lake
deposits about to be described.

Mr. Edgar J. Bradley, the chief officer in charge of the
works, recognized the presence of fresh-water shells and the
remains of “hara, an aquatic plant which by the secretion
of calcium carbonate is often contributory to the formation
of fresh-water limestones. JI am indebted to Mr. Bradley
for first giving me_an early intimation of these interesting
discoveries, and also for conducting me over the ground and
pointing out the features of interest.

The prehistoric lake started from the narrows, where the
present dam is being constructed, and followed the upper
portions of the stream for about three-quarters of a mile,
and had an average width of about 7 chains. The deposits
were laid down on the eroded edges of the fine-grained argil-
laceous slates of the Tapley Hill series. These slates, with
the associated beds, form locally a great synclinal fold, which
has its eastern limb in the Mucra and Orroroo Ranges and
its western in the Pekina Range. The associated limestones
belong to the horizon of the Brighton, Reynella, and Hack-
ham outcrops.

254

The nature of the lacustrine deposits is shown in the fol-
lowing section : —

PEKINA CREEK

(a) High-level gravel of creek, 12 ft.

(b) Surface soil, 6 in.

(c) Good clay, 6 in.

(d) Calcareous clay, 3 ft. 6 in.

(e) Strong marly clay (makes excellent puddle), contained
bones of marsupials near the bottom, 20 ft.

(f; Chara beds. Fine to coarse sand and clay mixed with
the matted stems and fruits of Chara and decayed fresh-
water shells. Calcareous floors up to half an inch in
uoaaeress consisting almost entirely of Chara remains,

t.

(g) Lower marly clay ; sometimes carries Chara horizons, 5 ft.
(h) Bottom gravel, 1 ft.

Total, 50 ft. 6 in.

The present bed of the creek is only about 2 ft. below
the level of the old lake bottom, which indicates the amount
of erosion that the stream has accomplished at that spot
since the inauguration of the lacustrine conditions and re-
excavation of its aggraded material ; but the time covered by
these events must have heen considerable.

The order of events appears to have been as follows : —

1. The corrasion of the rocks by the stream in estab-
lishing the grade, prior to the formation of the
lake.

2. By some means the stream was checked in its flow
and the water was thrown back on its upper
course for nearly a mile.

255

3. A deposit of fine silt and clay was laid down by the
stream in this area of arrested drainage until it
reached a thickness of 50 ft. The great length
of time that elapsed during this accumulation of
sediment is evident, both from the fine lamina-
tion of the beds and the great thickness of Chara
deposits, including the thin layers of fresh-water
limestone.

4. An increase of the angle of grade rejuvenated the
stream, and thereby increased its erosive power,
by which the lake became drained; the stream
cut down through the lacustrine deposits and into
its recky bed 2 ft. below its former level.

The origin, growth, and extinction of this small river
lake offer several points for investigation of more than ordin-
ary interest.

Mr. Bradley suggested to me the possibility of a land-
slip having occurred in the creek, blocking the channel and
for a time damming the waters back, forcing the stream to
take a new course over the shoulder of the spur (marked A
in fig. 1), where a bed of gravel occupies a slight depression
in the ground. This is a perfectly legitimate explanation
and an event very likely to occur in a narrow gorge, but the
surrounding circumstances do not seem to favour such an ex-
planation in this case. The mass of material required to
form such a dam would have to be very great, as 50 ft. of
sediment has been laid down in the backwaters area. More-
over, the arrested current would speedily rise to the height
of the barrier, giving a depth far too great to permit of the
growth of thick forests of Chara, and the fineness of the sedi-
ment indicates the absence of torrential action.

Lakes arise from various causes. They mostly occur in
established lines of drainage, and arise from the develop- .
ment of some physical barrier, which gives a temporary check
to the drainage, as, for example, in the movements of land
ice or by the oscillations of the earth’s surface. It is the last-
named cause which I think has been primarily responsible for
the origin of the Pekina Creek lake.

The hydrographical features of the Orroroo district are
certainly very remarkable. There is a wide valley, or rather
plain, bounded by distant ranges of hills, and containing
within its area isolated hills or groups of hills. The drainage
of this area consists of a great number of streams and stream-
lets that have no relationship to each other. There is no
trunk river, and the drainage is broken up into isolated
fragments. The valley is there, but the river is wanting.

256

The underground features are as remarkable as the sur-
face features. In 1907 a Government bore was put down
on this plain, on the public road adjoining Section 64, Hun-
dred of Walloway, and within about two miles of Orroroo.
This bore, as will be seen from the following official report,
penetrated alluvial sands, clays, and gravels to a depth of
591 ft. without reaching hard rock :—

Particulars of Orroroo Bore.
Description of Strata. Thickness Depth from

in feet. Surface.
Loam ee Lett 37
Gravel and ‘clay ee soa AO) T7
Sand and limestone ah 1 6in. 78 6in.
Yellow clay Ka. soo L@) 88 6 in.
Sand R Pee ae 6 in. 89
Clay i =e soe 1 (XS) 157
Sandy clay Ut A 5 162
Various coloured clays soo UGS) 330
Pipeclay Pas ee 17ST D () 350
Sand and clay pee DAT 377
Clay : sae 3 380
Soft white eandetone aarer Ae) 492
Fine white sand ... bod? aril 433
White clay 9 449
White sand 8 450
Clay—white and pink 52 502
Quartz sand 2 504
White clay be ad 8 512
Quartz sand AS ee i: 530
Sand and pebbles DENS MLE, 5AT
Sand, lignite, and clay ... 21 568
Quartz sand and clay ... 15 583
Sandy clay ih Paes 591

Water was struck in the bore at 45 ft. Fresh water
that rose to surface was tapped at the respective depths of
350 ft., 380 ft., and 502 ft. The choking of the bore un-
fortunately stopped further exploration.

This remarkable result proves that the Black Rock,
Orroroo, and Walloway Plain was at one time in the line
of a great artery of drainage that ran north and south, and
that the old trunk river flowed, at a certain period of its’
history, not less than 600 ft. below the present level of the
plain.

What happened to that old river that it should have
been so completely wiped out of existence ?

257

Before we answer that question there are some other facts
to be taken into account. The Orroroo district is situated
near the summit of the east and west water-parting of South
Australia—a broad and extensive watershed which divides
the inland drainage flowing to the north from the coastal
drainage which flows to the south. But this country does
not show the characteristic aspects of a watershed. There
is no rocky ridge or headwaters of a great hydrographic
basin to mark the water-parting. Indeed, the present water-
parting runs athwart the main physiographical ridges of the
country, and its general aspects are those of a country which
has been reduced to base level rather than that of a water-
shed. :

The only satisfactory solution of the anomaly, and one
that accords with a much wider circle of evidence, is that
of crust movements on a large scale, which at no very re-
mote geological period produced an east and west ridge, or
bulging of the surface, that dissected the. drainage and di-
verted much of the water that originally came south in a
reverse course towards the northern basins. This great cor-
rugation of the earth’s crust with its attendant warpings has.
destroyed the trunk rivers. The smaller tributaries find no
confluence with other streams, and flow towards the dry val-
ley only to be lost in its porous and deep alluvial deposits.
The Walloway Creek, the Pekina Creek, the Orroroo Creek,
and many others carry a considerable amount of water, but
are lost within a short distance after entering the plain. In
a well sunk at the mouth of the Pekina Creek a fragment
of a kangaroo femur was found in the alluvial at a depth
of 60 ft.

The Siccus River takes its rise to the north of Orroroo:
and flows into Lake Frome. This watercourse probably re-
presents the reversed waters of the dead river of the Orroroo
plains. In the process of diversion there must have been a
period of arrested drainage, when the stream became sluggish
and unable to carry its load. Degradation gave place to
ageradation, and the watercourses became choked by a great
thickness of sediment, as is shown by the Orroroo bore and
the tributaries of Pekina Creek.

The old lake deposits of Pekina Creek supply an in-
teresting hase in this chain of events. At the time when
the now extinct trunk river had reached its maximum of
aggradation, its bed was at a much higher level than the
present plain. Its alluvial spreads along the margins of the
plain on either side of the Pekina Creek and fills in the
valleys of its tributary streams to a height of 100 ft. above
the present level of the plain. The railway, soon after leav-

I

258

ing Orroroo station, going north, passes by a viaduct over
the Pekina Creek and then through a cutting of this high-
level alluvial. The Orroroo bore.on the plain is 1,287 ft.
above sea-level. The Orroroo railway station, situated on
one of the old river terraces, is 1,380 ft. above sea-level, or
93 ft. above the bore, and the surface level of the prehistoric
lake is 1,460 ft. above sea-level or 173 ft. above the bore.
The lake-level must at one time have closely approximated
to the main valley-level, along which the trunk river pur-
sued a sluggish course. It was this high level of drainage—
150 ft. or more above the present plain—which dammed back
the waters of Pekina Creek and led to the formation of the
lake above the narrows in the stream.

There has, therefore, been a lowering of the Orroroo
and Walloway Plain, to the extent of at least 150 ft., since
the time when the Pekina Creek was unable to transport its
load in consequence of the lowness of the grade. The agent
of erosion and transport by which the main valley became
lowered was probably wind. The soil of the plain is a very
fine silt, and in the summer-time the plain is constantly
swept by duststorms.(?) This reduces the general level, leav-
ing low hills of sand and gravel along the edges of the plain
50 ft. or 60 ft. in height. Passing up the Pekina Creek
the alluvial not only caps the banks on either side, but has
choked the old tributaries of the creek with accumulations
of clay and gravel, and over these thick deposits of gravel
waterfalls occur, the streams not having succeeded in the in-
terval of re-excavating their beds to their former level. The
elevation of the country having resulted in parting the drain-
age and wind-waste lowering the plain, a better grade was
established, and the lateral creeks being nejuveu thereby
have incised their .aggraded beds.

If our theory be correct, then at the time when the now
extinct lake was created, ine Pekina stream was practically
on a level with the main river of the plains. The whole of
the present gorge (except the excess of erosion which may
have taken place subsequent to the laying down of the
lacustrine deposits) was filled up with stream-wash. The cur-
rents would become increasingly weak and sluggish as the
declivity was lessened, and the stream would widen out into
marsh. At the site of the lake there are extensivé flats be-

(1) These Femnes. ody rnplical by Mr. Bradley, are the
latest determinations.

(2) Mr. Bradley informed me that whirlwinds were of daily
occurrence on the plain during the summer. Whilst engaged
surveying on the plain he has counted as many as twenty-six
whirlwinds in one day.

259

tween the creek and the hills, and it is improbable that the
present excavations have revealed the full extent of the lake
deposits. A fine clay occupies the lower undulations border-
ing the creek over extensive areas, and this has been placed
under contribution for construction of the dams. This de-
posit probably marks the occurrence of the shallower water
around the margins of the lake, or the area that was sub-
jected to alternating conditions of lake and dry land, de-
termined by the variations in the rainfall.

The waters of the lake do not seem to have been richly
furnished with life, or otherwise the evidences have been
lost. The disappearance of the remains of aquatic plants
can be easily understood. Chara, on account of its habit of
secreting carbonate of lime, is more likely to be preserved
than many others, and has left considerable deposits, but
the carbonaceous matter has been largely removed from its
beds. Lumps of calcified stems of reeds can be seen in many
places, and a dark-coloured carbonaceous clay sometimes
occurs. The porous nature of the deposit may account for
the rarity of fresh-water shells. These have left, in most
eases, only a few white patches of limey material difficult
of determination. Bones of marsupials are not uncommon,
and these also, for the most part, are very friable. The
most important find was made by Mr. Bradley near the base
of the thick clay-bed marked e in fig. 1. These bones were
submitted to Professor Stirling, M.D., F.R.S., who has
kindly given the following determinations : —I/acropus (kan-
garoo), Phascolomys (wombat), and Bettongia (kangaroo rat),
all belonging apparently to living species.

The facts now placed before you stand related to recent
geological changes in South Australia, involving wider data
which the author hopes at an early date to discuss.

Postscript.—Since the above paper was read I have
made a second visit to Pekina Creek to investigate further
discoveries by Mr. Bradley. The previous observations were
limited to a long and narrow lacustrine area situated above
the irrigation weir, but Mr. Bradley has been fortunate in
detecting the occurrence of further lacustrine deposits a mile
lower down the creek, at the back of the township of Orro-
roo. The position of the find is on a level with the ancient
river flats, which widen out towards the plain, situated about
10 chains from the creek and 50 ft. above its present level.
A small knoll is capped by a calcareous deposit, which breaks
up into fragments, up to 6 in. in thickness, and consists
almost entirely of the stems of Chara in a more or less mat-
ted condition. The beds of Chara in the upper portions of

12

260

the lake area are compressed into thin, compact, fresh-water
limestones; whilst the bed near Orroroo is a more or less
open caleareous tufa. The stems, nodes, and branchlets of
the Chara can be individually recognized, but they have been
thickened by secondary deposition of carbonate of lime. It
is evident that at this spot a calcifying spring drained into
the lake or waterhole contemporaneously with the growth of
the aquatic plants and has petrified the Vhara as they stood
in the water. On one slab a calcified patch of conferve
growths can be clearly distinguished. | A number of small
fresh-water shells occur with the Ciara stems at this spot.
They have been submitted to several Australian concholo-
gists for’ determination, and it is believed that they belong
to the genera Potamopyrgus or Bythiniella, but as no one in
Australia is at present working on this group there is some
uncertainty as to their true position.

This latest find is interesting as showing the extension
of quiet and permanent waters on the alluvial benches fac-
ing the Black Rock and Orroroo Valley, through which it
1s “suggested that the main river at one time flowed. The
caleareous Chara bed occurs close to the last vestige of the
old recks in Pekina Creek before they disappear under the
alluvial of the plain (fig. 2). These old rocks represent the

a [~-)
S =
= s
i i= =
ot oz cS
rine Area 5 Lacustrine sArea SE EO
———— a © Orroreo
Sa s Plain

Irie, 2.

Diagrammatic section of the lower part of Pekina
Creek and the Orroroo Plain, showing the deep alluvium filling
the Trunk Valley and its overlap of the shelf of old rocks border-
ing the valley. The lacustrine areas would form the back-
waters of the main river when at its maximum of aggradation.

scarp-face of a buried valley, and the running stream of
Pekina Creek seldom persists more than a few yards beyond
their limits, which is about half a mile above the railway
bridge that crosses the creek. Except for a day or two after
a great flood, the water east of that point ceases to flow at

261

the surface and finds its way by a rapid subterranean de-
‘scent through the thick alluvial that has choked the one-time
main waterway. These conditions are extremely favourable
for artesian water on the plains. The Orroroo bore proved
that good water rose to the surface from a depth of 350
ft., and at the lower levels of 380 ft. and 502 ft. The most
abundant supplies would probably be tapped at the base of
‘the alluvial, resting on the bedrock.
W. 4H.
Royal Society Meeting,

October 5, 1909.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVII. AND XVIII.

Pratt XVIL.

Fig. 1.—A view in Pekina Creek, nearly a mile above the
Trrigation Weir. The bed of the creek is encumbered by very
large blocks of Tapley Hill slates, which were laid there before
the lacustrine period. The lake-silt formerly covered these stones,
remains of which can be seen forming cliffs on the left bank,
the stream having washed out most of the lake deposits from its
immediate channel.

Fig. 2.—A reproduction from a photograph taken about mid-
way between the Weir and the head of the Old Lake, shown in
fig. 1. Standing back from the creek, on the right bank, is a
prominent ridge of lacustrine silt that has been weathered on all
sides. The beds show horizontal stratification and calcified reeds,
and Chara remains may occasionally be recognized amongst

its material.
Prate XVIII.

A panoramic view of the alluvial terraces, about a mile below
the Weir, near the place where the waters of the creek disappear
from the surface. On exposed and sloping faces the alluvial ter-
races are quite bare, and the sides are cut by numberless water-
channels. On the extreme left side of the picture is the terrace
which is capped by a Chara limestone, described in the Postscript
of the paper.

262

THELYMITRA EPIPACTOIDES (F.v.M.), AN ORCHID NEW
TO THE STATE.

[Read October 5, 1909.]
By RB. 8. Rocers, M.A., M.D.
TEL OSI,

This handsome orchid, hitherto recorded only from Vic-
toria, has reached me at intervals during the past four years.
from Meningie, Myponga, Goolwa, Inman Valley, and
Tailem Bend. Im stature and general habit it rivals 7.
grandiflora (Fitz.), though structurally 7’. zv01des must be
regarded as a nearer ally.

DeEscription.—-A robust plant, varying in height in the
few specimens in my possession from 8 to 21 in. Leaf
lanceolate, tubular at the base where it encloses a large leafy
bract. Flowers 6-18, not spotted, large, pedicellate, race-
mose, of a peculiar iridescent greyish-green colour shot with.
pinkish tints, each subtended by a rather large clasping
lanceolate bract. Lateral appendages of column in the form
of hair-tufts turned upwards, middle lobe of hood tripar-
tite; the central division irregularly denticulate on the top;
the lateral divisions also denticulate on their oblique ends
passing forwards, upwards, and inwards, at a lower level
than the central one, and often interlocking like the fingers
of two hands. Anther pointed, placed behind the stigma.
The latter placed well below the middle of the column.

In only three other recorded species of thelymitra is the
middle lobe of the hood tripartite, viz., in 7’. ixtordes (S.W.),
T'. canaliculata (R. Br.), and T. media (R. Br.). The first.
of these occurs in this State, the others are Western Aus-
tralian forms. With this peculiar division of the hood, how-
ever, their resemblance to 7’. epipactordes practically ends.
In each of these three, the central division of the middle
lobe is lower than the lateral divisions, and the stigma occu-
pies a relatively large portion of the anterior surface of the
column, extending well above the middle. These features.
are reversed in 7. epipactoides. Time of blooming, Septem-
ber and early October.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Fig. 1. Flower natural size.
Side view of column x6, showing divisions of hood and
hair-tufts.
Fig. 3. Column from the front x6. showing divisions of hood,.
hair-tufts, anther, rostellum, and stigmatic surface.

Fig. 4. Column from the back x6.

=|
we
79
me)

263

M#\ SYNOPSIS OF THE FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
PART III.

~

By, -AveArmiz Be S., C.M.Z.S. ete:
[Read April 6, 1909.]

wamily, Sa, NEE fcontinued from vol. rxru.,
. 299).
70. a abdominalis, Kaup.

Coorong, South Australia.
Distribution—South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania.

Family, PEGASIDA.
Genus, Pecasus, Linn. (1758).

71. Pegasus lancifer, Giinth.
Spencer Gulf, dredged by Dr. J. C. Verco.
Distribution—South Australia, Tasmania.

Family, SCOMBRESOCIDA.
ROL ScompBresox, Lacép. (1803).

. Scombresox forsteri, Cuv. and Val.
Hist. oe Poiss., xvilil., 1846, p. 481. McCoy, Prod. Zool.,
Vict., dec. xiv., pl. 135, fig. 2. (Bill Fish.)
Dei South Wales, Victoria, South Aus-

tralia. ;
Genus, HEmMIRHAMPHUS, Cuv. (1817).
73. Hemirhamphus intermedius, Cant.

Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist., ix., 1842, p. 485. McCoy, Prod.
Zool., Vict., dee. xiv., pl. 185, fig. 1. (Sea Garfish.)

South Australian coast.

Distribution—Queensland, New South Wales, South
Australia, Victoria, Western Australia, Tasmania.

Genus, Exocmrus, Linn. (1758).

74. Exoceetus evolans, Linn.
Syst. Nat., ed. xui., 1766, p. 521. Day, Fish of India, pl.
xe hie. }. (Flying Fish.)
Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf.
Distribution—Seas of temperate and tropical zones
{Giinther).

264

Family, ATHERINIDA.
Genus, ATHERINA, Linn. ine).
75. Atherina pinguis, Lacep, Giinth.
Cat. Fish., i., p: 399:
South Agnsiealiem coast.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia.

76. Atherina interioris (M.5.), Zietz.
Proc. Roy—Soc., S.A. (Description to follow.)
Found in the overflow of the artesian water of Coward
and Strangways Springs, Central Australia.

Genus, ATHERINICHTHYS, Bleek.
77. Atherinichthys picta, Cast.
Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., vol.i., p. 187.
South Australia: Patawalonga Creek, Saltwater Lake
near Robe, Lake Alexandrina.
Distribution—Victoria, South Australia.

78. Atherinichthys cephalotes, Cast.
Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., vol. 1., p. 187.
Thistle Island, in Spencer Gulf.
Distribution—South Australia, Victoria.

Genus, Ruomparractus, Gill. (1894).

79. Rhombatractus winneckei, Zietz.
Report Horn Scientific Expedition, p. 179, fig. 3.
River Finke, Central Australia.

80. Rhombatractus tatei, Zietz.
Report Horn Scientific Expedition, p. 178, fig. 2.
River Finke, Central Australia.

Genus, NEoTHERINA, Cast.
81. Neoatherina australis, Cast.
Res. Fish, Aust., p. 31, 1875.

Freshwater Lake, near Robe, south-east of South Aus-
tralia.

Family, MUGILIDA.
Genus, Muein, Linn. (1758).
82. Mugil peronii, Cuv. and Val.

Hist. Nat., Poiss., xi., 1836, p. 138. Ogilby, Edible Fish,
INS: WW. pape exon Stead, Hdible Fish, N.S.W., pl. xii. (Flat-
tailed or Jumping Mullet.)

South Australian coast.

255

Distribution—Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria,
South Australia.

Genus, Aconostoma, Benn. (1830).

83. Agonostoma forsteri, Cuv. and Val.

Hist. Nat., Poiss., xi., 1836, 141. Voy. Ereb. and Terr.,
pl. xxvi., figs. ind, (Fresh-water Mullet. )

Lower Murray, South Australia. —

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Western Australia,) Tasmania.

Genus, Myxus, Giinth. (1861).

84. Myxus elongatus, Giinth.

Cat. Fish, i., p. 466. Her, Voy. Novara. Fish. p.
230. Macleay, Proc.’ linn. Soc.; N.S.W:, iv., p. 426. (Sand
Mullet.)

South Australian ae

Distribution—Queensland, New South Wales, South
Australia, Victoria, Lord Howe Island.

Family, SPHYRANIDAs.
Genus, SpHyr@na, Bl. Schn. (1801).

85. Sphyrzena nove-=-hollandiz, Giinth.
Cat. Fish, i1., 1860, p. 335. Ogilby, Edible Fish, N.S.W.,
pl. xxx. (Australian Pike.)
South Australian coast.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Western Australia.

86. Sphyrzena obtusata, Cuv. and Val.

Hist. Nat., Poiss., iii., 1829, p. 350. Giinth. Fische der Siidsee,
pl. cxix., fig. Bp. (Australian Bike.)

Only one specimen from ae St. Vincent.

Distribution—This species is known from the Pacific
Ocean, and has also been recorded from the coast of New
South Wales.

87. Sphyrzena mordax, Giinth.

Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist., 1872, vol. x., p. 183. Dino-
lestes, Mulleri, Klunz, Arch. f. Nature., 1872, > OR), tel, 8
Noesphyrzena multiradiata, Cast., Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., i.,
p. 96.

South Australian coast, 14 fathoms depth; 1 specimen
(Mr. Alf. Searcy) ; a second specimen received from Mr. Ed.
Daw.

; (1) In Western Australia this fish is called “Pilchard. »? See
list of the fishes of Western Australia, published in 1902, by B.
H. Woodward.

266

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vie-
toria.
Sub-order, AVACANTAIN!.
Family, MACRURID i.
Genus, CoRYPHENOIDES.

‘88. Coryphzenoides denticularis, Rich.
Ereb. and Terr., pl. lii., figs. 1-3.
This species has been recorded from South Australia.

Family, GADIDZ.
Genus, Loretta, Kaup. (1858).

89. Lotella callarias, Giinth.

Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist. (8), xi., 1863, p. 116. McCoy,.
Prod. Zool., Vict., dec. ii. 5 ill E<ibe. (Beardy.)

Gulf St. Vincent.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-

toria, Tasmania.
Genus, PHysicuLus, Kaup. (1858).

90. Physiculus barbatus, Giinth.

Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist. (8), xi., 1863, 116. ay
Prod. Zool., Vict., dec, ss fDllo Ses (Victorian cece

South Australian coast.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Tasmania.

91. Physiculus bachus, Forst.

In Bl. Schn. Syst, Ichthy, 1801, p. 58. Rich., Voy., Hreb.
and Terr., pl. xxxvii., figs. 1- 2, (Red God.)

Only a single specimen from Gulf St. Vincent.

Distribution—New Zealand, New South Wales, South.
Australia. .

Sub-order, ACANTHOPTERYGII.
Division, PERCIFORMES.
Family, BERYCIDA.
Genus, Brryx, Cuv. (1829).
92. Beryx affinis, Ginth.

Cat. Fish, aD 1859, p. 18. Hutton, Ann. and Mag., Nat..
Bnet tsi, xix. 341, Giinth., Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist. View
vol. i., xxvi. ; on Ante Fishes of the Gen. Beryx, 1888. -

South Australian coast.

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Tas--
mania, and probably New Zealand.

267

93. Beryx gerrardi, Ginth.

Ann. and Mag., Nat Hist., vi., vol. i., xxvi.,on Austr. Fishes
of the Gen. Beryx, 1888.

South Australian coast.

94. Beryx lineatus, Cuy. and Val.

Cuv. and Val., iii., 226. Giinth., Fish, i., p. 138 (Beryz
miillert, Klunz). S.B Ne Wiss. Wien (1880), Ixxx. ., p. 359, taf.
jii., fig. 1. Ann and Mag., Nat. Hist., vi., vol. i., xxvi., on
Austr. Fishes of the Gen. BRekys. 1888.

Gulf St. Vincent.

Distribution—King George Sound, South Australia.
(Giinther).

Family, PEMPHERID.

Genus, PEMPHERTS, Cuv. (1829).

95. Pempheris compressus, Shaw.
In White’s Voy., N.S.W., 1790, p. 267, fig. 2. (Bullseye.)

One specimen 2 in. long, Gulf St. Vincent.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia.

96. Pempheris, sp.

Gulf St. Vincent.

Two dried specimens, which were given to me by the
late Mr. Jagoe, of the Semaphore, differ in many details
from P. macrolepis, of which Waite gives an excellent plate
in the Memoir iv., Austral. Mus., in the Report on the
Trawling Exped. H.M.C.S. “Thetis.” In our specimens the
body is not so much elevated in the front, as shown in the
plate, the scales being smaller, and the rays of the dorsal
fin number only 2-10. The pectorals touch the first rays of
the anal. The ventrals do not reach the latter, but leave a
space between, about the length equal to the diameter of
the eye. The abdominal opening is situated halfway be-
tween them. This could be an undescribed species.

Family, KYPHOSIDA.
Genus, Kypuosus (Lacép.) (1802), Cuv., Régne.
97. Kyphosus sydneanus, Ginth.

Anim.. Ann. and Mag... Nat. Hist. (5), xvii.. 1886, p. 368.
Ogilby, Edible Fish, N.S.W., Olay aval

Gulf St. Vincent Alors Dr. Wylde).
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia.

268

Family, NANDIDA.
Genus, RupprLia, Cast.
98. Ruppelia prolongata, Cast.

Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., ii., p. 51, 1873. Res. Fish, Austr.,.

SPRY
Gulf St. Vincent.

Distribution—South Australia, Port Phillip (Victoria) ;.

type locality; Fremantle (Western Australia) (Cast.).

Family, SERRANID.
Genus, PERCALATES, Ramsay and Ogilby.
Proc: tin Soc., NS: We @)) Assi, iis pa ts2s
99. Percalates colonorum, Ginth.

Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist. (8), 1863, xi., p. 114. Cast., Proce..

Zool. Soc., Vict., dec. ii., pl. xiv. Macleay, Cat. Austr. Fish,

log. (Oo. t4o "Ten. -Woods, Fisher, N.S.W., p. 31, pl. 1. Johnston, .
Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., 1882, pp. 59, 110. Stead, Hdible Fish,.

N.S.W., p. 53, pl. xxii. Lietz, Fish, Lower Murray, Trans. Roy.
Soc., S.A., 1902.

Lower Murray, River Glenelg (S.E.), etc.

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-

toria, Western Australia, Tasmania.

Genus, PLECTROPLITES, Gill. (1863).
100. Plectroplites ambiguus, Rich.

Ereb. and Terr., 1845, p. 25, pl. xix. McCoy, Prod. Zool...
Wiet-;, dec ix., pi: lxxxiy. Stead, Edible Fish, N.S. Wee op: 55,.
pl. xxiii. Zietz, Fish, Lower Murray, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A...

1902. (Golden Perch.)
South Australia: River Murray.
Distribution—Mary River (Queensland), abundant in alli
the rivers and lagoons connected with the Murray River.
Genus, OLicorus, Giinth. (1859).

101. Oligorus macquariensis, Cuv. and Val.

Hist. Nat., Poiss.. iii., 1829, p. 58. McCoy, Prod. Zool..,-
Vict., dec. ix. , pls. Iixxxv. and Ixxxvi. Zietz, Fish, Lower Mur--

ray, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1902.
South Australia: River Murray (Murray Cod).

Distribution— ‘Queensland, New South Wales, South:

Australia, Victoria.
Genus, CoLPoGNANTHUS, Klunz.

102. Colpognathus dentex, Cuy. and Val.
Sitzb., Ak. Wien, Ixxx., i., 1880, p. 339. Giimth., Cat., i., p.

160. Rich. , Voy. Ereb. and Terr. Pipl ei , figs. 3-5. (Sea Perch.)

South “hangimalien coast.
Distribution—South Australia, Western Australian
coast (King George Sound).

269

Genus, GitBervia, Jord. and Higenm.

“ 103. Gilbertia nigrorubrum, Cuv. and Val.

Hist. Nat., Poiss., ii., 1828. Quoy and Gaim., Voy. Astro-
lobe, pl. iv., fig. 1. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., vili., _ 1890, p. 346.

South Luagalian coast.

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia,
Western Australia (King George Sound).

Genus, C@SIOPERCA, Cast.

104. Czesioperca rasor, Rich.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 18389, p. 95. Trans. Zool. Soc., 1849, p. ee
Tle Tie, kere ale Giinth., Cate ps oss. brocy Zool: Soe., Wiee a ae
1872, p. 49.

South Australian coast (Barber).

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Tasmania.

105. Czsioperca extensa, Klunz.
Siizbe Ake \Wienixxxy 1. 1880, sp. 389, pl. i
Gulf St. Vincent (one specimen).
Distribution—Hobson Bay (Victoria), South Australia.

Genus, EHnopLosus, Lacép.
Hist., Poiss., iv., p. 541,.1802. Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat.,
Poiss., 11., p. 138, 1828.
106. Enoplosus armatus, Shaw.

In White’s Voy., N.S.W., 1790, 254, fig. 1. HaeeD Hist.,
Poiss., iv., p. 541. Cuv. and ee Hist. Nat., Poiss., D. 133;
ie KK Giinth. Cat. Wish, 1., 81. Macleay. Cat. nae Fish.

, p. 9. Ten.-Woods, F ishes, N. S.W., p. 32, pl. u. (Old Wife. )

South Australian coast.

Distribution—Bays and estuaries from Moreton Bay to
Melbourne (Ogilby).

Genus, Histioprerus, Temm. and Schleg. (1844).

107. Histiopterus labiosus, Giinth.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 658, pl. lix.
South Australia (W. Macleay).
Distribution—South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania.

108. Histiopterus recurvirostris, Rich.

Ree Hreb. and Ter., p. 34, pl. xxii. Castelnau, Zool. Soc.,
Vict., i., p. 109. (Boar Fish.)

South Australian coast.
Distribution—South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania.

270

NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART X.

By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C:S.
[Read June 1, 1909.]
PLATES XOX SAND KOI

Cyclostrema (Daronia) jaffaensis, n. sp.
Pl. xx., figs. 6 and 7.

Shell small, concentrically coiled. Whorls two, convex,
uniformly increasing. Suture distinct, impressed. Aperture
reniform ; only a thin glaze over the preceding whorl ; borders
simple, thin, at the sides concavely retrocurrent near
the suture, then convexly antecurrent, and in front barely
concave. Umbilicus very wide and perspective, showing all
the whorls; the sunken spire is similar, but not quite so deep
or steep. Both depressions are bounded by a minute angula-
tion or carinating cord, which winds round the whorl, gradu-
ally approaching the suture until it is lost in the depression
at the beginning of the penultimate whorl.

Dim.—Uargest diameter, 2 mm.; smallest, 16 mm.;
width of aperture, 1 mm.

Locality.—90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 good, dead.

Obs.—The genus is provisional. Daronia (A. Adams), a
planorbiform section, corresponds, but for the continuity of
its peristome.

Xenophora tatei, Harris.

AXenophora (Tugurium) tatet, Harris, Brit. Mus. Cat. Tert.
Moll., Austr., vol. i., 1897, p. 254, pl. vu., figs. 7a and 7b.

Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., ‘‘Thetis Results,’? 1908, p.
357. ‘‘A broken shell, 30 mm. in diameter, and apparently half-
grown; corresponds with actual fossil shells from Muddy Creek,
with which I have compared it.”’

Four were dredged dead in 15 to 20 fathoms in Petrel Bay,
St. Francis Island; 17° mm. in diameter, exclusive of accre-
tions. They were submitted to Mr. Hedley, who wrote :—
“For the purpose of this note I have again scrutinized both
a Muddy Creek fossil and the New South Wales series of
recent shells, and I see no difference.’ By courtesy of Mr.
Howchin I have compared it with the fossils in the Tate
Museum of the University of Adelaide. These are much
larger when full-grown, and show a comparatively larger
umbilicus and much more valid and very regular radial lire

/

271

on the base. But fossils of the same size as the recent shell
have quite similar weak, crinkled striations.

Turbonilla brevis, Pritchard and Gatliff.

Turbonilla brevis, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc.,
Vict., 1900, vol. xiii. (New Series), pt. 1, p. 185, pl. xxi., fig. 4.
Type locality—“O# Rhyl Ss: about four fathoms.’’

Taken in Gulf St. Vincent, depth not recorded, many
examples alive and dead.

Donovania fenestrata, Tate and May.
Pitrexttigs..S and 9:

Donovania Hes Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc.. S.
Austr., vol. xxiv., 1900, 94. Type locality—Bast coast of Tas-
mania OW. L. May); Tate ‘and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 372, pl. XXiv. , fig. 36

Dpenocd in 110 nee off Beacon. 10 examples; in
150 fathoms 1, and in 40 fathoms 1; in 130 fathoms off Cape
Jaffa 2, all dead (Dr. Verco); MacDonnell Bay nee 1
(Dr. Torr).

Obs.—The above specimens were identified by me from
examples sent by Mr. May, and later by him from his type.
I had already nad the figures drawn as for a new species of
Trophon. The spiral lire may be three, four, or five in
different shells. The colour may be wholly translucent glist-
ening white; or wholly light-brown, with a white protoconch ;
or cream-coloured, faintly tinted brown over the base. The
dimensions may be—Length, 12 mm.; width, 29 mm.
Length of body-whorl, 3°7 mm., just half as large again as
the type.

Cominella torri, n. sp. Pl. xxi, figs. 10 and 11.

Shell large, solid, elongate-oval, of six whorls. Proto-
conch absent. Sutures distinct, broadly, flatly margined.
Whorls convex, roundly shouldered above the middle. Body-
whorl longer than the spire, base contracted. Aperture
obliquely axially narrowly elliptical, with a moderate oblique
sinistral open canal, somewhat recurved and notched ; a nar-
row gutter at the suture, which slightly ascends. Outer lip
simple, thin, rather effuse from its centre to the notch. Inner
lip well marked, callous, smooth, and polished, complete
from above the posterior gutter nearly to the notch, some-
what spreading, thickest about the columella; this is straight,
obtusely roundly angled at its junction with the canal.

Sculpture: broad, round axial ribs, wider than the
spaces, most prominent at the shoulder, not affecting the

272

sutural margin, nearly vanishing at the periphery of the
body-whorl. Four spiral equidistant narrow cords on the
spire whorls; seventeen on the body-whor! ; the front six be-
low the periphery being the largest. Interstices with four
to seven slightly crinkled threadlets.

Inside the aperture, at the anterior end of the colum-
ella, just above the canal, are two spiral threads, very dis-
tinct in broken shells.

The colour in the spire, from the shoulder to the lower
suture, is a beautiful pinkish-salmon tint, fading towards
the summits of the coste. On the body-whorl this colour-
ation ceases abruptly at the periphery, with a spiral line of
small deep-brown articulated spots, which similarly orna-
ment all the cords on the base. Short, wavy axial reddish-
brown lines and flames crowd along the margined suture;
and axial zig-zag dark-brown lines, rather more numerous
than the costz, cross the broad band on the body-whorl.

Dim.—Length, 41 mm.; breadth, 19 mm.; length of
body-whorl, 29 mm. Another specimen, if whole, would be
60 mm. long and 28 mm. broad.

Locality.—St. Francis Island, 16 dead shells and frag-
ments. No living or perfect example was obtained. It must
be a large and beautiful shell. The two columellar plaits
suggest Peristernia, but I have placed it provisionally in
Vominella. .

Typhis bivaricata, n. sp. Pl. xxi, tigs. 1 and 2.

Shell imperforate, elongate-oval, rather thin; white,
tinged with brown below the suture and the periphery.
Whorls six, including a protoconch of nearly two smooth in-
flated turns. Spire-whorls, each bears four projecting tubes
with a rounded aperture; between these are double varices,
the more prominent leaf midway between the tubes, the
other just behind a tube; each leaf is flexuous and triden-
tate, and ends behind in a hollow-pointed recurved spine.
Body-whorl nearly as long as the spire, narrowed at the
base, from which project the ends of three canals, towards
each of which the two leaves of a varix converge to unite.
Aperture roundly-oval, small, entire, peristome projecting,
detached, simple, and sharp. Canal completely closed from
the aperture to its end, wide, slightly oblique to the left,
recurved. Tube long, round, curved.

Dim.—Length, 5°55 mm.; spire, 28 mm.; body-whorl,
27 mm.; tube, 2°1 mm.; breadth, 2.6 mm.

Locality.—20 examples dead in 104 fathoms, 35 miles
south-west of Neptune Islands.

273

DMiagnosis.—It differs from /'. yates’, Crosse, in being
smaller, and in its double varices, which contain fewer and
differently-shaped denticulations.

Trophon rudolphi, Brazier.

Peristernia rudolphi, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, vol. ix., series 2, 1894, p. 166, pl. xiv., fig. 1. Type locality
—Port Jackson.

Trophon rudolphi, Brazier, Hedley, and May, Records of
Austr. Mus., vol. vil. , No. 2, 1908, p. 112, from 100 fathoms. Cape
Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, five good speci-
mens.

Trophon simplex, Hedley.

Trophon simplex, Hedley, Memoirs Australian Mus.. vol. iv.
pt. 6, 1903, p. 380, fig. 938. Type locality—Off Port Kembla,
New South ‘Wales, in 63 to 75 fathoms.

Dredged in 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west of Neptune
Islands, thirteen examples; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 20
examples. Identified by Mr. Hedley from his type.

Trophon longior, n. sp. Pl. xx1., figs. 5 and 6.

Shell solid, narrowly fusiform, of seven whorls. Proto-
conch of two and a half whorls, smoothly granular, ending
by a distinct scar; first whorl with two carine, of which the
highest continues as a sharp-corded angulation through the
embryonic whorls, the lower fades out on the first whorl.
Sutures distinct, barely margined. Whorls convex. Aper-
ture obliquely oval; canal nearly as long as the aperture,
directed obliquely to the left, concave to the right, slightly
recurved. Outer lip thin, simple. Inner lip thin, erect an-
teriorly. Columella concave, obtusely roundly angled at its
junction with the canal. Sculpture bold; axial costze eleven
in the penultimate, rather wider than the interspaces, round,
extending from the suture which they undulate to the canal,
whose varix they scale; spirals, four in the penultimate,
three in the earlier whorls, nine in the body-whorl,
round, crossing the axials. Colour white, just tinted with
brown ; deeply scorched spirally on the axial cost near the
suture, and in the body-whorl just below the periphery.

Dim. —Length, 64 mm.; width, 27 mm.; aperture, 1°5
mm.

Locality.—Type in 40 fathoms off Beachport, with one
other example, good, but dead.

Diagnosis.—It resembles Trophon rudolphi, Brazier
(taken by me and kindly identified by Mr. C. Hedley), in
its striking protoconch, but is longer and narrower, and

|
os
a

274

has its axials and spirals not so broad and close-set. It may
be only a variant, in which case its specific name will indi-
cate its difference from the typical form.

Trophon fatior, n. sp. Pl. xxi., figs. 3 and 4.

Shell solid, ovately fusiform, of seven whorls. Proto-
conch of two and a half whorls, smooth, convex, ending
abruptly, apex exsert. Whorls convex, the first round, the
others sharply angulate above the centre. Body-whorl
roundly angled at the periphery, very contracted at the base.
Aperture obliquely axially oval. Canal moderate, oblique
to the left, slightly concave to the right, recurved, open.
Outer lip thin, simple; inner lip only a glaze. Columella
nearly straight, scarcely angled at junction with the canal.
Sculpture bold; axial coste, ten in the penultimate, high,
compressed, rounded, narrower than the interspaces, ex-
tending from the suture to the varix of the canal. Spirals.
three, the largest on the shoulder, the smallest between it
and the upper suture, crossing the coste; nine in the body-
whorl. Colour horn-tinted, with a white spiral line at the
angle, and a broad, brown band below the periphery, dot-
ting the spire whorls in the spaces above the suture and fad-
ing out anteriorly. The most anterior spiral on the varix
of the canal articulated brown, the one above it wholly white..

Dim.—Length, 72 mm.; of body-whorl, 47 mm. ;
width, 39 mm.

Locality.—Type in 40 fathoms off Beachport, with two
other fresh specimens, all dead.

Obs.—One example is not quite so wide as the type.
Its affinity is with 7. colwmnarius, Hedley and May, but is.
shorter and wider (whence its name) and has not its axial
foliations.

Voluta fulgetrum, Sowerby, rar. dictua, var. noy.
PAS sexes (e

Voluta fulgetrum, Sowerby, Catalogue of Shells in the Col-
lection of the Harl of Tankerville, 1825; Appendix, p. 28, No.
2149, pls. iv. and v.

This variety is of the same shape and size as individuals.
with typical colouration. It is covered with a fine network
of a light yellowish-brown tint, formed by close-set axial
lines of small transverse arrowhead and reticulate markings,
not unlike those of Voluta exoptanda, Sowerby. At the:
suture in the body-whorl these lines end as small blotches
of deeper colour, producing a flamed articulation; and in:

275

the spire-whorls, just above the suture, are distant, trans-
verse, oblong spots, about six in a whorl.

Taken in lobster-pots off Granite Island, Port Victor,
three examples.

Philine columnaria, Hedley and May. -

Philine columnaria, Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus.,
vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 123, pl. xxiv., figs. 25. 26. Type locality
—100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged dead, in poor condition off Beachport in 40
fathoms, 1; in 100 fathoms, 2; in 110 fathoms, 5; in 200
fathoms, 6; off Cape Jaffa in 130 fathoms, 3. It was iden-
tified by Mr. Hedley from type.

Some specimens show two spiral bands, one about the
middle of the shell, the other about halfway between this
and the apex, less opaque than the rest of the shell, and
are sometimes constricted along these lines and swollen be-
tween. Mr. Hedley says the Cape Pillar individuals showed
the same variation.

Philine beachportensis, n. sp. Pl. xx., figs. 1, 2, and 3.

Shell milk-white, ovate. Apex sunken. Vertex with
a triangular callus projecting from the inner hp; from the
apex of the callus a lamina borders the back of the aper-
ture, and a second runs round the middle of the apical pit
to the outer lip, the two enclosing a gutter narrowing out-
wardly.

Aperture wide in front, narrow behind, with a narrow
posterior sinus. Outer lip simple, thin, straightly-convex in
profile; basal lip uniformly curved ; columella concave : inner
lip with a defined, well-spread glaze, ending behind in the
callus.

Sculpture.—Crowded, flat, spiral lire, separated by in-
cisions, widest in the central half, more crowded towards
the base, most crowded in the posterior fourth. Very crowd-
ed, fine accremental striz cross the spirals and distinctly
punctate the incisions. ;

Dim.—Length, 182 mm.; breadth, 81 mm.

Locality.—Type in 200 fathoms off Beachport, with 8
smaller ; 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 16; 300 fathoms, 5, all
dead.

Philine evoluta, n. sp. Pl. xx., figs. 8 and 9.

Shell small, thin, milky-white, short, subquadrate. Ver-
tex very little narrowed, not umbilicated, showing three-quar-
ters of a whorl. Surface flatly convex.

Aperture very wide, widely sinused above. Outer lip

276

thin, produced in a roundly-angular lobe above the vertex.
Columella deeply and uniformly concave. Inner lip a mod-
erately wide glaze. A minute rimate umbilicus.
Sculpture.—Numerous, flat, low spiral lire, about one-
third the width of their interspaces: at the vertex obsolete,

in the middle more crowded. Subdistant accremental striz:

and undulations.
Dim.—Length, 4°33 mm.; breadth, 3°55 mm.
Locality.—In 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 dead.

Aglaja troubridgensis, n. sp. Pl. xx., figs. 4 and 5.

Shell about two and a half whorls, detached; depressed
conic ; apex somewhat lower than the rest; inner margin not
uniformly curved, thick, opaque white to an irregular depth
varying from 2 to 4 mm.; outer part thin, translucent, with
a membranous edge; surface irregularly corrugated by ob-
liquely retrocurrent folds, which roughen the inner margin.
Internally somewhat rugose.

Dim.—Greatest diameter, 21 mm.; smallest, 15 mm. ;
height, 21 mm.

Locality.—Troubridge Island, among the rocks. Ani-
mals collected by Miss Fraser. Shells only preserved.

Obs.—Whether an Aglaja or a Navanax, an examina-
tion of the animal will decide. I have adopted Renier’s gen-
eric name instead of the Doridium of Meckel, following
Tryon.

277

NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART XI.

By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.).
[Read October 5, 1909.]
Puates XXTL., XXIDI., anp Parr XXVI.

My paper deals with the genus 7riphora. I have
adopted this name, in accordance with the conclusion ar-
rived at by Mr. Hedley as to Blainville’s priority of publi-
cation.

Hitherto only four species have been recorded for South
Australia, which furnished the type specimens of them all—
auz., T. angast, T. festiva, T. pfeifferr, all of Crosse and
Fischer, and 7. scitula, A. Adams.- Several others were
known to occur here, but their identification was difficult..
Mr. Hedley, in a valuable contribution to the Proc. Linn.
Soc. of New South Wales, 1903 (1902), on the Triphoridz
of that State, cleared away much of the obscurity which had
enveloped some already described species from Port Jackson,,
and added several new ones to the list. Specimens of nearly
all-these, kindly supplied by him, have aided considerably
in unravelling the tangle of our South Australian forms. Six
of his eight novelties are represented here, and four of the
six species described by other authors. The task has been
difficult, even with this clearance. A very large number of
shells, collected during several years’ dredging, furnished
not only many species, but a most perplexing number and
series of variants in nearly every species; and what with
macromorphs and micromorphs, juveniles and adults, nar-
row and obese forms, differences in relative size of pearl rows,
validity and invalidity of the sutural thread, rolled,
bleached, or fresh shells, typical and atypical colouration,
accurate specific determination at times seemed unattainable.
Even now it is impossible absolutely to decide whether some:
of my enumerated varieties are not distinct species, and some:
of my newly-named species may not prove eventually to be:
only variants. Of the four species enumerated in Adcock’s:
“Handlist of Aquatic Mollusca of South Australia,” 1893,
one has been omitted, wz., 7. scrtulus, A. Adams. It was
described from a Port Lincoln shell, but -has not been re-°
cognized. A shell which in some respects conforms to the
description has been dredged, but I refrain at present from
so naming it. To the remaining three species we have been

278

able to add nine more from other authors, and ten new forms
now described, bringing the total to 22 species, with 4 varie-
ties. Two dextral shells are very interesting, as are also
three subulate species, all from comparatively deep water.

Triphora dexia, n. sp. Pl. xxii, figs. 6 to 10.

Shell dextral, elongate conical in the earlier half, cylin-
drical in the later; of 15 whorls, including the protoconch.
This has two and a half turns, its whorls short and swollen
convex, with axial coste, valid; 12 in the first whorl, 17 in
the second ; the apex is a tiny smooth hemisphere lying hori-
zontally. Spire-whorls not convex, suture distinct, impressed.
The body-whorl has three openings—one a bent tube formed
by the closure of the anterior canal; the second a bent tube
formed by the closure of the posterior canal, and project-
ing just below the suture; the third by the aperture which
is complete, round, much produced into a wide tube, some-
what effuse at its opening, and with a slightly irregular
border.

Sculpture.—In the upper whorls is a central prominent
round rather rugged spiral rib, a second smaller spiral lies
immediately below the suture, and a third is just visible
immediately above the suture. As the shell grows the lowest
rib gradually enlarges until in the last whorl it equals the
central rib. This rib, at first central, gradually moves lower
and approximates the third rib. Axial ribs, 16 in the penul-
timate, one-fourth the thickness of their interspaces and
somewhat obliquely antecurrent, extend between the sutures,
validly tuberculating the central spiral and but slightly the
sutural ones. A scar runs from a slight notch near the
centre of the ventral border of the apertural opening to the
extremity of the anterior tube, and another from near the
centre of the dorsal border of the aperture to the end of the
posterior tube, indicating the lines along which union bhe-
tween the two sides of the aperture has been effected. The
base is flatly concave with the anterior tube projecting in
its centre, is radially engraved with curved lines, and is sur-
rounded by a nodular pad formed by the exaggerated lowest
spiral, which with its fellow then runs between the two closed
canals, and fades out on the dorsum of the apertural tube.
The upper spiral vanishes at the base of the posterior tube.

Dim.—Length, 75 mm., including the anterior tube of
O07 mm.; width, 16 mm., excluding the apertural tube of
0°6 mm. Diameter of apertural tube, 11 mm., including its
reflected expansion.

Variations.—The adult mouth may form in a sheil with

279

only 11 whorls and 43 mm. long, or in 1 with 17 whorls
and 79 mm. long.

Locality.—Type from 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, with
56 others in good condition and about 90 poor; also in 62
fathoms, 2 poor; also off Beachport in 40 fathoms, 2 good ;
in 110 fathoms, 4 good and 5 moderate; in 300 fathoms, 3
poor; off Cape Jaffa in 130 fathoms, 2 moderate; in 300
fathoms, 1 poor. Its habitat would therefore appear to be:
in 50 fathoms, extending up to 40 and down to 110.

Obs.— Although this shell is dextral it has been placed in.
the genus Triphora, because it has the three apertures in
its body-whorl. But for this it would have been called a
Cerithiopsis, and if immature it would have been placed in
this genus. In the Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool. of Harvard
Coll., vol. xviii., “Blake” Dredging, xxix., Report on the
Mollusea, 1889, part 2, p. 242, W. H. Dall writes: —“There-
are probably,” in Triforis, “some dextral forms, though such
are apt to be referred to Cerithiopsis.”” This suggestion is:
the justification for calling my new species a Triphora. Sub-
sequent examination of the animal may settle its final gen-
eric location.

Triphora epallaxa, n. sp. Pl. xxii, fig. 1.

Shell dextral, elongate-conical in the earlier half, cylin-
drical in the later. Protoconch absent. Suture indistinct,
minutely appressed. Whorls 18, flat, with two spiral rows
of tubercles, axially alternating, much larger in the lower
row ; with a faint spiral cord joining the tubercles. The last
whorl has its aperture round, projecting as a free tube, with
a thin expanded border, also two other tubes—one standing
out from the centre of the base, the other immediately below
the suture of the penultimate whorl. The base is flatly con-
vex and is slightly margined by the lower row of tubercles,
which then passes between the two tubes and fades out on
the dorsum of the projecting trumpet-shaped apertural tube.
The upper row of tubercles ends at the base of posterior tube.

Dim.—ULength, 79 mm.; width, 1°77 mm. ; including the
projecting aperture, 2 mm.

Locality.—130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 dead.

Diagnosis.—\t resembles T. dexia in being dextral, in
its general shape, and in having three well-formed tubes, but
is plainly distinguished by the two rows of alternating
tubercles.

Triphora subula, n. sp. Pl. xxiii., figs. 5 and 6.

Shell sinistral, elongate-subulate-pyramidal. Protoconch
of 34 turns; the first has two high, narrow, smooth, rounded

a
‘ *
en

280

keels joining at the apex to form a tongue; the second whorl
shows the beginning of a third keel, infrasutural, and dis-
tinctly smaller; the interspaces are concave and microscopi-
cally axially striate. Spire-whorls 20, with three spiral ribs ;
one immediately beneath the suture is the narrowest, flat
on its posterior surface and nearer the middle one than is
the lowest ; about one-half the width of the interspaces ; nod-
ular, especially the central rib; nodules transversely elon-
gate, fully twice as long as broad, joined in the interspaces
by oblique, low, very broad, rounded axial coste, much
wider than their interspaces; faint microscopic accremental
strie. The last 6 whorls have a supra-sutural smooth thin
ledge. Aperture broken. Colour uniformly light-horn tint;
the posterior spiral distinctly darker. _

Dim.—Length, 12 mm. (probably 14 when _ perfect) ;
breadth, 16 mm.

Locality.—Type Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded,
with 2 other examples; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 dead.

One of the co-types shows two smooth spirals on the
base, a nearly oblong mouth, and an anterior canal, curved
to the left, reflected and notched.

Triphora spina, n. sp. Pl. xxii, figs. 2, 5, and 4.

Shell sinistral, elongate-subulate-pyramidal. Protoconch
of 4 turns, apex prominent and tongue-like, whorls smooth,
centrally boldly angled, concave between the median angu-
lations. Suture linear. Spire-whorls 17, with four ribs;
the largest is the continuation of the nuclear angulation ;
above this is a much smaller infra-sutural rib, below it the
‘shell wall seems thinner and less opaque; then comes a bold
rib, and close below it a supra-sutural rib. They are slightly
tuberculate with low transverse nodules, united by low broad
oblique axial coste, most marked between the upper two
ribs, but connecting the upper three; the supra-marginal
rib is smooth, and wedged in between the two adjacent ribs.
Aperture roundly rhomboidal; outer lip crenulated by the
spirals, antecurrent into a spur towards the front; canal
nearly closed at this point, curved to the left, and reflected ;
back of the aperture pinched at the suture, but no sutural
notch. Base smooth, with one spiral. Colour, light-amber
tint.

Dim.—Length, 12°4 mm.; width, 1:9 mm.

Locolty.—Type, 110 fathoms off Beachport, with 2
others perfect and 11 broken, in 150 fathoms 6 moderate,
and in 200 fathoms 3 poor; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 7
‘perfect and 14 broken, and in 130 fathoms 3 broken.

281

It differs from 7. swhula in its unicarinate protoconch,,
and in having the 4 ribs throughout.

Triphora spica, nu. sp. Pl. xxii, tig. 1.

Shell solid, long, narrow, upper third elongate-conical,.
the rest nearly cylindrical. Protoconch of 5 whorls, con-
vex, with two central closely approximate spiral threads and.
numerous axial bars. Spire-whorls 17, the first three with
two nodulate spiral ribs, and an. infra- sutural small, smooth:
cord. In the fourth whorl this becomes nodulate ; and get-
ting thicker equals the other spirals in the sixth whorl. Be-
tween the twelfth and thirteenth whorls a supra-sutural thin
threadlet appears and gradually enlarges and grows sub-
nodular. The nodules in a spiral row on the penultimate
are 17, transversely elliptical, and are joined spirally by a.
bar about one-third of their width, and vertically by obso-
lete bars nearly their own width. The body-whorl has three
spiral ribs, a subnodulated peripheral riblet, a dis-
tinct smooth, stout, basal spiral, and an obsolete one at.
the base of the canal. The lp is broken. Colour, hght-
brown, with axial streaks of darker-brown from suture to
suture; sometimes these happen to be continuous over two
or more whorls, sometimes not; the protoconch is of darker
brown.

Dim.—Length, 97 mm.; breadth, 1555 mm.; length of
protoconch, 55 mm.

Locality.—Type, 40 fathoms off Beachport, with 4
others; 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 10 good, many poor;
62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 poor; Gulf St. Vincent, under
25 fathoms, 7 poor. The habitat would appear to be in 40
to 50 fathoms.

Diagnosis.—From T. kesteveni, Hedley, it differs in its
nodulated spirals and in its colour.

Triphora angasi, Crosse and Fischer.

Triphoris angasi, Crosse and Fischer, Jour. de Conch., 1865,
. 46, pl. i., figs. 12 and 13. Type locality—Gulf St. Vincent,

South Australia. Hutton, 1880, Manual New Zealand Mboll.,
1880, p. 75, Stewart Island, 30 fathoms.

Triforis, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales,
TOI vols -xxvil. peo: Tasmania (Miss Lodder) ; Pritchard and
Gatliff. Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1902, vol. xiv. (N.S.), part 2,.
p. 86, Victorian coast.

Triphora, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1902,
vol. xxvili., p. 610, Sydney Harbour.

ieee on the beach at Yankalilla, Gulf St. Vincent,
Scales Bay, and St. Francis Island in che Great Auselian

282

Bight. Dredged in 6 fathoms, and in 15 fathoms off St.
Francis Island in poor condition; in 20 fathoms, Gulf St.
Vincent and Investigator Strait, few, mostly dead; in 25
fathoms, Spencer Gulf, 1 moderate; in 40 fathoms off Beach-
port, 7 perfect and 19 good: in 55 fathoms, Cape Borda,
7 moderate; in 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 poor; in 110
fathoms off Beachport, 2 good, but somewhat decolourized.
It is not a common shell in our waters or on our beaches.
Angas, in Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1865, p. 172, gave its
station as “deep water,” Gulf St. Vincent. This would mean
something less than 25 fathoms. It is found perfect as deep
as 40 fathoms and moderately good up to 55 fathoms, but
beyond that poor.

Hedley says, /oc. cit.:—“‘No specimens examined afford-
ed an opportunity for describing the protoconch.” JI may
add, therefore, that it is elongate and pointed of 44 whorls,
which are convex, and have near their middle two carine,
very close together, the lower of which enlarges and forms
the lower of the two pearl rows in the first spire-whorl; the
upper carina rather later deflects rather abruptly upwards
and forms the upper row. The protoconch is axially closely
lirate. The shell when adult may vary from 81 mm. to
4°1, and may when of equal length vary distinctly in obes-
ity, and also in the reundness of ‘the lower part of the body-
whorl.

Trifora angasi, Crosse and Fischer, rar. leuca, n. var.

This shell is usually longer and narrower than the ave-
rage typical shell, is less rounded in the body-whorl, and
has the sutural furrow rather more distinct, but in all these
respects both the type and the variety vary. It is not a dead
and bleached shell, but is taken quite white in a perfectly
fresh condition. But some few specimens are uniformly very
faintly brown, some have only the base slightly brown, some
are just tinted brown over a greater or smaller vertical ex-
tent of the spire, or over the centre of the whorl for one or
two turns, proving it probably only a variety.

It is taken perfect on the beach at St. Francis Island
and Scales Bay on the West Coast; in 6, 15 to 20, and 35
fathoms off St. Francis Island, 14 fathoms off Ardrossan, 20
fathoms Investigator Strait, 45 fathoms off the Neptunes,
55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 40 and 110 fathoms off Cape
Borda; while in poor condition it is found in 130 fathoms
off Cape Jaffa, and in 150 fathoms off Beachport. My dredg-
ings have-yielded more good specimens of this variety, and
to a greater depth, than of the typical Mf. angasi, Crs. and
Fischer.

4

Pre see
a

283

Triphora innotabilis, Hedley.

Triphora innotabilis, Hedley, Proc. Linn. .Soc., New Couth
Wales, 1903 (1902), part 4p. G08, pl. xxxil., figs. 23, 24, 25.
Type locality—Sydney Harbour.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, (?) depth, 10 good, 4 mod-
erate; in 22 fathoms, Investigator Strait, 2 perfect and
fresh ; in 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 perfect. Taken in
shell sand, Edithburgh and at Streaky Bay, good. Identi-
fied by Mr. Hedley from his type.

Triphora latilirata, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., fig. 1.

Shell sinistral, solid, elongate-conic. . Protoconch of 5
whorls, smooth and round. Spire-whorls 13, flat, sloping;
suture rather wider than the spaces between the spiral ribs.
Spirals 3, flat, wide, nearly smooth on the surface; inter-
stices narrow, punctated by close-set axial incisions, which
also cut the sides of the lire. Body-whorl rhomboidal, with
three spiral ribs, towards the aperture the interspaces are
occupied each by a short, rapidly-widening spiral; the axial
incisions are more distinct towards the aperture. Base con-
vex with a peripheral spiral, rounded, smooth keel, and a
second more anterior, punctated between. Aperture roundly
quadrate; outer lip sloping, straight, ascending at the suture
and pinched into a tiny sinus, anteriorly circular and effuse ;
in profile straight, minutely retrocurrent at the suture, ob-
liquely very slightly antecurrent anteriorly. Canal _ well
marked, nearly closed, especially at the junction with the
aperture, markedly recurved. Inner lip distinct, slightly
erect. Colour, white.

Dim.—WLength, 105 mm.; breadth, 2°5 mm.

Locality.—Type, Gulf St. Vincent, (2?) depth, with 23
others moderate: in 15 to 20 fathoms off St. Francis Island,
1 moderate: in 24 fathoms off Newland Head, 1 moderate;
in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 good.

Variations.—In the shell from 55 fathoms, in the ante-
penultimate whorl an interstitial thread arises between the
middle and anterior spirals, and becomes a definite though
small lira. In some large shells a thin sutural lamina is
seen between the later whorls. A large broken specimen
would measure 15 mm. if complete. In one individual the
posterior spiral lira throughout the shell is tinged brown.

Triphora armillata, n, sp. Pl. xxii, fig. 5
Shell solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch of 4 whorls, con-
vex, centrally carinate, the fourth with two approximate
carins: crowded fine axial bars, concave forward above the

284

carine, straight below. Spire-whorls twelve, sloping, th2
first four with two spiral rows of pearls; in the fifth a lira
appears between them, and becomes gradually as large as the
others; the tubercles are large, about twenty in a row in
the penultimate, joined by short bars transversely, and by
narrower axial bars directed obliquely forwards towards the
lower suture. Sutural spaces distinct, as wide as a pearl
row ; in the eighth a supra-sutural thread arises,»which grows
distinct and slightly tuberculate. Base flatly convex, with
the sutural lira, and two basal lire; the first with valid trans-
versely oval tubercles, joimed by very broad axial bands to
much lower tubercles in the second, and by vanishing bands
to the nearly smooth third lira. Aperture round, pinched
at the suture into a sinus, and with a short well recurved
canal in front; outer lip thin, simple, slightly reflected at
its margin, retrocurrent at the suture, crossing the colum-
ella in front and flattened out over the base of the canal, so
as to close it here. The outer lip has eight nodulous spirals
on its outer surface, viz., three as on the spire, the peripheral
and one basal, and three others intercalated on the body-
whorl. Colour, protoconch light-brown, shell white, but for
the fifth and sixth whorls which are dark-brown, so as to
form a sort of bracelet, whence the name.

Dim.—ULength, 79 mm.; breadth, 2°2 mm.

Locality.—Type, Guif St. Vincent, dredged in 20 fath-
oms, with many other good ones; also in 6 and in 16 to 20
fathoms off St. Francis Island, 9 good in each; in 22 fath-
oms, Investigator Strait, 2 good and 4 poor; in 22 fathoms,
outside Backstairs Passage, 3 poor; in 40 fathoms off Beach-
port, 2 moderate, 3 poor; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 4
poor. Also taken on the beach in Gulf St. Vincent, Venus
and Scales Bay, West Coast, and many and good on St.
Francis Island. It is a shallow-water species, ranging up to
about 40 fathoms.

Triphora cinerea, Hedley.

Triphora cinerea, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales
1903 (1902), part 4, p. 612, pl. xxxiii., figs. 836 and 37. Type
locality—Middle Harbour, Port Jackson. Pritchard and Gathff,
Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906 (1905), vol. xviii. (N.S.), part 2, p.
61, Victoria.

Dredged in 14 fathoms off Ardrossan, 3 moderate; in
Gulf St. Vincent, below 25 fathoms, 12 fresh, 32 moderate,
18 poor; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 9 perfect, 22 moder-
ate; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 9 good, 7 poor; in 62
fathoms, 1 moderate ; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 16 moder-
ate, immature, and 9 poor, broken; in 110 fathoms off Beach-
port, 3 moderate, broken; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1

Me oo
'
;

285

poor, broken ; in 300 fathoms, 5 fragments; and in 300 fath-
oms off Beachport, 1 poor. Taken on the beach at St. Francis
Island, 5 moderate.

Qbs.—This species flourishes in the medium depths, be-
ing not littoral, up to 50 fathoms, and then gets rare and
peor. One taken in Gulf St. Vincent is quite white, as is
one from Cowes, Victoria.

Triphora regina, Hedley.

Triphora regina, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales,
1903 (1902), part 4, p. 608. pl. xxxu., fig. 21. Type locality—
Balmoral Beach, Port Jackson.

Hedley’s unique type was “mutilated at each extremity,”
so I complete the description from a perfect specimen. It
has a brown, elongate five-whorled protoconch, whorls con-
vex, faintly unicarinate in their anterior third and axially
finely lirate. The aperture is circular, with a rather deep,
narrow posterior sinus. The inner lip is erect and solid, meet-
ing the edge of the basal hp, which does not cross it. Canal
nearly closed, reflected, notched. Jt appears to be a good
species.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, (?) depth, 1 poor: in 35
fathoms off St. Francis Island, 4 poor; in 40 fathoms off
Beachport, 1 perfect, 3 good: in 45 fathoms east of North
Neptunes, 1 poor: in 55 fathoms ‘off Cape Borda, 2 moderate ;
in 62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 1 poor: in 90
fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 perfect; in 110 fathoms off Beach-
port, 1 good; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 4 moderate: in
150 fathoms off Beachport, 4 moderate. Taken on the beach
at St. Francis Island, 6 moderate. This seems to be a deep-
water form.

Triphora albovittata, Hedley.

Triphora albovittata, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1902, part 4, p. 609, pl. xxxii., figs. 26, 27. Type locality
—Balmoral Beach, Port Jackson.

Dredged Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 1 perfect ;
in 35 fathoms, St. Francis Island, 1 poor; in 40 fathoms off
Beachport, 1 good; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 very
good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 good. Taken at St.
Francis Island on the beach, 3 perfect, 2 good.

Var. mamillata, var. nov.

Instead of having the elongate four-whorled protoconch
of the type, it has a mamillate two-whorled apex. The first
whorl is round and smooth, the second has a central carina

286

and subdistant axial bars. Generally the second is swollen
and lies somewhat out of the axis of the shell, causing the
mamillate form. Rarely the first whorl may be as large as
the second. This protoconch seems complete, and not the
base of a spiculate protoconch, whose terminal whorls have
fallen. The shell varies in shape, being short, broad, and
pupeform, or long, narrow, and elongate-pyramidal.
Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 7 perfect and 7 poor; in
90 Henolalonls off Cape Jaffa, 2 good; in 150 fathoms off Beach-
port, 2 poor. Taken on the beach MacDonnell Bay, 1; Gulf
St. Vincent, 23, in varying condition; Venus Bay, 2, good.
The very different protoconch makes me diffident about
calling this a variety, inasmuch as the characters of the pro-
toconch are generally regarded as very certain specific diag-
nostics: but the shells are otherwise indistinguishable.

Triphora granifera, Brazier.

Triforis graniferus, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1894, vol. ix., 2nd sex, p.' 173, pl. xiv.) iene Oar
Jackson.

Triphora granifera, Brazier, Hedley, op. cit., 1908 (1902),
p. 610, pl. xxxii., figs. 28 and 29; Pritchard and Gathff, Proc.
Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906 (1905), vol. xvii. (N.S.), p. 60, Wes-
tern Port.

Taken on the beach from MacDonnell Bay to Seales
Bay, and St. Francis Island. Dredged in 6, 14, 20, 22
fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent and off St. Francis Island, alive ;
in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 3 poor: in 40 fathoms.
off Beachport, 4 good, 11 poor: in 62 Sidhe off Cape Borda,
3 poor; in 110 Enavowis off Beachport, 2 moderate; in 130
fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 moderate: in 300 fathoms off Beach-
port, 1 good and 1 moderate. This appears to be a littoral
form, extending up to 22 fathoms: beyond that depul the
shells are mostly dead and decolourized.

The length of the type is 4 mm., but it may be 5°77 mm.
or 2.9 mm. Sometimes the shell has the lowest pearl row the
largest, and the highest the smallest, so that the whorls are
imbricating or pagoda-like. Sometimes the supra-sutural
threadlet stands out as a distinct low, small pearl row. One
adult micromorph has the lowest pearl row relatively very
large, so as to suggest 7’. pferffer7, Crosse, but the short, thick
figure is) Gay con gramitera. The South Australian shells are
very rarely wholly dark- or light-brown like the Sydney speci-
mens, but are a glistening, translucent white, with brown,
squarish blotches. These may be quite dark or very pale,
large or small, few or many, so as to make the shell nearly
white or nearly brown.

287

Triphora pfeifferi, Crosse and Fischer.

Beets pfeifferi, Crosse and Fischer, Jour. de Conch., 1865,
Meee pl. i, nes. 14 and 15. Type locality—Gulf St. Vincent.

Driforis heinous Crosse and Fischer, Leon) Man. of Conch.,
wol. 1x., 1887, p: 182, pl. xxxviii., fig. ; Tate and May, Proce.
Linn. Soc., New South Wales. 1901, vol. Xxvi. p. 388, Tasmania ;
Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, vol. xiv. (N-S.),
1902, p. 86, Victoria.

Taken on the beach as far west as Venus and Bee:
Bays, and on St. Francis Island. Dredged at 6, 15, 20, 22
fathoms, alive, in Gulf St. Vincent, etc.: in 40 fathoms off
Beachport, very many good: in 55 and 62 fathoms off Cape
Borda, 2 perfect, 2 fresh, 5 good: in 90 fathoms off Cape
Jaffa, 1 perfect, 3 poor; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 8, all
broken ; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 good; in 150 fathoms
off Beachport, 4 poor. It is very abundant on the beach and
is manifestly a littoral shell, and certainly lives up to 22
fathoms, and may live up to 90 or 100.

The authors say “the first three whorls are smooth.” The
protoconch is of four convex whorls, with a central carina
and crowded axial lire, and a well-marked suture. The
Jength of an adult shell with ascending suture and completely
formed mouth may be 9°5 mm. or 37 mm.

It varies very greatly. When the supra-sutural ledge is
wide, but not projecting, the middle row of pearls is larger
than usual, and the upper row smaller than usual, an im-
bricating or pagoda-like shape is assumed. When the supra-
sutural ledge is well marked and nodulated, so as to look
like a pearl row, and the highest pearl row is small, and the
middle row is scarcely seen, and the lowest is very large,
this may appear to be a large central row between two smaller
rows, and may, as Hedley. suggests (Proc. Linn. Soc., New
South Wales, 1903 (1902), p. 616), be 7. scitulus, A. Adams,
which we have not been able to identify among South Aus-
tralian shells. Sometimes the shell is typically nacreous-
white, with the violet-brown base, and the supra-sutural
ledge articulated brown and white; but it may be almost
throughout of a dark-violet-brown or any intermediate tint.

The mouth in Crosse’s type appears not to have been
complete. The outer lip ascends beyond the supra-sutural
ledge so as to touch the lowest pearl row. Here it is pinched
so as to form a gutter, and retires to form a notch. It is
antecurrent towards the base and somewhat effuse, and crosses
the base of the canal as a spur, sc as to meet an erect rather
thick inner lip.

288

Triphora festiva, A. Adams.

Triphoris festivus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1851,
p. 278. Type locality—Port Lincoln (Mus. Cuming). Angas,
Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1865, p. 172.

Triforis festiva, A. Adams, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc.,
New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 387, Tasmania.

Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good, albino;
in 6 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 3 poor. This is a lit-
toral form. Taken on the beach Yankalilla, Gulf St. Vin-
cent, Spencer Gulf, many good: and at Scales and Smoky
Bays, and St. Francis Island in the Australian Bight, a few
good.

The type was probably an immature shell, which would
have a flat base; when mature the species has a rounded base
with two simple spirals, besides the supra-sutural peripheral
band. It has a four-whorled, brown, acutely-conical proto-
conch, the first turn of which is smooth, the others unicarin-
ate with axial bars. The shell when apex and base are per-
fect may be 3°5 mm. long and 1°3 mm. broad, or 64 mm.
long and 2°11 mm. broad. In the larger forms a threadlet
arises in the later whorls between the two spiral pearl rows
and becomes a third smaller row.

Triphora ampulla, Hedley.

Triphora ampulla, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1903 (1902), p. 615, pl. xxxil., figs. 38 and 39. Type
locality—Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson. Gatliff and Gabriel, Prec.
Roy. Soe., Victoria, 1908, vol: xxi. (N-S:), part) ie ioeiemor
Port Phillip.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 11 poor; 14 fathoms, Ard-
rossan, | good; 55 fathoms, Cape Borda, 3 poor: 90 fath-
oms, Cape Jafia, 2 perfect; 119 fathoms, Beachport, 2 poor.
Taken on St. Francis Island beach, 2 poor.

This seems to be a deeper-water form than 7. festiva.
The protoconch may be brown instead of white as in the type.

Triphora maculosa, Hedley.

Triphora maculosa, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales. 1903 (1902), part 4, p. 614, pl. xxxil., figs. 32 and 33.
Type locality—Middle Harbour. Port Jackson. Pritchard and
Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906 (1905), vol. xviii. (N.S.),
p. 61, Victoria.

Dredged in 9 fathoms off Edithburgh, 3 good; in Gulf
St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 14 good; in 55 fathoms off
Cape Borda, | poor; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 poor.
Taken on St. Francis Island beach, 22 good.

Mr. Hedley gives the length of his type as 67 mm., but
some of my specimens reach 9°2 mm.

a

289

Triphora cana, n. sp. PI. xxiii., figs. 2, 3, and 4.

Shell sinistral, solid, of 12 whorls, elongate-conical. Pro-
toconch slightly mamillate, of two whorls; the second the
larger, convex, with sigmoid axial bars, 16 in a whorl. Spire-
whorls, the first with one nodulous carina, the second with
two, the third with three, the last arising between the other
two. Whorls sloping, the last three subconvex. Sutural
space distinct, with a supra-sutural thread in the last six
spaces, remaining nearly smooth. Tubercles close, about 18
in the penultimate, joined transversely and axially (obliquely
forwards) by stout bars which lattice the surface. Aperture
roundly rhomboidal, scarcely pinched behind. Outer lip
slightly retrocurrent towards the suture; basal lip in con-
tact with the erect, solid inner lip, and crossing the colum-
ella, where it closes in the short recurved notched, otherwise
open canal. Base flatly convex, bounded by the nearly
smooth peripheral lira, with a second smooth basal lira and
a third encircling the base of the canal. The protoconch and
first four spire-whorls are white, the rest light-brown.

Dim.—Uength, 71 mm.; breadth, 2°1 mm.

Locality.—Type, Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded,
with 15 good and 34 moderate examples; 35 fathoms, St.
Francis Island, 1 good; 40 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good and
1 poor; 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 3 good and 5 poor; 62
fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 moderate and 3 poor; 110 fathoms
off Beachport, 2 moderate; St. Francis Island beach, 5 good,
1 poor.

The species varies a great deal—

1. In colour. The first six whorls may be white, and
all the rest a blackish-brown. The first three whorls (includ-
ing the protoconch) may be dark-brown, and all the rest
light-brown, with no white whorls. The three apical whorls
may be brown, the next three white, and the rest brown, so
connecting the previous shell with the type. The three apical
whorls may be brown, and the seven remaining whorls quite
white. The infra-sutural pearl row in the coloured portion
may be dark-purple or barely tinted, the others brown, or
the highest and lowest row may be purple and the central
brown.

2. In shape. In most examples, though not in the type,
the posterior pearl row becomes larger than the others, the
pearls being greater, and consequently closer, and are some-
what axially elongate. When this is marked the whorl may
be wider below the suture than above it, so as to give a more
or less gradate appearance to the whorls.

J

290

Triphora gemmegens, n. sp. Pl. xxii, figs. 7 and 8.

Shell sinistral, solid, of 12 whorls. Protoconch of three
whorls, slightly deviated from the axis, swollen convex,
ending abruptly, with three carine and obsolete axial lire.
Spire-whorls eight, subconvex, with three spiral ribs. Sutural
spaces well marked, with a distinct supra-sutural thread.
Base flatly convex, bordered by the supra-sutural lira, and
with two broad, low, smooth spirals. Aperture roundly rhom-
boidal, pinched at the suture into a sinus, broken in front;
inner lip erect and thick along the straight columella, outer
lip ascending at the suture. Sculpture: the upper two spirals
are closer than the lower, sigmoid transversely, wider than
the interspaces, not gemmed (whence the name), but rough-
ened by irregular obsolete axial lire, which cross the inter-
spaces, and the sutural spaces.

Dim.—ULength, 71 mm.; breadth, 1°8 mm.

Locality.—Type in 40 fathoms off Beachport, with 2
others.

Triphora labiata, A. Adams.

Triphoris tabiatus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1851,
p. 279. Type locality—‘‘Sydney, under stones, low water (Mr.
Strange).’’ Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1867, p. 209. -

Triphora labiata, A. Adams, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New
South Wales, 1903 (1902), vol. xxviii., p. 617, pl. xxxiil., figs. 42,
43, 44; Pritchard and Gatliff. Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906,
vol. xviii. (N.S.), p. 60, “Western Port, Victoria.”’

Dredged in 62 fathoms, north-west of Cape Border, 2
poor. Taken on the beach, Gulf St. Vincent, 2 good; Venus
Bay, West Coast, 11 moderate; St. Francis Island, 11 poor.

The species differs from the typical 7. angasi, Crosse and
Fischer, in its short, stout pupzform figure and its mamil-
late apex. But a shell from the beach at Kingston and an-
other from the beach of Gulf St. Vincent have the same
shape, but a sharp, elongate protoconch like that of T.
angast, and might be classed as a pupxform variety of the
latter, or a spiculate variety of 7. labiata.

Triphora tasmanica, Tenison-Woods.

Triforis tasmanica, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasma-
nia, 1876 (1875), p. 28. Type locality—‘‘Long Bay, Tasmania.”’
Tryon, Man. Conch., 1887, vol. ix., p. 184, pl. xxxviil., fig. 31;
Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol.
Xxvi., part 3, p. 388, fig. 7, text; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc.
Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1902 (1901), p. 86, ‘‘Victoria.”’

Triphora, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1903
(1902), part 4, p. 612, pl. xxxii., fig. 22, ‘100 fathoms, 16 miles
east of Wollongong, New South Wales.’’

291

Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 43 perfect or very
good ; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 23 poor; in 90 fathoms
off Cape Jaffa, 4 poor; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good,
4 moderate, 1 poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 4 moder-
ate; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good; in 300 fathoms
off Beachport, 1 poor.

While quite a rare shell on our beach, if present at all,
it is comparatively common at 40 and 55 fathoms, where it
is in good condition and quite typical in sculpture and col-
ouring. When adult the shell may vary from 9 mm. to 5°25
mm. in length. In the perfectly-formed mouth, which is
rarely seen, the posterior gutter is converted into a round
orifice by the forward growth of the margin of the aperture
and its application to the sutural spiral beyond the sinus,
and the basal part of the anterior canal is closed by contact
of the projecting spur of the basal lip with the anterior part
of the inner lip. The applied parts do not appear to actu-
ally coalesce, so as to form absolute tubes, but they produce
three distinct apertures.

Var. lilacina, var. nov.

This is a very pretty variety, with a delicate lilac tint on
the apex and a spiral of lilac tubercles above the suture ;
the rest of the shell is light-brown. That it is only a variety
appears from the sculpture of the apex; the adult mouth
when perfect with the three apertures, and the brown spots
between the pearls of the lowest spiral. It may reach 11
mm. in length, without an adult mouth. Sometimes the lilac
tint is absent and replaced by white. It is referred to by
Mr. Hedley in his paper quoted above.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 10 good; in 40 fathoms off
Beachport, 15 quite fresh; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 12
good, 5 poor. Taken on the beach, Gulf St. Vincent, 3 good ;
west coast of South Australia, 3 good; St. Francis Island,
12 good.

Var. nivea, var. nov.

This variety is pure-white; its protoconch and sculpture
are those of 7’. tasmanica, Tenison-Woods. The protoconch is
well preserved, and is slightly mamillate. The first whorl
begins in the centre, and has slight axial lire leading to a
row of beads, and below this is a beaded carina; in the sec-
ond whorl are two beaded carine. There is no evidence of
any earlier protoconch having broken off. In a very large
number of examples of 7’. tasmanica in various stages of
growth, no individual, however immature, has been observed
with a pointed protoconch.

J2

292

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 3 good; in 40 fathoms off
Beachport, 4 good; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good.
Taken on the beach in Gulf St. Vincent, 2 good; in Venus
Bay, 1 good; on St. Francis Island, 1 perfect, quite fresh.
They are not bleached shells.

Triphora disjuncta, n. sp.

Shell solid, resembling 7’. tasmanica, Tenison- Woods, in its
apex, but with rather wide sutural spaces, the three rows of
tubercles equal in size, and no dark spots between the
tubercles in the supra-sutural row. In these three charac-
ters it approaches 7'. conerea, but this has a bulbous proto-
conch. Colour, light-brown.

Dredged in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 good; in 62
fathoms off Cape Borda, 3 good; in 110 fathoms off Beach-
port, 3 moderate; in 130 fathoms off Cape Borda, 5 moder-
ate; in 300 fathoms off Beachport, 4 good.

ce.

293

NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART XII.

By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Kng.).
[Read October 5, 1909. ]
GATES exOX Villy To) XG:

My paper contains descriptions of new species belonging
to various genera, but consists chiefly of a revision of the
Pleurotomide. Mr. G. F. Angas wrote a paper on the
“Marine. Molluscan Fauna of South Australia” in the Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1865, p.
155, in which he recorded 11 species, and 6 more in another
short one in 1880. In 1893 Mr. Adcock in his “Handlist
of the Aquatic Mollusca of South Australia” enumerated 20
species. In 1896 I sent to Mr. Sowerby examples of all
species belonging to this family, which had been dredged by
me during several years in South Australian waters up to
23 fathoms. He wrote a paper on them, which appeared in
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, vol.
l., p. 24, and created 17 new species, and revised our pre-
vious lists, and brought the number up to 33. Since then
my dredging has been extended to three hundred fathoms,
and material of quite a different character has been collected.
This has furnished examples of several shells previously re-
eistered for Victoria, Tasmania, and New South Wales, and
especially of species from the deep dredgings of Mr. Hedley
and Mr. May, together with quite a number unknown hither-
to. This material has been submitted to these two gentle-
men and Mr. Gatliff, who have very kindly identified several
species from types in their possession or in their State
Museums, and have furnished very helpful suggestions, for

- which I record my thanks.

The group has proved very difficult, chiefly owing to a
wide variation, which affects so many of the species, and
also to the rather indefinite character of not a few of the
genera, making one uncertain as to their limits. In a few
instances only has the animal been examined, and some fea-
ture been detected by which the shell may be more surely
located.

Our family has now grown to the respectable number of
79 species, with 10 named varieties.

294

Hemipleurotoma quoyi, Desmoulius.

Pleurotoma quoyt, Desmoulins, Actes Soc. Linn., Bordeaux,
1842, p. 61; Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 1., 1848, pl. 16, fig. 137;
Surcula quoyt, Desmoulins, Tryon, } Man. Conch., 1884, vol. WA. Oe
67, pl. xxxiv., fig. 82; Pleurotoma (Surgula) quoyi, ‘Desmoulins,
W. einkauff, Conch. Cab. (Kd. _muister); 1887, Bd. iv., Abt. iii.
pe LOW sor "121, taf. xxil., fig. 2; Plewrotoma (Drillia) quoyi, Des.
moulins, Watson, Chall. Reps. Zool., vol. xv., 1886, p. 304; Drillia
quoyi, Desmoulins, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soe., Vie-
toria, 1900, vol. Sil. GNES®); park 250. 170, “Western Port, ete.”
Hemipleurotoma quoyt, Desmoulins, Tate and May. Proc. Linn.
Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 368, ‘‘Tasmania.”’

Pleurotoma philipineri, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas-
mania, 1876 (1875), p. 136; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1884, vol. vi.,
p- 167, (Ol, ROOMS, Mey

Pieurotoma more. Valenciennes ee Brocchi) Icon. Coq.
Viv. Mon..Plewrotoma, p. 52, pl. xv. . 3; Clavatula (Perrona)
monile, Val., Tryon, op. cit., p. 232, ek “vil. 5 ine, IG,

This hil has been sinned in several sections or genera.
Cossmann, in Essais de Pal coconch. Comp., Deux Livr.,
1896, separates the Pleurotomidz with an apical nucleus to
their operculum in a family Pleurotominze from the Clava-
tuline with a lateral nucleus. In the former he puts the
genera Plevrotoma and Drillia; in the latter Clavatula and
Surcula. This species has an apical nucleus, and is there-
fore a Plewrotoma or a Drillia, and not a Clavatula or Sur-
cula. The sinus, located at the carina and not above it near
the suture, makes it a Pleuwrotoma and not a Drillia; while
the short canal places it in the section Hemiplewrotoma (Coss-
mann, 1889).

Dredged alive in 17 fathoms, Investigator Strait; and
in 10 and in 19 fathoms, Yankalilla Bay. It has been taken
dead at all depths from 10 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vin-
cent and Spencer Gulf, and Backstairs Passage.

A variant was taken in deep water in 110, 150, and
200 fathoms off Beachport, 4 good specimens and 3 very poor,
and in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, all dead. It is longer
and narrower, and has a less marked carina, and the spiral
lire are less unequal. The type of P. monile, Valenc, Kien-

er’s Cog. Viv. Icon., p. 52, pl. xii., fig. 3, from “the seas —

of Oceania, the shores of New Holland, at Western Port,”
shows no nodules either at the suture or at the angle. The
transverse lire are described as striz, but the figure sug-
gests spiral incisions, equidistant. This is very different from
the South Australian form, which has well-marked nodules
below the suture and on the angle, and valid spiral sub-
distant lire, with two or three interstitial lirule between
them. Shells sent me from the type locality, dredged by
Mr. Gabriel, are much more typical, and confirm the figure
and description, and show our shells to be variants.

ae

295

Hemipleurotoma perksi, Verco.
Surcula perkst, Vereo, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia, vol.

xx., 1896, p. 224, pl. vil., fig. 3, a, b, and ec. Type locality—“‘15
fathoms off Thistle Island, Spencer Gulf.’

Hemipleurotoma vestalis, Hedley.

Daphnella vestalis, Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., iv., part
6, 1903, p. 390, fig. 105. ‘‘Taken in 24 and 52 fathoms, off Port
Stephens and Botany Bay.”’

Dredged in 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west of Nep-
tune Islands, 2 good dead, 1 fragment. Identified by Hedley
from his type.

As this shell has its sinus at the carina and has a short
canal, it has been placed in /Hempleurotoma.

Hemipleurotoma mayi, n. sp. Pl. xxv, fig. 2.

Shell thin, oval, white, of 4 whorls besides a brown pro-
toconch of 2 whorls, which are convex, apparently smooth,
but under the microscope very finely spirally lhrate and in-
terstitially punctate. Spire-whorls convex medially sharply
angulate with a cord, base contracted, and forming a moder-
ately long canal, which is slightly curved to the left. Sutures
distinct, finely canaliculate. Aperture obliquely oval ;
outer lip thin, simple, ridged outside by the spirals, with
an obtuse shallow, wide triangular sinus at the angulation.
Sculpture: above the angle are three spirals in each whorl,
and one below it; in the body-whorl are eighteen, subdistant
just below the angle, crowded towards the canal. Very fine
axials, about 42 in the penultimate, run obliquely back from
the suture to the angle, and then at an obtuse angle ob-
liquely forward to the suture.

Dim.—Uength, 46 mm.; of the body-whorl, 3:1 mm. ;
width, 2.4 mm.

Locality.—Type in 104 fathoms, 35 miles south-west of
Neptune Islands, with 2 others dead.

Diagnosis.—D. vestalis, Hedley, though described as
having a smooth protoconch, has it punctate spirally striate,
differs in being larger, more solid, more obese, not so sharply
angled, and in having a shorter canal, and fewer and more
solid axials.

Variations.—One example has only one spiral above its
very sharp angle, namely, a bold cord just below the suture,
making this more channelled; and only one below the angle
just above the suture in the second and third whorls, and
seven in the body-whorl.

296

Drillia harpularia, Desmoulins.

Drilia harpularia, Desmoulins, Actes Soc. Linn. Bortean
vol. xu., p. 162; (Pleurotoma) Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. Tie:
pl. xv., fig. 124; (Drillia) Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. vi., 1884.
193, pl. xiv., fig. 99; (Plewrotoma [Crassispira]) Weinkauff, Cone
Cab. ‘td, Kiister), Ba. iv., Abt. imi: °p. 97, Nos Tibi alk Sxi., fig.
2, a and b; (Drillia) Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., ‘London, 1896, vol.

p. 24; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900,
val xii. (N. Sas pa 170, “Portland.”

This is a common shell. It has been taken on the beach
as far west as LeHunte Bay and St. Francis Island, and 1s
very abundant at Sceales Bay. Dredged alive at all depths
from 6 fathoms to 19 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent and Spen-
cer Gulf. It has not been taken alive or dead beyond 22
fathoms.

The operculum has a medio-lateral internal nucleus, and
puts the shell into the subfamily Clavatuline and out of
Pleurotomine, and therefore out of the genus Drillia. It
might be transferred to Clionella, but if D. harpularia is re-
moved probably many other of our Drillias should be; and
so I have left it with them until more of them have had
their opercula examined.

Drillia exarata, Reeve.

Pleurotoma exarata, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1845, P-
112; Conch. Icon., 1845, pl. xxiul., fig. 201, “habitat unknown”
(Drillia) Tryon, Man. Conch., 1884, vol. vi. p. 204, pl. xii., fic.
14; (Pleurotoma [Crassispira]) exaratum, feos Weinkauff, Conch.
Cab. (Kd. ee 1887, Band iv., Abt. ill., p. 205, No. 296, pl.
SSG, IC. (Drillia) Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Wan London, 1896,
vol. ii., p. ve “Gulf St. Vincent i C. Verco).”’

Taken on the beach, St. Francis Island, 4 good. Dredged
alive in 9 fathoms Port Lincoln, and in 22 fathoms in Back-
stairs Passage, and dead at intermediate depths off Middle-

ton and in Gulf St. Vincent.

(?) Drillia costicapitata, n. sp. Pl. xxvii., figs. ] and 2.

Shell solid, high, narrow, conical, blunt at the apex,
roundly much contracted at the base. Protoconch mamil-
late, of two and a quarter whorls, with eighteen round axial
ribs. Suture linear, quite inconspicuous. Spire-whorls five,
straight, sloping, with two carine, slightly nodulated, equi-
distant from each other and the sutures, the lower much
the larger and rounder. Other spirals arise, so that in the
penultimate there are two above each carina and two below
the lower ; in the body-whorl there are twelve below it; they
are steep behind and sloping in front. Very fine sinuous
growth strize cross them. Aperture roundly rhomboidal,

297

canal short and open, slightly bent to the left. Outer lip
thin, simple, crenulated outside by the spirals. Colour dull-
creamy-white, with irregular faint-brown narrow axial
flames, with a tendency to follow the curve of growth lines.
The larger carine are more or less regularly articulated with
brown.

Dim.—Length, 8 mm. ; body-whorl, 4.6 mm. ; width, 3°3
mm.

Locality.—Type in 40 fathoms off Beachport, with 5
others.

The protoconch is not the usual one of Drillia; it re-
sembles closely that of Fusus lincolnensis, Crosse and Fischer,
but the growth lines indicate a shallow, round sinus just be-
low the suture, between the two carinze, which is not found
in Fusus. The type is immature, and the others are imperfect.
A perfect adult may eventually determine the genus.

Drillia dimidiata, Sowerby.

wees dimidiata, Sowerby, Proc. Mai. Soc., London, vol. i1.,
1896, 24, pl. iii. ‘fig. 2. Type locality—‘‘Backstairs Passage,
16-18 ptheiis (Verco). a

It may reach a length of 14 mm. Dredged in 12 fathoms
off Porpoise Head, 1 dead; in 16-18 fathoms Backstairs Pass-
age, 1 recent; in 19 fathoms Yankalilla Bay, 1 dead; in 20
fathoms off Newland Head, 1 dead; in 22 fathoms Backstairs
Passage, 2 dead; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 3 moderate.

Drillia dulcis, Sowerby.

Daphnella dulcis, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. i.
ES9G p26, ple mi, fies Se ype locality— “Gulf St. Vincent
Gieceoy ; also var. alba.

Sowerby says in a note to his definition: —“There are no
longitudinal ribs,” but in the shell returned to me as the
type there are very faint oblique axial plications, and in sonie
specimens since collected these may be properly styled axial
riblets. The shell may be of a dark-brown colour, with bands
and flames of darker tint, or any lighter shade of brown to
white, the tip being generally most coloured.

Mr. Hedley, on seeing my specimens, wrote: —‘‘What I
named as a variety of D. haswelli, Hedley, from Cape Pillar
(Records of the Austr. Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 112),
is evidently your D. dulcis, Sow. Typical D. haswelli is dis-
tinct.”

Dredged in 15, 16, 17, 20 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent,
Spencer Gulf, Backstairs Passage, and Investigator Strait,
more than 80 alive and dead; in 15-20 fathoms off St. Fran-
cis Island, 2 very good; in 35 fathoms, 1 good and 3 poor;

298

in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 1 poor. Its habitat seems to
be mostly under 25 fathoms.

Drillia jaffaensis, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., figs. 7, 8, and 9.

Shell turreted-oval, of 7 whorls, including the blunt proto-
conch of 2 smooth convex whorls, with a subimpressed suture,
ending abruptly. Spire-whorls convex, angulated in the
first and second below the middle, and at the middle in the
fourth ; with a subsutural threadlet in the first which enlarges
progressively to a stout round spiral; in the second another
appears midway between the angulation and the lower suture ;
and in the fourth another below this; in the fifth or body-
whorl two fine spirals appear above the angulation, and there
are thirteen below it, becoming fainter and lower anteriorly ;
they are much narrower than the interspaces; the spiral just
below the suture, and that at the angulation are the most
valid, and are well nodulated, the nodules being somewhat
pliciform, directed downwards and backwards on the for-
mer, and downwards and forwards on the latter ; the next two
spirals are nodulated, but less so, also downwards and for-
wards. Axial lire, starting from the suture, are directed
downwards and backwards to the nodules on the first spiral,
are then concave forwards between these and the nodules on
the angulation, and then run obliquely convexly forward to
the nodules on the next two spirals; on these, by intercalated
lire, the nodules are doubled in number, but are almost im-
perceptible on the spirals beyond. Body-whorl is rhomboidal,
concavely contracted at the base. Aperture squarely oval,
opening into a short, wide canal. Labrum thin, angulated at
the upper fourth, slightly crinkled by the spirals, pinched
in front to form the canal; in profile it has a deep trigonal
sinus between the suture and the angle, is then convex, and
has a shallow excavation where the aperture is pinched. Inner
lip is a narrow glazed depression ; columella straight. Colour
white.
Dim.—ULength, 88 mm. ; of body-whorl, 5 mm. ; breadth,
3°0 mm.

Locality.—Type from 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa with
1 other; in 104 fathoms off Neptune Islands, 8 good, 25 im-
mature or broken; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 2 good; in
300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 very poor.

Drillia achatina, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., fig. 2.

Shell solid, elongate-fusiform, of 64 whorls, including the
blunt protoconch, which merges into the spire insensibly. The
first whorl and a half are smooth and rather flat; the next
is scarcely convex, and has at first distant invalid axial angu-

299

lations, which gradually become more numerous and costu-
late ; in the next whorl they become more distant again, and
remain throughout the shell as feeble axial angulations which
are just visible when looking at the shell from the apex. The
spire-whorls are subconvex, subangulate just below the
middle, and have the upper fourth somewhat adpressed just
below the simple impressed suture. Aperture oblique oblong-
ovate; canal short, wide, scarcely notched; outer lip solid
but sharp, with a deep round sinus separated from the as-
cending suture by a callus from the posterior part of the
inner lip, then straightly convexly antecurrent to two shal-
lower sinuses at the base of the canal; inner lip a complete
smooth thin applied glaze, thickened behind. Spiral in-
cisions, which begin in the second half of the first sculptured
protoconchal whorl, cut the surface up into flat slightly round-
ed ribs, increasing to eleven in the penultimate and twenty-
four in the body-whorl, the second below the suture and that
at the angulation being the widest. Microscopic accremental
striz scratch the whole surface and have the sinuosities of
the outer lip. A narrow white spiral, articulated with brown,
ornaments the angulation ; with a fainter narrower one above,
and a rather wider brown spiral articulated with white runs
from the back of the aperture over the dorsum nearly to
the lip margin. The general colour is brown, with darker
irregular spots and clouds.

Dim.—Length, 79 mm.; of body-whorl, 47 mm.;
breadth, 2 mm.

Locality.—Type alive in 20 fathoms 7 miles south-west
of Newland Head; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 3 fresh and
3 poor; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 fresh; in Gulf St.
Vincent at unrecorded depth, 1 fresh.

One example shows some ten previous labral edges in
the body-whorl, sinuously marked out in white, and followed
by deep-brown, which gradually fades out at the next labral
edge. The affinity of this species is close to D. agrestis, which
may possibly be a rude costate variant.

Drillia agrestis, n. sp. Pl. xxvii, fig. 7.

Shell solid, rugged, elongate-fusiform, of 74 whorls, in-
cluding the protoconch of one whorl and a half, smooth,
round, and blunt. Spire-whorls sloping, scarcely concave in
the upper part, convex in the lower. Suture distinct, with
a narrow adpressed margin. Body-whorl concavely attenu-
ated at the base. Aperture obliquely oval, shortly contracted
posteriorly ; canal short, open, barely notched. Outer lip
sharp, slightly ascending at the suture, with the posterior

300

sinus deep, rather narrow, separated from the suture by a
distince equal to its width, then convex, with an anterior
shallow sinus at the base of the canal. Inner lip inconspicu-
ous, applied, smooth, with a callosity at its junction with
the outer lip. Sculpture: the first two whorls are closely,
regularly, validly, axially costulate, the rest rudely ribbed in
the anterior two-thirds; ribs oblique, rounded, rather wider
than the interspaces, becoming less marked and more distant
on the body-whorl, and almost absent on the base, about 14
in the penultimate; sublenticular accremental incisions.
Spiral incisions are deep, irregularly slightly wavy, about 8
in the penultimate, and 20 in the body-whorl, nearly equi-
distant, in places alternately fine and wide. Colour uniform
light-straw tint.

Dim.—ULength, 8°5 mm. ; of aperture, 3°25 mm. ; breadth,
3 mm. ; of aperture, 1 mm.

Locality.—Type in 40 fathoms off Beachport; in Gulf
St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 7 fresh and dead; in 17
fathoms Backstairs Passage, 1 alive, 2 dead.

Drillia subplicata, n. sp. Pl. xxvii., fig. 6.

Shell short, solid, narrowly oval, with a blunt apex and
shghtly contracted base. Protoconch of two smooth, slightly
convex whorls. Spire-whorls four, sloping scarcely convex.
Sutures linear. Aperture oval, slightly contracted behind,
opening widely into a very short canal in front. Outer lip
simple; with a shallow, round sinus near the suture, a con-
vex profile, and a very faint sinus anteriorly. Inner lp a
complete, applied narrow glaze. Columella straight, slightly
bent to the left in the canal. Faint oblique axial costz,
equal to the interspaces ; weli-marked crowded sinuous accre-
mental striz: no spiral sculpture. Light-brown, with a band
of lighter colour on the middle of the spire-whorls, whitish
where it crosses the coste; three light bands on the body-
whorl.

Dim.—Length, 7 mm.; breadth, 3 mm.

Locality.—Type 40 fathoms off Beachport; 110 fathoms,
1 moderate ; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 poor.

Diagnosis.—Mr. Hedley writes: —“‘This is not my D.
nenia. Yours lacks the ribbing of my shell, is broader, and
more solid, the notch is shallower, and the canal shorter.”

Drillia nenia, Hedley.

Drillia nenia, Hedley, Memoirs Austr, Mus. iv., part 6, 1903,
p. 387, fig. 101. Type pepleiy 24 fathoms, Port Stephens” ; also
Records Austr. Mus. vi. , part 2, p. 42.

Dredged in 200 ceniniens off Beachport, 1 perfect; in 110

fathoms, 1 good.

301

Drillia woodsi, Beddome.

Drillia woodsi, Beddome, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1883
(1882), p. 167. Type locality——‘‘Long Bay, D’Entrecasteaux Chan-
nel, Tasmania’; Tate and ee pie Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, xxvi., 1901, part 3 Hedley, Memoirs of Austr.
Mus., iv., part 6, 1903, p. ash Ne South Wales coast.’’

Drillia howitti, yield ead Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vic-
toria, vol. xii. (N Ot WSS) Tos OAL ole vill. , ig. 2. Type locality
—‘‘Gippsland coast.”’

Mr. Gatliff has kindly identified South Australian shells
as D. howittc; Tate and May, and Hedley, loc. cit., give
this as a synonym of D. woodsi, Bedd., and Mr. May says
ours are undoubtedly woods:, from comparison with a draw-
ing he made from Beddome’s type, and though I have not
seen this, on trust in their determination, I have called our
shell D. woodsi, Bedd.

Taken on Middleton Beach, solid and much rolled.
Dredged in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 good; in 104 fathoms
off Neptune Islands, 1 good and 6 broken; in 110 fathoms
off Beachport, 2 good, 17 poor or broken; in 130 fathoms off
Cape Jaffa, 8 very poor; in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 2
good, and 7 poor or immature; in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa,
1 poor.

Var. acostata, n. var.

This differs in having no axial costz, and in being less
solid. That it is only a variety appears from two facts—
first, the validity of the coste can be graded in a series of
examples from well-marked to absent; second, some shells
have the costz valid in the earlier whorls, but they fade to
extinction in the later. It may reach a length of 215 mm.,
and have 12 whorls. Some individuals show 2, 3, or 4 opaque
- whitish hair lines in the substance of the spire-whorls. They
are frequently prettily coloured, pinkish-salmon, with three
rather indistinct bands in the body-whorl, a broad one be-
low the suture, not distinctly bounded inferiorly, a second
thin median band, and the third over the base and canal.
In the spire they form an infra-sutural and a supra-sutural
band.

Dredged in 110 fathoms Beachport, 2 good, 3 poor, 5
immature; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 4 good, but imma-
ture; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 15 moderate and poor;
in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 17 good, 14 poor. They seem
to favour the deeper waters, and to be more numerous than
the typical forms there.

Drillia coxi, Angas.

Drillia cori, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1867, p. 1138, pl.
xiil., fig. 15. Type locality—‘‘Port Jackson”’ : ibid, Dp. 503 - Tate

302

and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p.
368, Tasmania ; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., iv., part 6, 1903,
p- 388, “may be 33 mm. long. Dredged in 98 fathoms off Man-
ning River, New South Wales.”

Drilias sinensis, Hinds, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1884, vol. vi.,
p. 201, pl. xi., fig. 6. He gives Angas’ species as a synonym, but
Hedley, Joc. cit., “dissents.

Dredged ta 200 fathoms off Beachport, 2 moderate; in
100 fathoms, 1, 20°38 mm. in length.

Drillia gratiosa, Sowerby.

Drillia gratiosa, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. 1i.,
1896, p. 25, pl. in., fig. 1. Type locality—‘‘Gulf St. Vincent
(Verco).”

Dredged in 17 fathcms off Point Marsden, 1 decolour-
ized ; in Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 1 alive, 1 dead,
1 broken; in 22 fathoms off Cape Willoughby, Kangaroo
Island, 1 quite fresh; in 49 fathoms off Beachport, 1 iarge
and good.

When fullgrown it may be 20 mm. long by 625 broad,
and has a callus pad about 3 mm. long and 1 mm. high at
its centre at the back of the internal lip; the posterior edge
of the sinus is slightly reflected.

Drillia bednalli, Sowerby.

Drillia bednalli, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896, vol.
Tilo {De MS joll. Tattle fig. 3. Type locality—‘‘Gulf St. Vincent (Vereo)” ;
Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, vol. xxvi.,
1901, p. 368, who regard it as a variety of D. woodsi, Beddome..

Although it varies a good deal, as Sowerby points out,
it does not seem to me to grade into D. woodsi, but to retain
a valid spiral lira midway between the angle and the suture,

and some fine spiral striz between the angle and the suture.

Dredged alive in 17, 20, and 22 fathoms in Investigator
Strait; and dead at depths from 6 to 22 fathoms in Gulf
St. Vincent, Spencer Gulf, in and outside Backstairs Pass-
age. Taken on the beach, and alive in 15 to 20 fathoms, Pet-
rel Bay, St. Francis Island.

Drillia hecatorgnia, Verco.

Drillia hecatorgma, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia,
1907, vol. xxxi., p. 215, fig. 3. Type locality—‘104 fathoms, ot
Neptune Island.”

Drillia hedleyi, n. sp. Pi. xxvi., fig. 6.
Shell solid, narrow, elongate-fusiform, of 9 whorls, in-
cluding the protoconch of 3 convex smooth whorls, with a
deep impressed suture. Spire-whorls convex, roundly angled

e

303

below the middle in the early whorls, above it in the later,
slightly adpressed below the linear suture. Body-whorl con-
cavely attenuate at the base. Aperture narrow elongate-
oval, ending in a moderately long open canal, which expands
slightly in front, bends a little to the left, and is barely re-
curved. Outer lip thick, sharp-edged, with a deep oblique
posterior sinus of three-quarters of a circle, having a thick-
ened reflected margin, and separated from the base of the
whorl by a callous pad derived from the inner lip; then
straightly convex, with a wide, very shallow excavation at
the base of the canal. Inner lip complete, applied, smooth ;
columella long, nearly straight. Axial costz are oblique,
fading out above the angle, rounded, nearly as wide as the
spaces, ten in the penultimate, absent from the base. The
spiral lire are crowded, fourteen in the penultimate, very
close-set on the base, granulated by fine accremental striz.
Colour in a fresh cotype is dull-white, with faint-brown
clouding between the ribs, and a faint-brown band above the
suture and round the periphery of the body-whorl.

Dim.—ULength, 186 mm.; of the body-whorl, 11 mm.;
breadth, 45 mm.

Locality.—Type from 200 fathoms off Beachport.
Dredged also in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 very good, 1
poor ; in 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands,
10 good, immature, dead; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 2
fresh, 3 good, 1 broken.

Drillia trophonoides, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., figs. 3 and 4.

Shell solid, white, high, narrow, conical, with a blunt
apex and rounded base; of 94 whorls, including a protoconch
of 24 convex whorls, the first two smooth, the rest faintly sub-
distantly axially plicate, ending abruptly. Spire-whorls con-
vex. Sutures distinct, subcanaliculate. Body-whorl short,
roundly contracted at the base. Aperture roundly oval, wid-
est behind, roundly contracted in front, constricted at its
junction with the canal. Outer lip sharp, simple, scarcely
inflected, convexly retreating from the suture to form a semi-
circular sinus, then convexly antecurrent to a very slight an-
terior sinus at the constricted neck of the canal. Inner lip
a thin, complete glaze; base roundly concave; columella
straight, curved to the left in the canal, and slightly thick-
ened on the outside of its anterior end. Narrow spiral cords,
one-third as wide as their interspaces, increase from four
in the first whorl to nine in the penultimate, and twenty-
three in the body-whorl, and are minutely roughened by sub-
lenticular accremental striz.

304

Dim.—Length, 144 mm.; of body-whorl, 71 mm.;
width, 5'2 mm.

Locality.—Type from 150 fathoms off Beachport, with
1 other; also taken in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 poor;
in 104 fathoms off Neptune Islands, 4 good and 11 imma-
ture, all fresh; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 2 moderate ; in
130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 poor ; in 200 fathoms off Beach-
port, 1 good.

Drillia saxea, Sowerby.

Drillia saxea, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896, vol. i1.,
part 1, p. 25, pl. ii., fig. 4. Type locality—‘Gulf St. Vincent
(Verco).”’ :

The type was a bleached dredged shell. Specimens taken
since show an infrasutural spiral row of brown spots between
the axial plice, spirally elongate. On the body-whorl are
three faint continuous spiral brown bands, and very faint
curved axial bands.

It is quite common as a deep-water form, and has been
taken in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 31, many quite fresh and
coloured ; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 9 coloured, 30 dead ;
in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 19 dead, some of them fairly
fresh ; in 104 fathoms off Neptune Islands, 73, a few fresh,
mostly immature and opaque; in 110 fathoms off Beachport,
65, some quite fresh; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 58,
opaque or rolled; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 16 decolour-
ized ; in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 1 fresh, 6 dead; in 300
fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 29 opaque. Their habitat seems to
be from 110 to between 20 and 40 fathoms.

Drillia lacteola, n. sp. Pl. xxvi., fig. 5.

Shell thin, translucent-white, of 6 whorls, including the
protoconch of 2 smooth convex whorls. Spire-whorls con-
vex. Suture simple, narrowly margined. Body-whorl roundly
contracted at the base ; aperture elongate-oval, opening widely
into a short canal. Outer lip simple, thin, crenulated out-
side; with a deep rounded posterior sinus near the suture,
having a thickened and slightly erect edge, with a shallow
excavation anteriorly where it is pinched to form the canal.
Inner lip complete, applied, glazed, thin, thickened at the
back to meet the margin of the sinus. Columella nearly
straight. Spirals thin, seven in the penultimate, twenty in
the body-whorl; faint accremental striz minutely roughen-
ing the sculpture.

Dim.—Uength, 48 mm.; of body-whorl, 31 mm.;
breadth, 2°1 mm.

Locality.—Type from 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, with
22 others, good ; in 130 fathoms, 21 good; also off Beachport

305

in 110 fathoms, 34 good; in 150 fathoms, 10 good; in 200
fathoms, 2 good; in 62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda,
10 good and 4 immature.

Mr. Hedley, to whom this species was submitted, writes:
—“Mr. May and [I took this in 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar.
I catalogued it (Records Austr. Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908,
p. 112) as Drilha haswelli, Hedley, but on reconsideration I
should regard it as new.” It is narrower than D. haswellu,
its whorls are not angulated, the body-whorl is not so pyri-
form, and the spirals are much more valid.

Var. crebrespirata, n. var.

This shell is more solid and opaque, is 5°5 mm. long,
its body-whorl is 3 mm., its breadth is 21 mm.; it has 15
spiral lire in the penultimate and 50 in the body-whorl,
crossed by crowded accremental striz.

Two perfect individuals were taken in 49 fathoms off
Beachport.

Var. sinusegens, n. var.

It is just like /acteola in size, shape, and sculpture, but
that the aperture is not pinched anteriorly to form a canal,
and there is no anterior sinus in the outer lip here. One
perfect example was taken in 100 fathoms off Beachport.

Drillia tricarinata, Tenison-Woods.

Drillia tricarinata, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc., New
South Wales, ii., 1878, p. 265. Type locality—‘45 fathoms, off Port
Jackson Heads’’; Hedley, Records Austr. Mus., iv., 1891, p. 23,
fig. 3; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., iv., part 6, 1903, p. 389,
fig. 104.

This shell varies much in shape and sculpture. There
may be three sharp spirals on each of the four spire-whorls
in a shell 8 mm. long, or two on the first and second spire-
whorls, an intercalated third thread on the third whorl, and
three on the fourth whorl. The shell may be shorter and
more solid, with two very strong spirals on all the spire-
whorls, and a weak intercalated thread on the fourth, with
about twenty obsolete axial lire on the second and third
whorls, much less marked on the fourth. It may be short
and wide, with only two spirals in the spire-whorls, but in
the first and second, or first, second, and third whorls oblique
axial lire almost as valid as the spirals may cross and tuber-
culate these, and fade out in the later whorls. It may be
a long narrow shell, only 2°55 mm. broad, with four spirals
in each whorl, and with 16 oblique axial lire like those in

306

the previous form; or it may be a shell of 10 mm. by 35
mm., with two spirals in the first two whorls, three in the
second two, and four in the fifth whorls, with oblique nar-
row axial cost, 17 in the penultimate, as valid as the spirals,
tuberculating the intersections, and mildly coronating
the uppermost spiral. Several of these might be regarded
as distinct species did not intermediate forms reveal a com-
‘plete gradation between them.

Dredged in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 5 moderate; in
110 fathoms off Beachport, 4 good; in 130 fathoms off Cape
Jaffa, 1 alive, 22 good; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 10
good; in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 5 good, 1 poor; in 300
fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 4 good, 23 poor and broken.

Drillia dilecta, Hedley.

Drillia dilecta, Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., iv., part 6,
1903, p. 387, fig. 100. Type locality—‘‘Port Stephens, New South
Wales’’; also Records Austr. Mus., vi., part 4%, 1905, p. 42, “111
fathoms off coast of New South Wales.’’

Mr. Hedley writes: —“‘Certainly DL. dilecta, Hedley ; the
variation is slight; your shell is a little larger, has a spiral
more, and fewer weaker intercostal radial threads. All mine
have a broken lip, and I now see for the first time the deep
sinus which is typical, and to be added to the diagnosis.”

An infrasutural valid lira limits posteriorly the labral
sinus, which is bounded anteriorly by the most valid lira on
the whorl; a very fine threadlet runs nearly midway between
the two; the sinus is deep and rather narrow.

Dredged in 90 fathoms Cape Jaffa, 3 good, 8 immature ;
in 130 fathoms, 2 perfect’ and 2 poor; 300 fathoms, 1 poor ;
in 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands, 17
good, some of them immature; in 150 fathoms off Beachport,
1 perfect, 5 poor.

Var. parabola, n. var.

It differs from the type in having a much wider, more
open, parabolic labral sinus ; in having more numerous spirals
on the whorls, 6 in the penultimate and 24 on the body-
whorl; and in having six lire instead of one between those
which bound the labral sinus. Only two examples were
taken—one in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, and one in 200
fathoms off Beachport. Other specimens may establish it
as a distinct species or confirm it as a variant.

Drillia cancellata, Beddome.

Mangelia cancellata, Beddome, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania,
a (1882), p. 167. Type locality—‘‘Kelso Bay, Tamar River, 17
athoms.’’

307

Drillia cancellata, Beddome, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc.,
New South Wales, vol. XXV1., 1901, p. 368, pl. xxiv., fig. 27.

Drillia poleseapialin Verco, Proc. Roy. Soc., South Australia,
Tex, 1896, pp. 2225 pla vir, fig. 1, a, b, ec.) Lype locality—
“Backstairs Passage.””

Drilia pentagonalis, Verco, loc. cit., pl. vii., figs. 2 and 2a,
1906, p. 298; Hedley, Records Austr. Mus. vi. 2 part iv., ‘‘80
fathoms off Narrabeen.’?

Mr. W. L. May, of Tasmania, writes May, 1897:—‘I
have had an opportunity of examining the type specimens
of Mangelia cancellata, Beddome. There are a number of
specimens in the box, and they are very variable, ranging
from your D. telescomalis to D. pentagonalis. There are
several intermediate forms. J should consider that WM. can-
cellata came about halfway between your species, and that
they all belong to one very variable species, M. cancellata.”’

Dredged in 20 fathoms Investigator Strait, 1; in 35
fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1 dead, brown colour; in 55
fathoms off Cape Borda, several good ; in 90 fathoms off Cape
Jaffa, 1 perfect ; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 perfect, 1
broken ; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 perfect.

Clathurella walcotz, Sowerby.

Drillia walcote, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1893, Pp.
487, pl. xxxviil., figs. 7 and 8. Type locality—SSpencer Gulf”
also Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896, vol. 11., p. 24; var. pallida,
“from MacDonnell Bay (Adecock).’’

Dredged alive in 13 fathoms Spencer Gulf; 17 fathoms
and 20 fathoms Backstairs Passage; and dead from 8 fathoms
upwards; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 3 quite fresh. Taken
on the beach St. Francis Island, 2 good.

The foot is about half as long as the shell, truncated in
front, pointed behind; white; the sole dotted abundantly
with small orange-brown spots, larger and darker along the
margins; upper-surface with brown spots as large as pins’
heads, with a deep-purple-brown central dot, also at the
junction with the body; muzzle dark-spotted ; siphon light-
brown, with small spots. Tentacles and eyes exactly like
Glyphostoma paucimaculata, Angas. No trace of an oper-
culum to be found; hence I have removed it from Drillia to
Clathurella.

Clathurella philomena, Tenison-Woods.

Clathurella_philomena, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas-
mania, (1875) 1876, p. 141. Type locality—‘Wast coast of Tas-
mania’ >: Pritchard and Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, (1899)
1900, vol. xii., p. 177, “Victorian coast” ; Tate and May, Proc.
Linn. Soe. ., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 371.

308

Drillia atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania,
1876, p. 142, teste Tate and } May, loc. cit.

Gantonnica pulchra, Tenison-Woods, op. cit., 1877, p. 1389,
teste Tenison-Woods, op. cit., (1879) 1880, p. 70.

Clathurella Sn Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1880,
p- 416, pl. xl., fig. 6.

Mr. someuby in Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896, vol. u.,
p- 28, identified South Australian shells sent to him by me
as Clathurella parvula, Reeve. This may be, but is not cer-
tain. Mr. Hedley has suggested their identity with Drilha
denseplicata, Dunker, Malak. Blatt., 1871, vol. xviii., p.
159, from Bass Strait, figured in Conch. Cab. Kiister’s Ed.,
Band iv., Abt. i1., No. 130, p. 107, pl. xxiii., figs. 7 and 9.
This is most hkely, but as it is not certain I have retained
the name accepted by Tate and May and Gatliff, until the
types of the two species above referred to can be compared
with our shells.

These are very commonly taken in deeper water, and
they vary so remarkably that they might be differentiated
into about half a dozen apparently good species but for the
intermediate forms. It has been taken on the beach from
Robe to LeHunte Bay in the Great Australian Bight, and
dredged at all depths from 6 to 300 fathoms.

The usual form has a somewhat gradate spire, and has
valid axial coste crossed by well-marked spiral lire. The
axials may be less valid in a series of specimens until they
completely vanish and only spirals remain, and the angle
may fade away as well, until a shell of a seemingly distinct
species remains, “exactly like the form taken in 100 fathoms
at Cape Pillar” by Hedley and May. It may become long
and narrow, and delicate, especially in the greater depths ; or
on the seashore, as on St. Francis Island, it may be very
short, extremely solid, and with very rough, sturdy sculp-
ture; or, again, from the greater depths it may be very
short, very gradate, and with a comparatively long body-
whorl and without axials, so as to approach close to Drillia
haswelli, Hedley, and to be recorded by him as a variety of
this species in his list of mollusca from Cape Pillar in Re-
cords Austr. Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 112.

Clathurella bicolor, Angas.

Clathurella bicolor, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1871,
pl. i., fig. 20.. Type ‘locality_—“Port Jackson” ;) op. cit., 1880,
p. 416, “recorded for South Australia’; Tryon, Man .Conch.,
1884, vol. Vi., p. 284, pl. xvi., fig. 61; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc.
Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900, vol. xii. , D. 179, ‘‘Western Port. 9

Dredged alive from 5 fathoms to 22 fathoms in Gulf St.
Vincent and in Spencer Gulf; in 40 fathoms off Beachport,

309

2 perfect, but rolled; in 45 fathoms off Neptunes, 1 good;
in 50 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 moderate; in 110 Facer
off Beachport, 1 very poor. Taken on the beach, west along
our coast to Murat Bay, and St. Francis Island). About 25
fathoms would seem to be the limit of its deeper habitat.

Clathurella lallemantiana, Crosse and Fischer.

Plewratoma (Clathurella) lallemantiana, Crosse and Fischer,
Jour. de Conch., 1865, vol. xiii., p. 423, pl. xi., fig. 5. Type lo-
cality—‘‘Rapid Bay, ‘Gulf St. Vincent” ; Tryon, Man. Conch.,
1884, vol. vi., p. 286, pl. xvii., fig. 86, he makes it a variety of
C. letowr: neuxiana, Crosse ; Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc. London,
1896, vol. 11.,'p. 28, who dissents from Tryon’s opinion ; Pritchard
and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, (1899) 1900, vol. xii. p-
177, “Port Phillip and Western Port’ ; Tate and May, Proc. Linn.
Soc. , New Sutin Wales, 1901, vol. XXVi., p. 371, “(Pasmania.’?

Drillia inerusta, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania,
(1876) 1877, p. 1386. Type locality—‘‘North coast of Tasmania,”
teste Sow erby, and Tate and May loc. cit. supra.

Dredged alive in 9 fathoms Port Lincoln; and in 5, 15,
and 20 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent; in 200 fathoms off Beach-
port, 1 very es Taken on the beach Murat Bay, West
Coast.

Clathurella letourneuxiana, Crosse and Fischer.

Pleurotoma (Clathurelia) letourneuxiana, Crosse and Fischer,
Jour. de Conch. 1865, p. 425, pl. x1., fig. 7. Type locality—
‘‘Sydney’’ ; Mangelia letourneuxiana, Crosse, Tenison- Woods,
Proc. ae Soc., Tasmania, (1877) 1878, p. 28, ‘‘Tasmania.”’

Clathurella ‘letowrneuwiana, Croce, Tryon, Man. Conch.,
1884, vol. vi., p. 286, pl. xvil., fig. 87; Pritchard and Gatliff
Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, (1899) 1900, p. 177, ‘‘Port Phillip and
Western Port’’ ; ‘Tate and } “May, Proc. Linn. Soc. , New South Wales,
1901, vol. xxvi., p. 371.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 17 quite fresh; in 110
fathoms off Beachport, 4 poor, and in 150 fathoms, 1 poor ;
in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 moderate, 1 poor. The ex-
amples from deep-water are uncoloured, the apex is not so
acute (probably worn down), and the body-whorl is compara-
tively longer. Several specimens with the other characters
typical of this species have the two revolving spirals of C.
lallemantiana, Crosse.

Var. cuspis, Sowerby.
Mangilia cuspis, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896, vol.
iE ody pl. tit; fic. 17. Type locality— “Gulf St. Vincent.”
Mr. Saree says on page 32 of MW. letourneuxiana,
Crosse: —“I have no evidence that this species occurs in
South Australia. Specimens of WM. lallemantiana have been

310

mistaken for it.” J am, however, disposed to think M. cuspis
is a short-spired form of M. letowrneuxiana, into which it
seems insensibly to run, as the latter species is recognized by
conchologists in Sydney, Melbourne, and Tasmania; and I
am also disposed to believe Tryon is right in classing J.
lallemantiana as a variety in the opposite direction.

Clathurella desalesii, Tenison-Woods.
Mangelia de Salesii, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasma-
nia, (1876) 1877, p. 188. Type locality—‘‘Long Bay, Tasmania.’’

Clathurella desalesi, Tenison-Woods, Tate and May, Proc.
Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 371, pl. xxiv.,
fig. 32.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 13 fresh; in 40 fathoms
off Beachport, 1 good; in 110 fathoms, 2 good; in 130 fath-
oms off Cape Jaffa, 2 poor.

Clathurella st. gallae, Tenison- Woods.

Mangelia st. galle, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas-
mania, (1876) 1877, p. 137, with var. benedicti. Type locality—
‘“‘Long Bay, Tasmania’; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New
South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 369; Pritchard and Gatlhff,
Poe, Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906 (1905), vol. xviul., p. 50, ‘““Western

ort.”’

Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 19 good; in 110
fathoms, 4 very good, 3 moderate; in 150 fathoms, 1 poor;
in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 6 good. This species would
appear to affect the deeper water.

Clathurella modesta, Angas.

Clathurella modesta, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1877,
p. 38, pl. v., fig. 15. Type locality—‘‘Port Jackson”; Tryon,
Man. Conch., 1884, vol. vi., p. 285, pl. xvii., fig. 92; Sowerby,
Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896, vol. i1., p. 28, “‘Gulf St. Vincent” ;
Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soec., Victoria, (1899) 1900,
vol. xii., p. 176, ‘‘Port Phillip and Western Port’’; Tate and May,
Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 370,
“Frederick Henry Bay, Tasmania.’’

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 15 alive and dead; in
15 to 20 fathoms off St. Francis Island; in 40 fathoms off
Beachport, 3 quite fresh and 2 moderate; in 55 fathoms
north-west of Cape Borda, 3 moderate. Taken on the beach
at Aldinga (Mr. Kimber) and at Venus Bay, West Coast.

A colour variety, with precisely the same shape and
sculpture, is white with a brown spiral below the suture, and
a second winding round the base and over the snout. Some-
times these spirals are represented only by distant spots. It
was dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 4 good; in 595

311

fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 4 moderate; in 62 fath-
oms, 2 moderate; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 30 fairly
good ; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 17 poor. Taken on the
beach at Venus Bay, 3 good; and on St. Francis Island, 4
good.

Clathurella rufozonata, Angas.

Clathurella rufozonata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1877,
p. 38, pl. v., fig. 18. Type locality—‘‘Port Jackson.”’

This is the shell listed as C’. tincta, Reeve, by Pritchard
and Gatliff in Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, (1899) 1900, vol. xii.,
p. 176, for Port Phillip.

Our species was submitted to Mr. Hedley, who wrote: —
“Certainly not C. tencta, Reeve; see Hervier’s discussion of
that species, Jour. de Conch., vol. xlv., p. 90.” I have not
been able to consult this paper, so have preferred to retain
the name by which the species was recorded in Adcock’s list
of the Aquatic Moll. of South Austr., 1893, No. 143.

Mangilia mitralis, Adams and Angas.

Bela mitralis, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
1863, p. 420, No. 8. Type locality— ‘Port Jackson.”’

Bela australis, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
1863, p. 420, No. 9; Angas op cit., 1865, p. 159, “‘Aldinga and
Rapid Bays.”

Mangilha australis, Adams and Angas, Sowerby, Proc. Mal.
Soc., London, 1896, vol. 11., p. 31; Tate and May, Proc. Linn.
Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 370, ‘‘Tasmania,
common.”’

Mangilia mitralis, Adams and Angas, Pritchard and Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, (1899) 1900, vol. xii., p. 173, ‘‘Victorian
coast.”

Taken on the beach Kangaroo Island ; Pondolowie Bay,
Spencer Gulf; Venus Bay and St. Francis Island, Great
Australian Bight. I have not dredged it in South Australian
waters ; it would seem to be a specially littoral form.

Mangilia tasmanica, Tenison- Woods.

Cithara tasmanica, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasma-
nia, (1875) 1876, p. 145. Type locality—‘‘Kast coast of Tas-
mania.”’

Mangilia tasmanica, Tenison-Woods, Pritchard and Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900, vol. xii., p. 175, ‘‘Port Fairy (Rev.
T. Whan)’”’; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales,
1901, vol. xxvi., p. 369.

Mangelia jacksoniensis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
1877, p. 37, pl. 5, fig. 10. Type localéty— ‘Of Port Jackson
Heads in 25 fathoms (Brazier).”’

Daphnella jacksoniensis, Angas, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol.
vi., 1884, p. 311, pl. 22, fig. 73.

312

Mangelia alternata, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas-
mania, (1878) 1879, p. 39; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New
South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi.,:p. 369.

Dredged in from 14 to 26 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent
and Investigator Strait; in Encounter Bay in about 5 fath-
oms (W. Reed). Taken on the beach of Banks Island, Spen-
cer Gulf.

I think, probably, I. tasmanica grades from a long,
narrow form with sharply-angulate whorls through M. jack-
soniensis, and then through WM. mitralis into M. australis,
and forms one variable species.

Mangilia adcocki, Sowerby.

Mangilia_adcocki, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896,
vol. ii., p. 29, pl. iu1., fig. 18; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy.
Soc., Victoria, (1899) 1900, p. 174, ‘‘Western Port, etc.”’; Tate and
May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p.
370, ‘‘North coast of Tasmania.”’

Mangilia bella, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
1863, p. 419, pl. xxxvii., fig. 6 (non Hinds). Type locality—
“Rapid Bay, St. Vincent Gulf.’’

Dredged in 14 and in 22 fathoms Investigator Strait
and taken abundantly on the beach on Troubridge shoal, and
of Antechamber Bay, Kangaroo Island.

Mr. Gatliff records its variations.

Mangilia gatliffi, n. sp. Pl. xxviii, fig. 9.

Shell small, white, solid, shining, elongate-oval, blunt,
of 5 whorls, including a protoconch of 2 smooth convex
whorls, and a very flatly convex apex. Spire-whorls sloping
convex. Suture distinct, subcanaliculate, undulating, mar-
gined. Body-whorl nearly as long as the spire, slightly at-
tenuated at the base and truncate. Aperture oval, slightly
narrowed behind, wide in front, notched, without a canal.
Outer lip straightly convex, with a shallow, wide sinus be-
hind, sharp, not inflected, smooth within. Inner lp nar-
row, smooth, applied, free at the front, with a callus pos-
teriorly at the junction with the outer lip. Columella sub-
concave, joining the body-whorl at a very open angle. Spiral
sulcations equidistant, 9 in the penultimate, 17 in the body-
whorl. Axial accremental strie, distinct under the micro-
scope, cross the spirals, sinuous, comparatively distant, espe-
cially on the body-whorl.

Dim.—ULength, 5°25 mm.; of aperture, 2:25 mm. ;
breadth, 2°25 mm.

Locality.—Type from 17 fathoms Backstairs Passage,
with 2 others; Gulf St. Vincent, 3 good; in 15-20 fathoms

313

St. Francis Island, 3 quite fresh; 35 fathoms, 1 dead; 55
fathoms off Cape Borda, several dead ; 110 fathoms off Beach-
port, 2 dead.

Mangilia impendens, n. sp. Pl. xxvii., fig. 3.

Shell solid, white, of 7 whorls, including the blunt pro-
toconch of 2 smooth depressed convex turns. Spire-whorls
sloping, swollen above the linear somewhat undulating suture,
and barely swollen below it. Base slightly contracted. Aper-
ture oblong-oval, narrower behind, widely open in front, with
a sballow notch. Outer lip simple, sharp, thickened by a
marked varix outside, which ascends roundly at the suture
and bounds a shallow, wide posterior sinus, profile convex,
barely sinused anteriorly. Axial costz roundly trigonal, sin-
uous, undulating the upper suture, most valid at the swell-
ing of the whorl, half as wide as the interspaces, vanishing
towards the base, and becoming obsolete towards the aper-
ture. Very crowded spiral incisions all over, and still finer
sinuous axial growth scratches, finely granulating the sur-
face.
Dim.—ULength, 64 mm.; of body-whorl, 44 mm. ;
breadth, 2°5 mm.

Locality.—Type dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, with 23
others; 14 fathoms off Ardrossan, 1 alive; in 24 fathoms off
Newland Head, 1 dead.

Diagnosis.—\t approaches W. hexagonalis, Reeve, but
this is a longer shell, with a sharp three-whorled
brown protoconch, and with straighter, narrower ribs, and
much more numerous spiral incisions.

Mangilia hexagonalis, Reeve.

Pleurotoma hexagonalis, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
1845, p. 118; also Conch. Icon., 1845, pl. xxxii., sp. 293. Type .
locality—‘‘Philippines.”’

AEG, hexagonalis, Reeve, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1884,
wall ivi., p. 251, pl. xx ines, 14; Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc.,
London, SSG Ovo riier ne ” 30, “Gulf St. Vincent.”

Dredged in 9, 10, 12, 14, and 20 fathoms in Gulf St.

Vincent and Spencer Gulf, alive, rare. Taken on the beach
at Aldinga (Kimber).

Mangilia alticostata, Sowerby.

Mangilia alticostata, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London,
1896, vol. ii., p. 31, pl. i., fig. 16. Type locahty—‘‘Gulf St.
Vincent’; Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901,
vol. xxvi., p. 17, ‘‘Port Jackson.”’

Dredged in 12, 14, 15, and 20 fathoms in Gulf St. Vin-
cent, rather rare; taken in Wallaroo Bay (Dr. Gosse): in

314

the Port Adelaide Creek (Tate). Dredged in 15 to 20 fath-
oms off St. Francis Island, 1 good; in 24 fathoms off New-
land Head, 1 moderate; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 1 mod-
erate; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 moderate; in 110
fathoms off Beachport, 2 very poor, and in 150 fathoms, 1
very poor.

Mangilia (Glyphostoma) paucimaculata, Angas.

Glyphostoma paucimaculata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soe., Lon-
don, IS80sspee4I65 ply xl.) tome Type locality—‘“Aldinga and
Holdfast Bays (Tate) ; Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soe., London, 1896,
vol. i1., p. 30; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales,
1901, vol. Xxvi., p. 369, ‘“‘Pirate’s Bay, Tasmania.”

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, alive, and in Spencer
Gulf. Taken on the beach at Streaky Bay. A living indi-
vidual, from 7 fathoms, dredged at the entrance to Kastern
Cove, Kangaroo Island, supplied the following: —“The foot
is nearly as long as the shell, narrow, truncated in front,
pointed behind. A close and perfect examination revealed
no operculum. The siphon is one-half the length of the foot.
Minute tentacles are borne at the ends of stalks, twice as
wide and four times as long as themselves. These are white,
and a black eye occurs at the end of the stalk outside the base
of the tentacle. The foot is variegated with translucent and
opaque white, disposed in rings, and the upper part of the
foot and body and siphon are ornamented with minute orange
dots.”

Mangilia spica, Hedley.

Mangilia spica, Hedley, Records Austr. Mus., vol. vi., part 4,
1907, p. 297, pl. lv., fig. 20. Typé locality—‘80 fathoms off Nar-
rabeen, New South Wales’’ Hedley and May, op. cit., vol. vu.,
1908, p. 112, ‘‘100 fathoms oft Cape Pillar, Tasmania. 0»?

One good example was dredged in 40 and in 110 fathoms
off Beachport, and in 90 and in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa.

Mangilia dyscritos, Verco.

Terebra dyscritos, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australa,
NOG, wwoll, seeG5 js Teh jolle the, es Bal, o

Besides the localities given in the original description, it
has been taken in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 5 quite fresh
and 5 poor; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 7 poor; and in
150 fathoms off Beachport, 4 poor. The largest specimen
is 10 mm. long, and shows rusty axial flames, three in the
body-whorl, and an obscure spiral of some four faint rusty
blotches on the base, beginning at the middle of the inner
lip. The generic and family location was doubtful when
described, but the genus Mangilia among the Pleurotomidz
seems the most appropriate place at present.

315

Mangilia flaccida, Pritchard and Gatliff.

Mangilia flaccida, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. aoe Soc.,
Victoria, 1899, vol. xii., p. 102, pl. vii. , figs. 3 and 4. Type
locality——‘San_ Remo, Western Port’ ; ibid, 1900, vol. xii. 175;
Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol.
xxvi., p. 370, ‘‘Tasmania.’

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 1 perfect; in 40 fathoms
off Beachport, 3 good; in 55 fathoms north-west of Cape
Borda, 7 moderate. Taken on the beach at St. Francis
Island, 8 good, and at LeHunte Bay, Great Australian
Bight, 1 good. Identified by Mr. Gatliff.

Mangilia picta, Adams and Angas.

Mangilia picta, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
tsboep1419 pl. xexxval, digh 7. ‘Type localaty— ‘Port Jackson
(and South Australia)” Angas, Proc. Zool. Soe., London, 1867 ;
Tryon, Man. Conch., 1684, vol. vi. Ae De OO) pl. XM fic. 72;
Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soe., London, 1896, vol. 1i. 1 De 2) Pritchard
and Cues Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, (1899) 1890, vol. xil.
(N-S:),. p. 7) ‘“‘Vietorian coast’ ; Tate and May, Proc. Linn.
Soc., Naw South Wales, 1901, vol. ‘xxvi., p. 370, ‘‘Tasmania.’’

Mangilia Hi enedithies Mecizon. Woods: Proc. Roy. Soec., Tas-
mania, (1875) 1876, p. 142. Type locality—‘‘Bass Strait.’’

The variations of this species make it very worrying.
The typical shell is easily recognized by its colour bands,
its bold ribs, and its fine spiral incisions; but the ribs may
diminish to the vanishing point, the shape may vary to a
short, broad form or to a long, narrow shell, and the angu-
lation may become a rounded shoulder.

The colour markings may disappear in turn, till the shell
is quite white, or may become narrow and numerous, so as
to band the whole body-whorl with thin brown lines, and
approach JJ. insculpta, Adams and Angas, from which the
brown apex and the more decided incisions of the latter dis-
tinguish it. The most persistent ornament is that referred
to by Mr. Gatliff, the colour dashes immediately below the
suture, which are frequently crescentic and correspond with
the contour of the sinus. Another variation is a colouration
of the lower half only of the base of the body-whorl.

Dredged from 8 to 22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent and
Spencer Gulf, and off St. Francis Island; also good in 110
fathoms off Beachport, and moderate in 200 fathoms. Taken
all along the coastline westward to Fowler Bay.

Mangilia insculpta, Adams and Angas.

Mangilia inscul pta, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lon-
don, 1863, p. 420, pl. xxxvii., fig. 8. Type locality—“Gulf St.
Vincent”; ——- op. cit., 1865, p. 160; Tryon, Man. Conch,
1884, vol. vi., p. 256, pl. xxii. , fie. 61.

316

Dredged in 15 and in 20 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent, In-
vestigator Strait, and Backstairs Passage, several; in 62
fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 4 immature and poor.
Taken on the beach at Sceales Bay and St. Francis Island.

As Mr. May writes: —“It is closely related to M. delica-
tula, Tenison-Woods, in shape, but the latter has more pro-
nounced ribs and spirals, especially on the body-whorl.”

Mangilia delicatula, Tenison-Woods.

Mangilia delicatula, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas-
mania, (1878) 1879, p. Bis Type locality—‘“Long Bay, Tasma-
nia”’ ; ; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901,
vol. Xxvi. D> aioe) ‘pl. SECU oy Uiler 35: Pritchard and Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1907, vol. SX., p. 31, “6 to 8 fathoms
Western Port.’

Daphnella delicatula, Tenison-Woods, Tryon, Man. Conch.,
1884, vol. vi., p. 302, pl. Xxxii. 5 tei, AU),

Daedeed in 6 fathoms of St. Francis Island, 3 good,
and in Gulf St. Vincent, 6 good. Taken on the beach at
Aldinga (Mr. Kimber). ;

Mr. May confirmed my identification. The shell may
be long and narrow to short and ventricose; the whole sur-
face may be yellowish-brown, or the anterior half of the
body-whorl may be light-brown, or there may be a white
band just above the shoulder of the body-whorl. Tate and
May give M&M. cuspis, Sowerby, as a synonym, but this is
allied rather to J/. letournewxiana, Crosse.

Mangilia connectens, Sowerby.
ee connectens, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896,
Oll, Tis, id» SO), jolle aioe the, Tah Type locatity—“Gulf St. Vincent.”
Deeded in 14 fathom off Ardrossan, 4 very good; i
20 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent, 1 alive, 1 good; in 15 to 20
fathoms off St. Francis Island, 3 dead; in 55 fathoms north-
west of Cape Borda, 8 mederate.

Mangilia vincentina, Crosse and Fischer.

Mangilia vincentina, Crosse and Fischer, Journ. de Conch.,
USN coll esi, jd. ARR jolla “digg ther (5), Type localaty—‘‘ Rapid
Bay, Gulf St. Vincent” . Angas, Proce. Zool. Soc., London, 1865
p. 160; also 1877, p. 185, “dredged off Port Jackson Heads,’
ete. ; ; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proce. Roy. Soc., Victoria, (1899) 1900,
vol. xii. (N.S.), p. 174, “Vietoria”’ : Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc.,
London, 1896, vol. ii. f D. 30.

Mangilia vincentiana, Crosse, Tate and May, Proc. linn.
Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 369, ‘‘King Island,
Tasmania.’

Daphnella vincentina, Crosse, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1884,
Vol. vies pe Sle) pl. vexqvitepmte Ol

317

Mangilia alucinans, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896,
fale. p. 29, pl. iii. , fig. 12. Type locality—“Yankalilla Bay”
var. ornata, Sowerby, le ein pi. ii., fig. 18; Pritchard and
Gathf, op. cit. supra, “Victorian coast’? ; ; Tate and May,
loc. cit. supra, “Tong Ba Tasmania.’

Mr. Sowerby says of M@. alucinans:—“Shells of this
species have been mistaken for J/. vincentina, Crosse, and
also for M/. lineata, Reeve. The type of the former is a little
plain brown shell, with very obscure bands of darker brown.
It is more sharply angular, and the ribs are thinner than
in 1. alucinans.”

Mr. Angas in P.Z.S., 1877, p. 185, records MW. vincen-
tina for New South Wales, and remarks: —“The figure given
in the French Journal of this species is so bad, no one could
recognize it. The shell is white, with a row of brown spots
between the ribs a little below the sutures, and sometimes
with a central band on the last whorl. Crosse figures it of
a uniform brown colour.” This figure seems to have ex-
cusably misled Mr. Sowerby as to the appearance of Crosse’s
type, and he calls it “a little plain brown shell.” Crosse
describes his shell as “lutescens,” and Sowerby his as “‘stram-
inea,” both equal to “yellowish”; Angas says the former is
white, and Sowerby says of the latter, “Some are nearly
white.” As to MW. vincentina being a little shell, it is really
described as 7 mm. long, which is half a millimetre longer
than JM. alucinans. Angas recognized Port Jackson shells
as the species he had sent to Crosse from South Australia,
and examples sent me from New South Wales by Mr. Hedley
as M. vincentina are identical with the type and cotypes of
M. alucinans returned to me by Mr. Sowerby. The type
localities of the two species are practically the same, Rapid
Bay and Yankalilla Bay being adjacent to each other in
Gulf St. Vincent ; and it is significant, too, that Mr. Sowerby
says, “Among all the South Australian shells I have exam-
ined, none are quite conformable to Crosse’s type of this
species,’ and yet Angas and I dredged our specimens in
almost the same spot.

In the collection of the late Professor Tate, which came
into my possession, was a tray with rather more than 200
shells labelled Mangelia vincentina, St. Vincent Gulf. Of
these nearly one-half were like Sowerby’s type of J. aluci-
nans, and the remainder were the stouter, more coloured
form approaching his variety ornata. Angas in P.Z.S.,
London, 1880, p. 415, begins a paper thus :—“‘Several months
ago I received from Professor Ralph Tate, of the Adelaide
University, a small collection of marine shells obtained by
him (mostly from shell-sand) on various beaches in St. Vin-

318

cent and Spencer Gulfs.”’ It is most probable Mr. Angas
was responsible for the identification of the examples from
which Professor Tate named the specimens in his cabinet.
There can be little doubt, therefore, that Mr. Angas and
Professor Tate regarded as WM. vincentina, Crosse, both the
forms which Mr. Sowerby has described as alucinans.

An examination of the type and cotypes received from
Mr. Sowerby, as well as many fresh dredged and beach speci-
mens since obtained, lead to the conclusion that JZ. alucinans,
Sowerby, is conspecific with M/. vincentina, Crosse, and may
be retained to indicate a variant in which the ribs are
rounder and more solid, and the spiral lire are finer and
more crowded.

The species is very variable. With the same number of
whorls some adults may be twice as long as others, and when
of equal length may differ much in breadth and greatly in
solidity. There may be only twelve prominent spirals over
the body-whorl from the angulation to the notch, and be-
tween each of these there may be as many as twenty crowded
striz, or only six. Sometimes there are twenty equal promi-
nent threads, with fewer threadlets intervening. The striz
between the primary spirals may be all of equal size, or of
three distinct sizes; secondary ones in the middle of the
spaces, tertiary between them, and very fine between these.
In some cases the primaries may be not marked, and in others
absent, the spirals being all equal or nearly so. Nearly all
these differences may be found among the cotypes themselves.

As to colour markings, the boldest, most frequent, and
persistent is the spiral row above the angle, with the trans-
verse spots in the intercostal spaces. Next one in the middle
of the body-whorl, then one between this and the snout,
then one between the latter two, and then one between the
former two. All these below the angle are on the ribs, and
interrupted by the spaces, except in a very few examples,
when they form a continuous spiral line, distinctly thinner
in the interspaces. Rarely some individuals are also min-
utely dotted with brown all over the whorls, but most abun-
dantly just below the sutures, and the intercostal spaces be-
low the lowest spiral may have short-curved axial brown
flames.

Dredged alive in Gulf St. Vincent from 5 to 22 fathoms,
many alive; in 15 to 35 fathoms St. Francis Island, seve-
ral; in 45 fathoms off Neptune Islands, 4 fresh; in 55 fath-
oms off Cape Borda, 19 moderate; in 62 fathoms, 11 moder-
ate; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 poor; and in 110 fath-
oms off Beachport, 1 poor. Taken on the beach as far west

319

as St. Francis Island and LeHunte Bay. The beach speci-
mens are usually larger, and more solid and more fully
coloured than the dredged shells. It affects the shallower
waters.
Mangilia anomala, Angas.
Purpura (ry anomala, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
wS07, p. 34, pl. fig. 1. Type “locality— ‘295 fathoms outside

Port Jackson Fiend ; also 1880, p. 415, ‘‘South Australia’
Tryon, Man. Conch., 1884, vol. vi, p. 318.

Murex Genin) anomala, Angas, Tyron, Man. Conch.,
1880, vol. ii., pp. 121 and 180, pl. xxxvi., fig. 422.

Mangilia USN: Angas, Tate, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1890, es Tegel Seip leads "Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London,
1896, vol. Tee 19 “31, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc.,
Victoria, (1899) Pi 900, "vol. Nii. (N.S.), p. 174, ‘‘Victorian coast’? ;
Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol.
XXVIE EE GOO, “North coast Tasmania.’

Dredged alive in 5 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent, 1; in
15 to 20 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 2; in 20 fathoms
outside Backstairs Passage, 2; dead at various depths up to
22 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf; in 55
fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 very poor. Taken on the beach
as tar west as Sceales Bay. It appears not to live beyond
about 25 fathoms.

Mangilia fallaciosa, Sowerby.

mes (?) fallaciosa, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London,
TSIGN oly tip. 26) plastic! 7. Type locality—‘Gulf St. Vin-
cent (Verco). 300

The author says:—‘It is with some uncertainty that I
place this with Daphnella.” The type was immature, with
the labrum thin; when adult this has quite a marked vari-
cose thickening close to its border, though the individual
may measure only 67 mm. instead of the typical 10 mm.
The shells may be more solid and opaque than the type,
though usually they are rather thin and diaphanous. In-
stead of the typical feeble sinuous axial plice on the upper
three spire whorls only, which become cbsolete on the fourth,
these may be quite valid on four whorls, and to the border
of the labrum, fading out on the base of the whorl. The
protoconch, when the shell is alive or quite fresh, may be
translucent white or brown, and large irregular rusty flames,
blotches, and streaks may colour the shell.

Dredged in 15-20 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 2 good;
in Gulf St. Vincent, 13 quite fresh or alive; in 40 fathoms
off Beachport, 5 good : in 45 fathoms off the Neptune Islands,
3 good; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 5 good; in 62 fathoms,
5 good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Tata. 18 moderate; in 110

320

fathoms off Beachport, 22 good; in 130 fathoms off Cape
Jaffa, 1 very good; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 9 good,
showing the brown flames: in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 11
good ; in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 9 very poor.

Daphneila brenchleyi, Angas.
Clathurella brenchleyi, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soce., London, 1877,
por.) ply vse: Type locality— ‘Port Stephens.”’

Daphmella brenchleyi, Angas, Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus.,
iv., part 6, 1903, p. 391, fic. text 106, “41-50 fathoms off Cape
Three Points, New South Wales.’’

Var. vercoi, Sowerby.

Daphnella vercoi, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896,
Ole ie p. 2ah. al. il. fig. 8. Type locality— ‘Backstairs Passage,
6 to 20 fathoms.’

The type shell of this species is much more ventricose
and comparatively of more delicate texture than OC. brenchleyr
from New South Wales, but shells returned to me by Mr.
Sowerby as cotypes are indistinguishable from the New South
Wales form in shape and sculpture, and have the same min-
utely spirally lirate protoconch, and grade into his type. I
am compelled, therefore, to unite the two.

Dredged in 6, 9, 12, 15, 17, 20, and 22 fathoms in Gulf
St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, Investigator Strait, and Back-
stairs Passage.

Daphnella eburnea, Petterd.

Trophon eburneus, Petterd, Jour. Conch., 1884, vol. iv.,
p. 142. Type locality_—‘“Tamar Heads’’; Pritchard and Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soe., Victoria, (1897) 1898, vol. x. (N.S.), p. 258,
“Western Port’; also op cit., (1905) 1906, vol. xvili. (N.S.), p. 41.

Tritonidea eburnea, Petterd, Adcock, Handlist of Aquatic
Moll. of South Australia, 1893, p. 4, No. 48.

Cantharus eburneus, Petterd, Tate and May, Proc. Linn.
Soc., New South: Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 357, text fig. 1.

“Tate and May shifted this species from Trophon to Canth-
arus, but Pritchard and Gatliff objected to this location, yet
felt doubt as to where it should be placed. I now suggest
Daphnella. It has a closely spirally lirate protoconch like
several species in this genus, the delicate lamelliform axials,
which make a frill immediately below the suture, correspond-
ing with a small round sinus there, and has fine, crowded
spirals, and when alive is of delicate texture and comes close
to Daphnella brenchleyt, and especially to var. vercot, Sow-
erby. The objection urged to its location in Cantharus, which
might be regarded as equally valid here, is its umbilicus; but
is it not a false umbilicus? It is absent from young shells,

Li ae
ha park.
o

321

and is only a separation of the inner lip at its tip, from the
sinistral twist of the extremity of the columella.

Dredged in 17 fathoms Backstairs Passage, 4 dead, mod-
erate. Taken on the beach at Aldinga and at Fowler Bay,
and on St. Francis Island.

Daphnella diluta, Sowerby.

eo diluta, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol.
1896, 26, pl. in., fig. 6. Type locality —“Backstairs Dies
20 Pa ig "(Verco). 3

Dredged in Backstairs Passage, 17 fathoms, 4 dead; in
20 fathoms, 2 fresh, 8 dead; in 22 fathoms, 1 alive, 3 fresh,
4 dead ; in Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 6 moderate ;
in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 broken.

Daphnella inornata, Sowerby.

Mangia inornata, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896,
vol. u1., p. 30, pl. in., fig. 15. Type locality —‘‘Gult St. Vincent.”

Dredged alive in 22 fathoms Backstairs Passage; also
many alive or dead in 15, 17, and 20 fathoms in Gulf St.
Vincent; in 62. fathoms aaah west off Cape Borda, 1 per-
fect, 2 good immature; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 dead ;
in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 5 good.

I think this is a Daphnella from its light texture, fine
cancellation, and sinus.

Daphnella fenestrata, n. sp. Pl. xxviii, figs. 6 and 7.

Shell delicate, white, of 5 whorls, including a rather
blunt scarcely mamillate protoconch of 2 convex whorls, with
7 spiral lire, ending abruptly at the first axial rib. Spire-
whorls gradate, subconcavely sloping below the suture, with
a sharp lira at the edge of the gradation ; whorls contracting
towards the lower suture ; body-whorl contracted at the base ;
canal very short; aperture oblong-oval, outer lip thin, with
ten lire outside, which with the lip in profile project as minute
spurs ; sinus well marked from the suture to the angle; inner
lp a narrow, opaque-white glaze: columella long, straightly
convex. Sculpture bold, five spirals in the first and second
whorls, including that at the angle, fourteen on the body-
whorl, narrow, erect ; axials, twenty in the penultimate, coro-
nating the uppermost spiral with projecting points, and pro-
ducing tiny tubercles as they cross the other spirals. Crowded
axial threads, concave forwards, run from the simple suture
to the angle.

Dim.—Length, 4 mm.; of the body-whorl, 28 mm.;
breadth, 1°5 mm.

K

322

Locality.—Type in 62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda,
10 good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 17 good and broken ;
in 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands, 3
good, 7 fragments; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 6 good;
and in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 good.

Variations.—There may be only three spirals in each
spire-whorl, with less numerous axials. It may reach 65 mm
in length.

Daphnella fragilis, Reeve.

Pleurotoma fragihs, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1845,
p. 111, ‘“Habitat—(?)’’; Conch. Icon., 1845, pl. xxi. spar
Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1880, p. "416, eke Bay
(Tate)” ; Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 1896. 26, No. 10);
Pritchard and Gatliff, Proce. Roy. Soc., Victoria, "1906, vol. xv iii.
(N.S.), part 2, p. 51, ‘“Western Port, Victoria, 7 fathoms.’

Pleurotoma lymneceformis, ees Reeve, Count Icon., 1846,
pl. xxxv., fig. 325.

Pl emnanenns lymneiformis, Kiener, Coq. Vivantes, p. 62, pl.
XX11. , fig. 3; var. fragilis, Reeve, Tryon, Man. Conch, 1884, vol.
vi. . Dp: 300, pl. xxvl., fig. 90.

Dredged at all depths from 9 to 20 fathoms; 3 from New-
land Head, westward as far as St. Francis Island, but not
in deeper water.

Daphnella stiphra, n. sp. Pl. xxv., figs. 5 and 6.

Shell fragile, short, biconic. Protoconch brown, of 44
whorls, the apical 1$ with close spiral lire, punctate between,
the rest latticed by the crossing of two sets of crowded oblique
lire, whorls convex, sutures deep. Spire-whorls four, convex,
roundly angled just below the centre; sutures deep. Body-
whorl tumid, contracted at the base ; aperture obliquely oval ;
outer lip thin, simple, broken; inner lip represented by a

smooth, glazed area; columella straight, barely concave ;
canal short, open. Sinus at the suture, round, simple.
Sculpture. —In the concave space just below the

suture are crowded very fine spirals, eight in the
penultimate; below a prominent thread which bounds
this space are more distant and _ stouter lire, two
in the first whorl, three in the second, four in the
third, eight in the fourth, and about forty in the body-whorl.
Axial threadlets concave forwards to the prominent spiral
thread, and convex forwards thence to the suture, run in
the body-whorl over the base to the canal.
PDim.—Length, 85 mm. ; breadth, 4 mm.

Locality.—Type 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, dead; in 15

fathoms off Wallaroo, 1 moderate.

323

Daphnella perplexa, n. sp. Pl. xxviii., figs. 1 and 2.

Shell delicate, elongate-oval, of 6 whorls. Protoconch of
two convex whorls, each with ten valid spiral lire; apex
blunt, ending abruptly, with the first spire-whorl issuing
from within it. Spire-whorls four, convex, sutures linear.
Body-whorl much longer than the spire, gradually contracting
at the base. Aperture oblique, elongate-oval, canal short,
wide, open, deviated slightly to the left. Columella straight,
forming an obtuse angle with the inner lip, which is distinct,
complete, applied, and glazed. Outer lip with a finely crenu-
lated border ; in profile retrocurrent at the suture to form a
shallow sinus, then uniformly curved, convex, with a shallow
excavation at the contracted base. The whole surface of the
shell is sculptured with spiral lire, six in the first whorl,
twelve in the second, sixteen in the third, and fifty-two in
the body-whorl, granulated by very fine axial strie which
granulate the sutural margin. Colour is somewhat mottled
very light-brown. with spiral equidistant white hairlines, five
in the penultimate, ten in the body-whorl.

Dim.—Length, 63 mm.; of body-whorl, 39 mm. ;
width, 22 mm.

Locality—Type 22 fathoms Backstairs Passage ; off Point
Marsden, Kangaroo Island, 15 fathoms, 1 dead; Yankalilla
Bay and Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 10.

D. fragilis, Reeve, has its protoconch latticed by cross-
ing lire, has a different shape, and wider-spaced stronger
axials.

The length when adult, shown by the ascending suture,
may be 47 mm. or 71. The colour may be wholly white,
probably from bleaching.

Daphnella legrandi, Beddome.

Drillia legrandi, Beddome, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, (1882)
1883, p. 167. Type locality—<‘D’ Entrecasteaux Channel, 7 fath-
oms.

Clathurella legrandi, Beddome, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc.
Roy. Soc., Victoria, (1899) 1900, vol. xii. (N.S.), p. 178, ‘‘Portland’’ ;
Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1900, p. 225, pl.
ene os. 12S.

Tate and May, in Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales,
1901, vol. xxvi., p. 371, make it a synonym of Clathurella
sculptilior, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, (1878)
1879, p. 38. Two gentlemen claim to have provided the
author with the type and to possess the cotypes. One presents
examples of D. legrandi as the cotypes; the other, who is
cited by Woods as having supplied the type, distributes (’.
desalesi, Tenison-Woods. The weight of evidence is in favour

K2

324

of the latter, and D. legrandi can scarcely be accepted. As
the type cannot be found, and the shell has not been figured,
it is preferable to ignore C. sculptilior and use the two names
which are certain for the two species. Tate and May are fol-
lowed by Hedley in Records Austr. Mus., vol. vi., part 4,
p- 298, 1907, who calls the shell Daptimella sculptior [ste],
Tenison- Woods.

Tate and May also make Daphnella bitorquata, Sowerby,
a synonym of this shell (Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales,
1901, xxvi., p. 446), but it is really a variety or
Daphnella Sanmianncd, Tenison- Woods.

Dredged at varying depths in Gulf St. Vincent and
Backstairs Passage up to 20 fathoms, 30 dead and quite fresh ;
in 15 to 20 fathoms off St. Framers Island, 4 moderate, and
in 35 fathoms, 1 moderate; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 1]
good and 4 poor: in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 4 poor; in
110 fathoms off Beachport, 5 moderate.

Daphnella bastowi, Gatliff and Gabriel.

Daphnella bastowi, Gatlff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soe., Vic-
toria, 1908, vol. xxi. (N.S!), p. 365, pl. xxi., flesy 1 fow4eeume
locality—‘‘ Western Port.”

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 7 ex-
amples.

Daphnella tasmanica, Tenison- Woods.

Daphnella tasmanica, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas-
mania, (1876) 1877, p. 138, “Tasmania” ; Hedley, Proc. Linn.
Soc., New South Wales, (1901) 1900, vol. XKiv., p. | (20, tower
and xxvi., (1901) 1902, p. 700; Tate ‘and May, Proc. Linn. Soc.,
New South Wales, xxvi., 1901, Da oe Pritchard. and Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, (1905) 1906, vol. xviii. (N.S.), part 2)
p. 52, ‘‘Western Port, about 7 fathoms.”’

Var. bitorquata, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. 11.,
1896, p. 27, pl. iii., fig. 10, ‘‘Spencer and St. Vineent Gulis
(Adcock). 4)

This shell varies greatly—(1) In shape. The whorls may
be quite round, or uniangulate or biangulate, depending on
the strength of certain spirals. Some examples are much
shorter and more ventricose than others; (2) in sculpture.
The spirals may be nearly equal all over the shell, or unequal
on the early whorls and equal on the body-whorl, or they
may be alternately markedly large and small. The axials
in some are as distant as the spirals, so as to make a square,
open lattice, or very crowded, and this either on shells with
equal and close or unequal and open spirals. In some the
large spirals are nodulated, so that the shell, looked at from
the apex, displays some ten or twelve angles, which may be ~
opaque-white; (3) in colour. The shell may be uniformly

325

brown, or with square, distant brown blotches below the
sutures, or more or less indistinctly mottled with brown, and
with opaque white spots scattered about.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent at depths up to 23 fathoms,
14 alive or good; in 20 fathoms off Newland Head, 1 good;
in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1 good. The South Aus-
tralian shells favour the brtorguata variety rather than the
typical D. tasmanica-

Daphnella lamellosa, Sowerby.

Clathurella lamellosa, Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London,
1896, vol. 2, p. 28, pl. in., fig. 11. Type locality—‘Gulf St. Vin-
cent (Verco)’*; Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1900,
ROR Vien Da 20:

Mr. Hedley, Joc. cit., supposes. it to be an immature
Daphnella tasmanica, Tenison-Woods, but the shape of the
labral sinus is quite distinctive.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent up to 22 fathoms, several
alive and dead; in 15 to 20 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1
dead ; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 perfect ; in 104 fathoms
35 miles south-west of the Neptunes, 42 good and broken; in
110 fathoms off Beachport, 1; and in 130 fathoms off Cape
Jaffa, 1 dead.

Daphnella triseriata, n. sp. Pl. xxvii, fig. 8.

Shell of 6 whorls, including the protoconch of 2 whorls,
with an exsert apex, closely spirally lirate. When viewed
from the apex, the contour of the spire-whorls is not uni-
formly curved, but polygonal, septangulate in the type. They
have a central angulation, provided with a stout, rounded
cord, and are constricted at the linear sutures. In the first
and second spire-whorls a smaller secondary lira arises above
the angle and another below; in the third whorl another ter-
tiary and still smaller lira is intercalated above,. and another
in each interval below. In the body-whorl, below these, aris-
ing at the suture is a stout cord forming a second angula-
tion, below which the base is markedly concavely constricted,
and has about ten lire, diminishing in size anteriorly. The
aperture is obliquely oval, narrowed behind. Columella
straightly convex. Outer lip thin, simple, crenulated, and
toothed by the spirals; with a deep, narrow posterior sinus,
bounded on one side by the sutural lira, and on the other
by the nearest secondary lira; in profile the lip is convex.
Very fine crowded axial striz, corresponding with the sinu-
osity of the outer lip, cross the whole surface except the pri-
mary spirals.

326

Dim.—Length, 46 mm.; of the body-whorl, 24 mm. ;
breadth, 2°4 mm.

Locality.—Type 110 fathoms off Beachport, with 6 others,
good ; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 3 very good, and in 90
fathoms, 6 good, but small.

Daphnella bathentoma, n. sp, Pi. xxviii, fig. 3.

Shell small, white, thin, of 5 whorls, including the pro-
minent conical protoconch of 2 convex elate whorls, with
exserted apex. Spire-whorls have a corded obtuse angula-
tion, with a slope from the upper suture, somewhat constrict-
ed towards the lower. Body-whorl with a second angulation
starting from the suture at the aperture ; below this the base
is rapidly concavely contracted. Aperture obliquely oval.
Canal short. Outer lip thin, simple, biangulate ; with a deep,
narrow sinus at the suture with parallel margins; in profile
slightly convex to the front angulation, then concave to the
edge of the canal. Columella very long, nearly straight.
When looked at from the apex the shell is faintly polygonal,
with ten angles in a spiral (in a cotype these are produced
into transverse sharp tubercles). A single spiral runs be-
tween the angulation and the upper suture, and in the body-
whorl bounds the front of the posterior sinus. Another hes
midway between the angulation and the lower suture. In
the suture, the second angulation of the body-whorl may ap-
pear as a sutural cord. This bounds the back of the posterior
labral sinus. Axials concave forward run from the suture
to the nearest spiral, then straight and very obliquely from
this to the first angle, then vertically to the next angle, and
are lost on the base; they do not cross the spirals or stand
erect.

Dim.—Uength, 2°83 mm.; of the body-whorl, 18 mm. ;
breadth, 1°45 mm.

Locality.—Type from 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west
of Neptune Islands, with 10 others good, all dead.

Daphnella minuta, Tenison- Woods.

Driilia minuta, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania,
(1876) 1877, p. 136. Type locality—‘Long Bay, Tasmania.”’

Daphnella minuta, Tenison-Woods, Tate and May, Proc.
Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi. 5) Deventer

Daphnella (Teres) mimica, Sonennes Proc. Mal. Soc., Lon-
don, 1896, vol. ii., p. 27, pl. iii., fig. 10. ‘Type locality—“Gulf St.
Vincent (V erco)”? ; also var. fusca, loc. cit.

Daphnella mimica, Sowerby, Pritchard oe Gatliff, Proc.
Roy. Soe., Victoria, (1905 ) 1906, vol. XVill., part 2 2, Pp. 52, coWest-
ern Port, about 7 fathoms.”

327

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, under 22 fathoms, 20 alive,
9 dead; in 17 fathoms Backstairs Passage, 1 alive; in 15-20
fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1 alive; in 35 fathoms, 1 alive,
2 dead; in 45 fathoms off Neptune Islands, 1 dead;
in 90 fathoms off Cape Jafia, 2 dead, immature; in 104 fath-
oms 35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands, 2 good, dead.

Another variety which may be called marmorata is beau-
tifully marbled with flames of white and deep blackish-
brown.

Daphnella excavata, Gatliif.

peg excavata, Gathff, ae Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906,
wole six. CN US.); pa pl. i , figs. 1 and 2. Type locality—‘‘Port
Phillip’; Hedley, Proce. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1907, vol.
SEN) pr. QO"; ‘in 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head Island, Queens-
land”’ ; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., vol. vii., No. 2.
1908, p. 112, “‘in 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, ‘Tasmania.”’

Dredged in 22 fathoms outside Backstairs Passage, 11
examples. Identified by Mr. Gatliff.

Cythara compta, Adams and Angas.

Cithara compta, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London,
18638, p. 419, pl. xxxvil., fig. 5. Type localaty— ‘New South
Ww eae 1865, p. 160, ‘‘dredged Rapid Bay, Gulf St. Vancom
1867, 204 ; ‘Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1896, vol. p-
31; Pritchard vee Gatliff, Proce. Roy. Soe. ; Victoria, (1899) 1900,
vol. xii. (N.S.), p. 176, “Victoria” ; Tate and May, Proc. Linn.
Soc., New South wales 1901, vol. Xxvi., p. 370, ‘‘Tasmania.”’

Daphnella, ete., Tryon, Man. Conch., SSA vol. wiley ps
306, pl. xxv., ‘fig. 49.

Daphnella variz, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania,
(1876) 1877, p.-10. Type locality—‘‘Tamar Heads, Tasmania.’’

Dredged alive at all depths from 9 to 20 fathoms in Gulf
St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, and in our two Straits; only
1, and that very poor, dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport.
It is taken on the beach on St. Francis Island, and has been
sent to me from Rotnest Island, in Western Australia. It
is a comparatively common shell in South Australia.

Cythara kingensis, Petterd.

Daphnella kingensis, Petterd, Jour. Conch., 1879, vol.
u., p. 102. Type locality— ‘King Tsland, Tasmania’: Tate and
May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p.
370; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908,
p. 112, “100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.”

Chara cognata, Pritchard and Gatlif, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vic-
toria, 1899, vol. xii., p. 103, pl. vin. Type locality—‘5 fathoms
Western Port” ; Tate and } May, loc. cit., affirm its identity.

Mangilia emina, Hedley, Records ee Mus. vol. vi., part
2, 1905. p. 53, fig. 20. Pype locality—* 111 fathoms off’ ape
Byron, New South Wales.”

328

Mr. Hedley, who has seen my series, regards his type as
a micromorph of C. kingensis, and withdraws his species.

It is very variable. It may be 16 mm. long, as in the
type of (’. cognata, 11 mm. as in MZ. emina, or 575 mm. as
in some adult examples of mine. In shape it may be long
and narrow, or short and broad. In sculpture it may have
axial ribs, well marked, narrow, almost lamelliform, or round
and solid, or low, or quite obsolete, especially on the body-
whorl. The spiral lire may be quite valid, or revealed only
by a fairly high power of the microscope; generally the
spirals are best marked when the axials are small. The colour
may be a uniform brown tint, or there may be spiral colour
bands of different widths, or the shell may be white.

Dredged in 15-20 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1 nearly
adult; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 11 good; 55 fathoms
north-west of Cape Borda, 1 good, 2 poor; in 90 fathoms off
Cape Jaffa, 2 immature: in 104 fathoms 35 miles off the Nep-
tunes, 19 good, 35 immature; in 110 fathoms off Beachport,
2 good, 3 moderate: in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 5 per-
fect, 5 immature; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 3 moderate ;
in 200 fathoms, 6 good, 4 poor; in 300 fathoms off Cape
Jaffa, 4 immature. It appears not to inhabit our shallower
waters, but to be fairly evenly distributed, though rare from
40 to 300 fathoms.

Borsonia ceroplasta, Watson.

Borsonia ceroplasta, Watson, Chall. Reps. Zool., 1886, vol.
xv., p. 368, pl. xviii., fig. 2, ‘‘North of Culebra Island, West
Indies, 390 fathoms, Pteropod ooze.’’

Dredged in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 dead shell. It
differs from the type in that its spire is proportionally not
quite so long, and no obsolete flat spirals are visible above
the suture and winding round the base. The nucleus, suture,
infrasutural pad, angulation, tubercles, generic fold on the
columella, canal, labral sinus (as well as can be determined
from the description and figure) are identical. As only one
specimen has been taken, and this immature, of six whorls
only instead of eight, and a dead though well-preserved ex-
ample, and as the members of the Pleurotomide show very
wide specific variations, it is probably only a variant, and is
provisionally so recorded. This is a new genus for South
Australia.

Mitromorpha alba, Petterd.

Columbella alba, Petterd, Jour. Conch., vol. ii., 1879, p.
104. Fype locality—‘‘Blackman’s Bay, Tasmania.’’

Mitromorpha alba, Petterd, Tate, Proc. Roy. Soc., New South
Wales, 1898, p. 397; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soe., New South

7) =
roe tL:

329

‘Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., pp. 372 and 455; Hedley, op. cit., 1905,
vol. xxx., p. 5384; Records of the Austr. Mus., vol. vi., part 4, p.
298, ‘“80 fathoms off Narrabeen.’

M. flindersi, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria,
vol. xii. (N.S.), p. 104, pl. viii., fig. 6, “Western Port”; op. cit.,
‘vol. xviil., 1905, p: 51.

Dredsed in Gulf St. Vincent, 16 good and moderate ; in
40 fathoms off Beachport, 10 good, 4 moderate; in 55 fath-
oms off Cape Borda, 3 perfect, 17 good; in 60 fathoms off
Cape Borda, 8 very poor; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2
very poor; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 3 very good, 12
poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 good, 8 very poor;
in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 1 poor. It would seem to live
up to about 110 fathoms. Taken on the beach St. Francis
Island, good.

Some shells are much more solid and ventricose than
others.

Mitromorpha alba, Petterd. Var. axiscalpta, var. nov.

It has the shape of J/. alba, Petterd, but has crowded
axial incisions granulating the spirals. It has also three
spiral rows of small, square brown spots on the body-whorl ;
one just below the suture, but not on the first spiral as in
some of the typical J/. alba; a second starting just above the
aperture and winding round to just above the middle of the
labrum; a third beginning just above the two nodules on
the labium and running over the back of the snout. The
upper two rows appear in the spire-whorls. Sometimes the
shell is flamed with very light-brown between the spots axi-
ally.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 10 good, 2 poor; in 55
fathoms off Cape Borda, 10 good, 37 poor; in 110 fathoms off
Beachport, 6 poor. .

Mitromorpha angusta, n. sp. Pl. xxvii., figs. 4 and 5.
Shell fusiform, narrow, of 6 whorls, including the pro-

toconch of 2 smooth convex whorls, with simple suture. Spire-
whorls convex, with simple suture; body-whorl tapering an-
teriorly. Aperture narrowly oval, scarcely contracted be-
hind, widely open in front, no canal, only channelled ; outer
lip thin, simple, uniformly convex in profile, no distinct sinus
posteriorly ; inner lip slightly thickened on the straight colum-
ella, with two faint plaits or nodules. Colour white, with
a spiral row of some seven brown spots, showing just above
the suture, and winding to the middle of the labrum.

Dim.—Uength, 57 mm.; of the body-whorl, 3°8 mm. ;
breadth, 2°] mm.

330

Locality.—Type from 110 fathoms off Beachport, with 3
others very good; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 3 good; in
200 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good.

It is much more attenuate than J/. alba, Petterd, and
has only the one suprasutural row of spots. It may possibly
be an extreme variant.

Mitromorpha incerta, Pritchard and Gatliff.

Mangiha incerta, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc.,
Victoria, 1902, vol. xiv. (N.S.), part 2, p. 181) pl axj hee
atic poor); ibid, op. cit., 1906, vol. xvili., p. 50, ‘“Western

ort.

To the author’s definition I may add that the protoconch
is conical, of three whorls, subconvex, suture shallow, whorls
minutely granulated in spiral rows, fifteen in the third whorl.
The length is 41 mm.; of the body-whorl, 2°38 mm. ; and
breadth, 1°6 mm.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent and Backstairs Passage,
depth not noted, 17 fresh and dead; in 15 to 20 fathoms off
St. Francis Island, 2 very poor; in 35 fathoms, 2 poor; in
62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 1 good and 3 poor;
in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 poor; in 104 fathoms off Nep-.
tune Islands, | poor.

T have called it a Mitromorpha rather than a Mangilia,
although it has no visible labial nodules or plaits, because it
seems very closely allied to Jf. alba, var. axiscalpta, above
described.

Mitromorpha axicostata, n. sp. Pl. xxviii, fig. 4.

Shell solid, elongate-oval, of 6 whorls, including the
pointed protoconch of 24 smooth convex whorls. Spire-whorls
slightly convex. Suture simple, margined by a flat, narrow
band. Base moderately contracted. Aperture elongate-oval,
slightly constricted into a short, open canal. Outer lip thin,
simple, convex in profile, with a shallow, wide depression just
below the ascending suture. Inner lp complete, an applied
thin glaze, callous at the suture. Columella long, nearly
straight, slightly prominent at junction with concave base of
body-whorl. No definite plait. Oblique rounded axial coste,
as wide as the interspaces, absent from the base, and vanish-
ing towards the aperture. Spiral lire flatly convex, wider
than their spaces, cross the ribs, nine in the penultimate,
twenty-five in the body-whorl.

Dim.—ULength, 49 mm.; of the body-whorl, 2.4 mm. ;
breadth, 2°1 mm.

Locality.—Type from 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west

331

of Neptune Islands, with 9 good and 24 poor; also in 40
fathoms off Beachport, 3 fresh ; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jafia,
1 good, 3 poor ; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good, 1 poor ;
in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 3 moderate.

When fresh there is a walnut-coloured band over the
middle third of the body-whorl, less extensive in the inter-
costal spaces. This appears above the suture in the spire-
whorls; the costa are dotted above, and there are curved
axial lines of dots on the lire at the base. The size may
reach to—Length, 73 mm.; of the body-whorl, 36 mm. ;
breadth, 3 mm. The ribs in the longer form may be much
narrower, and may be obsolete before reaching the body-
whorl.

This species approaches very close to Mangilia, and may
belong to that genus.

Mitromorpha paula, n. sp. PI. xxviii., fig. 5.

Shell, minute, solid, of 45 whorls, including a blunt pro-
toconch of 2 whorls, which are convex and apparently smooth,
but microscopically granular, separated by a linear suture ;
it ends abruptly, and from within it issue the spirals of the
first spire-whorls. Perfect specimens show the granules in
very close-set spiral rows. Spire-whorls slightly convex, with
eight spiral lire. Sutures simple. Body-whorl large, taper-
ing anteriorly. Aperture elongate-oval, rather widely open
in front; outer lip simple, crenulated outside by the sculp-
ture, slightly convex in profile, with a minute round, shallow
sinus close to the suture; inner lip is a complete narrow
glaze; there are twenty-three spiral lire, flat-topped, half

as wide as the interspaces, axially faintly incised. Colour is
-cinnamon-brown, lighter in a band on the prominence of the
whorls.

Dim.—Length, 3 mm.; of the body-whorl, 2°1 mm.;
breadth, 135 mm. A second example is 3°8 mm. by 1'5 mm.

Locality.—Type from Gulf St. Vincent, depth unre-
‘corded, with 70 others in good and moderate condition ; in 22
fathoms Backstairs Passage, 4 alive, 5 dead.

It is not unlike Pleurotoma (Theshia) eritima, Watson,
Chall. Reps. Zool., 1886, vol. xv., p. 329, pl. xxi., fig. 2
but is larger and has spirals half, instead of twice, as wide
as the grooves.

Var. leuca, n. var.

This is quite white, and is generally rather narrower
than the type of paula.

Dredged in 20 fathoms Investigator Strait, 1 good;

45 fathoms north of Neptune Islands, 1 good; in 49 ie

332

off Cape Jaffa, 1 good and 1 very good, with a spiral row of
distant brown spots in the spire-whorl, extending round the
body-whorl ; in 62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, 3 very
good, 9 good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 good; in 104
fathoms 35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands, 3 good; in
110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 quite fresh, with some brown
staining in the middle third of the outer lip; in 130 fathoms
off Cape Jaffa, 1 poor.

These seem to affect deeper water than the type.

Mitromorpha paucilirata, n. sp. Pl. xxvii, figs. 8 and 9.

Shell elongate-oval, of 5 whorls, including a blunt pro-
toconch of 2 convex whorls, apparently smooth, but micro-
scopically minutely punctate from crowded spiral and axial
lire; the latter become more conspicuous just before the
abrupt termination of the protoconch; suture simple, im-
pressed. Spire-whorls convex, suture distinct, bounded below
by a round spiral. Body-whorl oval, tapering anteriorly ;
base very faintly excavate. Aperture oblique, narrowly
oval; outer lip thin, simple, corrugated by the spirals, con-
vex in profile, with a shallow, round sinus near the suture;
inner lip a glaze, thicker on the columella, which is straight
and forms a round, open angle with the slightly concave base
of the whorl. There are four spirals in the first whorl, five
in the second, and seventeen in the body-whorl, becoming
crowded towards the snout, about one-third the width of the
concave interspaces, which are well roughened (and the spirals
slightly so) by crowded fine distinct oblique axial lire. The
spirals are opaque-white in colour, and are faintly articu-
lated with tiny brown subdistant spots; the labrum is brown-
stained outside. In some examples there is a row of brown
blotches in each whorl, running round the body-whorl to a
little above the middle of the labrum.

Dim.—ULength, 4 mm.; of the body-whorl, 2°3 mm. ;
breadth, 1°77 mm.

Locality.—Type dredged in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, ~
with 17 good ones and 28 moderate: in 62 fathoms off Cape
Borda, 2 good; in 104 fathoms off Neptune Islands, 7 good
and 8 moderate; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good.

It resembles IZ. angusta; but this is longer and has eight
spirals in the penultimate and twenty-eight in the body-
whorl. It differs from WM. paula, var. leuca, in having fewer
spirals, more convex whorls, in an excavate depression below
the spiral which bounds the suture, and in the more convex
whorls and deeper suture of the protoconch.

333

Var. crassilirata, n. var.

This is slightly larger, 45 mm. long and 1°7 mm. broad,
and more solid, with the same number of spirals, but these
are much stouter, the infrasutural cord being specially round
and conspicuous.

Dredged in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 very good.

Mitromorpha pallidula, Hedley.

Mitromorpha pallidula, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1905, vol. xxx., part 4, p. 534, pl. xxxil., fig. 26, ‘‘Manly
Beach, near Sydney,” also ‘‘24 fathoms off Derwent River, Tas-
mania’’; Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1907, vol. xx. (N.S.),
part i., p. 32, ‘‘Port Albert.”

Dredged in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1 alive;
in 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 moderate; in 90 fathoms off
‘Cape Jaffa, 2 poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 8 good;
in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 6 good.

Natica sticta, n. sp. Pl. xxix., figs. 4, 5, and 6.

Shell solid, ovately-globose, of 35 whorls. Spire scarcely
raised, whorls flatly convex. Suture distinct, linear. Aper-
ture semi-circular ; outer lip thin, simple. Inner lip distinct,
raised into a callous pad, which, with that of the straight
columella, almost completely fills the large umbilicus. In.
young shells the umbilicus is wide, open to the apex, and
with a spiral funicle winding up to the middle of the colum-
ella. Surface snining and smooth, but for sublenticular ac-
cremental scratch-lines, most marked at the border of the
umbilicus. There are three spiral rows of brown marks, axi-
ally elongate, and somewhat zigzag.

Dim.—Length, 85 mm.; breadth, 7 mm.; height, 5°25
mm.

Locality.—Type from 130 fathoms Cape Jaffa, with
many others quite fresh. Dredged also in 16 fathoms out-
side Backstairs Passage, 3 good; 1n 17 fathoms Gulf St. Vin-
cent, 5; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 26 good; in 45 fathoms
east of North Neptunes, 4; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, ©
15 dead, also in 62 fathoms, 29 minute; in 110 fathoms off
Beachport, 60; and in 150 fathoms, 1 fresh.

As no individual was taken alive to provide an oper-
culum, the genus is not certain; but I think it will prove to
be a Natica with a shelly operculum. Some shells have an.
additional ornament in a dull-brown infrasutural continuous .
band.

334

Eunaticina albosutura, n. sp. Pl. xx., figs. 10 and 11.

Shell flatly globosely obliquely oval, of 4 whorls, includ-
ing a protoconch of 2 smooth, flat whorls, ending abruptly.
Spire-whorls rapidly increasing; spire flatly round, apex
scarcely exsert. Suture linear, slightly descending at the
aperture. Aperture obliquely semi-circular. Outer lip
curved, less behind than in front, thin, simple, scarcely re-
tiring at the suture. Inner lip distinct, short, opaque-white,
thick, with a marked triangular callus joining it to the outer
lip, just within the margin of which is a shallow gutter run-
ning to the suture. Columella long, straight, slightly re-
flected over the umbilicus behind, narrower in front, curv-
ing into the basal lip at rather more than a right angle. Um-
bilicus very open to the apex, with a central broad, low spiral
funicle running into the middle of the columella. Sublen-
ticular, minutely wavy, axial and spiral scratch-lines. Colour
light-yellowish-brown, with a central white spiral, and a
gradually widening infrasutural white band, corresponding
with the labial callus. Operculum horny, paucispiral, nucleus
towards the inner front part. In life there is a thin epider-
mis; the animal can completely retract within the shell.

Dim.—Length, 18 mm.; width, 125 mm.;_ height, 9
mm.

Locality.—Type from 25 fathoms Thorny Passage; in
15 to 20 fathoms Investigator Strait, 2 recent; in Gulf St.
Vincent, depth unrecorded, several alive and dead.

Diagnosis.—The species is closely allied to Vatica umbili-
cata, Quoy and Gaimard, or Naticina picta, Reeve; but is
somewhat heavier, with a rather less prominent spire, and
with a much thicker callus in the back of the aperture. When
lying on its base with the anterior part of the aperture to-
wards the observer, the shell has a greater vertical slope to-
wards the right, and does not look so round; and when the
base is upwards and the apex away from the observer, the
umbilicus is more largely visible.

Vanikoro denselaminata, n.sp. Pl. xxix., figs. 1, 2, and 3.

Shell small, delicate, dull-white, globosely oval of 3}
whorls. | Protoconch one whorl and a half, apex exserted,
with three bold spiral ribs, ending abruptly. Sutures deep.
Spire-whorls convex, rapidly increasing; with erect axial
lamellz, close set and becoming progressively more crowded.
No spirals. Umbilicus large, perspective, with crowded ob-
lique axial strie, and a bold, twisted carina winding down
its whorls, and outside this a furrow which gets wider and
shallower on the base of the shell. Aperture oval, truncated

—
engi
a3

335

at the base. Inner lip a glaze on the body-whorl. Colum-
ella very long, straight. Basal lip straight, joining the col-
umella at a right angle, and the uniformly-curved outer lp
at a rounded obtuse angle.
Dim.—ULength, 3°2 mm. ; breadth, 271 mm.
Locality.—Type Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded,
with 2 others: Venus Bay beach, 1.

Trophon segmentatus, n. sp. Pl. xxiv., fig. 3.

Shell fusiform of 7 whorls, including a protoconch of
2 smooth convex whorls, with a deep suture. Spire-whorls
boldly angled above the middle, and constricted towards the
simple suture. Base gradually contracted to a moder-
ately long snout. Aperture roundly oval, opening abruptly
in front into a canal of equal length, slightly deviated to the
left, and not recurved. Outer lip thin and corrugated ;
inner lip a complete, prominent, erect lamella. Sculpture
elaborate ; axial laminz, twelve in the penultimate, rather
solid, imbricating, coronating the angle with rather long, open
tubiform scales, curving up and back, and frilled with re-
curved valid scales distributed in spiral rows as though along
spiral lire, two in each spire-whorl and ten in the body-
whorl, extending over the base, and over the back of the
canal. Colour white, with a narrow brown band immediately
above the suture, and from behind the aperture round the
base to the front part of the labrum.

Dim.—Length, 85 mm.; of the body-whorl, 46 mm.:;
width, 3°55 mm., excluding the long scales.

Locality.—Type in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, with 27
others good; in 130 fathoms, 11 good; in 110 fathoms off
Beachport, 11 good; in 150 fathoms, 4 good; in 200 fathoms,
4 good; in 104 fathoms off the Neptune Islands, 20 good,
small.

Trophon plicilaminatus, n. sp. Pl. xxiv., figs. 1 and 2.

Shell thin, long, narrow, fusiform, of 8 whorls, includ-
ing a protoconch of 2 smooth, convex, prominent whorls.
Spire-whorls convex, swollen, and angled above the middle,
contracted towards the distinct simple suture. Body-whorl
convexly contracted below the angle, then concavely produced
into a long, narrow snout. Aperture oval, wider behind;
canal long, narrow, slightly oblique to the left, not recurved,
making a faint round angle with the base of the columella.
Inner lip a thin applied glaze. Axial lamelle, fifteen in the
penultimate, from suture to suture, erect and imbricating,
projecting at the angle in long, open tube-like upward-curv-

336

ing scales, and below this folded in two spiral lines. In the
body-whorl are four of these spiral foldings, progressively
decreasing in size towards the base of the shell, in front of
which the lamellz are crenulate as they run along the snout,
which they cross to the right further and further forward as
they approach the aperture.

Dim.—Length, 13°9 mm.; of body-whorl, 98 mm.;
width, 5°3 mm.

Locality.—Type in 150 fathoms off Beachport; in 200
fathoms, 2 good.

Trophon recurvatus, n. sp. Pl. xxiv., figs. 7 and 8.

Shell fairly solid, elongate-conical, of 7 whorls, includ-
ing a prominent conical protoconch of 2$ smooth, convex
turns, separated by a deep suture, and with a curious acute
exsert apex. Spire-whorls short, wide; with very oblique
sumple sutures; swollen, sharply angulate just above the
middle, below which in the body-whorl the base is rapidly
contracted. Aperture roundly oval; canal about as long as
the aperture, slightly deviated to the left, forming an open
angle with the columella, markedly recurved. Outer lip
thickened, equidistantly biangulate ; inner lip inconspicuous.
The sculpture consists of axial lamelle, thirteen in the penul-
timate, which are folded into prominent scales at the angle;
and in the body-whorl, at a spiral cord (which starts at the
suture from the back of the aperture, runs round the base,
and angulates the outer lip); and then crenated run over
three obsolete spirals winding round the base, and finally
bend in turn to the right over the back of the canal. It is
of a uniform hght-horn colour.

Dim.—ULength, 67 mm.; of the body-whorl, 3°6 mm.;
width, 3 mm.

Locality.—Type in 200 fathoms off Beachport.

The recurved short canal distinguishes it from 7. plzez-
laminatus.

Mitra arnoldi, n. sp. Pl. xxiv., fig, 6.

Shell solid, elongate-oval, of 7 whorls, including a blunt
brown protoconch of 2 convex smooth whorls. Spire-whorls
convex in the upper half, nearly straight in the lower. Suture
distinct, very narrowly tabulate. Base moderately roundly
contracted. Aperture elongate-oval. Outer lip simple, thin,
profile slightly sinuous, with numerous spiral plice in the
throat. Columella nearly straight, slightly cut away to the
left in front, with four stout oblique plaits; notch with a
narrow reflected edge. Wide, round, low axial ribs, much

337

wider than the interspaces, thirteen in the penultimate, un-
dulating the suture, vanishing on the base of the body-whorl
and towards the aperture. Articulated with infrasutural
large irregular blackish-brown blotches, about nine in the
body-whorl; and with two similar approximate spiral rows,
the upper the larger, winding round the base from the back
of the aperture, below which are dark maculations. A spiral
of close-set axial, narrow, brown hair-lines covers the lower
third of each spire-whorl, and runs between the two rows of
larger articulations on the body-whorl.

Dim.—Length, 12 mm.; body-whorl, 625 mm.; width,
5 mm.

Locality.—Type, beach Petrel Bay, St. Francis Island,
many ; MacDonnell Day, rare.

It is named after Master Francis Arnold, of St. Francis
Island, who was of great help to me when collecting on that
island, made historic by the visits of Matthew Flinders and
Mons. Baudin.

Mitra bellapicta, n. sp. PI. xxv., fig. 1.

Shell elongate-oval, of 7 whorls, including a blunt pro-
toconch of 2 smooth, convex whorls. Spire-whorls convex,
fullest just below the middle. Sutures linear, impressed.
Base roundly contracted. Aperture obliquely narrowly oval.
Canal wide, very short, slightly recurved, scarcely notched.
Columellar plaits four, strong, the lowest very small. Outer
lip thin and simple. Axial coste, twelve in the penultimate,
six in the body-whorl, vanishing towards the base and to-
wards the aperture; three spiral cords wind over the dorsum
of the base, above, and smaller than the columellar plaits.

Colour pinkish-brown. The spire-whorls have a white
band just below the middle, bounded above and below by a
line of opaque-white spots, and outside this by a fine broken
brown hair-line. - There is a row of small brown spots below
the suture. In the body-whorl is also an articulated spiral
of closely-set, axially-curved white and brown spots, commenc-
ing just within the back of the aperture. Obscure white and
brown maculations tint the front of the base.

Dim.—Length, 9°6 mm.; body-whorl, 5°5 mm.; width,
51 mm.

Locality.—Type from 40 fathoms off Beachport, with 12
others in moderate condition.

This may be a variety of M@. vincta, A. Adams (voluto-
mitra), close to M. weldu, Tenison-Woods.

338

Mitra retrocurvata, n. sp. Pl. xxiv., figs. 4 and 5,

Shell fusiform, of 8 whorls, including a prominent pro-
toconch of 2 smooth, well-rounded whorls, with a blunt apex.
Spire-whorls convex, with deeply-impressed sutures. Body-
whorl large, roundly contracted at the base into a snout, well
curved dorsally and to the left. Aperture oblong-elliptical,
opening gradually into an open canal with a wide, shallow
notch. Outer lip thin and simple. Inner lip a complete
very thin applied glaze. Columella very long and convexly
curved, with four oblique plaits, the highest rather distant.
Valid axial ribs, from suture to suture, twenty-one in the
body-whorl, concave forwards, trigonal, with widely-sloping
sides, vanishing rapidly below the periphery of the body-
whorl. Under the microscope a few obsolete narrow spirals
are detectible. Over the base are sixteen oblique spirals, issu-
ing from beneath the inner lip, most valid in front and grad-
ually vanishing upwards; among them are the larger colum-
ella plaits. The accremental striz are fine, most marked on
the back of the canal, where they validly cross the oblique
spirals. Colour yellow-brown, with a white central broad
band divided by a narrow colour band; the base is indis-
tinctly axially flamed with white.

Dim.—ULength, 16°5 mm. ; body-whorl, 10°75 mm. Eide
625 mm.

Locality.—Type from 110 fathoms off Beachport, with
7 others; in 150 fathoms, 4 moderate.

The special character is the arched canal. In some of
the cotypes the axial ribs fade out on the third whorl, and
in others on the fourth.

Olivella (?) adiorygma, n. sp. Pl. xxv., figs. 3 and 4.

Shell small, solid, obliquely elongate-oval, smooth and
white; apex blunt; whorls four, sloping convex. Suture
linear, not canaliculate. Aperture oval, narrowed behind,
widely open in front, notched; outer lip ascending at the
suture, simple, bevelled inside; inner lip a glaze over the
columella, which has no plaits.

Dim.—Length, 52 mm.; of body-whorl, 335 mm.;
width, 2°3 mm.

Locality.—Type from Backstairs Passage, 17 fathoms,
with 1 other specimen; Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded,
2, all dead.

Diagnosis.—It differs from Olivella in the absence of a
canaliculate suture, and from the Volutide in its smooth col-
umella. Its generic location is not known to me.

339

Olivella solidula, nu. sp. Pl. xxv., figs. 7 and 8.

Shell small, solid, shining-white, smooth, obliquely
elongate-oval. Apex blunt, four whorls, sloping convex,
suture well channelled. Aperture oval, contracting gradu-
ally to a linear gutter posteriorly, widely open in front, and.
notched; outer lip simple, smooth; inner lip is a narrow,
thick glaze over the base to the suture, slightly spreading
over the columella.

Dim.—Length, 6 mm.; of body-whorl, 4 mm.; width,
2°3 mm.

Locality.—Type from 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, with
1 other; Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms, 3 specimens: Gulf
St. Vincent, (?) depth, 3, none alive; Venus Bay beach, 1.

Diagnosis.—It differs from O. triticea, Duclos, in havy-
ing fewer whorls, being more solid, not so contracted anter-
iorly, and in not having a wide callus winding from the inner
lip over the front of the dorsum; from O. exquisita, Angas,
which it closely resembles, in being smaller, narrower, and
pure-white.

Ancilla beachportensis, n. sp. Pl. xxiv., fig. 9.

Shell solid, oval, of 4 whorls. Apex markedly papillate.
Spire completely covered with callus, almost obliterating the
sutures, which are indicated by shallow furrows, between
which over each whorl are some three low, broad spiral
ridges. Aperture triangularly-oval, narrow behind, widely
open in front, truncated, and widely notched. Outer lip
simple, thin, with a callous thickening in its upper sixth, and
with a tooth near its anterior end. Inner lip a thick callus,
extending beyond the aperture, and up over the spire, where
it recedes in steps just above each sutural groove. Columella
nearly straight, truncate, with six oblique curved plaits in
front. The body-whorl has two approximate grooves, wind-
ing round its base from above the middle of the aperture, the
upper one to the labral tooth, the lower to just above the
notch; a third lies above a band of callus extending from
just above the columellar plaits to the left pillar of the notch ;
another groove bounds, at its lower edge, the spiral callus
which spreads down from the suture and thickens the back
of the outer lip. The body-whorl between these grooves has
sublenticular axial and spiral scratchings, and has a faint-
bluish-grey tint, whereas the callus is milk-white.

Dim.—ULength, 20° mm.; of the aperture, 12 mm.;
width, 95 mm.

Locality.—Type from 110 fathoms off Beachport, with
9 others.

340

Philippiella rubra, Hedley.

Philippiella rubra, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South

Wales, 1904, part 1, p. 207, pl. x., figs. 44 to 47. Type locality—
“‘Hagle Hawk Neck, Tasmania,’ also ‘‘Long Bay, New South
Wales’; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906,
vol. xviii. (N.S.), part 2, p. 69, ‘“‘7 fathoms, Western Port, etc.,
Victoria’; May, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1908, p. 55.

MacDonnell Bay, shell-sand (Dr. Torr).

=

=e

—

tS OO NID C1 CO IND

; 295) 5D)
. Cominella tori, Verco.

DOO Om ce NOE

SOWAD SRC

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Prats XX.

. Philine beachportensis, Verco, dorsal view.

” » 3 ventral view.
posterior end.

” Ro) 5 ” f =
. Aglaja troubridgensis, Verco, interior.

anes . » exterior.
Cyclostrema jaffaensis, Verco.

eee) 22 ees
. Philine evoluta, Verco, exterior.

interior.

9° b>) >]
. Eunaticina albosutura, Verco.

dy ” ”

Prats XXI.

. Typhis bivaricata, Verco, protoconch.

+ i im orsum.
Trophon latior, Verco.

an bs protoconch.
longior, Verco, protoconch.

”

ny

be) bp) o} 5} e
. Voluta fulgetrum, Sowerby, var. dictua, Verco.
. Donovania fenestrata, Tate and May.

” 9 oe) protoconch.

55) ie) be)

Pratt XXII.

. Triphora epallaxa, Verco.

Ws spina, Verco.

He 33 > mouth.

BS 59 »,. protoconch.
bs armillata, Verco.

a dexia, Verco.

5 50 »» protoconch.
ae iis , mouth.

oy is » mouth.

a 5 » mouth.

341
Pratt XXIII.

Fic. 1. Triphora spica, Verco.
ee: 2 cana, Verco.
ieee fs a >, protoconch.
Pe. mn >», mouth.
Ren 0). A subula, Verco.
Bey 0: i a », . protoconch.
Ahoate a is gemmegens, Verco.
son tele Ke ap >» -protoconch.
Prats XXIV.
Fig. 1. Trophon plicilaminatus, Verco.
a5 2. 9 be) - ”
Ae » segmentatus, Verco.
. 4. Mitra retrocurvata, Verco.
2) 5. a? be) be)
Gt », arnoldi, Verco.
, 7. Trophon recurvatus, Verco.
os 8. be) 9 be)
., 9. Ancilla beachportensis, Verco.
Prate XXV.
Fig. 1. Mitra bellapicta, Verco.
», 2. Hemipleurotoma may, Verco.
» 938 Olivella (?) adiorygma, Verco.
” 4. oy) 5 5B) ?
» oO. Daphnella stiphra, Verco.
Guin sG). », protoconch.
. 7. Olivella solidula, Verco.
oe) 8. 2? oe) ys)
Prate XXVI.
Fig. 1. Triphora latilirata, Verco.
> 2. Drillia achatina, Verco.
aes >», trophonoides, Verco.
Roe A A ;, protoconch.
Pe ao): a lacteola, Verco.
ae G. .», hedleyi, Verco.
aie me jaffaensis, Verco. :
coger ite a Pe protoconch.
nave x 5 5A aperture.
Prate XXVII.
Fig. 1. Drillia costicapitata, Verco.
Ja es », protoconch.

oS: Mangilia impendens, Verco.
» 4. Mitromorpha angusta, Verco.

Ot! j y », protoconch.
» §. Drillia subplicata, Verco.
Be ies 5» agrestis, Verco.

,, 8. Mitromorpha paucilirata, Verco.
ee ss _ ss protoconch.

ee

Nhnacite perplena, Pycree:
$3 Me protecone
a bathentoma, Verco.
Mitromorpha azicostata, Verco.
paula, Verco.
Daphnella fenestrata, Verco. A Pyne
oy) 2? protoconch.
iriseriate, ‘Verco.
Mangilia gatliffi, Verco.

Puare XXIX.
Vanikoro denselaminata, Verco.

»” ; 2 2 ee ey

os aes :, protoconch, —

Natica sticta, Verco, young.
” 2»? oy) adult.

” 2? 23 ‘ 9 res

343

PaBSTRACE OF PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia

(Incorporated)
For 1908-9.

ORDINARY MEETING, NovremBeEr 3, 1908.

THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Exuisits.—Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a
piece of jarrah bored by beetles (Botrychide), also some
crystals of Chiastolite, a variety of Andalusite. Mr. A. H.
C. Zierz, F.L.S., a collection of Lampreys (Petromyzoutide)
from South Australia. Among these were Geotria australis,
Gray, Mordacia mordax, and a Caragola, this last specimen
supposed by Mr. Zietz to be M. morday in an earlier stage of
development. It was stated that the ovaries of those found
in the rivers were not developed. The Lamprey is found in
the Torrens, Onkaparinga, and Glenelg Rivers.

Papers.—‘‘Notes on the Orchids of Kangaroo Island,”
by R. S. Rocers, M.A., M.D. Dr. Rogers gave a short
résumé of his paper, at the same time showing on a plan of
Kangaroo Island the route followed by himself and Mrs.
Rogers. Referring to the reserve asked for on the Island, he
stated that large portions of that part sought to be reserved
had been alienated for pastoral and agricultural purposes.
“Petrographical Notes on Certain Pre-Cambrian Rocks, with
Special Reference to those of Houghton,’ by W. Norn BeEn-
son, B.Sc.

Morion.—Mr. Samvuset Dixon proposed and Professor
ReEnnIE seconded: “That the Council of the Society be re-
quested to protest against the action taken by the Govern-
ment in alienating certain portions of the area which the
Premier had promised should be reserved on Kangaroo Island
for the purposes specified.” Carried.

OrpInaRy MEETING, APRIL 6, 1909.

THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair. :

Exuipits.—Mr. J.G. O. Tepprr, F.L.S., exhibited a piece
of mallee tunnelled by the larve of minute Ptinide or Cioide

344

between the bark and wood—both larve and perfect insect
live on the woody fibre; a Locusta vigentissima, McCoy, the
largest locust of South Australia; a spectre insect from the
South-East, probably the male of Podacanthus wilkinson,
Macleay. Mr. TrEpper also exhibited an Aphodius howitti,
Hope, a beetle that made its appearance in great numbers
in February last at Mount Gambier. ‘This insect is well
known in Eastern Australia, but has not before been re-
ported from South Australia. The larve and insect live in
and feed on manure, as does 4. granarius and A. lividus.
These beetles are not injurious. Mr. TrppEr exhibited a large
fungus from a Hucalyptus and the insects (ecrobia rufipes)
which destroy it. THe Presipenr (Dr. Verco) exhibited
specimens of travertine, deeply grooved, from St. Francis
Island, Nuyt Archipelago. The grooves or scratchings are
said by the islanders to be produced by penguins, numbers
of which birds are found there, running up the face of the
rock. Mr. Howcnin stated that these grooves, which he
pointed out had a radial tendency, are very commonly found
in limestone rocks, and are caused by the slightly acidulated
rainwater running down their sloping faces. A specimen
thus scored was shown by Mr. Howcuin that had _ been
brought from Flinders Ranges. A piece of shelly limestone
from Denial Bay, sent to Mr. Howcuin by Dr. AxsBorT, was
shown. This, Mr. Howcntn considered, had been consoli-
dated above sea-level, but was now, he stated, dredged up
from the sea-bottom. This would seem to indicate oscilla-
tions in the land-levels.

Patron.—It was proposed by THE PRESIDENT and sec-
onded by Mr. Rurr ‘‘that His Excellency Sir Day Horr
BosanquEet be requested to become Patron of the Society.”
Carried.

Paprers.—‘‘Scattering of the Beta Rays of Radium,” by
J. P. V. Mapsen, D.Sc. “Synopsis of the Fishes of South
Australia,” Part III., by A. H. C. Zimtz, F.L.8., CM.Z’S:

OrpINARY Mestine, May 4, 1909.

THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Nominations.—Charles F. Johnecock, teacher, Orroroo,
as a Corresponding Member: Edgar J. Bradley, civil
engineer, as a Fellow.

Exuisits.—Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a
parasitic plant from the lower Coorong, belonging to the
Order Convolvulacew, new to South Australia. This plant is
found growing on a small bush, is leafless, and is named
Cuscuta tasmanica, found, as Ais name would seem to

345

indicate, in Tasmania, but so far not known in Victoria. Mr.
Tepper also showed the eggs of a Phasma. Mr. A. H. C.
Zierz, F.L.S8., C.M.Z.S., exhibited four species of mullet—
Mugil peronii, M. dobulus, Agonostoma diemanensis, and
Myzus elongatus. The first of these, the jumping or
flat-tailed mullet, is found in estuarine waters, and
is sometimes mistaken for J. dobulus or sea mullet,
which has not been found on the South Australian
coast. The fresh-water mullet is found in Lake Alex-
andrina and the lower Murray. A mullet is also found in
the Patawalonga Creek. THE Presipenr (Dr. Verco) ex-
hibited a young mutton bird (Veetris brevicaudus) from the
West Coast, and a bottle of oil taken from several of these
young birds. The oil, which is of a bright-pink colour, had
been strained through muslin. The young bird, after being
fed by the parent birds, is distended into a globular shape.
Dr. VeERco estimated that an ounce and a half of oil could
be obtained from each chick. The crop of a mature bird
was found to contain bits of seaweed and broken pieces of
the carapaces of crustaceans; to the latter he was disposed to
attribute the colour of the oil.

Liprary.—THE PRESIDENT called the attention of mem-
bers to the notice on the agenda-card requesting that all
library books might be sent in. 3

Papers.—‘‘Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, with
Descriptions of New Genera and Species,’ No. xxxix., by the
Rev. Canon Briacksurn, B.A.: “Description of Australian
Curculionide,” etc., by A. M. Lea, Government Entomolo-
gist, Tasmania; “Analysis of Mount Gambier Basalt, with
Petrographical Descriptions,” by Evan R. STanLey, commu-
nicated by W. Howcurn, F.G.S. Mr. Stantey, having been
introduced by Mr. Howcurn, by the consent of the meet-
ing, read his paper and exhibited rock specimens.

Orpinary MeETING, June 1, 1909.

THe PrResipEnT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Batitor.—Charles F. Johncock, teacher, Orroroo, was
unanimously elected a Corresponding Member, and Edgar
J. Bradley, civil engineer, a Fellow.

Exuipits.——_Dr. Verco exhibited the head of a penguin,
and showed the peculiar structure of the tongue and beak.
The tongue and palate are covered with barbs pointing back-
wards. These barbs, conjointly with longitudinal grooves
along the edges of the beak, enable the penguin to firmly grip
the fish it preys. Dr. PuLLEtne exhibited the nest of a trap-
door spider found at Myponga. This spider, in addition

346

to the usual entrance door, has another movable door so?
little distance down the hole. The second door, which i
formed of a lump of clay, is secured to the side of the nest
by a web lining, and when open is drawn back into a recess
in the side. Diagrams upon the blackboard were drawn by
THe PreEsIDENT and Dr. PULLEINE, illustrating other kinds
of spider nests which showed various devices for excluding
the natural enemies of the spider. Dr. RocEers, Dr. Put-
LEINE, and Professor RENNIE testified to the dangerous nature
of. bites by some spiders.

PapEers.—‘‘Notes on South Australian Marine Mollusea,
with Descriptions of New Species,” Part x., by J. C. VERco,
M.D. Dr. Verco selected from his paper some interesting
details of the habits and structures of certain molluses which
he illustrated by shells and drawings of shells. Among the
former were two specimens of the carrier (Xenophorus), with
their load of rock and shell fragments firmly embedded in
the tests. Volutes, Trophons, a Doridium, etc., were also ex-
hibited by Dr. Verco. “A Critical Review of South Aus-
tralian Prasophylla, together with a Description of Some New
Species,’ by R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D.

ORDINARY MEETING, JULY 6, 1909.

THE PresipEnT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Exuisits.—Professor R. W. CuHapmMan exhibited a
washer which had been bent, and which in the bending had
developed a remarkable series of geometrical lines, known as
“Luder’s lines,’ on its surface; also steel bars, which had
been subjected to a severe longitudinal strain. He showed
the effect of a small hole drilled in such a bar when sub-
jected to tension. Mr. D. Mawson, B.8c., B.E., tabled
specimens obtained during the Antarctic Expedition—a form
of lava from Mount Erebus; kenite, a mineral which is
found only in one other part of the word, at Mount Kenia,
in Central Africa; ice-polished pebbles; red fungus from
fresh-water lakes; black and yellow lichens, the only forms
of vegetation found on the Antarctic.contment. THE PRESI-
DENT took the opportunity of congratulating Mr. Mawson on
his participation in an undertaking which had achieved such
important discoveries as Shackleton’s British Antarctic Ex-
pedition, and on the excellent work which he had been able
to accomplish as a member of the party. He assured Mr.
Mawson of the pleasure with which all those who were pre-
sent greeted him on his safe return.

Paprers.—‘“Note on a Remarkable Growth of Coral in
Gulf St. Vincent,” by W. Howcnin, F.G.S. Mr. Howcuin

showed samples of the coral which was found during the
preparation for the breakwater at Glenelg, and was by far
the largest mass of coral hitherto discovered in our waters.
He referred the corallum to Plesiastrea urvillei. “Descrip-
tion of an Old Lake Area in Pekina Creek, and its Re-
lation to Recent Geological Changes,” by W. Howcuin,
F.G.S. Mr. Howcuin exhibited samples of the lacustrine
deposits from Pekina Creek, including bands of fresh-water
limestone entirely composed of the matted stems of Chara.

347

OrpiInARY MEETING, AuGust 3, 1909.

THe PREesipeNT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Mr. Srexiway, referring to the Minutes, called the atten-
tion of the meeting to a report in the daily Press of coral
haying been found at another part of the Gulf than that
mentioned in Mr. Howchin’s paper. Mr. Howcuiwn stated
that probably the rock there alluded to was not coral, but a
mass of serpula, and showed from a letter received from Cap-
tain Weir, who discovered the rock, that none of it had been
brought to the surface. Its position is opposite Port Parham,
about five miles out.

Papers.—‘‘Descriptions of Jficranthewm demissum, F.
von M., and of New Species of Solanum Pultenea and
Grevillea,” by J. McC. Buacx. “Note on Cordylophora and

“its Occurrence in South Australia,” by W. B. Poor :—“ It be-
longed to the Order Hydromedusa, Family Clavide, Allman,
Allman in his ‘Monograph on the Hydrozoa’ (Ray Society)
established a new genus for this hydroid, as its form of life
was exceptional, being found in fresh-water. Description.—
Stem well developed, branching, rooted by a filiform stolon ;
the whole of the ccenos are invested by a chitinous polypary ;
polypites fusiform, developed from the extremities of the
branches, with scattered filiform tentacula; reproduction
sporosacs, borne on the stem, never on the polypites (Huicks).
Cordylophora was first found in the Grand Canal, Dublin,
in 1844: since then in the London Docks, several localities
in Kurope, and at Newport Harbour, U.S.A. Descriptions
of these from the above localities have been published. All
the descriptions harmonize and agree in the main with Cordy-
lophora lacustris of Allman. In Australia, Lendenfeld
(Trans. Linn. Soc., of New South Wales, 1884) says repre-
sentatives of this group are known to occur in Australia. In
1885 T. Whitelegge (Trans. Linn. Soc., of New South Wales,
1885) exhibited specimens from the Parramatta River, and
Von Lendenfeld thought it might be a new species. I have
heard that years ago a specimen was taken from a pond in

Fa
¥ Bae

5348

the Botanical Gardens, Melbourne, near the Yarra. This
pond has been filled up, and there appears to be no record
of its having been found since. In South Australia Cordy-
lophora is plentiful. I have taken it from the Patawalonga
Creek in both brackish-water and fresh-water; Lake Alexan-
drina; the Murray, at Murray Bridge; Mannum; and the
Hope Valley Reservoir.” Mr. Baxer stated that he had found
this hydroid in saturated saline ponds in the Patawalonga
Creek.
OrpDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 7, 1909.

THE PrResipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., FR:CoS)) inthe
chair. ,

Exuipits.—Mr. J. G. O. Tepprr, F.L.S., the braneh
of an artistically-dwarfed plant brought from Japan; Mr.
D. Mawson, B.Sc., B.E., a new mineral from the Central
Mine, Broken Hill, consisting of zinc-blende and galena; a
number of pebbles from gem-bearing gravels, Williamstown.
The gold associated with these gems had been removed.
What remained was mostly rutile (an oxide of titanium).
Other gems found in these gravels are beryl, topaz, corun-
dum, tourmaline, kyanite, etc.

Paprers.—‘‘Notes on South Australian Marine Mollusca,
with Descriptions of New Species,” Part xi., by J. C. VERco,
M.D. “Notes on the Gem-bearing Gravels of Barossa,” by
Dovceias Mawson, B.Sc., B.E.

THe ANNUAL MEETING, OcToBeErR 5, 1909.

THe Presipenrt (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R:C:S:) im the
chair.

The annual report and balance-sheet were read and con-
firmed.

ELECTION OF OFrriceRsS.—J. C. Verco, M.D) FoR Gos)
was unanimously elected President: Professor E. H. Rennie, —
M.A., D.Se., F.C.8., and W. Rutt, C.E., Vice-Presidents ;
W. B. Poole, Hon. Treasurer; RR. Hi. Pulleme ye vieke
B.S8., Hon. Secretary: J. 8. Lloyd and Howard Whit-
bread, Auditors; Rev. Canon Blackburn, Edwin Ashby, and
G. G. Mayo, Members of Council. The retiring Treasurer
(Walter Rutt, C.E.), who had held the office for twenty-five
years, received a hearty vote of thanks. The retiring Secre-
tary was also thanked.

Exursits.—Mr. W. Howcutn, F.G.8., exhibited photo-
graphs of the extinct lake area in Pekina Creek and also a
panoramic view of the lake deposits a mile lower down the
creek than the area previously described, and in relation to
which it is a new locality, or an extension of the old lake de-
posits ; also calcified remains of Chara in large matted masses,

349

forming limestone blocks, and consisting chiefly of stems and
spore cases of this fresh-water plant. The bed was consolidated
by calcium carbonate carried in solution by water from a lime-
stone spring in the neighbourhood, and flowing through a
forest of Chara. One specimen also showed calcified confervee
scum. A large obsidianite was also exhibited by Mr. How-
cHIN from Kangaroo Island. Mr. Howcutn considers the ori-
gin of these obsidianites to be not volcanic but meteoric, and
explains their characteristic form as produced by the pressure
exerted on a plastic mass in passing through air. Chemically,
obsidianites are allied to the felspars. They are very widely
distributed in Australia, and are sometimes found many feet
below the surface. The aborigines are often found with obsi-
dianites in their possession, which they use as charms and
sometimes chip them into the form of scrapers. Mr. W. B.
Pootz exhibited large teeth found at Shoreham, Philip
Island, Victoria; probably dugong teeth (Halicornis austra-
lis). Dr. RogErs exhibited Thelymitra epipactoides, F. von
M., new to South Australia; Dr. VERco some mutton bird
oil, and commented on its colour. This gave rise to a dis-
cussion on the colour of the flesh of animals as influenced by
their diet.

Paprers.—‘“Basic Rocks of Blinman, S.A., with Notes
~ on Associated or Allied Rocks,” by W. Nort Benson, B.Sc. ;
“Description of Thelymitra epipactoides, F. von M., new to
South Australia,’ by R. 8. Rocers, M.A., M.D.; “Notes on
South Australian Marine Mollusca, with Descriptions of New
Species,” Part x., by J.C. Verco, M:D., F.R.C:S.

ANNU Eira ROK L...1908-9.

The Council has pleasure in reporting that the work of
the Society has been carried on successfully during the past
year.

His Excellency Sir Day Hort Bosanquet, K.C.B.,
G.C.V.O., has been pleased to accept the position of patron
of the Society.

Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S8., was re-elected to represent the
Society on the Board of Governors of the Public Library, ete.

Library.—Towards the end of last year the President
urged the Superintendent of Public Buildings to place shely-
ing in our rooms similar to that which the Government had
erected for the reception of the York Gate Library. The

350

work was put in hand, and has since been carried out in
a thoroughly satisfactory manner.

In March last a Binding Committee consisting of the
President, the Editor, and Professor Rennie was appointed
to select books for binding and to call for tenders. Subsequently
a contract was accepted, and the work of binding will now
proceed continuously. All books have been called in so that
the library may be arranged and classified. For the carry-
ing out of this work the services of Mr. T. W. Idle have been
secured. Mr. Idle, who has had large experience in the
arrangement of books and cataloguing in England and
America, has been temporarily placed in charge of the library,
and Mr. Clucas, the Librarian of the Adelaide University, has
undertaken to continue indexing the Society’s publications
as they appear.

Mr. C. F. Johncock, of Orroroo, and Mr. Herbert Base-
dow, now in Germany, who have at various times contributed
valuable papers to the Transactions, have been elected Corre-
sponding Members.

Mr. Douglas Mawson, B.Sc., B.E., Lecturer on Miner-
alogy and Petrology, University of Adelaide, who accom-
panied Lieutenant Shackleton on his hazardous expedition to
Antarctica in the capacity of scientific observer, was on his
return warmly welcomed by the President and members.

Membership.—Fellows, 63; Corresponding Members, 7;
Hon. Fellows, 9; Associate, 1.

Obituary.—Stirling Smeaton, B.A., for many years in
the Engineering Department of the Civil Service, died dur-
ing the past year after a long illness. Mr. Smeaton, like his
father, the late Thos. D. Smeaton, was deeply interested in
natural science, and was at various times Chairman of Sec-
tions and President of the Photographic Society.

Mr. W. J. Vandenbergh, barrister and solicitor, a Fel-
low of the Society, died in New Zealand in May, 1909.

Jos. C. VeErco, President.
G. G. Mayo, Hon. Secretary.

October 5, 1909.

"6061 “F 1990490
“AVAUMIIH AY TAVMOP],
VES aval “qxO1T 7 f
osu eee punof pues eee

. =|
‘TOINSVOLY, “LLAY, WALTV A, AL EN)

IL € 166% IL & 1665
8 Pb Ga ss 6061 ‘0g “9deg ‘sourfeg *
(O(n) puny JUSMIMOpU OF poliojsueLy, ae
0 OLO esievyQ dulunoody yueg ‘‘
6 G O sonbeyy wo asueyoxy np
0 ILO _ SULAOUIOY ‘moqey “ |0 0 046 PES ae Ne SUOTJOVSURI YT,
9 ¢ -¢ SUISTZIEApPY ‘‘ SuIZeI4SN]]] Spiemoy, wormeuog *
P66 srouoreag pure ‘eseqs0g ‘sutguiig “‘ OQ) = Cl
9 ¢ TI ce SUIYSIT pue curyejoiry ‘ Tea imate) Sew Soe eit; “- yueg SouLARg
9 OL €8 a fy eo eG 8 (puny JueuMOpuy)
Ore Gra GGe aS eg BUTATOYG yo0jg yuewuTeA0yH “Y'S UO
o) Gie TE wes obo tee Bnd Surpurg | —-189.104U] Gt
O19T0 ~ ~" syoog fo oserai1eD 0 810 “7 smorpoesUBIy, FO aTBg “
Cee lSG 2.” as 010 ‘SumBojpeqeg 8 61 363. —
—Are1qiy ‘ 0 0 oct og ere ue elpeysny
(O14 eres : YQNog Ul SUOTIZRSIQSeAUTT O14
00 ¢ uy WOM400G Roi so,oor]e py “WoTDg U uo sy10deyy SUTZUIIgG 1Oyp
0 0 0G °" Wonseg sqsiyemgeN ple 8 6I QL 3 suotydriosqng ug
—SqURdy ,, — USM TAAOH) WOIT syUeTy “
SuUIZeI4sni{[]T—satowsyy “6 | Q BT 0OL ————
OO Gas WOIZDOG [ROISOp[OOR[ eI.
SULYSI[Gn | 0 SL 16 ~“" Wornoog sqsifeangeN ppl
SUS .48N I] (0) ir QP -8 aa ~ Aqot00g jedoy
SULZULI —suorydraosqns §
—suororsuviy, Aq |6 G JRF 2 i “ Q06T ‘T 490 ‘souRTeg OF,
“9 P og a Ds F “aq

"6 8061. Hoa TUATIANGAXG aNV DONaGADY
(GQHLVHYOdUOOND VITVULSOAV HLNOS HO ALATOOS TV AOU

“S1O}IPLY )

. “606T “FP 1949990
( ‘QqVaUGLIH \\ TUVMOFT
“Wow La ‘CAOTT x] f
—qo01100 punoy pue peuiUENy

8 PL bess

0 LI &@
LL FL S96
6 G TVG

8 PI SEs
spuepy, Sfommsvory, U]
yurg ssurarg Uy
0€ ‘ON anbeyD surpueyszugO sse7T |) O OL 8
as visvelgsny jo yueg Ul) g Pp Goo
DS F

DULL JUOWMOpUuyy

JUHOIDW dINj}Ipue xi pue ONUVIAIY,

‘SHONVIVE JO AUVWINOS

‘S1OJIPNY :

THOS 7 SEEMED)
‘CqVGUEIIH AY CUVMOP,
“WOW Ta ‘qi0ly] ‘g oip

—q)a1100 punof PUB PoOTIUBNGy

0 0 900°6F

0 O18

OP Ote66 l=
OL G

0
0

0

O00'S

0 0 900°CF
eouryeg “
“" patlainjoy UWOISSTULULOA) SserT 0 OL O
(Arvjot09g YIM sezeoylp 0 0. ¢

-laQ) ied ye yo0}g peqtiaos
“uf ‘yuoo sod tg “W'S ‘000°C “A | 0
oe)

000°6
t

G6-BN0GL ‘Portsoy Worreu0”d Eo
a Bae aheaitoy)

OY JUeLing WOLF PolteysuRiy, SUOTPRUOd ce
RNGL ‘OE *3dog ‘quoutez4yg tod sv suolzeU0d OJ,

“Iq

“CNOW WNGHINMOC No

353

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
For tHe YEAR 1908-09.

TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC.

Presented by the respective Hditors, Societies, and
Governments.

AUSTRALIA.

AUSTRALASIAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF
Science. Report. Eleventh meeting, Adelaide,
1907. Adelaide, 1908.

Royvat ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY oF AUSTRALASIA. Jour-
nal: The Science of Man. Vol. x., Nos. 6-12; vol.
xl., Nos. 1-5. Sydney, 1908-09.

NEW SOUTH WALES.

AUSTRALIAN Musrum, SypnNEy. Memoir 4. Sydney, 1909.

—— Records. Vol. vi., No. 3. Sydney, 1909.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. Agricultural Gazette of New
South Wales. Vol. xix., part 12; index; vol. xx.,
parts 1-8. Sydney, 1908-09.

—— Miscellaneous publications. Nos. 1166, 1175.

DEPARTMENT OF FISHERIES. Annual Report of the Commis-
sioners, 1907. Sydney, 1908.

—— Stead, (D. G.). New Fishes from New South Wales,
No. 1. Sydney, 1908.

—— —w— The Beaked Salmon. Sydney, 1908.

DEPARTMENT OF Mines. Annual Report, 1908. Sydney, 1909.

—— Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales.
Vol. viil., part 4. Sydney, 1909.

LinnEAN Soctety or NEw Soutn Wates. Abstract of Pro-
ceedings. September-November, 1908; March-May,
1909.

—— Proceedings. Vol. xxxili., parts 3, 4; vol. xxxiv., part
1. Sydney, 1909.

New Sout Wates Narturatists’ Cius. Journal: The Aus-
tralian Naturalist. Vol. i., Nos. 12-15. Sydney,
1908-09.

Royat Society oF NEw SoutH Wares. Journal and Pro-
ceedings. Vols. xl., xli. Sydney, 1907-08.

—— Reprints from Journal. Vol. xlii.

SypnEy University. Calendar, 1909. Sydney, 1909.

L

354

Maipen, J. H. The Forest Flora of New South Wales. In-
dex to vol. 11i.; vol. iv., parts 2-5. Sydney, 1908-09.

Marpen, J. H., ann Betcur, E. Notes from the Botanic
Gardens, Sydney. No. 13, n.p., 1908.

QUEENSLAND.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES. Queensland Geological Survey. Pub-
lications. Nos. 215, parts 1, 2; 217; 218; 219;
map. Brisbane, 1908-09.

QUEENSLAND Musrum. Annals. No. 9. Brisbane, 1908.

SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

DEPARTMENT OF INTELLIGENCE. Bulletin. No. 4. Ade-
laide, 1908.

DEPARTMENT OF Mines. A Review of Mining Operations.
No. 9. Adelaide, 1909.

DEPARTMENT or Woops AND Forests. Annual Progress Re-
port, 1907-08. Adelaide, 1908.

NortHerN TERRITORY. Government Geologist’s Report: Re-
cent Mineral Discoveries. Adelaide, 1908.

Pusric Lisrary, Museum, anp Art GALLERY. Report, 1907-
08. Adelaide, 1908.

RoyaLt GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AUSTRALASIA: South Aus-
tralian Branch. Proceedings. Vol. x. Adelaide,
1909.

Scooot or Mines and INDUSTRIES AND ‘TECHNOLOGICAL
Museum. Annual Report, 1908. Adelaide, 1909.

Marpen, J. H. A Contribution to the Botany of South Aus-
tralia, 1908. Np.) 1908:

VICTORIA.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. Journal. Vol. vi., part 12;
vol. vii., parts 1-8. Melbourne, 1908-09.

—— Recording Census of the Victorian Flora, 1908. Mel-
bourne, 1909.

DEPARTMENT OF Mines. Annual Report of the Secretary for
Mines, 1908. Melbourne, 1909.

—— Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Victoria. Nos. 7,
8. Melbourne, 1909.

Roya Society oF Victoria. Proceedings. Vol. xxi., N.S.,
No. 2. Melbourne, 1909.

—— Seven Reprints from Proceedings.

Victorian Naturatist (THe). Vol. xxv., Nos. 6-11; vol.
xxvi., Nos. 1-5. Melbourne, 1908-09.

VICTORIAN YEAR-BOOK, 1907-08. Melbourne, 1908.

355

WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

Department or Mines. Supplement to the Government Gaz-
Bie OOG Nose asda 06,00 7el909, INOS. do o>
15, 19, 27, 44. Perth, 1908-09.

GroLocicaL Survey. Bulletin. Nos. 31, 32, 34, 35. Perth,
1908-09.

PreRTH OpsEeRVATORY: A Catalogue of 1,625 Stars
for the Equinox, 1900-0. Perth, 1908.

West AvusTraLiaN MIninc, BurLpING, anD ENGINEERING
JourRNAL. Golden Mile Developments, 1908. Perth,
WSO),

West Austratian Naturat History Society. Journal.
No. 5, 1908; No. 6, 1909. Perth, 1908-09.

NEW ZEALAND.

DEPARTMENT OF Mines. New: Zealand Geological Survey.
Annual Report. Vol. 1., 1908.
—— -—— Bulletin. Nos. 4-7; index for No. 1. Welling-
_ ton, N.Z., 1907-09.
AUCKLAND INSTITUTE AND Museum. Annual Report, 1908-
09. Auckland, N.Z., 1909.
CanTERBURY Musrum. Records. Vol. i1., No. 2. Christ-
church: SNEZeat 309)
New ZeEatanp Institute. Transactions and Proceedings,
1907. Wellington, 1908.

TASMANIA.

DEPARTMENT OF Mines. Geological Survey. Bulletin, 1909,
Nos. 4-6. Hobart, 1909.

—— The Progress of the Mineral Industry of Tasmania. De-
cember, 1908; March, 1909. Hobart, 1909.

Roya Society oF Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings, 1908.

AUSTRIA.

KAISERLICHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Anzeiger. 45
Jahrg. Nos. 1-27. Wien, 1908.

K.K. GEoLoGIscHE ReIcHSANSTALT. Verhandlungen. 1908,
Nos. 1-18; 1909, Nos. 2-5. Wien, 1908-09.

K.K. NaruruistoriscHes Hormusseum. Annalen. Vol.
xxul., Nos. 1-3. Wien, 1907-08.

K.K. ZOOLOGISCHE-BOTANISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Verhandlun-
gen. Vol. lvii., Heft 6, 7; vol. lix., Heft, 1, 2,
3-5, 8-10. Wien, 1908-09.

OSTERREICHISCHE KOMMISSION FUR DIE INTERNATIONALE
Erpmessunc. Verhandlungen: Protokoll ti. d. am
29 Dez., 1907, abgehaltene Sitzung. Wien, 1908.

L2 :

356

CANADA.

DEPARTMENT OF Mines. Geological Survey Branch. Prelim-
inary Report and Map on Gowganda Mining Dis-
trict. Ottawa, 1909.

—— —— Report. Nos. 982, 983, 986, 996, 1021, 1028.
Ottawa, 1907-08.

—— —— Summary Report, 1908. Ottawa, 1909.

—— Mines Branch. Annual Report, 1906. Ottawa, 1909.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR. Reports. Nos. 982, 983, 986,
996, 1021, 1028.

CanaDIAN InstrTuTE. Transactions. Vol. vil., part 3. Tor-
onto, 1909. ;

Nova Scotian Institute oF Science. Proceedings and
Transactions. Vol. xi., parts 3, 4, 1904-06; vol. xu.,
part 1, 1906-07. Halifax, 1908.

ENGLAND.

British Musrum. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene.
Vol. vii., text; vol. vu., plates. London, 1908.

—— Guide to Domesticated Animals, 1908. London, 1908.

—— Guide to Elephants, 1908. London, 1908.

—— Guide to Gallery of Fishes, 1908. London, 1908.

—— Guide to the . . . Horse Family, 1907. London,
Om

—— Guide to . . . the Races of Mankind, 1908. Lon-
don, 1908.

—— Guide to Whales, Porpoises, and Dolphins, 1909. Lon-
don, 1909.

—— Natural History. Study of Rocks, 1909. London, 1909.

CAMBRIDGE PHILOSOPHICAL SociETy. Proceedings. Vol. xiv.,
part 6; vol. 15, parts 1, 2. Cambridge, 1908-09.

CamBRIDGE UNiversity Lisrary. Report of the Library
Syndicate, 1908. Cambridge, 1909.

ConcHoLocicaL Society. Journal of Conchology. Vol. xii.,
Nos. 8-11. London, 1908-09.

Entomo.tocicat Society or Lonpon. ‘Transactions, 1908.
London, 1908-09.

—— Fauna Hawatiensis; or, The Zoology of the Sandwich
(Hawaiian) Isles. Vol. ii., part 5. Cambridge,
1908.

Linnean Society or Lonpon. The Darwin-Wallace Celebra-
tion, July, 1908. London, 1908.

—— List, 1908-09. London, 1908.

—— Proceedings. 120th session, November, 1907-June,
1908. London, 1908.

a

357

_ LivEerroot BiotocicaL Society. Proceedings and Trans-

actions. Vol. xxii., 1907-08. Liverpool, 1908.

MANCHESTER FIELD NATURALISTS AND ARCH#OLOGISTS’ So-
cIETY. Report and Proceedings. Vol. xlix., 1908.
Manchester, 1909.

MaAnNcHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Mem-
oirs and Proceedings. Vol. liu., part 3; vol. lin.,
parts 1, 2. Manchester, 1908-09.

NationaL Puystcat Lasoratory. Collected Researches.
Vol. v., 1909. Teddington, 1909.

—— Report, 1908. Teddington, 1909.

PrriopicaLt (THE). Nos. 47-51. London, 1909.

Royat Borantc GarpENS, Kew. Bulletin of Miscellaneous
Information, 1908. London, 1908.

Royat Microscoricant Socipty oF Lonpon. Journal. 1908,
parts 4-6; 1909, parts 1-4. London, 1908-09.

Royat Sociery. Proceedings. Series A, vol. Ixxxi., Nos.
546-550 ; vol. Ixxxu., Nos. 551-557. London, 1909.

—— —— Series B, vol. Ixxx., Nos. 541-544; vol. Ilxxxi.,
Nos. 545-548. London, 1908-09.

—— Year Book, 1909.

—— Reports to the Evolution Committee. Report 4. Lon-
don, 1908.

Strate CoRRESPONDENT (THE). Vol. xiv., Nos. 9-12; vol. xv.,
Nos. 1-7. London, 1908-09.

IRELAND.

Royat Dusiin Society. Economic Proceedings. 1908, vol.
1., Nos. 13-15. Dublin, 1908.

—— Scientific Proceedings. New Series. Vol. u., Nos.
29-32; vol. xu., Nos. 1-13; Title, contents, and
index for vol. ix.; Title and contents for vol. xi.
Dublin, 1908-09.

Royat Dusiin Socizty. Scientific Transactions. Series 2,
vol. ix., Nos. 7-9. Dublin, 1908-09.

Roya. IrntsuH Acapemy. Proceedings. Section A, vol. xxvii.,
Nos. 10-12. Dublin, 1908-09.

—— —— Section B, vol. xxvi., Nos. 6-10. Dublin, 1909.

—— —-— Section C, vol. xxvii., Nos. 9-15. Dublin, 1909.

SCOTLAND.

RoyaL PuysicaL SocrETy FoR THE PROMOTION OF ZooLoey,
etc. Proceedings. Vol. xvii., No. 1. Edinburgh,
1909.

Royat Society or EprnspurcuH. Proceedings. Vol. xxviii.,
parts 6-9; vol. xxix., parts 1-5. Edinburgh,
1908-09. e

358

FRANCE.

ACADEMIE DES Scrences. Janet (C) Notes extraites des
Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des
Sciences. Nos. 16-19.

FEUILLE (LA) DES JEUNES NaTURALISTES. Vol. xxxix., Nos.
456-466. Paris, 1909.

SocrETE DES ScIENCES NATURELLES DE L’OUEST DE LA FRANCE.
Bulletin. 2. Série, vol. vii., Nos. 3, 4; vol. viii.,
Nos. 1, 2. Nantes, 1907-08.

SocrETE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE France. Annales. Vol. lxxvii.,
Nos. 1-4. Paris, 1908-09.

—— Bulletin. 1908, Nos. 13-21; 1909," Nios) 2eGemso sae
Paris, 1908-09.

L’UNIVERSITE DE RENNES. Travaux Scientifiques. Vol. vi.,.
parts 1, 2. Rennes, 1907.

GERMANY.

BERLINER GESELLSCHAFT FUR ANTHROPOLOGIE, EKTHNOLOGIE,,
unD UrcGeEscuicute. Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie.
40. Jahrg., Heft 5,6; 41. Jahrg., Heft 1-4. Berlin,
ISK).

DerutscHe ENTOMOLOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Deutsche Ento-
mologische Zeitschrift. Jahrg. 1908, Heft 5, 6;
Jahrg. 1909, Heft 1-4. Berlin, 1908-09.

DEUTSCHES STATISTISCHES ZENTRALBLATT. 1909, 1. Jahrg..,.
No. 1. Berlin, 1909.

GESELLSCHAFT FUR ERDKUNDE. Zeitschrift. 1908, Nos.
7-10; 1909, Nos. 1-6. Berlin, 1908-09.

Herparium. Nos. 2-8. Leipzig, 1909.

Konicu. BayvER. AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN zU Mun-
cHEN. Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse. Sitz-
ungsberichte. 1908, Heft 1. Miinchen, 1908.

KoNIGLICHE GESELLSCHAFT DER WISSENSCHAFTEN ZU GoT-
TINGEN. Nachrichten: Geschaftliche Mitteilungen.
Heft 2. Berlin, 1908.

—— Nachrichten: Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse. 1908,
Heft 2-4; 1909, Heft 1. Berlin, 1908-09.
KonIGLICHE PREUSSISCHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN,.
Sitzungsberichte. 1908, 24-29, 40-53; 1909, 1-23.

Berlin, 1908-09.

NASSAUISCHER VEREIN FUR NATURKUNDE. Jahrbuch. 60.,
61. Jahrg. Wiesbaden, 1907-08.

NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT zU FRErBURG. Berichte.
Vol. xvii., Heft 1, 2. Freiburg, 1909.

NATURHISTORISCHE GESELLSCHAFT zU NurRNBERG. Abhand-
lungen. Vol. xvii. Niirnberg, 1907.

359

NATURHISTORISCHE GESELLSCHAFT ZU NuURNBERG. Mittel-
lungen. 1907, Jahrg. 1., Nos. 1-6; 1908, Jahrg.
2., No. 1. Niirnberg, 1907-08.
NaTuRHISTORISCHES Museum In Hampurc. Mitteilungen.
25. Jahrg., 1907. Hamburg, 1908.
NATURWISSENSCHAFTLICHER VEREIN IN HamBure. Abhand-
lungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften.
Vols. 1-19, 1848-1908. Hamburg, 1848-1908.
—— Verhandlungen. Neue Folge, 1-6, 1875-81; Dritte
Folge, 1-13, 1893-1905. Hamburg, 1877-1906.
NATURWISSENSCHAFTLICHER VEREIN FUR SCHLESWIG-HoL-
sTeEIN. Schriften. Vol. xiv., Heft 1. Kiel.
OBERHESSISCHE GESELLSCHAFT FUR NaTuR- UND HEILKUNDE
zu GinSsEN. Medizinische Abteilung. Bericht.
Vols. i1., iv. Giessen, 1908.
—— Naturwissenschaftliche Abteilung. Bericht. Vol. u1.
(1907-08). Giessen, 1908.
PHYSIKALISCH-MEDICINISCHE GESELLSCHAFT ZU WURZBURG.
Sitzungs-Berichte. 1907, Nos. 1-8. Wiirzburg, 1907.
STADTISCHES MusEuM FUR VOLKERKUNDE ZU LEIPzic. Jahr-
buch. Vol. 11., 1907. Leipzig, 1908.
—— Veroffentlichungen. Heft 3. Leipzig, 1908.

HOLLAND.

Musee Treviter. Archives. Série 2, vol. xi., parts 2, 3.
Haarlem, 1908-09.

HUNGARY.

Historico-NaturaLES Musser Nationatis HuneGaricy. An-
nales. Vol. vi., Nos. 1, 2; vol. vii.. No. 1. Buda-
pest, 1908-09.
INDIA.

Boarp oF ScientTiric ApvicE. Annual Report. 1906-07;
1907-08. Calcutta, 1908-09.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. Annual Report. 1905-06
and 1906-07. Calcutta, 1908.

—— Memoirs: Botanical Series. Vol. ii., Nos. 5-8. Cal-
cutta, 1909.

—— —— Chemical Series. Vol. i., No. 7. Calcutta, 1909.

—— —— Entomological Series. Vol. ., Nos. 3-7. Cal-
cutta, 1908.

GEoLocicaL Survey. Burrard (8. G.), and Hayden (H.
H.): A Sketch of the Geography and Geology of the
Himalaya Mountains. Part 4. Calcutta, 1908.

Inpian Museum. Annual Report, 1907-08. Calcutta, 1908.

—-- Memoirs. Vol. i., No. 3. Calcutta, 1909.

360

Inpian Museum. [Monographs.] Bentham, (T.). Asiatic
Horns and Antlers in the Collection of the Indian
Museum. Calcutta, 1908.

—— Natural History Section. Annual Report, 1907-08.

—— —— Records. Vol. i1., parts 1-5. Calcutta, 1908-09.

ITALY.

LABORATORIO DI ZooLoGiA GENERALE E AGRARIA DELLA R.
ScuoLa SUPERIORE D’AGRICULTURA IN PoRTICT.
Bollettino. Vol. i. Portici, 1909.

SocrETA Entomotocica [ratiana. Bullettino. Vol. xxxix.,
parts 1-4; vol. xl., parts 1, 2. Firenze, 1908-09.

SocreTa ITALIANA DI SCIENZE NATURALI E DEL Museo Civico
pI Storra NaturaLE IN Mizano. Atti. Vol. xlvu.,
Nos. 1-4; vol. xlvii., No. 1. Pavia, 1908-09.

SocieTa Toscana DI ScCIENZE Naturati. Atti: Memorie.
Vol. xxiv. Pisa, 1908.

—— —— Processi Verbali. Vol. xvii., No. 5; vol. xviii.,
Nos. 1-4. Pisa, 1908-09.

JAPAN.
Asiatic SocrETy oF JAPAN. Transactions. Vol. xxxv., Nos.
35 45 vol. xxxvia Now 12 Yokohama toes
IMPERIAL HARTHQUAKE INVESTIGATION ComMMITTEE. Bulletin.
Vol. u., Nos. 2, 3. Tokyo, 1908.
ImpertaAL University or Toxyo. Calendar, 1907-08. Tokyo,

1908.
—— COLLEGE oF SctENcE. Journal. Vol. xxii., articles
10-15; vol. xxveh articles 1-19); Svoleieixcasiee

article |; vol. xxviul., articles 1, 2. Tokyo, 1908-09.

Kyoto ImprrtaAL UNIVERSITY: COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND
ENGINEERING. Memoirs. Vol. i., No. 4. Kyoto,
1908.

NORWAY.

Bercens Museum. Aarbog. 1908, Hefte 3; 1909, Hefte, 1.
Bergen, 1908-09.

—— Aarsberetning, 1908.

KonGELIGE NoRSKE VIDENSKABERS SELSKAB. Skrifter, 1908.
Trondhjem, 1909.

Sravancer Museum. Aarshefte. 18de Aargang, 1907.

RUSSIA.
ACADEMIE IMPERIALE DES SCIENCES DE St. PETERSBOURG.
Bulletin. 1908, Série 6, Nos. 6, 12, 13, 14-16, 18;
1909, Série 6, Nos. 5-11.
—— Travaux de Musée Géologique Pierre le Grand. Vol.
i., Nos. 3-5. St. Petersbourg, 1908-09.

361

KKAISERLICHE MiNERALOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Materialen
zur Geologie Russlands. Vol. xxii., No. 2. St.
Petersburg, 1908.

Russiscu - KAISERLICHE MINERALOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT.
Verhandlungen. Vol. liv., No. 2. St. Petersburg,
1907.

SocreTE IMPERIALE DES NATURALISTES DE Moscov. Bulle-
tin. 1907, Nos. 1-4. Moscou, 1908.

SOUTH AFRICA.

SoutH AFRICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF
ScrencE. Report, 1908. Capetown, 1909.

Soutn Arrican Musrum. Annals. Vol. v., part 6; vol.
vi., part 2; vol. vii., parts 2, 3, 7.

—— Report, 1908. Cape Town, 1909.

SoutuH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Transactions. Vol.
xvill., No. 4. Cape Town, 1909.

SOUTH AMERICA.

(CUERPO DE INGENIEROS DE Minas DEL Peru. Boletin. Nos.
50” DS) 59> 62-64, 67-69. Lima, 1908-09:
ACADEMIA NACIONAL DE CIENCIAS DE BuENos AiRES. Bole-

tin. Vol. xvui., No. 3. Buenos Aires, 1906.
InstTiTuTo GEoLoGico DE Mexico. Boletin. Nos. 17, 26.
Mexico, 1908.
—— Parergones. Vol. 11., Nos. 4-10. Mexico, 1908-09.
Kosmos. Revista Artistica, Scientifica e Litteraria. Vol.

Ney INO, 2.
Musto Nacionat DE MontsEvipro. Vol. vil. Montevideo,
1909. . .
Museu Pavuuista. Notas Preliminares . . Historia

natural do Brazile Wolk it; Nov ls Sao Paulo; 1907,
OBSERVATORIO DE Rio DE JANEIRO. Annuario. An. 24, 1908.
SocieDAD CiENTIFICA “ANTONIO ALzaTE.” Memorias y Re-

asa, » WOlls sexo, INOS 4a Wolk scomey INGE. IOI,

Mexico, 1907-08.

SoctEDADE ScCIENTIFICA DE Sao Paavo. Revista. Vol. i1.,

Nos. 9-12. §. Paulo, 1907.

SWEDEN.
ENTOMOLOGISKA FORENINGEN I StTockHoLM. Entomologisk
Tidskrift. Arg. 29, Haft 1-4. Upsala, 1908.

‘GEOLOGISKA FORENINGEN 1 StockHotm. Forhandlingar. Vol.
xxx. Stockholm, 1908.

362

K. VuirrernHets HistortrE ocH ANTIKVITETS AKADEMIEN.
Antikvarisk Tidskrift for Sverige. Vol. xviil., No.
2. Stockholm, 1909.

—— Fornvannen. Arg. 2, 1907; Arg. 3, 1908. Stockholm,
1908-09.

SWITZERLAND.

Institut NatTIoNaL GENEVOIS. Mémoires. Vol. ieee
1901-09. Geneve, 1909.

SocriETE DE PHYSIQUE ET D’H1istTorRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE.
Compte Rendu des Séances. Vol. xxiv. Geneve,
1907.

SocteTE NEUCHATELOISE DES ScIENCES NATURELLES. Bulle-
tin. Vol. xxxv., 1907-08. Neuchatel, 1909.
SociETE VAUDOIS DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Bulletin. Vol.
xliv., Nos. 163; 1645) vol. , xiv.) NosapliGarasiaas

Lausanne, 1908-09.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

577TH Conecress. Senate. Document, No. 400. Washing-
ton, 1902.

DEPARTMENT oF AGRICULTURE. Year Book, 1907. Wash-
ington, 1908.

—— Bureau of Biological Survey. North American Fauna.
Nos. 27, 28. Washington, 1908-09.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR. U.S. Geological Survey. An-
nual Report. Vol. xxix.

—— Bulletin. Nos. 329, 332, 335, 337, 338, 340, 342-355,
357-359, 361-367, 369. Washington, 1908-09.

—— —— Mineral Resources of the United States. 1907,.
vols. 1., 11. Washington, 1908.

—— —-— Monographs. Vol. xlix. Washington, 1907.

—— -—— Professional Paper. Nos. 56, a89, B110, c79,.
£55, 58, 60-63. Washington, 1908-09. ;

—— —— Topographical Maps. No. 27.

—— -—— Water-supply Papers. Nos. 211, 212, 218-222,.
226. Washington, 1908.

Smitusonran Institution. Annual Report, 1907. Wash-
ington, 1908.

—— Bureau of American Ethnology. Annual Report. Vol.
xxvi. 1904-05. Washington, 1908.

—— ==-— IJiullllenm, Wos, 34, 35.

—— U.S. National Museum. Bulletin. Nos. 61, 62.

—— —— Contributions from the U.S. National Herb-
arium. Vol. xu., parts 1-6. Washington, 1908-09.

—— ~—— Proceedings. Vol. xxxill., xxxiv. Washington,
1907-08. :

Bs.

363

CALIFORNIA.

CaLiroRNIA ACADEMY oF ScrENCES. Proceedings. Fourth
Series. Vol. i1., pp. 1-48. San Francisco, 1908.

University oF Catirornia. Publications: American Arche-
ology and Ethnology. Vol. vii., No. 3; vol. viii.,
No. 4; Index for vol. vi.

—— -—— Botany. Vol. in., Nos. 2, 5-8. Berkeley,
1908-09.

—— --— Zodlogy. T.p. and index for vol. iv.; vol v.,
Nos. 1-3; vol. vi., Nos. 1, 2. Berkeley, 1908-09.

ILLINOIS.

Cuicaco AcapDEMY oF ScreNcES. Bulletin. No. 4, part 2;
No. 6; Special Publication, No. 2. Chicago, 1907.

Fietp Cotumspian Museum. Publications: Geological Series.
Woly ims No 7) Chicago, 1908:

—— -—— Report Series. Vol. iu1., Nos. 2, 3, 1908. Chi-
cago, 1908-09.

=— -—— Zoological Series. Vol. vii., No. 6. Chicago,
1908.

Inuinors State Lanoratory oF NaturaL History. Bulle-
fine Violanvitineranhicle ly Urbana lien 1908:

INDIANA.

Inpiana ACADEMY oF ScIENCE. Proceedings, 1907. Indian-
apolis, Ind., 1908. ;

KANSAS.

Kawsas University. Bulletin. Science Bulletin. Vol. iv.,
Nos. 7-20. Lawrence, Kansas, 1908.

MARYLAND.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL JOURNAL. Vol. xxxix., Nos. 3-6; vol.
XE eINos) 2-Gy Nw violk xdies INose? 1, 2% Baltimore,

1908-09.

GEOLOGICAL Survey. Physical Features, St. Mary’s County
and Atlas; Calvert County and Atlas. Vol. vi,
1906.

JoHNS Hopkins University. Circular. 1908, Nos. 2-10.
Baltimore, 1908.

—— Studies in Historical and Political Science. Series 26,
Nos. 1-12. Baltimore, 1908.

‘WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SciENCES. Proceedings. Vol. x.,
pp. 1-10, 167-248; vol. xi., pp. 1-45. Baltimore,
Md., 1908-09.

o64

MASSACHUSETTS.

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Proceedings.
Vol. xlui., Nos. 17-22; vol. xliv., Nos. 6-10. Bos-
ton, 1908-09.

Boston Society or Naturat History. Proceedings. Vol.
xxxiv., Nos. 1-4. Boston, 1908-09.

Harvarp CoLLtece: MusEuM or ComPparaTIVE ZooLtocy. An-
nual Report of the Curator, 1907-08. Cambridge,
1908.

—— —— Bulletin. Vol. xlviii., No. 6; vol. xlix., No.
vil. ; vol. lii., Nos. 1, 4-8, 10. ; vol. li} Noseeaee
Cambridge, 1998-09.

MICHIGAN.

Micuigan AcaDEMY oF SciENcE. Vol. x.; n.p., 1908.
REPRINTS FROM ScrENcE. Nos. 701, 717, 721.

MISSOURL.
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES oF St. Louis. Transactions. Vol.
xvi., Nos. 8, 9; vol. xvu., No. 42); vola xvas Nomme
St. Louis, 1907-08.

NEW JERSEY.
Assott, (C. C.). Archzologia Nova Cesarea. No. 3. Tren-
Woy Wale, 0%.

NEW YORK.

American Museum Journnau. Vol. viii., Nos. 7, 8; vol. ix.,
Nos. 1-3. New York, 1908-09.

AmeERIcAN Museum or Naturat History. Annual Report.
Vol. xxxix., 1907. New York, 1908.

—— Anthropological Papers. Vol. i., parts 4-6; vol. i.,
parts 1-3; index for vol. 1. New York, 1908-09.

—— Bulletin. Vol. xxv., part 1. New York, 1908.

—— Memoirs. Vol. x., part 2, 1905-08. New York, 1908.

Brookiyn [ysTiTuTE oF ARTS AND ScrENcES. Cold Spring
Harbour Monographs. No. 7. Brooklyn, N.Y.,

1909.
—— Science Bulletin. Woleia., INose less Brooklyn,
N.Y., 1908-09.

New York AcapremMy or Sciences. Annals. Vol. xviii.,.
, part 2. New York, 1908.

New York Pusric Lisrary. Bulletin. Vol. xii., Nos. 8-12;
vol. xili., Nos. 1-7. New York, 1908-09.
RockEFELLER INSTITUTE FOR MeEpicaL REsEARcH. Studies;

Reprints. Vol: vini., 1908; mipag0g:

365

OHIO.

DENISON UNIVERSITY: ScrENTIFIC LABORATORIES. Bulletin.
Vol. xiv., pp. 61-188. Granville, 1908. wh

WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. The Wilson Bulletin. Vol.
xx., Nos. 1-4. Oberlin, 1908-09.

PENNSYLVANIA.

AcaDEmMy oF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Proceed-
ings. Vol. lx., parts 1-3; vol. lxi., part 1. Phila-
delphia, 1908-09.

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. Proceedings. Vol.
xlvi., Nos. 188-190. Philadelphia, 1908.
PHILADELPHIA ZooLocicaL Society. Annual Report. Vol.

xxxvu. Philadelphia, 1909.
Wistar INSTITUTE oF ANATOMY AND Brotocy. The Anatomi-
.cal Record. Vol. ii., Nos. 1, 2. Philadelphia, 1908.

SANDWICH ISLANDS.

Bernice Pavant Bishop Musseum. Occasional Papers. Vol.
iv., No. 2. . Honolulu, H.f£., 1908.
—— Report. No. 2, 1909. Honolulu, H.I., 1909.

366

LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS,

Erc.,

OCTOBER, 1909.

Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub-
lished in the Society’s Transactions.

Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary.

Date of Honorary FELLOWS.

Hlection

1893. *Cossman, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris.

1897. *Davip, T. W. Eperworrn, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., Prof.
Geol., Sydney University.

1890. *Erueriper, Ropert, Director of the Australian Museum of

New South Wales, Sydney.

1905. Gitt, THomas, I.8.0., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide.

1905. *Hepuey, Cuas. H., Naturalist, Australian Museum, Syd-

ney.

1892. *Marpen, J. H., F.L.8., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, New South Wales.

1898. *Meyrick, E. T., B.A., I’ .R.S., F.Z.S., Thornhanger, Marl-
borough, Wilts, England.

1894. “Wixson, 0 T., M.D., Prof. of Anatomy, Sydney University.

CorresponpiIne Mempers.

1881. Bamzy, F. M., F.L.S., Colonial Botanist, Brisbane,
Queensland.

1907. *Basrpow, Herrsrrt, Breslau University, Germany. (Fel-
low from 1901.)

1880. *Fornscur, Pau, Inspector of Police, Palmerston, N.T.

1909. *Jouncocx, C. F'., Orroroo.

1893. Srrerron, W. G., Palmerston, N.T.

1905. Tomson, G. M., F.L.S., F.C.S., Dunedin, New Zealand.

1908. *WoonnoveH, WALTER GeEoreE, D.Sc., F.G.S., Lecturer on
oe in the University of Sydney. (Fellow from

FELLOWS.

1895. *Asusy, Epwin, Royal Exchange, Adelaide.

1902. *Baxer, W. H., F.L.S., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside.

1908. *Brnson, W. Nort, B.Sc., University of Adelaide.

1907. *Buack, J. McConneni, Alfred Street, Norwood.

1887. *Buacksurn, Rev. Canon Tuomas, B.A., Woodville.

1909. Brapiey, Enear J., Civil Engineer, Adelaide.

1886. *Brace, W. H., M.A., F.R.S., Prof. of Physics, University
of Leeds, England.

1883. Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S.. Gov. Geologist, Adelaide.

1893. Broumuitt, Ropert, M.R.C.S., Gilberton.

1904. Brunxsxiit, Groraz, Semaphore, S.A.

1906. Bunpry, Miss Exien Mitne, 148, Molesworth Street, North
Adelaide.

1907. *Cuapman, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Prof. of Engineering,
University, Adelaide.

367

. *CLretanp, W. L., M.B., Cb.M., J.P., Colonial Surgeon,

Resident Medical Officer Parkside Lunatic Asylum, Lec-
turer in Materia Medica, University of Adelaide.
CLELAND, JoHN B., M.D., Perth, Western Australia.

; aCooKe, (&, W., D: Se. a Lecturer, "University, Adelaide.

DARLING, J OHN, Kent Terrace, Norwood.

a *DIXON, SAMUEL, Bath Street, New Glenelg.

Epquist, A. (ems Hindmarsh.
Gorpon, Davip, Gawler Place, Adelaide.

. “GoyprerR, GrorGz, A.M., F.C.S., Analyst and Assayer, Ade-

laide.

GrEeEeNWwAY, Tos. J., Adelaide.

GrirFitH, H., Hurtle Square, Adelaide.

Hawker, E. W., F.C.S., Calcanina, Clare (Gladstone
Chambers, Pirie Street, Adelaide).

. *Hicern, A. J., F.L.C., Assistant Lecturer on Chemistry,

School of Mines, Adelaide.

. *Hontzzr, Mauricsr, I*.L.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Ade-

laide.

. *Howcuin, Water, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and

Paleontology, University, Adelaide.
Inirrr, Jas. Drinkwater, B.Sc., Prince Alfred College,
Kent Town.
JAMzEs, THomas, M.R.C.S., Moonta.

; *Lea, A. M., Gov. Kntomologist, Hobart, Tasmania.

Lenpon, A. A., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer on For-
ensic Medicine and on Chemical Medicine, University,
Adelaide, and Hon. Physician, Children’s Hospital,
North Adelaide.

Luoyp, ‘J. S., Alma Chambers, Adelaide.

_ *Lower, Oswatp B., F.E.S.’ (Lond.), Broken Hill, New

South Wales.

. *“Mapsen, J. P. V., D.Sc., B.A., Lecturer, University of

Sydney. New South Wales.
*Mawson. Doveras, B.Sc., B.E., Lecturer in Mineralogy
and Petrology, University, Adelaide.
Mayo, Gao. G., C.E., 116, Franklin Street, Adelaide.
Metross, Rosert THOMSON, Mount Pleasant.

. *Morean, A. M., M.B., Ch.B., Angas Street, Adelaide.

Muvecxker, Hueco, C.E., Grenfell Street, Adelaide.

Munton. H. S., North Terrace, Adelaide.

Poort, W. B. (Hon. Treasurer), Savings Bank, Adelaide.

Porr, Wittam, Solicitor, Adelaide.

Puuteine, R. H., M.B. (Hon. Secretary), North Terrace,
Adelaide.

Purpusz, R. F., Mining Agent, Launceston. Tasmania.

. “RENNIE, Epwarp H., M.A., D.Sc. (Lond.), F.C.S., Profes-

sor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide.

. *Rocers, R. S., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street, Adelaide.
» “IRAE, WALTER, Chief Assistant Engineer, Adelaide.

SELWay, W. rel. Treasury, Adelaide.
Simson, Aueustrus, Launceston, Tasmania.
SmitH, Ropert Barr, Adelaide.

. *STrr~ine, Hpwarp ‘on C.M.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S.,

F.B.C. Se Professor. fe Physiology, University of Ade.
laide, Director of S.A. Museum.

Snow, F. H.. Mutual Chambers, Adelaide.

SweetapeLe, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside.

1904.
1886.

1897.
” 1894.
1889.
1878.

1883.
1878.
1859.

1907.
1904.
1886.

1904

368

Taytor, Wittiam, St. Andrews, North Adelaide.

“TEPPER, J. G. O., F.L.S., Entomologist, S.A. Museum.
(Corresponding Member since 1878.)

ROR; aN G., LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus-
ralia

“Turner, A. Jerreris, M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane,
Queensland.

VaRpDON, SENATOR JOSEPH, J.P., Gresham Street, Adelaide.

“Verco, JosrpH ©., M.D., F.R. C. S., Lecturer on the Prin-
ciples and Practice of Medicine and Therapeutics, Uni-
versity of Adelaide.

Wainwrieut, KE. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), McLaren Vale.

Ware, W.L., J.P., Adelaide.

Way, Rieut Hon. Sim Samuet James, Bart., P.C.,
D.C.L., Chief Justice and Lieutenant-Governor of
South Australia, Adelaide.

Wess, Nort A., Barrister, Waymouth Street, Adelaide.

WHITBREAD, Howarp, Currie Street, Adelaide.

MZtETzZ, A. H. 3@., F. Gs: ©. Miz: <.. Assistant Director
South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

ASSOCIATE.

Rosinson, Mrs. H. R., ‘‘Las Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South
Australia.

369

APPENDICES.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION

OF THE

— Bopal Society of South Australia (Incorporated).

TWENTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE

For THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 21, 1909.

ANNUAL MEETING.

At the annual meeting on September 22, 1908, the fol-
lowing officers were elected for the year:—Chairman, Mr.
W. H. Selway; Vuice-Chairmen, Mr. J. M. Black and
Drak. Pulleme; Hon. Secretary, Mr..B. H. Lock;
Hon. Treasurer, Mr. 8. S. Stokes; Minute Secretary,
Miss E. Hocking; Committee—Mrs. J. F. Mellor, Mrs.
Reese tvoscrs. Dre hae oS. lopgers,. and Messrs. J.
€: ©: Tepper, F.L.8., A. BR. Errey, MEM St Clark. ite Ee
Zietz, and J. W. Mellor. Later in the season Mr. Lietz
sinned from the Committee, and Mr. J. Willmott was elect-
ed to the vacancy. Fauna and Flora Committee—Dr. R.
S. Rogers, Dr. M. R. Smith, and Messrs. H. Ashby, M. S.
Clark, S. Dixon, HE. H. Lock, J. W. Mellor, A. Zietz, W.
H. Selway, J. M. Black, and A. G. Edquist. The retiring
Chairman (Mr. J. M. Black) read the annual address, tak-
ing as his subject “Botanical Researches in South Australia.”
The paper was published in full in the daily Press.

'Montuity MEETINGS.

October 20, 1908.—Mr. J. M. Kimber gave an address
upon “Shells,” dealing particularly with the two classes of
Cephalopods and Gastropods.

November 25.—This was the twenty-fifth anniversary
of the Section, and was celebrated by holding a reunion of
members and friends in the Royal Society’s rooms. The
Chairman (Mr. W. H. Selway) gave a brief résumé of the
history of the Society, which was established by resolution

370

of the Royal Society on September 4, 1883. On the pro-
gramme which was printed for the occasion appeared the
names of ten of the foundation members who were still on
the membership roll. During the evening a number of
photographs and living exhibits were shown on a screen by
means of the episcope.

After the usual summer recess the next monthly meet-
ing was held on April 20, 1909. Mr. F. W. Giles gave an
address upon his journeyings over the western end of Kan-
garoo Island. Mr. Giles exhibited a large number of curiosi-
ties he had gathered from out-of-the-way places on the
Island.

May 18.—Dr. W. Ramsay Smith gave an interesting
lecture on “Some Notes of a Naturalist in the South Seas.”
He dealt with the life, habits, customs, and physique of the
Scuth Sea Islanders, and mentioned many objects of in-
terest from a natural history standpoint.

June 15.—Dr. R. Pulleine gave an address upon
“Spiders,” illustrating his remarks by a large number of
lantern slides. He dealt chiefly with the anatomical struc-
ture of the web-spinners and th» construction of webs. The
trapdoor, hunting, and nest-building spiders were also re-
ferred to.

July 30.—Mr. E. R. Stanley gave an instructive and de-
scriptive address upon “Crystals.” By means of blackboard
drawings and exhibits the lecturer explained the classifi-
cation and formation of crystals.

August 17.—Mr. W. J. Kimber continued a previous
lecture upon “Shells,” taking particularly the section of
Gastropods, giving much interesting information with speci-
mens to demonstrate his remarks.

The attendance at the evening meetings was well main-
tained, and the exhibits tabled by members showed that a
keen interest in field work is kept up by a number of col-
lectors.

An event of interest during the year was the welcome
cablegram forwarded to Mr. Douglas Mawson on his return
from the South Pole Shackleton Expedition. Mr., Mawson
had been an active member of the Committee for some time
and had several journeys with the Section in their field work.

The membership of the Section has steadily increased,
and the total now stands at 130.

EXCURSIONS.

September 26, 1908, Blackwood; October 20, Belair ;
October 24, Horsnell Gully; October 28, Summertown ;

Bal
as

371

March 13, 1909, Marine Excursion; May 15 and 22,
Glenelg; June 12, Stonyfell; July 24, Botanic Gardens ;
August 21, Blackwood ; September 1, Houghton.

With the exception of the excursion to Glenelg all the
engagements for field work were well attended.

In reviewing the work done by the Section during the
year it may be fairly claimed that the evening meetings and
the field excursions have not only been well attended, but
that collectors in the various branches of work have been re-
warded for their efforts, and much pleasure gained.

W. H. Setway, Chairman.
E. H. Locx, Hon. Secretary.

TWENTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE
FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE
OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF
THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER, 1909.

THe Kancaroo [ISLAND RESERVE.

In view of the Commonwealth taking over the lght-
house the Committee anticipates that the promises made by
the late Hon. Thomas Price to the deputation on August
7, 1906, will be carried out on the lines of the scheme drawn
up at his desire. The necessity arises from the spread of
foxes on the mainland of Australia destroying the native
birds and the threatened extinction of the indigenous kan-
garoo of the island. Although nominally protected by law
for a great many years, large numbers have been killed
and their skins forwarded for sale concealed in bundles of
sheepskins. The Proclamation under which they had heen
protected was renewed at the request of the Committee in
October, 1908, but, unfortunately, in excluding the settled
portions of the Island a loophole was left for further de-
struction. In all parts of the civilized world more stringent
measures are being taken to protect and save from extinction
the native fauna, and certainly posterity will greatly blame
this generation if what is left of the animal which gave its
name to the Island is the name only. The Committee hopes
that some of the present-day politicians will, by dedicating
for public use the 300 miles originally asked for, emulate
the late Sir John Robertson, who will be remembered in
far-distant times as the original dedicator of the magnificent

372

New South Wales properties—the National Park, south of
Sydney, and the Kuringai Chase, south of Broken Bay. and
the Hawkesbury.

Dancerous ReEer, THE Paces, AND CASUARINA ISLAND.

In January last a communication from the Crown Lands
Office was received asking the Committee’s views regarding
a request from the Ornithological Association that Danger-
ous Reef (near Port Lincoln) and other uninhabited islands
should be totally reserved as breeding-grounds for birds, and
that persons be forbidden to visit them. The Secretary
wrote in reply supporting the request and urging upon the
Commissioner the desirability of protecting the birds and
seals upon Dangerous Reef and also upon The Pages and
Casuarina Island, near the coast of Kangaroo Island. In
The Gazette of May 9, 1909, these islands were proclaimed
bird-protected districts.

There would appear to be no power under existing legis-
lation to extend the protection of seals beyond the terms of
the close seasons provided in each year under the Game Act.

A Move. Game BILL.

A request from the Australasian Ornithologists’ Union
having been made to the Government to appoint a repre-
sentative to join in the discussion of this matter at the an-
nual meeting held in Melbourne, in November last, the
Secretary, in response to a communication from the Com-
missioner of Crown Lands, wrote to him recommending Mr.
J. W. Mellor, who subsequently took part in the Confer-
ence and made many valuable suggestions.

REPORTED DESTRUCTION OF PELICANS.

A paragraph referring to the destruction of a number
of pelicans by the vice-regal party on a journey down the
Murray during last month having been published in The
Register, the Secretary caused enquiries to be made, and re-
ceived a letter from the Private Secretary stating that the
paragraph was written more as a joke than as an accurate
account, and that it was in consequence not to be taken too
literally.

Samu. Dixon, Chairman.
M. S. Criarx, Hon. Secretary.

September 21, 1909.

( quay “q Wadiv

SPOUPOY. t adx0TT “S ‘£7 : ‘qoai100 punoj pue pedipny
IT 0 8¢
I § F 4FtHoooY UOISIMoOXTY UI coURleg
0 JL¢& qUNoOIDW [V19USH) UI sdUR[Vg—GOGT ‘OT 1oquiezdeg
pis F
OR ecrs: O L &hEF
0 SLO ’ puvy Ul Yseg
Geet
82 0 ae oa ode ane qse10}Uy
y 612 1 "yard SGUIAVG Ul soUR[eg
Cee Os 4 = ‘OS'g “Wosavy “| OF e1qeO
(BIE UlejueyT pue WoOor-0.1n{00rTT
9 @ 9 ancdien WOTZRIGQeTED YIFY-AjuUeA Q) Ol ’g °° gee og a: 68061 IOf suomdraosqng
0 Sl Iz AqoTo0g ehoy ae pred suorydizosqug 8=Z=0 poe qsoroqUy Yue
oO £ 3 sedojeaugy 0 O OL ea ee WO, JURIQ—EGT ‘qsSnsny
0 OL F GUIQULI 00 0L “ Aget00g jekoy woz qUBIp)—19 40700
0 OLF sdureyg ry 3 OS 7= 3; souRleg IIpeln--go6l “1equreydeg
91) SP tea at@) (Pets oe “ad

‘606L ‘OT YUEN LIAS CaN WVHA THo YO. AUALIGNAdXy GNV SidImoay so INAAALVIG

(GULVUOdUOONTD VITVAESAV HLN0S LO ALMIOOS IVAOU WHEL TO NOILOUS SLSTIVUNLVN AIA

374

MALACOLOGIGAL SECTOR

OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated).

ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1908-9.

Nine meetings were held during the past year, at which
the average attendance was good. There are now thirteen
members on the roll. The work during the past year com-
prised a revision of the -Pleurotomide and Marginellide.
Dr. J. C. Verco recorded from St. Francis Island hoor 600
species of shells, which he and Dr. Torr collected during
a recent visit to the Island. Amongst twenty-four species
of Tasmanian mollusca, dredged in 100 fathoms off Cape
‘Pillar, and described by Messrs. Hedley and May, fourteen
species have been found to occur also in our waters, and
these have been added to the list of South Australian shells.
During the year two papers on South Australian mollusca
have been contributed to the Royal Society by Dr. J. C.
Verco. The three electric table-lamps which were purchased
by the Section at the beginning of the year have made a
marked improvement in the lighting, as the minute shells
which comprised the chief portion of the families revised last
year cannot be properly examined without a good light.

RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE FOR THE YEAR 1908-9.

Receipts.

£ is. dé

To Credit balance ire see aaa 1, Poke!
» Grant from Royal Society : es 2 070
,, Subseriptions 210 0
£5 Mott

Expenditure.

aos (le

By Postages and Duty Stamp ae Bi 0 510
, 3 Electric Table- lamps : ae ee 215 0

Ne Subscriptions to Royal Society ary 2) LOMO
,, Balance in hand sth (al eal
£5 Tim

F. R. Zimrz, Hon. See. and Treas.

375

MICROSCOPICAL SECTION

OF THE

Ropal Soctety of South Australta (Incorporated).

ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1908-9.

Orricers.—Chariman, Mr. W. Fuller; Vice-Chairman,
Mra Wi. Poole; Hon. ‘Secretary, Mr. Ho W: AH. Hale;
Committee, Messrs. D. Gordon and D. Mawson, B.Sc. ;
Auditors, Messrs. A. G. Rendall and H. Whitbread.

Your Committee has to report that the Sixth Session.
of this Section of the Royal Society has shown continued pro-
gress. The attendance at the meetings has been good, with
an average of fifteen members, and the natural Eee Ory con-
tributions have been of varied interest.

On September 29, 1908, the President (Mr. W. Fuller).
delivered a presidential address on “Some Recent Additions.
to our Knowledge of the Structure of the Cell.” Some valu-
able observations were made and much information was.
afforded of the remarkable developments in the science of
Cytology.

During the year we learned with deep regret of the
death of Mr. W. P. Dollman, whose exquisite work in
photo-micrography and interest in general microscopy made
him always a tower of strength to us, while his genial per-
sonality endeared him greatly to all members.

A development of the year has been the establishment
of an additional meeting per month, which is devoted to:
practical microscopy.

In March we heard with gratification of the splendid
achievements of the British Antarctic Exploration, among
whose more distinguished members our committeeman, Mr.
D. Mawson, B.Sc., held a place. An enthusiastic telegram
was sent to Mr. Mawson on his arrival at Lyttelton, New
Zealand, expressing congratulations and delight at his
achievements.

During the recess Mr. H. A. Whitehill, the joint. Hon.
Secretary, left this city to take up duties elsewhere. His
resignation was accepted with regret.

During the year the following meetings have been held:

September 29, 1908.—Annual general meeting. Presi-
dent’s address, “Some Recent Additions to our Knowledge:

376

of the Structure of the Cell.” Preparations of microscopi-—
cal objects were exhibited, among which worthy of special
mention was a mount by Mr. H. Showell, of Renmark, of
250 varieties of the Diatomacez, which were prepared and
mounted by himself. Resolution passed of sympathy with
Mr. W. P. Dollman in his illness.

October 27.—The death of Mr. W. P. Dollman was re-
ported by the Chairman. Veterinary-Surgeon Desmond ex-
hibited mounts of various species of Bacteria, including
specially interesting slides of B. anthracis. He also ex-
hibited some fine stereo-micrographs. The Chairman
exhibited a selection of slides from the collection of the late
Mr. Smeaton.

November 29.-—Mr. H. W. H. Hale reported that the
executors of the late W. P. Dollman had presented to the
Section a valuable collection of stereo-micrographs, prepared
by the late member. The Secretary was instructed to write
‘a letter to the executors expressing appreciation of their
kindness. A suitable stereoscope was presented by Mr. A.
W. Marshall.

March 30, 1909.—A resolution was passed congratulat-
ing Mr. D. Mawson, B.Sc., and comrades upon their splen-
did achievements in Antarctica, and the Secretary was in-
structed to convey same by telegram. Mr. H. A. Whitehill’s
resignation was announced by the President, who intimated
that the secretarial duties would be carried out by Mr. Hale. A
resolution expressing the thanks of the Section to Mr. White-
hill was passed. Mr. Fuller exhibited a new model Bausch
and Lomb Microscope, showing remarkable features and high
excellence for a comparatively low-priced instrument.

April 27.—The Secretary read a letter conveying frater-
nal greetings from the Microscopical Society of Victoria. He
was instructed, in reply, to convey to the Victorian Society
‘the appreciation of the sentiments expressed in its letter.
‘The President announced that Mr. E. H. Matthews had pre-
‘sented to the Section a valuable gift, vzz., a copy of Mr.
Saville Kent’s “Manual of the Infusoria.” Hearty thanks
were accorded Mr. Matthews for his most acceptable dona-
‘tion. Series of microscopical slides of interest were exhibited
by Mr. H. W. H. Hale.

May 26.—The Secretary reported inauguration of the
intermediate meeting for technical work. Dr. Pulleine con-
tributed an interesting paper entitled “Notes on Some South
Australian Spiders,” illustrated by exceptionally beautiful
photographic lantern slides, which were projected on the ~
‘screen by the Zeiss apparatus.

377

_ June 22.—Mr. D. Gordon reported progress in connec-
tion with the practical meetings, at which members had
devoted themselves to the study of opaque mounting of Fora-
minifera. The Chairman delivered an address upon “Later
Methods of Staining Preparations of Lymphatic Glands.”
He exhibited several exquisitly-stained sections, so as to
show the fine reticulated structure of the glands, the lympho-
cytes having been first digested with an alterative solution
of pancreatin.

July 27.—Mr. D. Mawson, B.Sc., gave a short résumé
of his journey and scientific excursion in the Antarctic
Circle, exhibiting lichens and rock specimens, among the
latter being Kenyte from Mount Hrebus. THe also showed
photo-micrographs of a variety of Rotifers, which were found
im abundance in Lake Green, near which the expedition es-
tablished its winter quarters.

August 21.—Exhibition of Expansive Stop for Substage
by Mr. Poole. Specimens of photo-micography, the work of
Mr. H. Showell, were submitted by Mr. Gordon, and an
interesting introductory paper upon “The Microscopical
Structure of Wood” was contributed by the President (Mr.
William Fuller).

Haroitp W. H. Hate, Hon. Secretary.

& :

bal, ergar eee uo
eC :, Yh bei ~*~ ;
cabictah) ol Laat ARR b> Se
an bg Veanoitads | Daim Lh A@ ANS me

fers ait! ‘ébakty ang We ath ny V4 baka line » i
roulGloe “wy Eaeet he” Been oe eT dae oe

het Se 2 ote “TE a ie wis 0
tela A “wit nt” OneERO - ofl oR ee

ite Hen ip Seeyey's yilekee 4
1) ig ' yl tiv Sy te ote :
iT htt Co eratnoab, ta rie Le

Beet Rota ts yD ee
4 4 1 my
Melisa

vacrey
’

uel tou | yy rh Wht | MRA EAS b Fs, |

reartiag fy Met uth

t . i

ayy wy

379

EENERAL END EX:

[Generic and specific names printed in italics indicate that the

forms described are new. |

Acianthus caudatus, 14; exsertus, 14.
Agestra, 182.

Aglaja troubridgensis, 2706.

Aldgate, Geology of, 108.

Ancilla beachportensis, 3359.

Aneurystypus collaris, 80; paumllus,
81.

Annual Meeting, 348.

Annual Report, 349.

Antarctic, Exhibit of
from the, 346.

Balance-sheet for 1908-9, 351.
Balaninus niveopictus, 181.
Barossa, Geology of, 107;
bearing Gravels at, 1.
Basalt of Mount Gambier, Analysis

Specimens

Gem-

of, 82.

Basic Rocks of Blinman, 226;
Chemical Analyses of, 234.
Benson, W. N., Petrographical

Notes by, 101; Basic Rocks of
Blinman, 226.

Bee moe of Radium, Scattering
Oia GE

Bibliographical References to the
ee Corals of South Australia,
244.

Blackburn, Rev. T., Further
on Australian Coleoptera, 18.

Black, J. M., Description of
Micrantheum demissum, and new
Species of Solanum, Pultenza, and
Grevillea, 223.

Blinman, Basic Rocks of, 2206.

Borsonia ceroplasta, 528.

Notes

Caladenia bicalliata, 17; cairnsiana,
14; carnea, 15; deformis, 16:
dilatata, 15: filamentosa, 15; lati-
folia, 15; menziesii, 14; ovata,
16; patersoni, 15; reticulata, 14.

Calochilus robertsoni, 12.

Catasarcus carinaticeps, 158; cera-
tus, 156; durus, 158; granulatus.
156; mollis, 157; ovinus, 155.

Chara Limestone, 347, 348.

Clathurella bicolor, 308; desalesii,
3510; Jlallemantiana, 309: letour-
neuxiana, letourneuxiana,

var, cuspis, 309; modesta, 310:
philomena, 307; rufozonata, 311;
st. galle, 310; walcote, 307.

Coleoptera, Notes on Australian, 18.
Cominella torri, 271.
Coral, Large Mass of, in Gulf St.
Vincent, 242.
Cordylophora lacustris,
of in Australia, 347.
Corysanthes pruinosa, 13.
Cossonus hackeri, 196;
alis, 195; vicartus, 195.
Curculionide, Description of
tralian, 145.
Cuscuta tasmanica, 344.
Cyclostrema jaffaensis, 270.
Cyrtostylis reniformis, 14.
Cythara compta, 527; kingensis, 327-

Occurrence

nigroapic-

Aus-

Daphnella bastowi, 324; bathen-
toma, : brenchleyi, 520 ;
brenchleyi, var, vercoi, 320; diluta,
$21; eburnea, 520; excavata, 527;
fenestrata, 321; fragilis, 322;
inornata, $21; legrandi, 423;
lamellosa, $25; minuta, 526; wper-
plexa, 523; stiphra, 522; tas-
manica, 324; triseriata, 525.

Decilaus seriatopunctatus, 193.

Desiantha malevolens, var. vegran-
dis, 174; nociva, 174.

Diphucephala, 18.

Diuris longifolia, 12.

Donovania fenestrata, 271.

Drillia achatina, 298; agrestis, 299;
bednalli, 302; cancellata, 306;
costicapitata, 296: coxi, 301;
dilecta, 506; dilecta, var. parabola,
306; dimidiata, 297; dulcis, 297;
exarata, 296; gratiosa, 502; har-
pularia, 296; hecatorgnia, 502;
hedleyi, 302; jaffaensis, 298;
lacteola, 504; lacteola, _—-var.
crebrespirata, 305; var. stnusegens,
305; nenia, 500; saxea, 304; swbplz-
cata, 800; tricarinata, 505; tro-
phonoides, 303; woodsi, 301;
woodsi, var. acostata, 301.

Elleschodes hasipennis, 182.
Endowment Fund, 352.
Eriochilus autumnalis, 14.
Eristus bicolor, :
Hthemaia griffithz, 172.
Eunaticina albosutura, 334.

380

Euops effulgens, 177; flavomaculata,
178; impuncticollis, 178; lateralis,
177; rudis, 176; suturalis, 175.

Fellows, etc., List of, 366.

Field Naturalists’ Section, 569.

Fishes of South Australia, Synopsis
of, 263.

Gem-bearing Gravels at Barossa, 141.

Geology of Aldgate, 108; Barossa,
107; Houghton, 101; Humbug
Serub, 107; Olary, 110; Orroroo
Plain, 253; Pekina Creek, 253;
Yankalilla, 109.

Grevillea quinquenervis, 225.

Hemipleurotoma mayi, 295; perksi,
295; quoyi, 294; vestalis, 295.
Heteronyx, 18; Tables of Species,
21, 59, 44; H. additus, 77; zequalis,
52: affinis, 65; alpicola, il;
asperifrons, 36; australis, 50;
blandus, 78; callabonne, 535; car-
tert, 72; ciliatus, 50; coatesi,
20, 42; comans, 15; copiosus, 67;
debilicollis, 60; deceptor, 53;
declaratus, 25; dux, 50; elongatus,
62; elytrurus, 67; eremita, 65;
exectus, 74; femoralis, 55 ;
firmus, 31; frenchi, 32; froggatti,
50; gracilipes, 51; granum, 45;
grifithi, 26; holosericeus, ;
hothamensis, 59; wimitator, 384;
incognitus, 52; <incomptus, 29;

ingratus, 58; insignis, 53; %n-
tertoris, 69; wmtermedius, ‘15;
laticeps, 50; Jeat, 33; Jluteolus,

30; metropolitanus, 58; monticola,
75; mundus, 56; nigrescens, 64;
nubilus, 60; oodnadatte, 24;
orbus, 68; perkinsi, 55; piceus,
Al; planatus, 50; ponderosus, 39;
preecox, 50; prosper, 78; pubescens,
54; punctipes, 62; quesitus, 54;
queenslandicus, 31; relictus, 20,
79; salebrosus, 71; seriatus, 72;
setifer, 53; severus, 20, 52;
sexualis, 41; simplicicollis, 65;
socius, 57; spissus, 40; striatus,
70; suavis, 27; sulcifrons, 70;
teniensis, 61; tarsalis, 26; tas-
manicus, 54; tempestivus, 51; tene-
brosus, 29; testaceus, 51; thoraci-
os 76; tropicus, 28; umbrinus,

Houghton, Geology of, 101.

Howchin, W., Description of an Old
Lake Area in Pekina
Creek, 253.

—— Notes on the Discovery of a
large mass of Living Coral
in Gulf St. Vincent, 242.

Kangaroo Island, Orchids of, 11.
Kangaroo Island Reserve, 543.

Lake Area
Creek, 253.

Lea, A. M., Descriptions of Aus-
tralian Curculionids, 145.

Leptoceras fimbriata, 14.

Leptops fusciatus, 159.

(Prehistoric) in Pekina

Library, Donations to, 3853.
Limestone, Weathering of, 544;
Formed by Deposits of Chara,
347, 3548

Lybeba amoplicornis, 186; black-
burm, 187.

Lyperanthus nigricans, 14.

Madsen, J. P. V., The Scattering
of the B Rays of Radium,

Magdalis inermis, 179; mamal-
latus, 179; stenotarsus, 180.

Malacological Section, 574.

Mandalotus, 160; Table of Species,
161; M. ammophilus, 167; ampli-
collis, 162; armzpectus, 165; cam-
pylocnemis, 163; cowxalis, 170:
herbivorus, 168; <ineisus, 163;
mesosternalis, 164; metasternalis,
166; muscivorus, 169; niger, 162;
prosternalis, 166; rudis, 165;
scaber, 162; simulator, 163.

Mangilia adcocki, 512: alticostata,
313; anomaia, 519; connectens,
316; delicatula, 316; dyscritos,
314; fallaciosa, 319; flaccida, 515;
gatlifi, 312; hexagonalis, 413;
impendens, 813; insculpta, $15;
mitralis, 311; paucimaculata, 314;
picta, 315; spica, 314; tasmanica,
$11; vincentina, $16.

Mawson, D., Notes on the Gem-
bearing Gravels at Barossa, 141;
Exhibit of Specimens from the
Antarctic, 546.

Mechistocerus cancellatus, 194.

Melanterius compositus, 184; con-
spiciendus, 185; costatum, var.
tasmaniense, 186; legitimus, 185;
persimilis, 185.

Meriphus tuberculatus, 175.

Micrantheum demissum, Description
of, 223.

Microscopical Section, 3765.

Microtis porrifolia, 13.

Mitra arnoldi, 336; bellapicta, 3537;
retrocurvata, 338.

Mitromorpha alba, 328; alba, var.
axiscalpta, 329; angusta, 329;
axicostata, 330; incerta, 330; palli-
dula, 333; paucilirata, 332; pauci-
lirata, var. crassilirata, 385; paula,
331; paula, var. Jewca, 331.

Mollusca, Notes on South Australian
Marine, 270, 277, 293.

Mount Gambier Basalt, 82.

Mount Lofty Ranges, Pre-Cambrian
Rocks of, 101.

Mullets, South Australian, 3545.

Mutton Birds, Oil from, 345, 349.

Myllocerus canalicornis, 145; carina-
tus, 145; castor, 148; cinerascens,
145; foveiceps, 146; ineurvus, 147
miyeus, 145; pollux, 149; taylori,
148.

Natica sticta, 333.
Native Fauna and Flora Committee’s
Report, 371.

Obsidianites, 349.
Olary, Geology of, 110.
pavella adiorygma, 338;

Orchids of Kangaroo Island, 11;
New to South Australia, 262.

Orroroo Plain, Recent Geological
Changes in, 253; Government Bore
at, 256, 260 (fig. 2)

Pekina Creek, Old Lake Area in,
255.

solidula,

Penguins, Adaptation of Tongue and
Beak for Catching Fish, 345.

Petrographical Descriptions of Basic
Rocks of Blinman, 226; Mount
Gambier Basalt, 82; Pre-Cambrian
Rocks of Mount Lofty Ranges,
101; Mount Compass, 240.

Philine beachportensis, 275; column-
aria, 275; evoluta, @75.

Philippiella rubra, 340.

Plesiastreea peroni, 247, 249; urvillei,
247, 249.

Poole, W. B., Note on Cordylophora
and its Occurrence in Australia,

Poropterus carinicollis, 192; humer-
alis, 191; montanus, 190; prodigus,

188; sulciventris, 188; valgus,
189.
Prasophylla, Critical Review of

South Australian, 197.

Prasophyllum album, 211; australe,
208; constrictum, 213: elatum,
13, 209; fitzgeraldz, 216: fuscum,
13, 215; gracile, 213; nigricans,
18, 204; occidentale, 214; odor-
atum, 209; patens, 13, 214; pruzn-
osum, 211; rotundiflorum, 210;
teppert, 206.

Pre-Cambrian Rocks, Petrographical
Notes on, 101.

Proxyrodes viridipictus, 150.

Pseudoryctes monstrosus, 80.

Pterostylis barbata, 13; furcata, 14;
longifolia, 14; nana, 13; nutans,

obtusa, 15; precox, 13; re-

flexa, 13; vittata, 14.

381

Pultenea trifida, 224.

Radium, Scattering of the B Rays
oO ’

Rhinaria convexirostris, 171; grandis,
171; granulosa, 170; signifera, 171.

Rogers, Dr. R. §., A Critical Review
of South Australian Prasophylla,
197; Orchids of Kangaroo Island,
11; An Orchid new to South Aus-
tralia, 262.

Saulostomus collaris, 80.

Solanum couctiliferum, 224.

Stanley, E. R., Analysis and Petro-
graphical Descriptions of the
Mount Gambier Basalt, 82.

Thelymitra antennifera, 12; aristata,
12; epipactoides, 262; flexuosa, 12;
fusco-lutea, 12; grandiflora, 12;
leuteocilium, 12; longifolia, 12;
pauciflora, 12.

Timareta duplicata, 154; inconstans,
152: intermiata, 151; nodipennis,
153; puncticollis, 150; swanseaensis,
152: wxanthorrhax, 155.

Trap-door Spiders, 345.

Triphora albovittata, 285; albo-
vittata, var. mamillata, 285 ;
ampulla, 288; angasi, 281: angasi,
var. leuca, 282; armillata, 283;
cana, 289; cinerea, 284; dexia,
278; disjuncta, 292; epallaxa, 279;
festiva, 288; gemmegens, 290;
granifera, 286; innotabilis, 283;
labiata, 290: latilirata, 283;
maculosa, 288; pfeifferi, 287;
regina, 285; spica, 281; spina,

280; subula, 279; tasmanica, 290;
tasmanica, var. /ilacina, 291; var.
nivea, 291.

Trophon fatior, 274: longior, 273;
plicilaminatus, 535; recurvatus,
336; rudolphi, 273; segmentatus,
335; simplex, 273.

Turbonilla brevis, 271.
Typhis bivaricata, 272.

Vanikoro denselaminata, 334.

Verco, Dr. J. C., Notes on South
Australian Marine Mollusca, 270,
277, 293.

Voluta fulgetrum, var. dictua, 274.

Xenophora tatei, 270.

‘Yankalilla, Geology of, 109.

Zietz, A., A Synopsis of the Fishes
of South Australia, 263.

De
ty
A: iy
we Pray a : f eur, ie
aul fedHinh Be Ld) “Hebne
nity ete TY os ME oa, ob eb ale
Haat Pe a | Wi hae Th) 1 ee y

rie: rite f Weis thar oy ‘ aaprted
tivty wees 4)
ree

MYA Ee 7.

LA PUL eee ce’
! ih
OT) at : t
nami 4
of
t
t
{
A
‘
’
(
°
'
i
‘
+
A ,
Bau be.
'
*
t A
1

Vol. XXXIIT., Plate I.

FE ; Big 3.
Vai SIZ@ |

|
i
|

XZ

LEY Lee EI

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide-

Vol. XXXTII., Plate IT.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIIJ., Plate IIT.

Fig 5 xi5t Fig & x13 =

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, A-jelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate IV.

ee

gsi TTA tannenrergnarerniana
4Gths

syit
=

Fig. 11 Yafalite.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

aide.

GEOLOGICAL MAP

OF THE DISTRICT OF

INGLEWOOD HOUGHTON
AND TEA TREE GULLY

VATALA/ JE
[FT SAN,

Vee
Naat
PO fi) OS
NA : NGA
»,/ / ’ ONKAP ARI J
{ PA Dye se PRI on

/

oo

ould
yee 3;

—t >
* = Poa stone 2
/ ]/ , Torrens Lime
4 sail

Vol. XXXIII., Plate V.

be
i

UNGA

TAL

PARA

EZ Zi 5
/#—— PRECAMBRIAN ———#—- CAMB RIAN
DSS <j
o.

(2zd¢4

Sands

Gravels

Sandstone

Mh

_Phyllite

| —— TERTIARY 4

=

siti

Quartzites

and Grils

Blue-Metal and

Torrens Limestong

AN

Schists

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

i

Vol. XXXIII., Plate VI.

SAY

<
2

Hussey

& Gillingham. Printers. Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate VII.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIITI., Plate VIII.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate IX.

wee

Hussey & Gillingham,

Printers,

Adelaide.

—

Se

oS

Be

De

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

4

=e okt

arrie.as of

ik ea iyo

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XI.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XIT.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XIII.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers,

)

naronttann in ee At mete HO romero

{

Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XIV.

(BA
a

coroll
female fi r i :

fruit seed embryo

leaves 4 segment
bud Kia

(

Pultenva trifida,Biack. Grevillea quinquenerviss.

Iiussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XV.

Fig. 1. Melaphyre. x17. Fig. 2. Olivine-Diabase. x21.

Fig. 3.—Granophyrice Gabbro- Fig. 4. Gneiss. x22.
Diabase. x15.

BuinmMan Rocks.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XVI.

Natural size.

ime.

, Hd. et Hai

llei

trea urvl

Plesias

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide

: Vol. XXXIII., Plate XVII.

Fig. 1. Pexina Creek. HEAD or Oxtp LAKE
Lacustrine Deposits form a cliff face on side of bank.

Fig. 2. Prxrna Crerk. Oxp LAKE ARmA ABOVE THE IRRIGATION WEIR.

The prominent hill with level stratification is a fragment of the
old lake deposits.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XVIII.

‘goded oy Jo qditosqsod 043 Ul 0} poeltdejort “s1no00

O9UOASOUTT], VIVY OU} Io At 40ds ouy4

SI 07¥]1q oY} JO puBY Ife] oy} WO cowI1e, EY, “Ysear-uret AQ petoos YON ote Soovlto} OUTAASHOB] PUB [BIANTT! OL
‘OO1OIIQ, Teeu ‘YoolgQ wvuUlyeg ‘(1T9A\ 94} AOTOG) Ulseq ONT JOULYXH JO 4

IVq JoMoy oy} fo MaTA OlMBIOURg

tiussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XIX.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol XXXIIL., Plate XX

11

10

Drawings and Printing,

Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XXI.

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XXII.

tan

10

Drawings and Printing,

Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol XXXIII., Plate XXIII.

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol XXXIII., Rlate XXIV.

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol XXXIII., Plate XXV.

WS
i)

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XXVI.

Drawings and Printing, :
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XXVII.

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XXVIII.

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIII., Plate XXIX.

ay]

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co,. Ltd., North Adelaide,

ee eee oe 8

~<a

sy

: . Te SRE Rei Te ae Sw el oan =
G Oo Net Ne Se
oh
Mapsen, J. P! V.: The Scattering of the 6 Rays of Radium
Rogers, Dr. R. S.: Notes on the Orchids of Kangaroo

Island, together with a Dey pee of Two New Species.

la i. 4 pitt

BLACKBURN, Rev. T.: aktner Notes on Australian
Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Genera and
Species. No. xxxix.

Sranuer! E.R. (Communicated by. W. Howchin) : Comp lete .

Analysis of the Mount Gambier Basalt, with Pera:
graphical Descriptions. Plate ii. ...

Benson, W. N.: Petrographical Notes on Certain’ Pre-Cam-
.brian Rocks of the Mount Lofty Ranges, with Special
Reference to the Geology of the Houghton District.
Plates iii. tov. .

Mawson, D.: Notes on the ‘Gem-Bearing Gravels at Barossa.
Plate vi. ...

Lea, ‘A. M.: Descriptions of Australian Curculionide, with
Notes on Previously Described Species. Part vil. _.

Rogers, Dr. R. S.: A Critical Review of South Australian
Prasophylla, together with Descriptions of New Species.
Plates vii. to xiii.

Brack, J. M.: Descriptions ‘of Micrantheum demissum, and
of New Species of Solanum, Pultenwa, and Grevillea.
Plate xiv.

Benson, W. N.: The Basic Rocks of Blinn South Aus-
tralia, with Notes on Associated , or Allied Rocks.
Plate xv.

Howcuin, W.: Notes on the Discov ery of a Large “Mass of
Living Coral in Gulf St. Vincent. with
Bibliographical References to the
Recent Corals of South Australia.
Plate xvi. <.

Descrivtion of en Old Lake Area in Pekina
Creek and its Relation to Recent Geo-
logical Changes. Plates xvii. and xviii.

Rogers, Dr. R. S.: “Thelymitra eprpactoides, an Orvhid
New to South Australia. Plate xix.

nae A.: A Synopsis of ee Fishes of South Australia.

Arp Mate eee

Verco, Dr. J. C.: Notes on South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New
‘Species. Partx. Plates xx. and xxi.

Se Notes on South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New
Species, _ Part xi. Plates xxil.,
xxiii., and part xxvi. ...

Notes on*South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New
Species. Part xii. Plates xxvi. to
XxXix. Wee ie te Bat

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ... ae aE a oe he

AnnvAL Report? We yyy Sy ARR aM a Jas

BALANCE-SHEET

EnpowMeEntT FunD a

Donations To THE LiBRARY

ist or Frenttows, Etc.

APPENDIOES.
Annual Report, ete., of Field Naturalists’ Section ...
Twenty-first Annual "Report of the Native Fauna and Flora
Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section
Annual Report, etc., of the Malacological Section
lig Heperes) ete., of the 1 Micxgepaptay Peer
Index

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
“OUTTA
3 9088 01308 6061